Pes satay Wh neta t ua trac ae De ah « een ¥ : bey ey ~ Nese et ~ +E MENS Be ete Rae Ae AK Ae tee Dt Meese oR tes 4 t f= etate « \ee+e® wee ae a vy Semel ste he Pete noten he eae Nek ee Bee Nes oo an tam te ewtogrton. . = Of - “ - - = i roe . ” , . ‘ . 3° wer 4 . ti) a = - a - . - « . ‘ - . a ° (Je evita! ae ray ers. my i 4 . i iP me i Pity hay babi id, pel * ete yee | in 1 a4 Ae Ayre A AY) ot ee) THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF TITE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIT LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S © MAGAZINE OF NATURAL UISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A, M.D., Ph.D. F.B.S,, _ WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. VOL. L—SEVENTH SERIES. 41 br LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1898. “Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentize testes, divitix felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex economia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Liynzus. ‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. Pies eae - + « « « . The sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme ~ And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cayern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adyenturer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, CONTENTS OF VOL. I. [SEVENTH SERIES. ] NUMBER I, I. Scme new Parasitic Copepods found on Fish at BomLay. By P. W. Bassetr-SmirH, StatiSurgeon R.N., F.R.MLS., F-.ZS. eles OS WT Oe oe oe eer reer err tes II. On the Respiration of Carcinus menas, Leach. By GEORGES is eRERENM NSE LEN a ater ois <2 aay d-ahc a Sia, ns Sm cSle hbamimalaie » 55 III. On the Reversal of the Respiratory Current in the Decapods. Mie MpMEEE EEE MME od oni vig eons RIDE eee ite Chie Ae ele als bie IV. Descriptions of Ten new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa. By James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A.,, F.L.S., and JoHN ume oNsSonny. 87,5; (Plate VILL) eco caecum wate ete nm etiers V. Notes on Indian Snakes in Captivity. Communicated by Dees NO RTOEURN oo coreshe 2 2, Pn a si nnn ai sip x gia eapl's Shas ried aumin nie» Sym. oy= VI. Notes on the Cubomeduse. By F.S. CONANT ........2-5, VII. On new Mammals from Western Mexico and Lower Cali- eid ay OLD EIELY LHGOMAS (Loca sect a te dette rete ca ers 8 VIII. The Butterflies of the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant.... 1X. A Revision of the Pierine Buttertlies of the Genus Tertas from the Old World. By Artuvr G. Butirr, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.5., Xc., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum. . X. A Revisivn of the Linnean Type Specimens of Scorpions and Pedipalps in the Zoological Museum of the Royal University at Pinta eg Ur, Mik An Gem BERGA «3. heres) eg de ooo eos XI. The Follicle-cells in Salpa. By Maynarp M. Metca.r . XII. Description of Two new Species of Oriental Cicadide. By RIN AER orgie aay eM ale UNG Side es “idler oo 6 eed oe ko ones XIII. Description of a new Species of Culosoma (Coleoptera, Geo- dephaga). By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S. «1.0... eee eee : XIV. Puliciphora, a new Flea-like Genus of Diptera. By Friep- eM PARTE MIO liet See, Meee os eb kde valde tye enews enews Page 56 iv _ CONTENTS. Proceedings of the Geological Society ...........0eseeeeeeeeenee 101 “ Mesites,” by F. A. Bather; Observations on the Crabs of the Family Dorippide, by E.-L. Bouvier; “ Buttertlies from the Pacific Islands,” by P. L. Sclater, Ph.D., F.R.S., &e.; Note on Thomas Martyn’s ‘ Psyche,’ 1797, by C. Davies Sherborn, BES. 5 ss ves oyeine dws < pis swipe € reds ohne ae ae 102—106 NUMBER IL. XV. Some Activities of Polar Bodies. By E. A. Anprews .... 109 XVI. Heterocera from the Transvaal. By W. L. Distranr .... 116 XVII. On the Species of the Genus Viverricula. By J. L. Bon- LODE ss aoe Gree, nei a,a pr ip ole Fo 92 Sse CMe MTR SOIL sre SNS ig eo 119 XVII. A List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Ombaai, East Indian Archipelago. By G. A. Boutencenr, F.R.S............... 122 XIX. Descriptions of Two new Blind Snakes. By G. A. BouLEn- Ger, HeBSiis by 1... o:sients olen gage Be ete eek a ehdamatog Gtaeeet ee 124 XX Some Bees of the Genus Megachile from New Mexico and Colorado. By T. D. A. Cockrre i, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station ..................005- 125 XXI. A North-American Freshwater Jellyfish, By Epwarp POrT HG ols Late a Ghadad sole lev ace Just Oeil ches lea ne 130 XXII. A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Jvtas. By Anraur G, Buriee, Ph.D, F.LS.EZ.S; Re a. A. es 138 XXIM. On a Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis, McCoy. By. R. Eruxnives, Jun. 2; . 1.6). oes ven eee ene ee 143 XXIV. Descriptions of some new Species of Hleterocera. By Herniny Duce EUS. G6.) sric-acox oc Goes oie te aint he 146 XXV. On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa. By WE. DE WINTON ose iss so ced tas eee es: = sos ae te eee 149 XXVI. On a Collection of Heterocera madein the Transvaal. By Six Grones F. Hampson, Bart., BiAs eos ies eve Sas ie er ees ook 158 XXVII. On the Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps, from Bethulie, Orange Free State, preserved in the Albany Museum, Grahamst »wn, By H. G. Skerry, F.R.S., Professor of Geology, King’s College, DAMON 6 5.5 hia ws aa gdb <8 48 Wg nee kgs ee sy al es ng 164 XXVIII. On Indigenous Muride in the West Indies; with the Description of a new Mexican Oryzomys. By OLprieLp Thomas.. 176 New Book :—Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India, including South Arabia, Baluchistan, Afghauvistan, Kashmir, Nepal, Bur- mah, Pegu, Tenasserim, Mulay Peninsula, Ceylon, and other Islands of the Indian Ocean, Vol. II., Part VII. By Lieut.- Colonel HW. H. Gopwix-AvcsteEn, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &e. .. 18 3 = CONTENTS, ve Page Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias, by Dr. A. G. Butler; “ Butterflies from the Pacific Islands,” by H. Grose-Smith ; Note on the Genera Choristoneura, Mabille, and Katreus, Watson, by F. A. Heron; Martyn’s ‘Psyche,’ by Oliver E. (Res DE eS Rg 251 XXXVI. Description of a new Bat from North Borneo. By PUMA LEESON EOWA (0.5 10 0f0 te Shahn xiniaialos er minit what amele ei< ain, Be m4 kag 243 — XXXVI. Description of a rew Lehimys from the Neighbourhood pear. Oy CED RIRTD 1 itQWA he cians sigs cyan ails ee ee tb. XXXVIII. Descriptions of Three new Species of African Butter- flies in his own Collection. By H. Grosk-SMITH ............-. 245 XXXIX. On asmall Collection of Mammals made by Mr. C. V. A. Peet in Somaliland. By. W..H. DE WINTON: 34... ore ee ee. 247 XL. Descriptions of Three new Rodents from Africa. By W. E. ~E, MGUSHIOIR 2 pio caitaeeapiie cis Lite Seana El ISON eee 25] XLI. On the Habitat of the Siluroid Fish Anoplopterus platychir, Bere by GA, HOULERGER, POTS. 2. ooo a caw ese te ee ent 254 New Book :—P. Bupant. Flora Pyrenza per Ordines Naturales gradatim digesta. Opus posthumum editum, curante O, Penzie. MINH EH ETENIIIE MOL ATs tab sig ac oh sir trys + oo eS As ge ite OO Note on Pamphila gonessa, Hew., by F. A. Heron..........0.000 256 vi CONTENTS. - NUMBER IV. Page XLII. Report on a Collection of Fishes from Newchwang, North if China. -By Dr.-A. Gturnen, ERS. (Plate XIIL) Sse se 257 XLIII. Notes on the Physical Aspects and on the Food-Fishes of the Liao Basin, North China. By W. Morrison, M.D........ ws ee XLIV. Notes on the Embryology, Anatomy, and Habits of Yoldia limatuia, Say. By Grewan A. DREW. .iiionc.< sa ees Sareea 267 XLV. On some new Mammals from the Neighbourhood of Mount Sahama, Bolivia, By OLDFIELD THOMAS .......0...0ee0sceeene 277 XLVI. Descriptions of Two new Argentine Rodents. By OLp- PLELD gh HOMAB ig chs « aterk'n’ tia Opts W's a! Ridglea Ne ety a IPE fae a 283 XLVIL. On Peripatus nove-britannie, sp. n. By Arruur WILKES, DISG, ire. Co dap wuss sickens ok eta t ects ts ee 286 XLVI. On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). By G. E. H. Barretr-HamMixton and J. L. BoNHOTE .......... 237 XLIX. A Review of the Species of the Genus Hebomoia, a Group of Pierine Butterflies. By An7rHur G. Bur Ler, Ph.D., F.LS., BLS. Beer” se sino oxo Sin on NS Actes aie eel ae 289 L. Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies of the Subfamily Jierme, By Rutave G. BorLer, Pa 7... :.,. xen pene ... 204 LI. The Boa-Constrictcrs of British Guiana. By J. J. Queen, BC; WONG.s CoM 59. ~ pcan sir ap paces & dels Réh ed uence 296 LII. On the Arachnida taken in the Transvaal and in Nyasaland by Mr. W. L. Distant and Dr.“Perey Rendall. By RK. L. Pocock .. 308 LUI. List of the Arachnida and “ Myriopoda” obtained in Funa- futi by Prof. W. J. Sollas and Mr, Stan-ey Gardiner, and in Rotuma by Mr, Stanley Gardiner. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum Ciemunbel Elinboryy 7 5:hi25 sae tbe ited ea cae ee S21 LIV. On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes from the Altai Mountains, By G. A. BoutenGer, FR. cc isaccnenss sews ies 829 Proceedings of the Geological Society ............ceeeeeeees 331, 332 Slugs from “ Borneo”; a Correction, by Walter E. Collinge ...... 832 NUMBER V., LV. On the Fossil Cypridintde and some Allied Ostracoda. By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S. &e. (Plate XVIL).......... 333 LVI. List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Mr. W, LL. Distant in the Transvaal, with Descriptions of the new Species. By Martin Jacony, F.1S , S44 CONTENTS. Vil LVII. Description of anew Bat from Selangore. By OLDFIELD LSE TS BEERS AGE SOAS Heer Gis int es er ee 360 LVIUI. On Three new Species of Hydroids and One new to Britain. By C.C. Nurrine, Professor of Systematic Zoology in the Untyersipyot Towesg (elates MEV ORV)! cee eee cee 362 LIX. Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant. 366 LX. Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Ceniral and South PBT Metre a ES yok y Vcy FOC OIE whe cise ce sia wake aial> «oe ease) alee. aay ead 384 LXI. The Scorpions of the Genus V@jovis contained in the Col- lection of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock bot LXII. Descriptions of some new Species of Syn/omide, chiefly in the Oxford Museum. By Herspert Druce, F.LS. &e........... 491 LXIII. On the Place of the Sponges in the Classificatory System and on the Significance attributed to the Embryonic Layers. By SPSS E EU EN BES ETERS 8 feng es also vel Slekeya. ere oly yd endl Ape are a ahd a8 408 NUMBER VI. LXIV. Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Ecuador. By ea ORDO Ie tees eget as ate\ vie’ Wy Syeeist seaVepor ceo ahaa te opastes yeh * 413 LXV. A new Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand. By Cuartes Cuitron, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S. (Plate XVIII.) ........ 423 LXVI. New Coceide from Mexico. By T. D. A. CocKkERE Lt, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station... 426 LXVII. Notes on the Beech-Martens of the Palearctic Region. ete Pip Eley SAREE AMTERON: yc 'sl5'o vale c's daca vies a's we inh abies 44] LXVIII. Note on the Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. By W. A. HerpMan, D.Se., F.R.S., Professor of Natural History in University College, Liverpool ...... AE AI pCa A a 445 LXIX. Description of a new Genus of Cyprinoid Fishes from Bethe bse DOULENGEE, BTSs 6 igri cs ci cereerwvddbeee 450 LXX. On Seven new Small Mammals from Ecuador and Vene- zuela. By OLpFizLD THOMAS ——— Vill CONTENTS. Page LXXI. Scorpions, Pedipalpi, and Spiders from the Solomon Islands. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural History. (Plate 6B. er ta RAY ti cee PRI ip ee 8, 457 New Book :—Fossil Plants: for Students of Botany and Geology. By A. C. Srwanp, M.A., 3°.G.S,,&e. Vol. Daas eres se 475 PLATES IN VOL. I. Prater I. ) NB IL. IV. }New Parasitic Copepods. Vv. Vi, | Vil. j VIII.” New Mollusca from South Africa. IX. Anatomy of Microparmarion Fultoni and M. constrictus, fe New Copepods from the Clyde. XII. New Mollusea from Aden. XIII. Opsariichthys Morrisonii and O. bidens., ae a New Hydroids. xvi XVI. Fossil Cypridinida. XVIII. Hyalella mihiwaka. XIX. New Spiders from the Solomon Islands, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [SEVENTH SERIES.] a aauseonnatannee per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl. 1. No. 1. JANUARY 1898. I.—Some new Parasitic Copepods found on Fish at Bombay. By P. W. Bassett-SmirTH, Staff-Surgeon R.N., F.R.M.S., F.Z.8. [Plates I-VI. ] THE continuation of the investigation of the parasitic Copepoda of fish which I commenced at Plymouth (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1896, and ‘ Journal of the Marine Biological Society,’ February 1896) was much favoured by my being stationed for a lengthy period at Bombay: this was all the more interesting as it practically opened up an almost unknown field, for, beyond the valuable works of Dr. Heller and Kréyer and some stray notes, there has hardly been anything written about these minute animals living on fish found in Eastern waters; and as apparently many individual fish, or, at least, genera of them, have organisms peculiar to themselves preying on them, it is not surprising that a comparatively large number of new species should have been obtained. As in England, it was noticed that those specimens which most frequently provided parasites were not in any way in bad condition, or showed only in exceptional cases evidence of their presence being harmful to the host. These parasites Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 1 2 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some may be roughly divided into two classes—the blood-suckers and the mucus-eaters. Of the former are here described species of Lernanthropus, Peroderma, and Lerneonema ; the last, as exampled by ZL. polynemi, must indeed cause a great amount of irritation and trouble to its host, being found in such numbers on a single fish and burrowing so deeply into the flesh: the second group includes the “Caligide,” with Bomolochus, Brachiella, Chondracanthus, &c. ‘The species of Caligus were seen very actively moving about in the gill- cavity or on the surface of the fish, rarely causing any trouble ; the latter two fixed, but not deeply, the long neck of Brachiella and Anchorella being seen twisting about so as to apply the head to different spots as wanted. ‘The manner in which the free-swimming embryos find their respective hosts is not known and is curious to think of. On the tail of one Caranx Rottlert 1 found some half-dozen specimens of an immature Caligus attached by the frontal filament. I have as far as possible followed Gerstaecker’s system ; but there is a great deal of discrepancy between the various authors, and in some the plates and descriptions are very meagre. The character of the antenne, which would seem to be a feature on which “ generic” classification might be based or assisted, is in Lernanthropus quite lost, for Heller represents all his specimens with two-jointed anterior antennz (if correctly figured and described), whereas Kréyer’s and my specimens invariably have six- or seven-jointed antenna, which is, I believe, the normal form. The genus Bomolochus might well be divided into two subgenera—first, those with elongated rostrum and anterior antenne provided with long bristles, as B. megaceros, Heller, and B. triceros, sp. n.; and second, those with short rostrum and anterior antenne un- provided with bristles, as in B. gracilis, Heller, B. tetra- donis, &e. I have been forced to create a new genus—//elleria—for a species of the family Dichelesthina taken from the gills of Cybium guttatum, which, though closely connected with Heller’s Pseudocycnus, yet is, I think, distinct. Finally, I may say that for preservative purposes, though a solution of formol keeps the soft-bodied specimens well, yet it has a tendency to blacken the chitinous-coated ones, as Caligus &e. Ergasilide. Bomolochus triceros, sp.n. (PI. I: fig. 1.) Many specimens of this species were taken at Bombay from new Farasitic Copepods on Fish, 3 the gill-cavities of Stromateus cinereus (white pomfret), both male and female: it differs essentially from B. megaceros of Heller, which he found on Stromateus niger, on which fish I frequently also found that species; it, however, bears out- wardly a nearer resemblance to B. scomberesoces of Kroyer, but differs from the latter in detail, the three setaceous horns being much more pronounced, the last joint of the fifth perzo- ped ee four instead of three short sete, &c. (see Pl. I. g. 1). Female.— Body elongate ; cephalothorax 5-partite, first seg- ment much broader than long. Frontal border deeply concave in the middle line. Anterior antenne elongate, basal joint arcuate ; at the inner end there is placed a trilobate process, the root of which connects with a curious circular disk, the anterior margin of which is fringed with fine hairs; from each lobe of this frontal appendage springs a strong simple sharp bristle, the inner being slightly the longest; there are also three more simple bristles from the anterior frontal border, the one immediately outside the frontal process being long and very slender, the other two much shorter. The whole anterior border is fringed with about twelve finely plumose sete, two being inside the frontal process, three between first and second bristles, and two between second and third; there are four elongated free joints provided with fine hairs at the angles, the last with seven at the extremity. Posterior an- tenne biarticulate, second joints minutely granular, terminating in a thickened crenulate pointed process, and four fine simple sete, the inner border finely dentate, the teeth becoming much coarser near the end and elevated. Hamulus placed laterally ; it is large and two-jointed, the second joint made up of anelongated hook with a ciliated appendage of equal length. Rostrum very long and pointed. Jirst percopods two- branched, outer with one joint, the inner with two, all provided with plumose hairs; second, third, and fourth two-branched, each with three joints, the outer branches carrying on the outer side short spur-like bristles, the others plumose; fifth single-branched, the last joint being provided with three short bristles terminally and one on the outer border. Genital segment square. Abdomen of four joints, decreasing in size downwards, the last bearing the caudal plates, which are longer than broad, giving off one very strong central bristle and two short fine lateral ones; also a minute hair is seen on the outer border. Eqg-sacs \arge, dilated. Male smaller, but differing slightly from the female. 1* | 4 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some Bomolochus tetradonis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 2.) These specimens were found abundantly in the gill-cavities of Tetrodon oblongus at Bombay ; both sexes were generally present together in the same fish. ‘They resemble somewhat B. gracilis of Heller, which he found on the hammer-headed shark at Java, but differ in detail. By obtaining a large number of specimens it was found to vary very much in form, proportionally of length to breadth, even in mature females, as shown in Pl. I. fig. 2; so that the mere external conformation is of comparatively little assistance in differen- tiation of the species (in mounted specimens the frontal border always folds backwards and renders examination difficult). Female.—Cephalothorax pyriform or elongated, divided into five distinct segments, arched dorsally. First segment shorter than long, second to fifth becoming progressively more so. Anterior antenne arcuate, elongate, bearing on the front edge about sixteen short sete with rounded bases; three free club-shaped joints, the last being provided with many short bristles. Postertor antenne two-jointed, terminating in five (?) short seta. Hamulus placed far forwards and to the side, in the shape of a very strong, short, thick, slightly curved spur. Mouth-organs are placed between a well-marked upper and lower lip, there being no sharp-pointed rostrum as in the last species ; into this space project three pair of appendages, the most anterior, the mandible, having three joints, the last consisting of a long curved pointed joint, with its convex border finely crenulate and an accessory palp; the second being the first mavilliped, also three-jointed, the first joint being long and cylindrical, the second short, and the third in the form of a strong slightly curved claw; the third being the second mawilliped, larger, with a thicker basal joint, terminal joints simple, with finely dentate concave margin. First four per@opods two-branched, second to fourth each with three joints, provided with plumose hairs on the inner border and with more or less elongated simple bristles on the outer, that of the second joint of the inner branch of the second pair being very long and strong. Fifth pereeopod three-jointed, the last joint being provided with three short bristles only. , Genital segment short and broad. Abdomen consisting of four joints progressively decreasing in size, the last terminating in two caudal plates nearly three times as long as broad, carrying two long terminal bristles and two short Tetaral ones, a —— new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 5 Family Caligide. Genus Cauicus, Miill. Caligus parvus, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 1, 2.) This species was found very frequently on the inner surface of the operculum and also free on the surface of Tetrodon oblongus from Bombay Harbour; they were often seen actively moving about, and were of a pinkish colour, both sexes being equally common. I have been unable to place this species with any known ones, though it bears a resem- blance to C. abbreviatus, Kr., in form, but differs in detail tL Teva. 1). In the female the cephalothorax is almost circular, slightly broader than long, equalling in length the remainder of the whole ; it narrows anteriorly, where it unites with the frontal plate, being evenly rounded at the posterior angles. The frontal border is narrow, concave in the centre, and bears small lunule in the outer third. ‘The first joint of the antervor antenne is short and thick, with about twenty short plumose setee on the front border; the second joint is shorter and carries fine hairs at the end. Posterior antenne are placed a short distance behind the frontal plate, are three-jointed and of moderate size. Hamulus subsidiartus anterior is in the shape of a short hook with a dilated base. rst mawilliped is very slender, ending in two small claws, the outer being the longer. Second mawilliped very large and characteristic, the end claw being extremely strong and thick, the basal joint having a large process to which the other is opposable. Furcula is small, with very short blunt branches, spreading but slightly. The first of the swimming-feet (pereeopoda) has a short basal joint, elongated second, and the third terminating in three short bristles, with four elongate plumose sete on the posterior border, the one at the angle being the longest. Genital segment is square, with rounded angles. ‘The ab- domen is very short, carrying extremely short caudal plates ; these are as broad as long, and are provided with three long plumose sete terminally and two minute short hairs on the outer border. Length 3°4 millim. Male.—This has the after portion of the body more elon- gated, the posterior angles of the genital segment produced, carrying two fine hairs, the caudal plates are longer; but the most characteristic change is in the great development of the accessory hook, probably for better holding the female. Length 2°3 millim. 6 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some Caligus cybit, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 3.) This species was found in the gill-cavity of Cybiwm lineola- tum at Bombay. Only one specimen, a female. _ Cephalothorax longer than broad, contracted in front. Frontal plates bearing small lunule. Anterior antennee with basal joint short and stout, terminal club-shape. Postertor antenne with strong recurved hook. Hamulus short, with broad base. Palp at the base of first maxilliped long and thin. Second maxilliped provided with a narrow, slightly curved claw, nearly as long as basal joint. Furcula rather large, with slightly curved, simple, divergent branches. First perwopod having the extremity of the terminal joint provided with three rather strong short bristles, the anterior being the shortest; at the angle a fine plumose hair, with three rather long plumose ones on posterior border. Second pereopods carry on the outer border of the joint’s outer branch two slightly curved chitinous hooks; the hamulus posterior on the third pereeopod being shorter and thicker, Fourth perao- pod has the terminal joint provided with three long, fine, curved, simple sete, with a minute spur at the angle, the penultimate and postpenultimate portions also bearing simple curved sete, the last four are in close proximity. Genital segment almost oblong, with slightly lobed and rounded posterior angles. Abdomen half length of cephalothorax, nearly four times as long as broad, indistinctly two-jointed, the last joint being as long as broad. Caudal plates equalling in length last joint of abdomen; they carry three short plumose bristles at the extremity and a shorter one on the outer border. Total length 5 millim. This species differs from C. pelamydis, Kr., in its longer cephalothorax, shorter abdomen, and structure of the furcula and fourth pereopods. Caligus hirsutus, sp.n. (Pl. III. figs. 1, 2.) This species was very commonly found in the gill-cavity of Lolynemus tetradactylus at Bombay. It was extraordinary on account of the peculiar dilated condition of the abdominal segment, which I at first took to be an abnormality ; but as it was apparently universally present in the females, it must be taken as the normal condition. Also the rosette-like bunches of hairs at the base of each of the thickened seta of the fourth pereopods were quite unique; though very distinct in the fresh specimens, these hairs were exceedingly difficult to detect in mounted ones, except when in glycerine (Pl. III. fig. 1). ——— aeEoree — new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 7 Female.—Cephalothorax oval, nearly twice as long as broad, about one third of the total length. Frontal plate slightly concave in front; lunule shallow, but of considerable diameter. Antertor antenne having the basal joint slightly longer than the width of the lunula ; sete markedly plumose, the outer being strongest; second joint club-shape, about seven short bristles at the end. Lostertor antenne in the form of a long, much curved hook ; spur at the base sharp. Hamulus very small and short. Palp at the base of first maxilliped long and sharp. Second mazilliped with the terminal joint in the shape of a long recurved simple claw. Furcula small, with straight-edged but slightly spreading branches. There are three very short simple sete on the last joint of first pereeopod, with only three longer plumose ones on posterior border; the second joint has the edge fringed with fine hairs. Hamulus posterior on third pereeopod small andcurved, Fourth pereopod: first joint strong, the terminal joint consists of three parts welded together, forming a blunted extremity, the last having on its inner border three short, thickened, slightly curved simple set, the first with its inner border crenate, the next joint bears a fourth close to these, and at the base of each is a rosette-like bunch of fine hairs of a dark colour. Genital segment is much wider posteriorly and is deeply lobed. The abdomen is as long as the cephalothorax, having this dilated to an equal width with the last joint, being of a dull semitransparent appearance. Caudal plates longer than broad, bearing three terminal plumose bristles, the centre one being much the longest; there is also a shorter one on the outer border. Length 7 millim. Male has an oval genital segment, the abdomen divided into a short and following elongated portion, with caudal plates much longer than in female (Pl. III. fig. 2). Caligus Phipsont, sp.n. (PI. LI. figs. 3, 4.) This species was found free on the inner surface of the gills of Cybium guttatum at Bombay; only a few specimens of both male and female were taken. In general form it resembles C. drritans, Heller, but differs in having the cephalothorax rather broader, the furcula larger, the abdomen single-jointed, and in the arrangement of the bristles on the caudal plates (PI. ILI. fig. 3). Female.—Cephalothorax longer than broad, slightly nar- rowed anteriorly, rounded at the angles posteriorly, slightly 8 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some lobed. Frontal border slightly concave. Lunule very large, the whole thickness of the plate. Antertor antenne having the basal joints short and thick, with about fifteen plumose setee on front border, with simple bristles near outer end; second joint dilated at end, with seven fine bristles. rst maxtlliped very slender ; no sete seen on second joint, as in C. irritans. Second mazxilliped having the end claw strong but short, provided with a short bristle on concave border one third from point. Surcula with narrow, pointed, slightly spreading branches, from a wide base. ‘The terminal joint of the first pereopod has three short bristles at the end, decreasing in length from first to third; at the angle there is a fine plumose hair and on under border three longer similar ones with thickened bases. Fourth pereeopods are long, the terminal joint provided with five moderately long, curved, simple claws, the last three being close together. Genital segment oblong, with the posterior angles slightly produced, three fourths as long as the cephalothorax. Abdomen short, half as long as the last segment, single-jointed, slightly con- stricted anteriorly. Caudal plates rather longer than broad, terminating in three moderately long plumose sete, and having a shorter one on the outer border. Length 5 millim. ! The male has the cephalothorax much more elongated, the genital segment is more pyriform, and the abdomen longer ; the hamulus anterior is also very long and sickle-shaped (Pl. III. fig. 4). Length 3 millim. Caligus longicaudus, sp.n. (Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2.) This species was found in small numbers of either sex in the gill-cavities of two fish in Bombay Harbour—TZrichiurus haumela_and Chirocentrus dorab. It differs from C. pro- ductus, Dana, by the short genital segment, the absence of the deep notch on the frontal plate, by its less sharply pointed furcula, and in the detail of the first pereopods &c.; from C. trichiura, Kr., by the longer cephalothorax, larger and deeper lunule, and different shape of the furcula. Tremale (Pl. 1V. fig. 1).—Cephalothorax almost a perfect oval, with the posterior angles rounded, less than half the total length. T'rontal plate with slightly convex anterior border; lunules large, extending the whole depth of the plate. Anterior antenne having the basal joint short, not quite so long as the diameter of the lunula; it is provided on its anterior border with eight rather stout, short, plumose —_— eee ————— new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 9 sete, the ones nearest the lunule being the largest; at the end are three strong bristles, equalling in length the second joint, which terminates in three or four long bristles and several short ones. Posterior antenne three-jointed, the last in the form of a strong hook, the basal joint carrying a sharp pointed process. Hamulus very small and blunt. First maxilliped having a long pointed palp at the base ; terminating in a bifid claw at the end, not very long. Second maxilliped with a stout basal joint, having a small spur at the base; terminal hook shorter than the basal joint. Furcula with a wide elongated base, giving off from a narrow neck two flat- tened, blunt, almost straight, simple branches. First pereo- pods three-jointed; there is a small short spur at the outer end of the anterior border of the second joint; the third is short and carries three short terminal bristles, the posterior border being provided with three long finely plumose sete. The second pereopod has the terminal joint of the outer branch furnished with eight long plumose sete, the anterior border with three short simple bristles, the first joint bearing two long chitinous spines. Third pereopod shows a very small straight hamulus posterior. Fourth pereeopod is strong, terminating with four long, slightly curved claws placed close together, and a fifth about halfway up the inner border. Genital segment broader than long, posterior angle lobed, bearing a rudimentary fifth limb, furnished with three plumose hairs. Abdomen indistinctly two-jointed, almost as long as the cephalothorax. Caudal plate longer than broad, with three long terminal plumose setze and two shorter ones on the outer side, also one on the inner border. The male (Pl. IV. fig. 2) has a more elongated genital segment, a more distinctly two-jointed abdomen, the second maxilliped is very strong, the claw being provided with a small bristle near its lower third; and on its basal joint, front border, are one single and three bifid tubercles. Caligus (Scienophilus, Van Ben.) Benedeni, sp. n. (ELLY tic. '3.) This species I have only taken once—a female, from Scienia diacanthus, at Bombay. Cephalothoraz one fifth of the whole length and much less broad than the genital segment ; it is almost circular in shape, bearing fairly strong frontal lobes with a straight border ; the lunule are very small. Basal joints of anterior antenne provided along the anterior border with about twelve very fine plumose sete, tle second having at its thickened end two 10 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some long and several short hairs, also one or two on the posterior border. Posterior antenne small, acutely beat. First maxilliped very slender, second with very strong simple end-claw, which is slightly granular on high magnification. First perwopod with three long end-bristles and three moderately long plumose sete on the posterior border. Fourth pereopod having four long, slightly curved, terminal claws close together and a fifth halfway down the inferior border. Genital segmeni rather longer than broad, much larger than cephalothorax. Abdomen long, thick, single-jointed, constricted at the anterior end. Caudal plates longer than broad, curved inwards, with three long terminal sete and a shorter one on the outer side (PI. IV. fig. 3). Length 6 millim. This subgenus seems to be found most regularly on the “ Scienide,” the comparative small size of the cephalo- thorax, small lunule, and extremely large maxillipeds being very distinctive. Family Dichelesthina. Genus HELLERIA, nov. Body elongate, without dorsal plates; head rounded. Anterior antenne setaceous, six- or seven-jointed. Posterior antenne in shape of strong hooks. First maxillipeds small, second in form of large claws. Thorax three-jointed, each fe with a soft lateral process. Three pair of rudimentary imbs only present—first biramose, second uniramose, third stump-like. Genital segment about three times the length of head and thorax. Caudal plates of moderate size, lancinate. Male.—Smaller, but differing slightly from female, This genus should be placed between Clavella of Oken and Pseudocycnus of Heller, being most nearly related to the latter, but having these generic differences:—(1) many-jointed anterior antenne; (2) three-jointed thorax, bearing only three pair of limbs; and (3) enormously enlarged second maxillipeds, Helleria armata, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 1, 2.) A number of specimens of this species were found in the gills of a Cybium guttatum at Bombay, both sexes, colour dull opaque white. Length about 8 millim. Female (Pl. V. fig. 1)—Head almost round. Anterior Ce ee new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. fl antenne six- or seven-jointed, first joint broad, second elon- gate, with fine hairs at the base and a lobe-like process from the front border equalling in length the segment, third joint with three fine hairs, fourth with two, fifth and sixth with two, and terminal joint with seven bristles. Postertor an- tenne three-jointed, last in the form of a strong hook, with a well-marked tooth on the concave border near the centre. Rostrum in the form of a short strong chitinous tube. Jaz- illary palp three-jointed, the last joint being sharp and curved. First maailliped three-jointed, the basal joint being thick and muscular, the second cylindrical, the furthest end of the inner border being finely dentate ; last joint short, sharp, curved, and dentate on concave border.. Second mazilliped two-jointed, the basal joint being of very great size and muscular, its lower margin undulate and fringed with bunches of fine hairs ; second joint in form of a strong curved claw, the internal border being armed witha strong tooth. Thorax three-partite, the first segment having a soft lateral rounded appendage on either side, those of the next two segments being longer ; under the first is seen a small plate with edge finely ciliated, giving off the rudimentary first two-branched pereopod, the outer an oval single-jointed limb terminating in one minute hook and two short hairs; the inner branch is shorter and carries three minute hairs. Under the second appendage is another plate carrying a single-jointed limb, terminating in a small hook, and the inner edge being provided with many fine hairs. Behind the third appendage, springing from the anterior portion of the genital segment, is a minute stump, from the apex of which is a single bristle. Genital segment constricted in front, twice as long as head and thorax, indistinctly lobed at the posterior extre- mity. ‘Two elongate foliaceous caudal plates. Egg-sacs long, thin. Male (Pl. V. fig. 2).—Body shorter, head more oval. Pos- terior antenne longer than in the female; no thoracic ap- pendages. Maxillipeds are also less robust, but very long and powerful. The rostrum is longer, and on either side of the lower lip is a sharp, slightly curved, very long, articulate movable process directed directly backwards, equalling about half the length of the head. Both terminal joints of first pereopods have compara- tively strong claws—in fact, these paired limbs are more developed in the male. Genital segment elongate, tapering posteriorly, where a rounded abdominal portion is distinctly marked off, carrying two caudal foliate appendages, the extremity being fringed with fine hairs. i? Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some Genus LERNANTHROPUS, Nordm. Lernanthropus trifoliatus, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 3.) This species was taken from the gills of Polynemus tetra- dactylus in Bombay, but was rare; four were taken from one fish, two on either side, all being mature females. When taken from the body they were distended with sanguineous fluid (Pl. VII. fig. 3). Female.—Head oblong, with rounded angles, strongly notched in front, folding inwards on under surface. Dorsal scutes bipartite, anterior segment pyriform, constricted at the neck. Posterior scute much dilated and rounded, from under which project the fourth pair of foliaceous pereopods. Ante- rior antenne six-jointed, setiferous; posterior two-jointed, terminating ina strong simple claw. Feet of third pair in the form of strong lamellar plates directed outwards, curved, folding on themselves like a leaf, projecting slightly beyond first dorsal seute. Fourth pair in the form of elongate lamellar processes, two of which project considerably beyond the posterior margin of the second scute; the third is more acuminate, shorter, and placed beneath the other two. Abdominal segment longer than broad. Caudal plates of moderate size, simple, lancinate. Length 8 millim. The six-jointed anterior antenne, elongated plates of fourth pereeopods, which consist of three processes, and short genital segment differentiate this species. Family Lernzoidea. Genus LerNZONEMA, M.-Edw. Lerneonema polynemi, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 1.) This species was found very frequently, of all sizes, one or more being almost always present on well-grown specimens of Polynemus tetradactylus taken in Bombay ; and they must be a great pest to this fish. Often as many as a dozen were found on one, the head and neck deeply buried into the flesh ; the body was full of blood, and yet the host appeared always well nourished. The favourite sites were :—(1) at the base of the caudal (I have traced the neck in on one side, and passing between the vertebre found the head near the surface on the other) ; (2) behind the dorsal fin; (3) just behind and new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 13 above the pectoral. Near the point of insertion there was often an area of extravasated blood from irritation. This species resembles most ZL. encrassicola of Baird, but the sharp cephalic processes are less spreading and the neck is much longer. Male not found. Female (Plate VII. fig. 1).—Length of head 2 millim., of neck 4 centim.; body 15 millim., abdomen 13 millim. Head triangular, with blunted end, terminating posteriorly on the under surface in three short horns, the lateral being slightly divergent, all sharply pointed. At the blunted extre- mity in young specimens two pair of antenne are visible, the anterior indistinctly three-jointed, provided with fine hairs at the extremity. osterior antenne with two short thick joints, the second bearing a strong thick recurved hook, which opposes a tubercle of the outer side of the same. Mouth-opening circular, near extremity on the underside, border ciliated. There are four pair of limbs placed a short distance posterior to the mouth; they are very small: the first and second limbsare two-branched, each having two joints, the last fringed with plumose hairs; the third and fourth limbs single-branched, three-jointed, the last carrying four plumose hairs. Genital segment elongated, flask-shape. Abdomen simple, straight, tapering slightly from the base, extremity blunt. Egg-sacs very long and fine, bright green when alive. Genus PERODERMA, Heller. Peroderma branchiata, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.) A single example of this species was found on a small fish at Bombay—Cotlia Dussumieri—the front two thirds being buried into the flesh above the pectoral fin, the posterior portion and egg-sacs only being visible; the bulbous anterior extremity was directed upwards, inwards, and forwards, the head at right angles above the ribs. This genus is described by Heller with a single species; it seems to be sufficiently distinct to be retained. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.) Female.—9°5 millim. long without the egg-sacs. Body cylindrical, with a slight curve backwards at the posterior extremity. Anterior portion in front of neck rounded, one fourth of total length; neck narrow, cylindrical, longer than broad, placed at right angles to the body, bearing a thickened lobed head, furnished with a great number of fringed pro- cesses; these on higher magnification show the terminal branches to have a very regular manner of division, a bifid 14 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some end with a third longer side branch. LEgg-sacs three or more times as long as the body. The arrangement of mouth- organs &c. was not made out, as I did not wish to sacrifice the specimen. Length 9 millim. Family Chondracanthina. Genus CHONDRACANTHUS, La Roche. Chondracanthus elongatus, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 4-6.) Several specimens of this species were obtained from the gills of a sole (sp. ?) at Bombay. Most were mature females, and on some of these pigmy males were found attached singly near the genital pore (PI. VI. fig. 4). Female.—Length 6 millim. Head oblong, with greatly in- dented sides ; median groove dorsally well marked ; it equals one seventh total length. From the front border arise two long, simple, soft antenne, as long as the head. Posterior antenne placed immediately behind them in the form of two long slender hooks. Mouth-organs, as in others of this genus, placed near the neck. ‘Thorax giving rise to two pair of slender processes, bifureating at the ends. (Genital segment elongated, cylindrical, with posteriorly two simple elongate processes, rather more than one third length of that segment. Abdomen short, rounded. Caudal plates simple, one third length of posterior appendages. This species resembles somewhat C. alatus, Heller, found by him on a ‘‘Gadus,” which species I have also taken here from gills of Psettodes Erumet. Male (P|. VI. fig. 6).—Very small, pyriform. Posterior antenne placed at the anterior extremity in the form of short recurved hooks. First maxilliped with thick basal joint and well-marked prehensile simple claws. Second mazilliped more attenuated, with a simple straight spine. Body indis- tinctly segmented ; two narrow, terminal, lanceolate caudal processes. Family Lernzopodide. Genus BRACHIELLA, Cuy. Brachiella appendiculosa, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-3.) Several specimens of this species were taken from the gills of fish in Bombay Harbour, viz. Stromateus niger and Poly- nemus tetradactylus. Its characters were well-marked and new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 15 both sexes were found, the pigmy male being single, attached usually to the genital segment under the arms of attachment (Pl. VI. fig. 1). Female.——Cephalothorax in the same straight line as the body, rounded anteriorly, somewhat dilated. Szeond mazilli- peds equalling in length the cephalothorax, directed down- wards and forwards, widely separated from base to extremity, where they unite and give rise to a well-marked stalked disk of attachment ; on the under surface of each arm is a process giving off four elegant elongated filaments. Body (genital segment) oval, constricted in front; from the posterior extre- mity on either side is a prolonged bifid appendage; centrally two small caudal lanceolate plates are present. Length 6 millim. Male (Pl. VI. fig. 3)—About 1 millim. long. Cephalo- thorax distinct from the body, which is long and indistinctly segmented, terminating in two short caudal processes. Anterior portion of the cephalothorax carrying the mouth- organs and antenne. Anterior antenne three-jointed, with three fine bristles at the end of the last joint. Poste- rior antenne terminating in a thickened joint with a short tubercle on outer side, and the inner with a small recurved hook. Mandible long, with bifid end; extremity of mouth finely ciliated. Both pair of maxillipeds large; the first provided with a very strong hook, the second with a much smaller one. I have not either the plate or description of ‘ Steenstrup and Liitken ” to refer to with regard to their B. appendicu- lata, and have therefore provisionally called this species as above. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, PLATE L. Fig. 1. Bomolochus triceros, 2, sp. n., from back, magnified. la, From underside, more enlarged. 16. Hamulus. le. Pos- terior antenne. 1d. First pereopod. le, fg. Third, fourth, and fifth perzeopods. Fig. 2. Bomolochus tetradonis, sp. n., 2 , from back, enlarged. 2a. Antenne with mouth-organs, seen from beneath, much enlarged. 26. Terminal joint of posterior antenne. 2c, Extremity of second maxilliped. 2d, e,f, g. Second, third, fourth, and fifth pereopods. 2h, Caudal plate. Puate II, Fig. 1. Caligus parvus, 2, sp. n., enlarged. la. Under surtace of cephalothorax. 16. Last joint of first pereopod. 1lc,d. Second and third pereeopods, le, Caudal plate, 16 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fug. Fig. Fug. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Tig. Fig. Fg. Fig. 2, go On some new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. Male of same. 2a. Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 26, Hamulus. 2c. Pos- terior antenne. 2d. Last joint of first maxilliped. 2f. Second maxilliped. Caligus cybit, 2, sp. n., enlarged. . 3a. Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 36. Furcula. 3c. First pereopod. 34d, e, f. Second, third, and fourth perseopods, 3h, Caudal plate. PuateE III, . Caligus hirsutus, 9, enlarged. 1 a, Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 146. Fureula. 1c. Last joint of fourth pereeopod, highly magnified. 1d. Caudal plate. . Male of same, enlarged. . Caligus Phipsoni, 2, sp. n., enlarged. 3a. Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 56, Caudal plate. 3c. Second maxilliped. 3d. Fourth pereeopod. 38e, Furcula. . Male of same. PuatE LY. . Caligus longicaudus, 2, sp. n., enlarged. la. Cephalothorax from beneath. 16, Fureula. 1c. Fourth pereeopod. ld. Angle of genital segment and fifth perzeo- pod. le. Caudal plate. 1/. Third perseopod. . Male of same. 2b. Second antennee. 2c. Second maxilliped. 3. Caligus (Scienophilus) Benedeni, 2.. 3a. Cephalothorax from below. 3806. Fourth persopod. 3¢, Caudal plates. 8d. Second maxilliped. PLATE V. . Helleria armata, 9, gen. et sp. n. la. Cephalothorax from beneath, much enlarged. 10. Seen from the side. 1c, Margin of second maxilliped. 1d. Mouth- organs. le,f,g. First, second, and third persopods, 1h, Anterior antenne, much enlarged. . Male of same. 2 a, Cephalothorax from beneath, much magnified. 20, Caudal extremity. 2c. Caudal appendage. 2d. Second antenne, terminal joint. 2/. Lower lip and one of the styles. PuateE VI. . Brachiella appendiculosa, 2 , much enlarged, seen from side, la. Organ of adhesion. . Ditto, seen from underneath. . Male of same. 3a. Mouth-organs. 30%, Antenne. 3c,d. First and second maxillipeds, . Chondracanthus elongatus, 9, much enlarged, from underneath. Ditto, seen from side. . Male of same, highly magnified. 6 a, b. First and second maxillipeds, On the Respiration of Carcinus mexnas, Leach. 17 PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Lerneonema polynem?, 2, enlarged. la. Cephalothorax in young specimen, showing antenne &c., 16. Second perwopod. le. Fourth pereopod. 1d. Pos- terior antenne. Fig. 2. Peroderma branchiata, 2, sp. n., enlarged. 2a. Tentacular processes, much enlarged. Fig. 3. Lernanthropus trifoliatus, 2, sp. n., from underneath. 3a. Seen from theside. 36. Under view of head from beneath. 3c. Seen from the back, 3d. Anterior antennz, much magnified. N,B.—Fourth pereopod on right side of B. triceros in Plate I. fig. 1a is drawn much too large. Il.— On the Respiration of Carcinus menas, Leach *. By GEORGES BOHN fT. THE common shore-crab (Carcinus menas), which is so abundant on our coasts, especially on the shores of Normandy, where it is called the furious crab (‘* Crabes enragés’’), and where I have just been observing it daily for more than a month, exists, as all are aware, under very varied conditions. Some individuals bury themselves more or less in the mud; at low tide they are to be found hidden under stones or sunk in the sand; on the beach they run with rapidity, living as much in the air as in the water; in laboratories they are kept alive for very long periods in erystallizing-pans: I have seen some which have lasted more than a month in water which was not changed, surrounded by dead animals and rotten seaweeds. While investigating the influence of the habitat upon the respiration of this crab, I have been led to observe a curious phenomenon, which, so far as I am aware, has not hitherto been described by anyone. I refer to the faculty of re- versing for a longer or shorter period the direction of the circulation of the water in the branchial chamber. Since the memorable observations of Audouin and Milne- Edwards upon Maza and the “ great” crabs of our shores every- one has always followed these authors in stating that the water enters by a particular point situated in front of the anterior legs, and traverses the branchial chamber from * A study carried out at the marine laboratory of the Muséum at Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue. + From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. cxxy. no, 11 (September 13, 1897), pp. 441-444, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 2 18 M. Georges Bohn on the behind forwards, to issue by orifices situated on the anterior margin of the buccal framework, and that the current is occasioned by the scaphognathite of the jaw *. In fact, this is what is observed under ordinary conditions in crabs. In Carcinus menas, in consequence of a modification of the movements of the scaphognathite, the direction of the current may undergo a change f. The observation may easily be repeated. All that is necessary is to place a crab in a crystallizing-pan containing just sufficient water to cover it; as arule the crab quickly raises itself on the posterior part of its body in such a way as to cause its front and the so-called expiratory orifices to emerge. ‘Then the water is sometimes seen to continue to issue by these orifices; sometimes, on the contrary—and this occasionally during long periods of time—bubbles of air pass out in a continuous fashion from the so-called ¢nspiratory orifices which have become expiratory: the air naturally enters by the orifices raised above the water. During this latter period the epipodites may remain motionless, and I have succeeded in observing the movement of the scapho- enathite undergo a modification. Thus, then, through the instrumentality of the scaphognathite, a direct circulation of water is succeeded by an inverse circulation of air. Without doubt a portion of the oxygen in the air is absorbed just as it is, while another portion is dissolved in the water still con- tained in the branchial cavity. The experiment succeeds all the better when the crab is immersed in water which is less fit for respiration. The reversal of the circulation of the water has a notable physio- logical advantage for the animal: instead of fatiguing itself to no purpose in causing the circulation in the branchial chamber of water which is badly aerated, or in any way insufficient for respiration, it utilizes the energy of the motor muscles of the scaphognathite in making air penetrate into the branchial chamber, to aerate the water which bathes its gills. In the natural state the advantages of the reversal often make themselves felt. When, for example, the crab lives upon a muddy bottom, it can absorb air instead of muddy water, which would clog its gills with slime, or, at any rate, can take in water from the surface, which is always purer than that in the depths. I have reproduced these conditions * Haan alone maintained the contrary—that is to say, that in the branchial chamber the current passed from the front to the rear; and a year ago Mr, Garstang, of Oxford, frankly said that he was mistaken. + Which explains the observation of Haan, 7 Respiration of Carcinus meenas, Leach. 19 experimentally, and have proved that this is the case by mixing carmine with the water in order to show the respi- ratory currents. Now here are facts that remind us of the phenomena which take place in the case of Corystes, the crab which buries itself in the sand during the day, and the mechanism of whose respiration was recently the subject of a pleasing memoir by Mr. Garstang, of Oxford; the reversal, says the author, takes place during the day—that is to say, when the crab is buried. Mr. Garstang did not seek the reason of this reversal, and left the fact isolated, without explanation. The physiological explanation that I have just given with reference to Carcinus menas evidently applies to Corystes. I would add that the act of reversal is not peculiar to these two species of crabs; everywhere where I have sought for it among crabs I have found it—in Portunus, where, as in Carcinus, there is a medium amount of differentiation, and in Hya or Maia, which are so highly specialized and have a mode of life so different from the foregoing ; in the case of these latter examples the periods of reversal never last longer than a few seconds *, Since in this instance the reversal cannot be explained by the mode of life, I sought for the origin of it among the ancestors of the crabs or their near relations, I have observed it in Palemon, as also in the Megalopa-larve and in the crayfish. When a prawn is placed in water charged with carmine, from time to time jets of water are seen to issue from the inferior margin of the carapace, from the spot at which inspiration usually takes place; at these moments, owing to the reversal of the movement of the scaphognathite, there occurs, within the branchial chamber, a regular rush of water from the front to the rear, which ejects all the foreign bodies with which it is encum- bered. ‘The same thing happens in the case of the crayfish. The reversal of the circulation of the water is therefore phylogenetically a very ancient fact, and it should be met with in the Peneide, just as in the prawns and lobsters, their descen- dants; in the natant, asin the ambulant, forms the reversal has no other object than to produce currents of water in a direction opposite to that of the normal stream, in order to cleanse the branchial chamber. In the case of crabs like Maia, where the cleansing process is performed by means of other mechanical arrangements, the reversal is met with again as a survival (‘comme un souvenir ancestral”), but in the * But in none of these crabs does the reversal of the motion of the scaphognathite produce spontaneously the entrance of air into the branchial chamber, Q* 20 M. Georges Bohn on the Reversal of the fossorial forms, i. e. Corystes and certainly others besides, the reversal of the circulation becomes, on the contrary, accentu- ated, and renders possible the adaptation of the ambulant forms to this new mode of life. In the case of Carcinus menas it enables the animal to live amid unwholesome surroundings by the introduction into the branchial chamber of air at a pressure even higher than that of the atmosphere *. II].—On the Reversal of the Respiratory Current in the Decapods t+. By Grorces Boun f. Tur reversal of the current of water in the branchial chamber, which has long been known in the case of Corystes and was recently described by me in Carcinus menas, Leach, and a certain number of other Decapods§, appears to be a pheno- menon of absolutely general occurrence in this group of Crustacea. Mr, Garstang lately published an account of it in Portumnus nasutus, Latr., and I have just proved its existence in twenty-one other species selected from the various families ||. I thought it would be interesting to note the frequency and the duration of the inversions in the different cases, and I now give the principal results that I have obtained. The frequency of the inversions varies little from one type to the other: most frequently they occur at the rate of two per minute ; in one and the same species the number appears to diminish in proportion as the size increases; thus, in the case of Carcinus menas there are on the average ten inversions * The occurrence of this reversal appeared to me to have its bearing on the comprehension of the adaptations that are found in the Decapods; M. Bouvier, who has lavished his learned advice upon me in the course of my investigations upon this group, of which he has so wonderful a knowledge, pointed out a fact of the same kind a few years ago. He explained the adaptation of these crustaceans to terrestrial life as being due to an ancestral anatomical and physiological condition—to wit, the supplementary circulatory system (the special circulation of the carapace). + A study carried out at the marine laboratory of the Muséum at Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue. { From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxy. no. 15 (October 11, 1897), », 589-542. PP. ‘Comptes Rendus,’ Sept. 15, 1897, pp. 441-444 ; vide supra, p. 17. || I proper to return later on to Ais mechanism of the process of reversal; at present I will simply say that the principal ré/e seems to devolve upon the scaphognathite, and that in certain types the carapace intervenes ; as for the cleansing organs (epipodites of the crabs, posterior limbs in Galathea, &c.), I have proved that they do not take any part in it, tnd) cai pines Respiratory Current in the Decapods. 21 in the Megalopa-larva, and in the course of growth this number diminishes progressively until it sinks to one. The duration of the inversions is often very brief—about the hundredth part of a minute; but in a certain number of species, such as Carcinus menas, it may be much greater than this. I have established in the case of each species the following number—to wit, the duration of the inverse circula- tion in the space of ten minutes—counted in hundredths of a minute *, and the results of my investigations are summarized in the appended table (p. 22). In consequence of Prof. Giard having pointed out to me the importance of the phenomenon of reversal for the compre- hension of the ethology of the parasitic forms, I was led to establish the following curious parallelism. We know that the crustacean branchial parasites of Decapods are the Entoniscide, Cepon, Bopyrus (senséi stricto), and a few Copepods. Entoniscidz, the ethology of which has been so admirably elucidated by MM. Giard and Bonnier, have frequently been met with upon a Porcellana found upon the shores of Brazil, in Carcinus menas, and in Portumnus latipes, Penn., which lies buried in the sandbanks on the shore at Wimereux. Now Carcinus menas and Porcellana longicornis (which also has its Entoniscid) are the only species—species not related moreover—in which I have found for the inverse circulation a number most nearly approaching 500 (that is to say, 5 minutes in 10). Portumnus latipes is nearly allied to Por- tumnus nasutus, in which the reversal, as described by Mr. Garstang, is so strongly accentuated. In Portunus, P. arcuatus is apparently the only species able to exhibit periods of reversal of fairly long duration. Now this species is infested with Entoniscidee much more frequently than P. ruber and P. holsatus. Among the Oxyrhyncha, Acheus— a genus allied to Stenorhynchus—is the only one that has been found to support an Entoniscid. In Pelumnus hirtellus these parasites are equaily rare. Thus, except the latter, all the hosts mentioned t belong to the third category of the table. Cepon, as M. Giard caused me to observe, is not met with * This number, which is necessarily approximate, corresponds to the issue of carmine from the region of the latero-posterior inspiratory cleft of the carapace, which is the easiest to observe—that is to say, the one which is situated in front of the first thoracic limb. I have taken the hundredth of a minute, since it frequently corresponds to a beat of the scaphognathite, which I am therefore able to use as a metronome, + Ihave passed over Xantho and the Grapsidze, which I have not yet studied. M. Georges Bohn on the Reversal of the 22 ‘aug ‘snunnjaussyva sayshog “Iyery ‘sngnspu snuwnz.0og (006 © 09) Yovery ‘syumw sno ‘(TAO puB (ZT) ovary ‘snzvnoaw snung.og ‘qovory ‘uaqnd snunj.og” “mpyT “Wumbunyoyd snyouhyouagy *qovory ‘smppap.ny snumunprg “eT ‘oppunbs nowy *yovery ‘snaupin sph ‘Ted ‘sninbod saoung *vuoAHOVUg (00z © 09) “MPI ‘sresooebiuo) nuDpyaoLog ee eee oees see “qover] ‘vounwcajqns vsspunyyng ‘ovary ‘vunjyap nqay ‘qovey ‘nuafruunnbs naynjv4y ‘Iqe yy ‘supanyusag snunhog ‘VUANONY, 010 699 a 8.9 ace 8 @ Cereresssves aphjpoddayy ‘UOUD!DT “MApyy ‘aqne snayd) "Iqey ‘s2uvbyna uohupar “ysyAvig "19}8q0'T ‘VEAMOVI 006 Wey oom oq Avur 41 Yorya UT “AT ‘(OT w 9yNUIUL [ ‘A 2) OOT UeAe pus ‘og wey] erou oq Avu qt Wom Uy "TTT * O& °F OL Wor ‘TT “OT uvqy oxoyy “ ‘NOILVTO0UID ASULAN]T THL JO NOILVUAGy Respiratory Current in the Decapods. 23 in Carcinus menas, in which the reversal is pronounced, nor in Portumnus latipes and Porcellana longicornis ; but it is found in Portunus arcuatus and Pilumnus hirtellus, which belong to categories III. and II. of the table. Callvanassa, which is included in the latter category, is infested with Tonide allied to Cepon. Bopyrus, properly so called, is partial to the species of Palemon, Hippolyte, and Galathea, belonging to category TI. Copepods are rare: they have been met with only in a few examples of Hippolyte and in the lobster. Excluding this latter and a few rare exceptions *, the extreme categories of the table comprise only species which are without branchial parasites, I have attempted to account for these facts, and it seems to me that the reversal alluded to has both disadvantages and advantages for the parasite. An inverse current can always eject the parasite in the act of penetrating into the branchial cavity, just as it also expels any strange body whatever. The Hntoniscidz alone are able to penetrate in the case of the species in which the reversal is somewhat prolonged; Cepon and Bopyrus appear much more susceptible in this respect. But an inverse current, while it cleanses the branchial chamber, causes to pass through it a much more highly oxygenated stream of water, for it is more rapid and the water has not time to charge itself (especially from the well- developed posterior gills) with carbonic anhydride. Here there is an advantage for the parasite; but in the case of the Entoniscidx, in which the respiratory mechanism has been discovered by M. Giard, the advantage is more apparent. In the midst of the animal’s viscera the parasite occupies a chamber which is in communication with the branchial cavity of the host by means of a narrow orifice ; in consequence of the movements of the abdominal appendages of the parasite the water is drawn in and driven out again alternately. Now in the branchial cavity of the host, which from time to time reverses the circulation of the water, there is a similar alternation: to the inverse current corresponds an increase of pressure of the water in this cavity, which forces the liquid to penetrate into the chamber of the parasite; to the direct current there corresponds, on the contrary, a diminution of pressure, which assists the parasite’s expiration. * Pagurus Bernhardus is infested with a Paleogyge, but it is true the latter is very rare. 24 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on 1V.—Descriptions of Ten new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa. By James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. [Plate VIII.] SINCE our last paper * on the subject we have received several shells which appear to be hitherto undescribed. To one of these—a Dorcasia—we would direct special attention, on account of its remarkable characters. Amongst the novelties are several interesting Hnnew, and as in so critical a genus it is imperative that all the species should be figured, we have pleasure in including a figure of H. consobrina, Ancey (see Brit. Naturalist, 1892, p. 125), acknowledging at the same time our indebtedness to Mr. Brockton Tomlin, who has kindly entrusted us with his type specimen for the purpose. Natalina caffrula, sp.v. (Pl. VIII. fig. 1.) N. testa depresso-conica, tenui, late et profunde umbilicata, supra parum nitente, sed subtus corusca, corneo-olivacea ; anfractibus quinque, ventricosulis, undique superne striis obliquis longitu- dinaliter decoratis, ultimo rapide accrescente, striis infra medium evanidis ; apertura ovato-lunari; peristomate tenui, simplici. Diam. max. 113, min. 93; alt. 53 mm. Hab. Knysna. An interesting species, depressedly conical, thin, widely and deeply umbilicate, basally shining, horny-olivaceous in colour ; five-whorled, the whorls slightly ventricose, orna- mented above with longitudinal oblique striw; the last whorl increases rapidly ; below the middle the striz become obso- lete; the aperture is ovate-lunar; peristome thin, simple. The specific name is suggested by the resemblance of the shell to that of a diminutive N. caffra, Fér. Ennea caryatis t, sp. n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 2.) E testa parva, recta, cylindriformi, tenuissima, albido-pellucida, apice obtuso; anfractibus septem, apud suturas distincte im- pressis, vitreis, undique longitudinaliter striatulis, striis apud medium evanescentibus, infra levibus, anfractu ultimo paullum producto, fere levi; apertura rotundo-ovata ; peristomate albo, pellucido, incrassato, dentibus plicisve quatuor instructo, plica * Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xix. p. 633. + xaovaris, in architecture, an ornamental pillar. new Mollusca from South Africa. 25 parietali acinaciformi, intrante, dente labiali permagno, basali parvo, plica columellari dentiformi, valde intrante. Long. 3°50, lat. 1 mm. Hab. “8S. Africa” (Farquhar). Nearly allied to Z. cimolia and E. Margarette, M. & P.* From the first-named it differs in its slightly smaller size and in the whorls being partially longitudinally striate, Z. e/molia being completely smooth ; the mouth-processes are likewise different, that species possessing only three teeth or plaits, whilst Z. caryatis has a basal tooth as well. From Z. Mar- garette it differs chiefly in the comparatively slight sinuosity of the outer lip, whilst the whorls in the last-named species are completely covered with fine longitudinal oblique stria. This pretty little Hnnea was kindly presented to us for description by Mr. T’. Rogers, of Manchester. Ennea auris leporis t, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.) E, testa crassiuscula, rimata, obesa, dolioliformi, cinerea ; anfracti- bus septem, ad suturas paullum impressis, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-striatis, striis rudibus, crassiusculis; apertura trigonali ; peristomate albo, incrassato, nitido, aurito, postice scrobiculato, intus multiplicato, plica parietali conspicua, acinaciformi, valde intrante, labiali dentiformi, profunde interna, plica basali simul ac columellari internis; fauce ima dentibus quinque vel sex contiguis, omnino internis, contra aperturam appositis, obstructa. Long. 7, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Natal. A very distinct form, stout, tun-shaped, with obtuse apex, coarsely obliquely striate; mouth triangular, almost closed by the contiguous plaits and teeth. These are four in num- ber: the parietal plait is conspicuous, the labial tooth-shaped, both, with the basal and columellar, are deep-seated and produced far down the throat, whilst five or six teeth are deep-seated at the base of the last whorl. Ennea cionis {, sp.n. (Pl. VIIL. fig. 4.) E. testa cylindriformi, obtusa, semipellucida, pallide straminea; anfractibus, apicali incluso, septem, supremis tumidulis, penul- timo et ultimo rectis, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-striatis, striis delicatulis, nitidis; apertura ovato-trigonali; peristomate incrassato, albo, nitido, plicis vel dentibus quinque instructo, * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xvi. pp. 478, 479. + auris leporis, hare’s ear, from the shape of the peristome. } kioms, dim. of kiwy, a pillar. 26 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on plica parietali permagna, acinaciformi, dente labiali bifido, dente basali acuto, parvo, plica columellari magna, nitida, valde intrante. Long. 4, lat. 1°75 mm. Hab. Port Elizabeth (Crawford). A cylindriform columnar little Hnnea, possessing many of the familiar characteristics of the genus, in being of a pale straw-colour, seven-whorled, including the obtuse apical whorl ; upper whorls slightly ventricose, the last two straight ; peristome shining white, thickened, furnished with the following plaits or teeth :—a very large parietal plait, exter- nally prominent, scimitar-shaped; a bifid labial and a small acute basal tooth; anda large columellar process, deep-seated, yet almost reaching the outer lip. Next L. vanstaadensis, M. & P., but stouter and not so elongate. Several specimens. Ennea Crawfordi, sp n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 5.) E. testa parva, brevi, dolicliformi, apice perobtuso, pallide cinereo- straminea, tenui; anfractibus sex, ad suturas impressis, ventri- cosulis, primis tumidioribus, ceteris rectis, undique longitudinaliter oblique rudi-striatis ; apertura trigono-rotunda ; peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quatuor munito, plica parietali acinaciformi, tenui, intrante, dente labiali magno, acuto, basali minore, plica columellari interna, mammeeformi. Long. 3°50, lat. 1-40 mm. Hab. Port Elizabeth (Crawford). Four specimens of an interesting small species, which, while possessing no specially marked characteristics, we find ourselves unable to match with any yet described, It is small, short, cylindriform, with extremely obtuse apex, thin, six-whorled, impressed at the sutures; upper whorls some- what tumid, while the lower are straight, all longitudinally rudely striate; peristome thickened, white, furnished with the following plaits or teeth :—a thin scimitar-shaped parietal plait, a large acute labial tooth, the basal being also acute but smaller, while the internal columellar process is nipple- shaped, deep-seated. We have much pleasure in associating with this little species the name of Mr. J. Crawford, from whom we have received so much interesting material. Ennea Rogerst, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 6.) E. testa rimata, crassiuscula, apice obtusissimo, breviter cylindri- formi; anfractibus septem, paullum tumidis, ad suturas impressis, new Mollusca from South Africa. 27 undique longitudinaliter crassi-striatis, quatuor ultimis rectis, inter se similibus; apertura rotundo-lunari; peristomate circulari, plicis vel dentibus duobus solum munito, plica parietali acuta, acinaciformi, valde intrante, dente labiali acuto, parvo, margine columellari infra paullum incrassato, simplici. Long. 5, lat. 2 mm. Hab. “ Cradock Comonage, 8. Africa” (e coll. T. Rogers). In its mouth-processes this Hnnea resembles #. Collieri, M. & P., but not in form, texture, or any other particular. It is also comparable with L. crassilabris, Craven, which species is very much larger in all its parts. Though small, it is an attractive and very beautiful species, columnar, seven-whorled, the last four being uniform and straight ; the peristome is circular, furnished with one parietal plait, large and deep-seated, one labial tooth likewise, while the columellar margin is to some extent callous and thickened below. We have pleasure in connecting with this species the name of Mr. Thomas Rogers, of Oldham Road, Manchester, from whom we received it. We believe it was collected by Mr. Farquhar. Ennea dokimasta*,sp.n. (Pl, VILLI. fig. 7.) E. testa compacta, brevi, cylindracea, apice obtusissimo, pallide straminea, nitida; anfractibus septem, apud suturas compressis, undique longitudinaliter oblique striatis, striis comptis, arctis ; apertura rotunda; peristomate semilunari, extus incrassato, stramineo, intus albescente, plicis vel dentibus quinque munito, plica parietali permagna, dentibus labialibus duobus, ordinariis, dente basali parvo, plica columellari interna, magna, valde intrante. Long. 5, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Natal. A remarkably short cylindraceous Hnnea, with very obtuse apex, straw-coloured, seven-whorled, longitudinally neatly and closely striate; the outer lip is roundly semilunar, thickened, without straw-coloured, within shining white, furnished with five plaits or teeth; of these the parietal plait is extremely large and protruded, the two labial and the basal teeth are normal, the columellar plait is very distinct, being unusually developed, internal, and deep-seated. We have seen few, if any, species of this genus with so conspicuous a parietal plait or possessing the same charac- teristics as to the columellar process, which is not mammi- * Soxiuaoros, tried, proved. 28 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on form at all, as is the case in L. thelodonta and other allied forms. We received the above from Mr. Robert Cairns, of Ashton- under-Lyne. Ennea eximia*,sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 8.) i. testa obesa, cylindracea, apice obtusissimo, semipellucida, albida vel pallide stramimnea; anfractibus octo, ad suturas impressis, paullum tumidulis, undique longitudinaliter oblique pulcherrime filo-striatis ; apertura lunari; peristomate albido, nitido, incras- sato, dentibus vel plicis quatuor instructo, plica parietali intrante, huic proximo parvo dente labiali, et, versus basin, altero dente labiali, in uno specimine bifido, plica columellari interna, valde intrante, planiuscula. Long. 9, lat. 4 mm. Hab. Between Delagoa Bay and Barberton, Transvaal. A large and conspicuous as well as remarkably beautiful species. It is whitish or pale straw-coloured, cylindraceous, stout, eight-whorled, the apex and apical whorls being exceed- ingly obtuse, longitudinally uniformly most evenly filostriate ; the aperture is lunar; peristome white, thickened, with the following teeth or plaits :—a parietal thin, deep-seated ; two labial, one close to the parietal plait and very small, the other larger, towards the basal region, and in one specimen bifid ; the columellar piait is wholly internal, deep-seated, and flattened. ‘Two specimens. DorcasiA, Gray. § TULBAGHINIA, subgen. nov. Shell as in typical Dorcaséa, excepting in the possession of three contiguous teeth, more or less well developed on the inner base of the peristome. Dorcasia (Tulbaghinia) isomerioides, sp. n. (Pl. VIIL fig. 10.) D. testa depresso-orbiculari, profunde umbilicata, umbilico infundi- buliformi, solidiuscula, albida, epidermide olivaceo-brunnea con- tecta, spira subconica, apice ipso planato; anfractibus quinque, ultimo rapide accrescente, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-striatis, striis rudibus inequalibus ; apertura obliqua, ovata, intus brunneo-cinerea ; peristomate nitido, albo, fere continuo, paullum extus incrassato, reflexo, supra umbilicum dilatante, dentibus tribus parvis contiguis basalibus praedito, Diam. max. 294, min. 25; alt. 12 mm. Hab. Winterhock Mountains, Tulbagh district. + Eximius, choice. new Mollusca from South Africa. 29 Whilst in general form allied to D. lucana, Miill., and others of that section, so typical of the South-African fauna, this extraordinary shell, in the possession of three short con- tiguous basal peristomatal teeth, recalls the species of the South-American genus Jsomeria. Nothing like this has before occurred in Africa; and we should have treated the discovery of one specimen alone, exhibiting such peculiarities, as a probable sport or monstrosity, but three examples occurred, One of these, whose teeth, though very distinct, were not quite so pronounced as those of the example selected for the type, was transversely banded with dark brown round the centre of the last whorl. We have considered it desirable to institute a subgeneric name for this new form, and have suggested Tulbaghinia, from the district where it was found. Achatina rhabdota*, sp. n. (PI. VIIL. fig. 11.) A, testa mediocri, ovato-oblonga, tenui, ochraceo-straminea, apice obtuso; anfractibus septem, supernis decussato-granulosis, ultimo ad medium simili modo granuloso, infra, usque ad basin, levi, nitido, undique flammis zebrinis longitudinaliter decoratis, ultimo prolongato ; apertura oblonga; peristomate tenui, simplici, mar- gine columellari ad basin truncato. Long. 45, lat. 20 mm. Hab. “ South Africa.” In form resembling A. ustulata, Lam., though not quite so elongate; in marking like a miniature A. zebra, L. It does not seem to be a young shell, and we hardly conjecture that the species will be found to attain greater dimensions than that of the type before us. It is handsome, painted with longitudinal close-lying zebrine flames, dark brown on a straw-coloured ground, the whole surface of the upper whorls and the upper portion of the last being delicately decussatedly granulose. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fig.1. Natalina caffrula. | Fig. 7. Ennea dokimasta. Fig. 2. Ennea caryatis. Fig: 8: eximia. Fig. 3. auris leporis. Fig. 9. consobrina, Ancey. Fig. 4. cionis. Fig. 10. Doreasia (§ Tulbaghinia) Fig. 5. —— Crawford: isomer iordes, Fig. 6, —— Rogersi, Fig. \1. Achatina rhabdota, $$$ st * paBderos, zebra-striped. 30 Notes on Indian Snakes in Captivity. V.—WNotes on Indian Snakes in Captivity. Communicated by Dr. GUNTHER. OBSERVATIONS on living tropical snakes are so scarce that the following notes, which appeared in the ‘ Administration Report of the Madras Government Museum for the year 1896-97 ”’ (an official document not generally accessible to zoologists), seem to deserve to be brought to the notice of a wider circle of herpetologists. Although the observations were made on specimens kept in captivity in the Madras Museum, they are of value, as the snakes are living under more natural climatic conditions than those kept in the zoological gardens of Europe. The obser- vations cover the financial year from 1st April, 1896, to 31st March, 1897. “ Python (Python molurus) ate 59 jerboa rats (Gerbillus indicus), 2 quails, and 8 squirrels in the year. Shed its skin on the 12th April, 2nd July, and 17th December, 1896. “ Rat-snake (Zamenis mucosus) ate 135 green frogs in the year. Shed its skin 22nd April, 18th May, 15th June, 8th July, 5th August, 5th September, 5th October, 7th No- vember, 14th December, 1896, 17th January and 27th Feb- ruary, 1897, 7. e. in every month. “ Whip-snake (Dryophis mycterizans).—One lived up to 11th December, 1896, and ate 44 mice and 6 green frogs and toads. A new snake was procured on the 3lst January, 1897, which ate only 1 mouse up to the end of the official year. The first one cast its skin on the 28th May, 9th August, and 25th October, 1896, 7@. e. in every three months. “ Sand-snake (Hrya Johni?) ate 17 rats in the year. Cast its skin on the 24th April, 28th June, 18th September, 1896, and 14th January, 1897. “ Sand-snake (Gongylophis conicus) ate 65 rats in the year, Cast its skin on the 30th April, 4th June, 22nd July, and 4th October, 1896. “ Tropidonotus stolatus ate 130 frogs. Cast its skin on the 28th June, 6th July, 27th July, 3rd September, 14th De- cember, 1896, 18th January and 27th February, 1897. Laid one egg on the 17th August, one on the 20th August, two on the 22nd August, three on the 12th September, three on the 14th September, one on the 15th September, and three on the 18th September, 1896. “ Krait (Bungarus ceruleus).—One krait ate 2 frogs from the 11th to 16th October, 1896, and then died; another was Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse. 31 secured on the 7th November, which ate 18 frogs, cast its skin on the 7th December, 1896, 13th January and 27th February, 1897. “ Tree-snake (Dendrophis pictus) ate 94 frogs up to 21st January, and died on the 22nd January. Cast its skin on the 2nd April, 6th May, 28th June, 27th July, and 29th October. A second specimen was procured on the 13th February, which ate 18 frogs. “ Russell’s viper (Vipera Russellii), young, ate 67 mice, 2 small rats, 5 squirrels, and 4 frogs. Cast its skin on the 16th June, 31st July, 6th October, and 27th December, 1896. * Russell’s viper (Vipera Russellii) ate 27 rats and 5 squirrels. Cast its skin only once, ¢. e. 17th November, 1896. “ Hehis carinata.—Two specimens were exhibited on the 29th October, and have up to date eaten only 8 frogs. “The two aquatic snakes added were Tropidonotus guincunciatus and Atretium schistosum; the latter is called in Tamil ‘ Neer nagan,’ 7. e. water cobra, from its power of dilating its head. Both the snakes eat frogs and fishes. Tropidonotus laid 36 eggs on the 26th February, 1897.” V1.— Notes on the Cubomedusz. By F. 8. Conant *, In June and July of 1896, while the Marine Biological Laboratory was stationed at Port Henderson, in Kingston Harbour, Jamaica, two species of Cubomedusz were found in unexpected abundance. Of these one was very much like the Charybdea marsupialis of the Mediterranean, the other presented characteristics midway between those of the Charyb- deidz and the Chirodropide—the two families into which Heckel divides the Cabomedusee—so that for it I have erected a new family under the name of the T'ripedalide. The names that have been chosen for the two Jamaica forms are Cha- rybdea xaymacana and Tripedalia cystophora. A.—SYSTEMATIC. Heckel’s classification, as given in his ‘System der Medusen,’ is as follows :— * From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897, pp. 8-10. 32 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse. CUBOMEDUS (Heckel, 1877). Acraspeda with four perradial marginal bodies, which con- tain an auditory club with endodermal otolith-sac and one or several eyes. Four interradial tentacles or groups of tentacles. Stomach with four wide perradial rectangular pockets, which are separated by four long and narrow interradial’ septa. They belong to the subumbrella, and are developed from the endoderm of the stomach-pockets, so that they project freely into the space of the pockets. Family I. Charybdeide (Gegenbaur, 1856). Cubomeduse with 4 simple interradial tentacles ; without marginal lobes in the velarium, but with 8 marginal pockets ; without pocket-arms in the 4 stomach-pockets. Family IJ. Chirodropide (Heckel, 1877). Cubomeduse with 4 interradial groups of tentacles; with 16 marginal pockets in the marginal lobes of the velarium, and with 8 pocket-arms, belonging to the exumbrella, in the 4 stomach-pockets. (This family is represented in American waters by a species of Chiropsalmus found at Beaufort, N.C., and identified by H. V. Wilson as Ch. gquadrumana. Before Claus’s paper on Charybdea marsupialis was received at the laboratory, Pro- fessor Wilson had gone over precisely the same ground on Chiropsalmus, but with results so similar to those of Claus that, when the latter’s article came, he did not finish for publication the notes and drawings he had made.) To accommodate the second species found in Kingston Harbour another family must be added to the preceding. Family ILI. Tripedalide (1897). Cubomeduse with 4 interradial groups of tentacles, each group having 3 tentacles carried by 3 distinct pedalia; without marginal lobes in the velarium ; with 16 marginal pockets ; without pocket-arms in the stomach-pockets. Description of Charybdea xaymacana. (Fig. 1.) Genus Charybdea (acc. to Heckel) : Charybdeidee with 4 simple interradial tentacles, with pedalia; with velarium suspended, with velar canals and 4 perradial frenula. Stomach flat and low, without broad suspensoria. Four Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomedusz. 33 horizontal groups of gastric filaments, simple or double, tuft- or brush-shaped, limited to the interradial corners of the stomach. Fig. 1. Charybdea xaymacana. Reference letters in Figures. af, furrow on inner surface of exumbrella underlying the adradial ridge on the outer surface ; afr’, furrow on outer surface, setting off the area in which the sensory niche lies; ct, canal of the tentacle; go, gastric ostium ; fr, interradial furrow on outer surface; , nerve- ring on the subumbrella; pe, pedalium; ph, phacellus; pr, proboscis ; r, reproductive organ; sm, sensory niche; sw, suspensorium ; sub subumbrella ; ve, velar canals. Species: Charybdea xaymacana. Bell a four-sided pyramid, with the corners more rounded than angular, yet not so rounded as to make the umbrella bell-shaped. ‘The sides of the pyramid parallel in the lower two thirds of the bell, in the upper third curving inward to form the truncation; near the top a slight horizontal con- striction. Stomach flat and shallow. Proboscis with four Ann. & Mog. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 3 34 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse. oral lobes, hanging down in bell-cavity a distance of between one third and one half the height of bell; very sensitive and contractile, so that it can even be inverted into the stomach. The four phacelli, epaulette-shaped, springing from a single stalk. Distance of the sensory clubs from the bell-margin one seventh or one eighth the height of bell. Velarium in breadth about one seventh the diameter of the bell at its margin. Four velar canals in each quadrant; each canal forked at the ends, at times with more than two branches. Pedalia flat, scalpel-shaped, between one third and one half as long as the height of bell. The four tentacles, when extended, at least eight times longer than the bell. Sexes separate. Height of bell 18-23 millim.; breadth about 15 millim. (individuals with mature reproductive elements). Without pigment. Found at Port Henderson, Kingston Harbour, Jamaica. As may be seen from the above, C. zaymacana differs only a little from the C. marsupdalis of the Mediterranean. Claus mentions in the latter a more or less well-defined asymmetry of the bell, which he connects with a supposed occasional attachment by the proboscis to alge. In C. «aymacana lt never noticed but that the bell was perfectly symmetrical. C. waymacana is about two thirds the size given by Claus for his examples of C. marsupialis, which were not then sexually mature. It has 16 velar canals instead of 24 (82) as given by Heckel, or 24 as figured by Claus. Difference in size and in number of velar canals are essentially the characteristics upon which Heckel founded his ‘ Challenger’ species C. Murrayana. Description of T'ripedalia cystophora. (Fig. 2.) Genus T'ripedalia: for the present the characteristics of family and genus must necessarily be for the most part the same, ‘The genus is distinguished by having 12 tentacles, in 4 interradial groups of 8 each; velarium suspended by 4 per- radial frenula; canals in the velarium; stomach with rela- tively well-developed suspensoria; 4 horizontal groups of gastric filaments, each group brush-shaped, limited to the interradial corners of the stomach. Species: Zripedalia cystophora. Shape of bell almost exactly that of a cube with rounded edges; the roof but little arched. Proboscis with 4 oral lubes ; hanging down in the bell-cavity generally more than Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomedusz. 35 half the depth of the cavity, and at times even to the bell- margin. In the gelatine of the proboscis an irregular number (15-22) of sensory organs resembling otocysts, from the presence of which comes the specific name. Phacelli brush- shaped, composed of from 7 to 13 filaments springing from a Fig, 2. Tripedalia cystophora. single stalk in each quadrant, or, rarely, from two separate stalks in one of the quadrants. Distance of the sensory clubs from the bell-margin about 1 or } of the height of bell. Breadth of velarium about 4 the diameter of bell at margin; with 6 velar canals on each quadrant; the canals simple, 3% 36 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse. unforked. Pedalia flattened, shaped like a slender knife-blade, about half as long as the height of the bell. Tentacles at greatest extension observed 24 times the length of pedalia. Sexes separate. Height of bell in largest specimens (repro- ductive elements mature) 8 or 9 millim. Breadth same as height, or even greater. Colour a light yellowish brown, due in large part to eggs or embryos in the stomach-pockets. The reprodnetive organs especially prominent by reason of their similar colour. Found in Kingston Harbour, Jamaica. It will be seen from the above that Zripedalia possesses two of the characteristics of the Charybdeide and two of the Chirodropide. The smail size of T. cystophora is worthy of note in connexion with the fact that of the twenty species of Cubomeduse given by Heckel in his system only two are smaller than 20 millim. in height, and those are the two representatives of Heckel’s genus Procharagma, the proto- type form of the Cubomeduse, without pedalia and without velarium. While Zrzpedalia has both pedalia and velarium, it may be, perhaps, that its small size, taken in connexion with characteristics just about midway between the Charyb- deide and the Chirodropide, indicate that it is not a recently acquired form of the Cubomeduse. B.—HABIrTaAt., The Cubomeduse are generally believed to be inhabitants of deep water, which come to the surface only occasionally. Both of the Jamaica species, however, were found at the surface of shallow water near the shore, and only under these circumstances. Whether these were their natural conditions, or whether the two forms were driven by some chance from the deep ocean into the harbour, and there found their sur- roundings secondarily congenial, so to speak, can be a matter of conjecture only. C. zaymacana was taken regularly a few yards off-shore from a strip of sandy beach not ten minutes’ row from the laboratory at Port Henderson. It was seen only in the morning before the sea-breeze came in to roughen the water and to turn the region of its placid feeding-ground into a dangerous lee-shore. Some of the specimens taken contained in the stomach small fish so disproportionately large in comparison with the stomach that they lay coiled up, head overlapping tail. The name Charybdea, then, meaning a gulf, rapacious, seems to be no misnomer. It is worth mentioning that the digestive juices left the nervous system of the fish intact, so that from the stomach of a Charybdea could be obtained beautiful dissections, or, rather, macera- tions, of the brain, cord, and lateral nerves of a small fish. Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Cubomeduse. aN Charybdea is a strong and active swimmer, and presents a very beautiful appearance in its movements through the water. The quick vigorous pulsations contrast sharply with the sluggish contractions seen in most Scyphomeduse. When an attempt is made to capture one it will often escape by going down into deeper water—as, indeed, do other jellyfish. Escape from observation is all the more easy by reason of the entire absence of pigment, except for the small amount in the sensory clubs. The yellowish or brownish colour usualiy stated as common in the Cubomeduse is nowhere present in C. xaymacana. The environment in which Tripedalia was found is still more unlike that in which Cubomeduse have been taken heretofore. It was obtained in two localities, both of which were cut off from the main body of the harbour, and so from the ocean, by peninsulas and islands covered with a growth of mangrove. The water was shallow and discoloured with organic matter, and the bottom for the most part a black mud. The regions were virtually mangrove-swamps. It was under the shelter of the overhanging mangrove boughs, among their half-submerged roots, that the Tripedalva was found thriving in large numbers. Conditions more strikingly unlike those of the pure deep sea could hardly be imagined. T. cystophora is as quick and vigorous a swimmer as the species of Charybdea. In one case as many as 110 pulsations were counted in a minute. Its brownish-yellow colour enables it to escape observation not infrequently in the dis- coloured water. C.— ANATOMY. An abundance of material of both species was preserved in several ways and has furnished subject-matter during the past year for investigation of the adult anatomy of the Cubo- meduse. The results have been embodied in a paper whose publication I hope will not be greatly deferred. Meanwhile the mention of one or two points may not be out of place. The parts to which especial attention was given were the vascular lamelle, or cathammal plates, and the nervous system. The vascular lamelle, being definite areas where the two walls of the gastro-vascular system have come together and fused, are interesting because they show how the present structure of the gastro-vascular system of the Cubomeduse has come about from a simpler undivided con- dition. It was hoped that their study mignt throw definite light on the affinities of the group. The results, however, were unsatisfactory, for while one part of the system of 38 Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Cubomeduse. lamella pointed strongly toward a relationship with such Hydromedusz as, for example, Liriope (‘Trachomedusa), another part, around the margin of the bell, gave evidence equally as good to the effect that the velarium was formed by the fusion of marginal lobes and that the view which con- siders it not homologous with the Hydromedusan velum is therefore correct. The question as to the affinities of the Cubomeduse must wait until the development is known. The nervous system has been described by Claus*, and more recently in greater detail by Schewiakoff ft. With the latter’s conclusions as to the structure of retina and vitreous body of the complex eyes on the sensory clubs I am unable to agree. Schewiakofi’s conception of the structure is in brief as follows :-— a. The retina is made up of two types of cells, pigment and visual, which are figured as alternating regularly. The pigment-cells are cone-shaped; the visual are spindle-shaped, with their nuclei lying in the swollen central portion of the spindle at a lower level than the nuclei of the supporting pigment-cells. b, From the visual cells extend rod-like processes into the vitreous body (which lies between the retina and lens), lying in canals in the vitreous body. c. In the vitreous body separate cone-shaped streaks of pigment overlie the pigment-cells, which do not, however, form part of those cells. d. Apart from these pigment-streaks and the rod-like processes of the visual cells, the vitreous body is structureless, probably a secretion of the pigment-cells. The conclusions reached upon the same points by the study of the two Jamaica species are :— a. There is not good evidence of two distinct types of cells in the retina—cone-shaped pigment-cells and spindle-shaped visual cells, with the nuclei of the latter at a lower level than those of the former. b. The rod-like processes in the vitreous body exist, though not referable to a special type of cell in the retina. c. The cone-shaped streaks of pigment in the vitreous body belong to the underlying pigment-cells, in fact are direct continuations of them, and at their distal ends they are prolonged into fibrous processes lying in canals of the vitreous body exactly like the visual rod-like processes of Schewiakoff. * “Ueber Charybdea marsupialis,” Arb. aus d. zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien, Bd. ii. Heft 2 (1878). + “ Beitrage zur Kentniss des Acalephenauges,” Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xv. Heft 1 (1889). wv Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse. 39 - d, The vitreous body, over and above these “ visual fibres’ and “ pigment-streaks,” is not a homogeneous secre- tion, but is composed of prisms of gelatinous refracting sub- stance, each with a denser central fibre. The size of the cross-sections of these prisms corresponds with that of the cross-sections of the majority of retinal cells. It is probable, therefore, that they represent the outer ends of retinal cells. From the above it will be seen that I find in the vitreous body two structures in addition to Schewiakoff’s visual pro- cesses—namely, similar processes from the “ pigment- streaks,” and the prisms that make up the mass of the body. I am inclined to believe that the retina contains at any rate two, and perhaps three, kinds of cells, but that these are distinguishable only by that part of them which lies in the vitreous body, and are not distinguishable in the retina as two alternating types, as figured by Schewiakoff. In another point also I am unable to agree with Schewia- koff. In one region of the sensory club 1s found a mass of peculiar large, closely packed, polygonal cells, which he affirms to be ganglion-cells, as against Claus, who considers them supporting cells. In my sections they show nothing what- ever to suggest aresemblance to ganglion-cells. No processes could be made out, and the body of the cell consisted of a beautiful cytoplasmic reticulum with thickenings at the nodes of the rather coarse meshes. The sensory organs in the proboscis of Tripedalia are simple cysts of ciliated epithelium lying in the gelatine. The long cilia support and keep in constant motion an otolith of ragged outline, in which no trace of cellular structure was found. This is the only case, so far as I know, of the occurrence among the Meduse of a free unsuspended otolith in a ciliated sac. D.— DEVELOPMENT. Females of Tripedalia were found with stomach-pouches or pockets filled with developing ova, so that I am able to offer a few facts preliminarily on the development of the Cubo- meduse. The mature eggs pass from the ovaries into the stomach-pouches, and there develop up to the stage of free- swimming planule. In with them are found floating masses of cells, showing here’ and there a nematocyst, whose struc- ture points clearly to an origin from the ovary also. These masses circulate about among the developing ova, and serve for protection and apparently also for nutrition, since the cells are found vacuolated in masses from individuals containing well-advanced embryos. All the eggs or embryos in one 40 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from individual are at the same stage of development. Gastrula- tion was not observed in the living material, but sections show a stage in which central cells lie clearly marked off from a surrounding ring of smaller surface-cells, and the probability is that these endodermal cells were formed by delamination. When the spherical mass is beginning to elongate into the ellipsoidal form of the planula a large migration of cells from the surface into the centre takes place, not limited to one pole. The relation of the central cells earlier seen and of these in- wandering cells to the definitive endoderm was not made out. The young are set free from the parent as ciliated planule, having pigment spots on the posterior end. ‘The planule swim about actively on the surface for a day or two, their motion being both translation and rotation. Then they gradually lose the forward motion and rotate on their own axis in one spot. At this point they settle down and the pigment spots which were on the posterior surface are found to migrate into the interior. In a day or two they bud out two tentacles, and shortly afterwards two more, though young hydras with three and five tentacles were by no means uncommon. In this condition they lived for three weeks in the aquaria without undergoing further development. Search for scyphistomas in the region where the jellyfish were found was fruitless. The youngest specimens taken in the tow were of practically the adult structure, so that the important intermediate stages remain unknown. ‘The youngest jellyfish were interesting, however, in that only the middle tentacle in each group was developed, and that the sensory clubs were situated almost on the margin, and were not yet enclosed in niches. VII.—On new Mammals from Western Mexico and Lower California. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. THE British Museum has received from Mr. W. W. Price two collections of mammals—one from Sinaloa, W. Mexico, obtained by Mr. P. O. Simons, and the other from the Cape region of Lower California, collected by Mr. D. Coolidge. In the former collection occur the remarkable pigmy skunk with uninterrupted dorsal lines (Spélogale pygma@a*) exhibited recently at the Zoological Society, and the jaguarondi described below. The remainder of the collection consists mainly of * Diagnosed in Abstract of Meeting of Noy. 30. Published Dee. 1, 1897. Western Mexico and Lower California. 41 forms obtained by Dr. Buller in Jalisco and worked out by Dr. Allen. The Lower-Californian collection proves to be of unex- pected interest, and contains the Dasypterus ega «xanthinus and Oryzomys peninsule described in the last number of the ‘Annals,’ the badger (Taxidea taxus infusca *) brought by myself and the peninsular mule-deer (Mazama hemionus peninsule *) by Mr. Lydekker before the Zoological Society, and, finally, the species and subspecies described in the present communication. There is also a Natalus, apparently inseparable from N. stramineus, the first record of this tropical genus in Lower California. The other bats appear to be ordinary Californian species. Felis yaguarondi tolteca, subsp. n. Colour, instead of the blackish grey varied by erythrism towards red of the typical form, pale grizzled fawn through- out, greyer on the head, fore neck, and limbs, clearer fawn posteriorly and on the tail, which above is grizzled fawn, and below unmixed fawn or rufous fawn. Under surface soiled whitish fawn, the underfur brownish grey, the longer hairs tipped with dull whitish. Skull, while of equal breadth, much shorter and more stoutly built than in ¢ypica ; crown higher and more convex, zygomata more massive, posterior narial fossa decidedly broader, bulla) lower. Ramus of lower jaw shorter and stouter. Dimensions of the type (an old male, measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 570 millim.; tail 460; hind foot 138; ear 37. Skull: basal length 84, basilar length of Hensel 82; greatest breadth 64; least interorbital breadth 18; intertem- poral breadth 83°53 breadth of brain-case above auditory meatus 43; palate, length from henselion to posterior edge, excluding median notch, 36; breadth between outer corners of carnassials 38°7; breadth of posterior narial fossa 14; front of canine to back of carnassial 28°7; length of upper carnassial 11°3, of lower carnassial 9. Hab. Tatemales, Sinaloa. Coll. P. O. Simons. Type collected 16th June, 1897. Original number 513. The above comparisons have been made with specimens * Diagnosed in Abstract of Meeting of Nov. 30. Published Dee. 1, 1897, 42 Mr, O. Thomas on new Mammals from from Southern Brazil, near the typical locality, Paraguay. But Veraguan and Guatemalan skins, like the S.-American ones, are blackish or rufous, without any of the peculiar fawny tone of F. y. tolteca. This cat is perhaps that referred to by Baird* and Allen f as F. yaguarondi. The former of these authors had for exami- nation only a skull, the latter two hunter’s skins, without particulars, but probably from Jalisco. Elliot ¢ places in his synonymy of F. yaguarondi “ F, calo- mitt, Baird, Mamm. N. Amer. t. 74. fig. 2 (skull) ’; but this name is not on the plate, and the nearest I can find to it is Baird’s “ Felis cacomitl, Berl. MSS.,” in the synonymy of F. yaguarondi, a reference which will certainly not give a status to the name, although, as already said, the skull figured is probably that of this form of the jaguarondi. Felis mexicana, Desm., does not appear to belong to the present animal, as it is too large ; but the name is in any case antedated by Turton’s £. mexicana, which is one of the spotted tiger-cats. Lynx rufus peninsularis, subsp. n. Distinguished from other N.-American lynxes by its very small size (see cranial measurements below). General colour of back pale rufous, tipped with grey, a few of the median dorsal hairs black-tipped, but there is no trace of longitudinal dark lines or markings, so that the colouring does not agree with that of Mearns’s LZ. rufus californicus. Belly white, with black spots. Markings on face and ears apparently very much as in specimens from California proper, the black spot on the upper lip almost obsolete; the whitish patch on the back of the ear not extending to the anterior border. Skull conspicuously different from that of any of the Mexican or Californian lynxes by its much smaller size, lesser development of the frontal convexity, and smaller, narrower brain-case. Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in flesh) :— Head and body 607 millim.; tail 154; hind foot (more Americano) 160; ear 81. Skull: basal length (basion to gnathion) 91°6; greatest breadth 76°5; nasals, length in middle line 23°5; interorbital * Mamm. N. A. p. 88, and Rept. U.S. Boundary Comm. p, 12, pl. Ixxiy. fig. 1 (skull) (1859). + Bull. Am. Mus. N. IL. iii. p. 176 (1890), { Mon. Felide, text to pl. xiii. Western Mexico and Lower California. 43 breadth 21:5; breadth across postorbital processes 50; inter- temporal breadth 38; breadth of brain-case on squamosals 51 ; greatest mastoid breadth 50; palate, length from gnathion 43, breadth between outer corners of carnassials 45; length of upper carnassial 13°4, of lower carnassial 11. Hab. Santa Anita, Lower California. Coll. F. Pazik. Type obtained June 21, 1896. Original number 432. Two specimens examined. This animal is no doubt a pauperized peninsular race of the Californian lynx, from which it may be readily distinguished by its much smaller skull. In the descriptions of Mearns’s Lynx rufus eremicus and L. r. californicus no cranial measurements are given, but such external measurements as are supplied seem to indicate that these animals are about as large as the Californian and Mexican examples in the Museum collection, and no mention is made of their size being in any way inferior to that of the ordinary L. rufus. Vespertilio fuscus peninsulw, subsp. n. Size small, about as in propinguus and bahamensis, de- cidedly smaller than in typicus. Dorsal fur 8-9 millim. in length. Colours pale, more asin the northern forms; general colour of back fawny brown, more fawn on head and fore back, browner (but still very pale) posteriorly; the basal halves of the hairs slaty black, the tips fawn. Skull apparently very similar to that of V. fL bahamensis, both in size and shape, therefore far smaller than in fuscus and miradorensits (see measurements). Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in flesh by collector) :— Forearm 43 millim. (range 40-44). Head and body 61; tail 34; ear 14. Skull: basal length 14°2; occipito-gnathic length * 16°5; greatest breadth 11°7 ; interorbital breadth 6°3 ; intertemporal breadth 3°8; front of canine to back of m.’ 6:2, the same below 6°7. Hab. Sierra Laguna, Lower California. Coll. D. Coolidge. Lype collected July 7,1896. Original number 385. Four specimens examined. This little race of the United States “ brown bat”’ is readily recognizable by its small size and palecolour. It will * Mr. Miller, in his recent monograph, speaks of “ occipito-nasal ”’ length without explaining how it is taken. It is apparently to the front of the premaxillz or “ gnathion,” and is so taken here, 44 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from be a matter of much interest to see whether it merges insen- sibly into the Californian bat, or is replaced abruptly by the latter in the northern parts of the peninsula. In the former case it would probably have to be considered as an indepen- dent southern modification of subsp. ¢ypicus, and in the latter, like Dasypterus ega xanthinus and Natalus stramineus, as a direct invader of the tropical part of the peninsula by one of the Central-American forms. Peromyscus eva, sp. 0. A small rufous species with a long tail, in general appear- ance almost more like a Retthrodontomys or a small Oryzomys than a Peromyscus. Size rather small. Fur close and straight. General colour sandy rufous, the head and fore back more greyish, the ramp more rufous. Back lined with brown, but not conspicuously so ; sides gradually becoming clearer rufous, which attains its brightest at its junction with the white of the belly. Under surface white, the slaty bases of the hairs showing through. Face greyish, with but slight tinge of rufous ; a narrow dark line round the eye. Lars very large, very thinly haired, pale brownish, not conspicuously darker in colour than the head. Upper surface of hands and feet silvery whitish, not snowy white, the ankles rather duskier. Tail very long, much longer than head and body, very thinly haired, not pencilled, dull brown above, little or not lighter below, never conspicu- ously bicolor. Skull with a broad low brain-case; supraorbital edges square, but not beaded. Palatal foramina reaching just to the level of the front edge of mt. Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 88 millim.; tail 108*; hind foot 21; ear 17. Skull: basal length 20°3; basilar length 18°8; greatest breadth 12°8; nasals, length 9°6; interorbital breadth 4; interparietal 3°7x9; breadth of brain-case on squamosals 11°7; palate length from henselion 10; diastema 6°6; pala- tal foramina 4°8 x 2°1 ; upper molar series 3°6. Hab. San José del Cabo, Lower California, Coll. D. Coolidge. Type collected July 29, 1896. Original number 525. Thirty-nine specimens examined, of which twenty-three are from Santa Anita, five from Sierra Laguna, and eleven from San José del Cabo. * Range up to 128. Western Mexico and Lower California. 45 This pretty little mouse is quite different from any North- American species known to me. Its relationship appears on the whole to be with the P. aztecus group, of which it may be a diminutive peninsular representative *. Its small size, rufous colour, and long, thinly haired, and almost unicolor tail separate it widely from any Californian species hitherto described. Peromyscus leucopus Coolidget, subsp. n. One of the pallid forms of this species. General colour above exactly matching that of specimens from Loveland, Colorado, assigned by Mr. G. S. Miller, their donor, to P. 1. nebrascensis, Mearns; therefore by no means corre- sponding to the description of P. 1. Thurbert, Allen T, from the San Pedro Martir Range, which is said to be “ strongly varied with black, the prevailing tint being often decidedly blackish.” Anterior part of outer surface of ear scarcely darker than back. Under surface sharply defined white, the slaty bases of the hairs showing through. Posterior part of sole and taii rather thinly haired for this group, the latter scarcely pencilled, its dorsal surface brown, the scales showing through; very different to the heavily haired and pencilled tai] with black dorsal surface of nebrascensis. Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 91 millim.; tail 76; hind foot, with claws, 22; ear 20. Skull (imperfect behind): basilar length (c.) 19d]; greatest breadth 13; length of nasals 9:°5; diastema 6°6; length of upper molar series 3°7. Hab. Santa Anita, Cape Region of Lower California. Coll. D. Coolidge. Type collected May 21, 1896. Original number 54. Four specimens examined. Lepus californicus Xanti, subsp. n. Similar to the typical form in most respects, but distin- guished by its greyer ears and smaller size. General colour almost exactly as in pale examples of typicus, except that the cinnamon tinging of the belly is stronger. Lars greyer, with less suffusion of buffy or yellowish, the hairs on the inner * Specimens of it were referred by Dr. Coues to P. aztecus in his monograph (Mon. N. Am. Rod. pp. 101, 102), but at that date no Mexican specimens were available for comparison. + Bull. Am. Mus. N, H. v. p. 185 (1893). ¢ In a perfect specimen this dimension is 19°6, 46 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals. surface white, and those on the anterior fringe white with some black ones intermixed ; in typicus both are more or less yellow. Nape dark smoky grey, sometimes, as in the La Paz specimen, black. Skull conspicuously smaller than in typicus, but otherwise generally similar. Supraorbital ledges weaker, the postorbital processes not or barely touching the skull posteriorly, not anchylosed with it. Dimensions of the type (an adult female measured in flesh) :— Head and body 477 millim.; tail 63; hind foot, with claws, 120; ear from notch 125. Skull: greatest length 88; basilar length 69; greatest breadth 41; nasals, diagonal length 38, greatest breadth 17-6; interorbital breadth, with ledges 22°6, without ledges 16°7 ; intertemporal breadth 13°3; diastema 24°5; palatal foramina 22°5x 9-2. Breadth of palatal bridge 6. Molar series (sockets) 14°7. Hab. Santa Anita, Lower California. Coll. D. Coolidge. Type obtained June 3, 1896. Original number 168. This hare is, of course, that obtained by John Xantus at Cape St. Lucas in 1859 and 1860, and mentioned by Dr. Allen in his famous monograph of the Leporide *. I have there- fore associated with it the name of its original finder, whose important collections were the first ever made in Lower Cali- fornia, but who has lost the credit for many of his discoveries owing to the “ lumping ”’ tendencies of the time at which the specimens arrived in Washington. The small size of this hare, noticed by Dr. Allen, and its much greyer ears are amply sufficient for distinguishing it subspecifically from the true Lepus californicus, Gray’s Lepus Bennettti, from San Diego, Cal., is smaller than the type of L. californicus, but is nevertheless much nearer to the latter than to the present form. Bryant’s Lepus insularis t, from Espiritu Santo Island, is possibly a black insular offshoot of the present hare, but seems locally constant enough to indicate subspecifie distine- tion between the two. With Lepus martirensis, Stowell}, the Cape region hare seems to have no special relation. Besides six specimens from Santa Anita and 8. José del Cabo, obtained by Mr. Coolidge, the Museum contains an example of this same hare collected by Mr, A. Forrer at La Paz in 1880. * Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 358 (1877). + P. Cal. Acad. iii. p. 92 (1891). (Syn. LZ. Edwardsi, St. Loup, 1895.) t P. Cal, Acad. y. p. 51 (1895). On the Butterflies of the Transvaal. 47 VIII.—The Butterflies of the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant. THAT troublesome region now known as the Transvaal Republic affords little satisfaction to the zoologist who attempts to isolate and describe its fauna. It has no dis- tinctive faunistic element, and in zoogeography is merely part of the present somewhat ill-defined and less understood South-African division of the Ethiopian Region. In 1875 Dr. Sclater was inclined to define the South-African division as roughly embracing the ‘Cape Colony and adjoining districts,” and as distinct from the South-western and South- eastern divisions. But geographical discovery and coloniza- tion have since then been the means of enlarging our collec- tions and adding to our knowledge of the zoology of this now better known and less dark continent. In 1896 Mr. W. L. Sclater, in his series of articles on “The Geography of Mammals” *, defined the ‘ Cape Subregion”’ as “ including all Africa south of the watershed of the Congo on the West and of the ana on the East Coast’—a homogeneous area even then none too large, and one which that high authority Dr. P. L. Sclater remarked to the writer might well include Somaliland. If this is true when mammals are studied, it is very evident when the butterflies of Africa are examined, and can be verified by consulting the series of papers which Dr. Butler has contributed to the Zoological Society during the last few years on the Lepidoptera of British East Africa and Somaliland. The Transvaal has almost two butterfly faunas. The desolate plains or veld, typical of the best known and most frequented areas, can in no sense be described as an entomo- logical paradise; but the northern and eastern frontiers, such as the Zoutspanberg and Barberton districts, possess Rho- palocera rich in number and subtropical in facies. A moderate belt of bush or forest extends along the East Coast from Delagoa Bay to and beyond Natal, and this warm forest- region is more or less represented in the Hast and North-east Transvaal. The first real contribution to a knowledge of the butterflies of the Transvaal was given by the Swedish lepidopterist Pastor H. D. J. Wallengren, who worked out a collection made by N. Person J, and other species have been from time * Geographical Journal,’ vol. vii. p. 282. + “Insecta Transyaaliensia,” Cifversigt af kiéngl. Vetenskaps-Acade- miens Forhandlingar, 1875, p.83. This collection, I learn from Dr, Auri- 48 Mr. W. L. Distant on the to time identified and described by Mr. R. Trimen; the writer also published a list of his captures made during the years 1890-91. Since then three more years (1893-96) passed in the Transvaal have added largely to his previous collections, and the following specific enumeration, to which has been added the records of other workers, may be taken as a proximate account of our present knowledge of the butterflies of this areas From Dr. P. Rendall I received a list of his species taken near Eureka, sent to and identified by Mr. H. Grose-Smith, and from Dr. A. G. Butler a list of species taken by Mr. Kirby in the ‘ Eastern Transvaal.” I am able to enumerate 238 species as found in the Trans- vaal, of which 162 are contained in my own collection and 76 are recorded elsewhere. The list will doubtless be increased when the warm and unhealthy north-eastern regions of the State have been visited by a good collector. Own Recorded collection. elsewhere. Total. Danae cee s sfeice coarse 2 3 5 Satyrine ..... rea, a eremiats 12 7 19 Aceming ! es) tu peeps if¢ 4 21 Wymphalings:) 321.5 scasn see 27 10 37 TERING GO. Svs code vass 2 sn sesetetetele 44 20 64 Pieris eee woe cane ee 29 12 4] apilioning oe sco... 0. oe 6 4 10 pepenndss: Pa ciehiwis alta s 25 16 4] 162 76 238 Nymphalidae. Danan. Limnas chrysippus, Linn. Generally distributed. Var. alcippus, Cram. Pretoria (March). Var. dorippus, Klug. Pretoria (March). Amauris dominicanus, Trim, Barberton (January). Recorded elsewhere. Amauris echeria, Stoll. Barberton (Trimen, S. A. Butt.). albimaculata, But]. Eastern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z. S. 1898). ochlea, Boisd. - - - ™ Limnas dorippus, Klug, almost universally considered a varietal form of L.chrysippus, is arare butterflyin South Africa. I took one specimen near Pretoria from among a very large villius, is not located at Stockholm, but is contained in the Museum of Malm, in the most southern part of Sweden. Butterflies of the Transvaal. 49 concourse of the typical form in the month of March, and this capture surprised Mr. Trimen. In the same month of another year I also took a specimen in the bush on the back- beach at Durban, when Mr. A. D. Miller, a well-known lepidopterist of that port, told me that though he had collected for sixteen years, he had never seen a specimen. Amauris is a very scarce genus in the Transvaal, and appears to be only recorded from the Eastern districts. At Barberton, in the thick bush high up Rymer’s Creek, I took apair of A. dominicanus, and Mr. Trimen received A. echerta from the same neighbourhood. SATYRINZ. Ypthima asterope, Klug. Barberton (January), Zoutpansberg (May). Cenyra hebe, Trim. Barberton (January). Physceneura panda, Boisd, Pretoria (January). Pseudonympha narycia, Wallengr. Pretoria (Nov., Dec., Jan.), Middel- burg (Noy.). neita, Wallener. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). — sabacus, Trim. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren- dall). Fa, Trim. Pretoria (Nov., Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe). cassius, Godt. Barberton (Harrison). Leptoneura dingana, Trim. Zoutpansherg (Kessner), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Samanta perspicua, Trim. Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (January). Melanitis leda, Linn. Pretoria (Aug. and Sept.). Meneris tulbaghia, Linn. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Recorded elsewhere. Pseudonympha natal, Boisd. Crocodile River (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). Leptoneura Bowkeri, Trim. Lydenburg District Mycalesis Simonsti, Butl. Limpopo River Lethe indosa, Trim, Lydenburg District F e Pseudonympha petula, Trim. Lydenburg District (Trimen, Tr. Ent. Soe. 1891). Melanitis diversa, Butl. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by My. H. _ Grose-Smith), Mycalesis safitza, Hew. Eastern Transvaal (Budéler, P. Z. 8. 1898). ” ” oP. ” Wallengren (“ Insecta Transvaaliensia’’) enumerated Pseudo- nympha hippia, Cram., but Mr. Trimen has referred this identification to his P. sabacus. The more or less bare open veld country is not the rendez- vous for Satyrine. Of the twelve species I brought back with me it will be seen that only four were obtained in the Pretoria district. Of these I procured three on my _ first visit, and another three years’ collecting only produced one other species. One of these—Melanitis leda—I also found very rare. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 4 50 Mr. W. L. Distant on the ACREINZ. Acrea horta, Linn. Pretoria (Aug., Nov., Dec., Feb.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). neobule, Doubl. & Hew. Pretoria (April, Sept., Oct.), Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg (May). violarum, Boisd. Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). nohara, Boisd. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Doubleday, Guér. Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May). caldarena, Hew. Zoutpansberg (May). — natalica, Boisd. Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). anemosa, Hew. Pretoria (Jan., Sept.), Pienaars River (March), Middelburg (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessnei). acara, Hew. Pretoria (Jan.), Barberton (Jan.). encedon, Linn, Zoutpansberg (May). rahira, Boisd. Pretoria (Feb., March), Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Middelburg (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). anacreon, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Buxtoni, Butl. Pretoria (March), Barberton (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May). calira, Hopf. Barberton (Jan.). Planema esebria, Hew. Barberton (Jan.). aganice, Hew. Barberton (Harrison). Pardopsis punctatissima, Boisd. Barberton (Jan.). Recorded elsewhere. Acrea aglaonice, Westw. Lydenburg, Marico, Upper Limpopo River (Trimen, S. A. Butt.) stenobea, Wallengr. Potchefstroom, Upper Limpopo River ( Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). — Barberi, Trim. Pretoria District (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). acrita, Hew. Eastern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898). Wallengren (‘ Insecta Transvaaliensia’’) also enumerates A. hypatia, Dru., and A. lycia, Fabr., but the first probably =A, natalica, Boisd., and the second is treated by Trimen as a variety of A. encedon, Linn. Both the typical (rufous) form of A. encedon, Linn., and the pale form of the species (A. /ycia, Fabr.) I took in Zout- pansberg in May and at Delagoa Bay in September. NYMPHALINZE. Atella columbina,Cram. Pretoria (Feb., March), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). Pyramets cardui, Linn, Pretoria (throughout the year). Ewrema scheneia, Trim. Barberton (Jan.). Junonia cebrene, Trim. Pretoria (May, Aug., Dec., generally throughout the year), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton (Jan.). elelia, Cram, Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg (May). bodpis, Ss Pretoria (Jan., Feb., May), Barberton (J. vd Harri- son). Butterflies of the Transvaal. 51 Precis cloantha, Cram. Pretoria (Jan., March, Sept., Dec.), Johannes- burg (Cregoe), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). ceryne, Boisd. Middelburg (Jan.), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendzll), Zoutpansherg (Kessner). —— tukuoa, Wallengr. Pretoria (April), Zoutpansberg (May), Barbe:- ton (J. R. Harrison). octavia, Cram., var. Pretoria, Johannesburg (Cregoce). sesamus, Trim. Pretoria (Feb., April, May), Johannesburg (Cregoe), —— archesia, Cram. Pretoria (Feb., March). pelasgis, Godt. Pretoria (Jan., Feb.), Barberton (Dr. P. Re vdal!), Zoutpansberg (Kessner’). Protogoniomorpha anacardit, Linn. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Eurytela hiarbas, Dru. Barberton (Jan.). dryope, Cram. Barberton (J. 2. Harrison). Hypanis ilithyia, Dru. Pretoria (Jan., Feb.), Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg (May). Neptis agatha, Cram. Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (Dr. P, Rendall and J. R, Harrison). Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., April). Var. maria, Cram. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., March, April). Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr. Pretoria (Aug. to June), Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (J. R. Harrison). Harma alcimeda, Godt. Barberton (J. R. Harrison). Charaxes varanes, Cram. Barberton (J. R. Harrison). Druceanus, Butl. s saturnus, Butl. Pretoria (Dec., Feb.), Rustenburg (Dec.). — brutus, Cram. Barberton (J. R. Harrison). ethalion, Boisd. rs is —— wiphares, Cram, cf AS Recorded elsewhere. Atella phalantha, Dru. Potchefstroom, Marico River (Zirimen, 8. A. Butt.). Precis tugela, Trim. Lydenburg District (Trimen, S. A. Butt.). Crenis natalensis, Boisd. ” ‘ ” Charawxes candiope, Godt. Limpopo River “7 — castor, Cram. Barberton = pheus, Hewits. 9 ” jahlusa, Trim. ( Wallengren, Insect. Transvaaliensia.) Precis elyiva. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H. Grose- Smith). Charaxes achemenes, Feld. Eureka District (Dr. P, Rendall, ident. by Mr, H. Grose-Smith). Crenis Boisduvali, Wallengr. Eastern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898). I found Precis octavia var. exceedingly scarce in the ‘Trans- vaal, having only secured one specimen at Pretoria. I have since received another example from Johannesburg. P. sesa- mus, on the contrary, was very abundant, and always during the wet or summer season, frequenting my small flower- garden. Hence I have found no evidence for the proposition made by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, p- 557) that the two species are identicai, or, rather, that P. octavia is the wet-season and P. sesamus the dry-season form. 4% 52 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Mr. Trimen has recorded that he “ once noticed a chry- sippus for a long time pursue a ? misippus,” and that he had little doubt “that the former mistook the latter for a female of its own species.” I have frequently witnessed the opera- tion reversed. During the month of April 1895 these species were particularly abundant in my garden, but the 2 H. misip- pus were very scarce, and I frequently watched the males of that species chasing the female Danaids till they found their mistake. When the Hypolimnas ¢ found his true ¢, the two sexes generally soared high and disappeared. Lycenide. Zeritis aranda, Wallengr. Pretoria (Sept.), Johannesburg (Cregoe). — almeida, Feld. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). molomo, Trim. Johannesburg (Cregoe). —— thyra, Linn. Pretoria (Noy., Jan.). orthrus, Trim. Pretoria (Sept., Jan.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Bar- berton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpansherg (Kessner). Chrysophanus orus, Cram. Pretoria (Oct.). Arrugia basuta, Wallengr. Middelburg (Nov.). Crudaria leroma, Wallengr. Pretoria (Oct.). Catochrysops patricia, Trim. Pretoria (Oct., Nov.). glauca, Trim. Pretoria (Oct., Dec.). osiris, Hopff. Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (May). — parsimon, Fabr. Pretoria (Dec.). asopus, Hopff. Pretoria (Dec.). — cissus, Godt. Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), ay aaa (Kessner). Polyommatus beeticus, Linn, Pretoria (Noy., Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton (Harrison). Zizera lysimon, Hiibn. Pretoria (Oct., April). gaika, Trim. Pretoria (Dec.), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). lucida, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Everes mahallokoena, Wallengr. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., Dec.), Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Barberton (Zarrison). Nacaduba sichela, Wallengr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). dolorosa, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Azanus jesous, Guér. Pretoria (Jan., April, Oct., Dec.). moriqua, Wallengr. Pretoria, Barberton (Jan.). — (?) macalenga, Trim. Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Zoutpans- berg (May). Tarucus sybaris, Hopf. Pretoria (Oct., Nov.). telicanus, Lang. Pretoria (Oct., Dec., March), Barberton (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May). Castalius melena, Trim. Pretoria (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May). calice, Hopft. Barberton (Harrison). —— hintza, Trim. Pretoria (Jan.). Hyreus lingeus, Cram, Pretoria (Jan.), Barberton (Jan.). palemon, Cram, Pretoria (Oct., May, Dec.), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Lycenesthes liodes, Hew. Pretoria (Feb.). amarah, Guér. Pretoria (Jan., March, Dec.), Barberton (Dr, P. Rendall), Butterflies of the Transvaai. 53 Uranothauma nubifer, Trim. Pretoria (Jan.). Hypolycena lara, Linn. Pretoria (March, May, Oct.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). Chrysorychia harpax, Fabry. Pretoria (Jan., Aug., Nov., Dec.), Zoutpans- berg (Kessner). amanga, Westw. Pretoria (Jan., March). Deudoriz licinia, Mab. Pretoria (April, May). Spindasis natalensis, D. & H. Pretoria (Dec., Jan.). masilikazi, Wallengr. Pretoria (Jan., Aug., Dec.). Tatura philippus, Faby. Pretoria (April). Lolaus Trimeni, Wallengr. Pretoria (Dec.). Stuyeta Bowkeri, Trim. Pretoria (Jan., Feb.), Warm Baths, Waterberg _ _(Dec.). Myrina ficedula. Pretoria (Dec., Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Recorded elsewhere. Lycena hypopolia, Trim. Potchefstroom (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). jobates, Hoptt. - op niobe, Trim. oF cf a agnota, Trim. oh) ” trochilus, Freyer. rf “6 notobia, Trim. rs = Deudorix antalus, Hopff. Potchefstroom, Limpopo River (7'rimen, S. A. Butt.). dinomenes, H. Grose-Smith. Mavico River (Zrimen, S. A. Butt.). Capys alpheus, Cram. Potchefstroom, Lydenburg District (Zrimen, S. A. Butt.). Tolaus mimose, Trim. Limpopo River (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.). Aphneus ella, Hewits. Potchefstroom, Marico and Limpopo Rivers (717 men, S. A. Butt.). phanes, Trim. Eureka (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). Hutchinsonii, Trim. Eureka (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). Zeritis ethon. Lydenburg District x malagrida, Wallengr. No precise locality (Zrimen, S. A. Butt.). taikosama, Wallengr. 5 as D’ Urbania amakosa, Trim. Lydenburg District ” Arrugia protumnus. Kalkfontein (Trimen, 8S. A. Butt.). Capys disjunctus, Trim. Barberton (7rimen, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1895). Cupido asteris, Godt. (Wallengren, Insecta Transyaaliensia.) Papilionide. Prerin 2. Mylothris agathina, Cram. Pretoria (Feb., May), Zoutpansberg (May). Riippellit, Koch. Zoutpansberg (Kessner’). Colias electra, Linn, Pretoria (throughout the year), Barberton (Dr. 2, Rendall), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). Terias brigitta, Cram. Pretoria (Aug., Sept., Oct.), Zoutpansberg (May), zoé, Hopff. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., March, Oct.), Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg (May), Rustenburg (Dec.). regularis, Butl. Barberton (Jan.). ‘ Teracolus subfasciatus, Swains. Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansherg (May). ! — ers, lees Pretoria (Feb.), Pienaars River (March). 5A Mr. W. L. Distant on the Teracolus agoye, Wallengr. Pienaars River (March). tone, Godt. (?). Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). —— regina, Trim. * e anne, Wallengr. 2 auxo, Leech. Pienaars River ‘ ; evenina, Wallengr. Pretoria (Feb., Dec.), Pienaars River (March). achine, Cram. Pienaars River (March), Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May). : gavisa, Wallengr. Barberton (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May). omphale, Godt. Zoutpansberg (May). theogone, Boisd. Pretoria, Zoutpansberg (May). —— phlegetonia, Boisd. Pretoria (Oct.), Pienaars River (March), Zout- pansberg (May). celimene, Luc. Pretoria (Nov.). vesta, Reiche. Zoutpansberg (May). Catopsilia florella, Faby. Pretoria (March, May), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (Harri- son). Belenois zochalia, Boisd. Pretoria (Jan.), Johannesburg (Cregoe). —— mesentina, Cram. Pretoria (Feb.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg (May). —— severina, Cram. Pretoria (Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton (Harrison), Zoutpansberg (May). Synchloé hellica, Linn. Pretoria (Aug., Sept., Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Pienaars River (Oct.), Zoutpansberg (May). Pinacopteryx charina, Boisd. Barberton (Harrison). Herpenia eriphia, Godt. Pretoria (Feb.), Pienaars River (March). Eronia leda, D. & H. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). > ” Recorded elsewhere. Terias Desjardins, Boisd. Lydenburg District (Trimen, S. A. Butt.). Pieris pigea, Boisd. Potchefstroom (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.). Teracolus phlegyas, Butl. Marico and Limpopo Rivers, Lydenburg District (Trimen, 8S. A. Butt.). topha, Wallengr. Lydenburg District (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.). antevippe, Boisd. Be LOONGAT A . = ~ ont SEAN at i ae Pas Phe: Stile Pw8S Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. I. Pl. Vil, Pu Bs. 4 * 4 > Ann. dé Mag. Nat. Hist. S.7.Vol I. PU.VI. Mintern Bros.imp- THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES. ]} No. 2. FEBRUARY 1898. XV.—Some Activities of Polar Bodies. By E. A. ANDREws *. THE acceptance of the view that the polar bodies given off by the eggs of animals are but imperfect eggs incapable of fertilization, and having no part to play in the development of the true egg, has naturally tended to lessen interest in their fate. That they often remain attached to the egg for a long time, and that in certain insects, according to Henking, they may remain within the egg or go back again into it, are facts that have seemed of no moment. A recent papert having shown that in certain Kchino- derms the polar bodies as well as the egg are possessed of remarkable powers hitherto supposed to be limited to certain Protozoa, and that the polar bodies soon become, and may permanently remain, fused with the developing egg, makes it of great interest to inquire whether the polar bodies of other animals have such powers and such opportunities for possibly influencing the development of the egg. It seems that in the star-fish and the sea-urchin the ege, both before and after fertilization, acts very like many filose Rhizopods—the protoplasm is seen to project itself out from * From the ‘ Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897, pp. 14-16. ' ) + G. F. Andrews, “Some Spinning Activities of Protoplazm,” Journal of Morphology, xii., 1897. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. ) 110 Mr. E. A. Andrews on some the mass in the form of delicate flowing currents of living material that form filose pseudopodia. These thread-like processes have the power to unite with or separate from one another, to lengthen or to shorten, to become thick or thin, much as do the pseudopodia of Gromia. By means of such living material spun out from the cells all parts of the young organism are held together as one continuous mass of living matter, the continuity being established as fast as cell-division tends to interrupt it. The polar bodies act like the cells of the cleaving egg, and from the first become organically continuous with the egg- cells by means of living threads spun out from the polar bodies and from the egg. In figure 1 the polar bodies are represented lying over the relatively large opening that leads into the cleavage cavity of Fig. 1. the many-celled blastula. This figure is from a camera- lucida sketch made in 1894 with Zeiss ocular 8, objective 2 millim., and draw-tube 170 millim., by G. F. Andrews, from the living blastula of the Asterias common at Roscoff, France. Under this magnification of more than one thousand Activities of Polar Bodies. 111 diameters the polar bodies are plainly connected with each other and with the surrounding cells of the blastula by delicate threads of protoplasm that constantly change. There are also characteristic tufts or brushes of more delicate threads sent out from each polar body ; these also constantly change. Tt will be noticed that the cells about the orifice also show threads stretching from one to the other as well as to the polar bodies. On the threads protoplasmic masses flow along to or from the polar bodies or from cell to cell, and on the threads side spinnings may take place, producing such branching, root- like tufts, and anastomosing complexes as are partly repre- sented in the figure. The peculiar contractile powers of the material of these threads is illustrated in the figure in the case of a curved connective that joins the angle of one process to the angle of another. These processes extend from the two polar bodies to two separate cells on the margin of the orifice or cleavage- pore, and the curved connective seems as if tending to draw the processes closer together by bending itself (compare Joc. cit. pp. 382-83). Passing over many significant facts, we note that the polar bodies may pass through the cleavage-pore into the interior of the blastula and be connected with the complicated mass of threads joining the mesenchyme-cells with the ectoderm and entoderm in the gastrula-stage. Thus in these animals the polar bodies long continue to act like Heliozoa, and acquire a living continuity with the embryo which may extend to the gastrula stage in such a way as to make them permanently part of the organism. In the large Nemertean, Cerebratulus lacteus, Verrill, I find some spinning activities of the egg and its cells and most marked activity of the polar bodies. Soon after their forma- tion the polar bodies send out delicate Heliozoa-like rays, and later characteristic star-like groups of processes that may develop into long proboscis-like outgrowths armed with lateral threads. From the first the polar bodies are continuous with the egg and with one another by means of an exceedingly delicate film of material that sometimes shows fine threads and nodules within it, and seems living protoplasm rather than passive excretion or “ slime.” In figure 2 the processes from the two polar bodies are indicated as seen under ocular 8, objective 2 millim., and draw-tube 160 millim., and drawn largely with the camera lucida. The egg was in the four-celled stage and about to divide again, so that there were more than eight eels fifteen y 112 Mr. E. A. Andrews on some minutes later. The double membrane is indicated by two lines some distance from the egg. At this period the activities of the polar bodies have passed through their first phases and are gradually approaching their more permanent later phases. Fig. 2. A more detailed account of these will be given elsewhere, but we will here note that the polar bodies continue to adhere to one another and to the egg fora long time, even if the membrane be removed and they be exposed to the sea-water. When the larva becomes ciliated the polar bodies break loose and float about in the liquid between the larva and its mem- branes ; but they still adhere to one another and are some- times seen attached to the egg-membrane. Probably they are lost when the larva breaks out from the egg-membranes. The first and the second polar bodies are markedly different: the first tends to remain more nearly spherical and to continue its radiating Helioza-like activities ; the second early assumes somewhat the shape of a spindle, and is prone to send out long polar processes looking from the end view like stars and strongly suggesting free astrospheres, and from the side view somewhat like test-tube brushes. In later phases the spindle may be much elongated, slender, and with Activities of Polar Bodies. 113 a marked astrosphere-like mass at each end, so that the entire figure is strangely like similar appearances in caryokinesis. With exceptional light some of the spin-threads are seen to pass up to the egg-membrane and to branch; others go to the surface of the egg. Here, as in the starfish, the changes that take place, the making of new processes and the with- drawal and bending of old, make it difficult to represent the actual appearances, even if it were possible to adequately express by black lines the optical effect produced by these clear protoplasmic filaments, which bear as much resemblance to fine spun-glasswork as to any other common gross object. In a nudibranch mollusk, Tergipes despectus(?), there are often three polar bodies that remain in close association till the larva is a pyramidal many-celled mass. In some cases a connexion was seen, a changing process or processes, ex- tending between a polar body and the egg and between one body and another; generally the connexion escaped observa- tion, though the bodies acted as if held together. In the case shown in figure 3 the small objects near the largest polar body were seen to change position, and may have been either foreign or loose particles, or else enlargements upon filose processes so fine as to escape detection with the 6 ocular and 2 millim. objective. Similar objects near the next polar body proved to be a group of blunt pseudopodia-like outgrowths borne upon a common stalk, From the remaining polar body similar blunt processes projected in various directions separately, and one very long process extended upward to the egg-membrane, where it branched and seemed attached by its several side- threads. This last polar body also sent out a process that apparently attached itself to the surface of the egg, which was still in an undivided state. In other cases blunt processes 114 Mr. E. A. Andrews on some and long slender processes were sent out and again drawn in ; within a minute a long slender process extended out from a polar body to the egg, and seemed to join to it, and later was represented by a tuft of short, pointed, contracted processes. In many cases the polar bodies showed ameeba-like changes of form, with or without pseudopodia; in one case where there were but two polar bodies they crawled over one another with much of the appearance of amcebe, one of them having a tuft of pseudopodia. In a lamellibranch mollusk, Nucula delphinodonta, the formation and activity of the polar bodies was observed only in some eggs that were probably not fertilized and that did not develop beyond an incomplete first cleavage. The two polar bodies were seen to be connected by a cylindrical mass of clear substance, and, as seen in figure 4, one polar body was seen connected to the egg by means of a long filament as well as by an extensive sheet of faintly refracting material similar to that seen in Cerebratulus. In this case the cleavage had passed in toward the centre of the egg. The small eminence on one side illustrates one of the several ectosarcal processes that at first were much like protuberances found in Cerebratulus, and there giving rise to brushes of fine spin-threads. Here, however, such ectosarcal processes are followed by hernia-like protrusions containing yolk and indicating the abnormal state of the egg. With the 8 ocular and 4 millim. objective large star-like radiations and central refracting areas were seen near the first polar body as the second one was being formed. Com- paring these with appearances seen with the same powers in Activities of Polar Bodies. 115 Cerebratulus, there is no doubt that there were here also radiating branches of processes similar to those so common at the ends of the second polar body of Cerebratulus. The first polar body also showed very fine Helioza-like radiations in one case. One polar body showed marked amceboid change of outline, with a rounded blunt pseudopodium. _ Such ameeboid changes of polar bodies are most pronounced in another lamellibranch, Angulus tener. As represented in figure 5, the larger, first polar body takes on a somewhat cylindrical shape at a time when the second is rounded and not entirely free from the egg, and sends out blunt pseudo- podia, the two bodies remaining closely appressed. Besides Fig. 5. the rounded pseudopodia, which are represented as dark, there were also clear delicate lateral sheets or lamelle of wavy protoplasm, which are indicated in outline. All these parts rapidly changed, as may be seen by comparing the left-hand view with the right, an interval of scarcely a minute having passed between these two sketches of the same polar body. As these observations were made with the 6 ocular and 2 millim. objective, the failure to see spin-threads here does not disprove their existence; in one case there seemed to be something connecting the first polar body with the egg and passing like a filament between them; but the general cha- racter of these polar bodies was that of amcebze, and not that of filose rhizopods. To sum up: we find that the polar bodies in certain representatives of the groups—Kchinodermata, Mollusca, and Nemertini—show marked activities, differing in different groups and in different subgroups. In several groups the polar bodies have not only ameeboid but strongly marked Heliozoan activities. The polar bodies in several groups remain vitally connected with one another and with the developing embryo for some time after their extrusion. 116 Mr. W. L. Distant on How far these phenomena are normal, and how much of what is above recorded may prove to be pathological, cannot be at present decided ; but, in any event, it has been shown that the protoplasm of polar bodies has powers hitherto unsuspected. These need not imply close relationship between polar bodies and Protozoa, but may serve to show that protoplasm expresses itself in radically the same charac- teristic ‘‘ protoplastic ” way in Metazoa and Protozoa. These new facts may be added to those recently presented in a comparative study of protoplasm *, and help to bring us toward the new standpoints there reached. October 18, 1897. XVI.— Heterocera from the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant. I HAVE recently acquired a small collection of moths made in the neighbourhood of Johannesburg, which contains the following apparently undescribed species :— Family Arctiidae. Spilosoma lemniscata, sp. n. Head above golden yellow, eyes and antenne black ; pro- notum black, the lateral margins and a round spot at base golden yellow; a black spot at humeral angles ; abdomen above ochraceous, with the base, central transverse abdominal fascie, and lateral spots black ; body beneath and legs dark fuscous, anterior femora streaked with ochraceous. Anterior wings golden yellow, streaked with black—these streaks consist of a submarginal inner fascia, a fascia beneath cell from base to its extremity, where it emits four branches to outer margin (the uppermost disconnected), a streak from within cell to near margin, and a shorter subapical streak or spot ; posterior wings dark purplish brown, with the margins golden yellow. Anterior wings beneath as above, but duller in hue ; posterior wings beneath with a large basal subcostal yellow patch. Exp. wings 31 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Johannesburg. Allied to Sprlosoma dissimilis, Dist. * G, F. Andrews, ‘ The Living Substance’ (Ginn & Co, 1897). Heterocera from the Transvaal, 117 Family Lymantriide. Lacipa quinquepunctata, sp. n. Head and pronotum silvery white, with oehraceous markings, eyes black, antennz ochraceous ; abdomen above and body beneath and legs very pale ochraceous. Anterior wings silvery white, with a basal spot and two narrow transverse fascize ochraceous—both these fascie cross the wing, the first crossing centre of cell, where it is strongly and sinuately bent outwardly, the second oblique and very slightly sinuate beyond cell; extreme basal costal margin black, a small black spot beneath cell and before the first fascia, five black spots between the fascie—three at about end of cell and two beneath it bordering outer fascia; an outer submarginal row of small black spots; posterior wings very pale stramineous. Anterior wings beneath (excluding outer and inner margin) pale fuscous; posterior wings with a somewhat obscure discal fuscous spot. Exp. wings 28 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg. From L. quadripunctata, Dewitz, this species is distin- guished by the narrower and more oblique and sinuated ochraceous fascia: and the five discal black spots to the ante- rior wings; from L. sexpunctata, Dist., it differs not only by the number of spots, but also by the colour of the wings beneath. Lacipa pulverea, sp. n. Head and pronotum creamy white, with ochraceous markings, eyes black, antennz ochraceous; abdomen above, body beneath, and legs ochraceous. Anterior wings creamy white, crossed by three ochraceous fascie—the first subbasal and_ broken, second crossing cell, third beyond cell, oblique and slightly curved outwardly ; some scattered black specks on basal costal margin, a black spot between first and second fascia, between second and third fasciz a cluster of black speckles at end of cell, and two similar clusters beneath cell; an outer submarginal row of small black spots; posterior wings very thickly covered with fuscous speckles. Anterior wings beneath very thickly covered with fuscous speckles ; posterior wings beneath very pale ochraceous, with a few marginal dark spots at apex. Exp. wings 22 millim. Hab. ‘Transvaal, Johannesburg. 118 On Heterocera from the Transvaal. Family Limacodide. Parasa Johannes, sp. n. 6. Pronotum pale green; abdomen above ochraceous ; head, body beneath, and legs pale castaneous brown; antenne black. Anterior wings pale green; a broad outer margin and a broad discal fascia pale castaneous brown ; the discal fascia extends from base to a little beyond cell, which it completely occupies, scarcely extending above it, but considerably beneath it, especially at base, its lower margin irregular and excavated, its apex furcate; posterior wings above and beneath pale golden yellow. Anterior wings beneath very pale castaneous brown, the green only more or less faintly visible beneath cell, the brown darkest where the discal and marginal fascize exist above. ?. With the discal fascia to the anterior wings less intense in hue and with the posterior wings rather darker at apex and along outer margin. Exp. wings, ¢ 35-40, 9 42-46 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg. The length and shape of the discal fascia to the anterior wings is a special point in the identification of this species. There is a specimen in the British Museum from Natal. Family Lasiocampide. Dendrolimus metallicus, sp. n. dg. Body, antenne, and legs brownish ochraceous, the abdomen somewhat paler in hue. Anterior wings greyish brown, thickly speckled with pale castaneous, crossed by two oblique, narrow, dark fascie, the first crossing cell, the second a little distance beyond it, both directed inwardly; between the second fascia and outer margin a similar obscure, broken, and much waved fascia ; all these fasciz greyish on their inner margins ; near extre- mity of cell a castaneous streak, with a small white spot at its apex; marginal fringe darkest at base; posterior wings pale ochraceous. Anterior wings beneath unicolorous, with- out fascie as above; posterior wings beneath darker than above; both wings with faint signs of a discal oblique paler band. @. Anterior wings above with the inner grey margin to fascie much more distinct ; the discal oblique band beneath also much more developed. Exp. wings, ¢ 36, ¢ 38 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Johannesburg. On the Species of the Genus Viverricula. 119 XVII.—On the Species of the Genus Viverricula. By J. L. Bonnorte. SEVERAL species of this genus have been made at various times, but latterly most authors have placed them together as one. A careful comparison, however, of the skins and skulls in the British Museum has led me to the following conclusions :— So far as can be judged from the present series, the markings seem to vary considerably in colour, from a rufous to a dark brown in individuals from the same locality; there seem, however, to be three distinct species in the group, each of which might be subdivided into two or more subspecies. The species are as follows :— V. malaccensis (Gmel.).—Iuhabiting India from Rajputana to the Malay Peninsula. V. rasse (Horsf.)—Now found (whether introduced or not) in Java, Ceylon, Socotra, Madagascar, and Comoro Islands. V. pallida (Gr.).—F rom China and Formosa. Viverricula malaccensis (Gmel.). Viverra malaccensis, ae Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 92 (1788); Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. p. 122 (1867). Viverra indica, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) vil. p. 170 (1817); Horsf. P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 23; Elliot, Madr. Journ. x. p. 102 (1839). Viverra bengalensis, Gray & Hardw. Il. Ind. Zool. i. pl. iv. (1830-32). Viverra rasse, Elliot, Madr. Journ. x. p. 102 (1839). Viverricula indica, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) i. p. 152 (1838); id. J. A.S. B. x. p. 909 (1841). Viverricula rape, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) i. p. 152 (1838) (probably misprint for rasse). Viverricula rasse, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. x. p. 909 (1841). Viverricula malaccensis, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 45 (1863); Anderson, Zool. Yunn. Exp. p. 166 (1879); Blanford, Mamm. Brit, Ind. p. 100 (1888). This species is so variable in colour and form of markings that I have been unable to find any constant external cha- racters by which it may be easily recognized; the skulls, however, show considerable uniformity, | and the auditory bulle, which are long and compressed laterally, causing them to be deep at the same time, form a character by which the present species may be recognized at any age. The bulle converge anteriorly, so that there is a considerable narrowing of the anterior end of the basioccipital, and in correlation with this its edges are turned downwards, so as to form a promi- nent ridge in front of the bulla on either side. 120 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Average measurement of ten adult skulls :— Basal length 93 8 millim.; zygomatic breadth 44°4 ; length of palate from henselion 45:7; length of bulla 23; basi- occipital, breadth at condyloid foramina 12-7, breadth ante- riorly 6°8; greatest diameter of upper carnassial 9°4; least breadth of palate between inner roots of carnassials 12°3. Specimens from the Malay Peninsula representing the original V. malaccensis may be distinguished by having only seven dark rings on the tail instead of eight as in all other specimens, the tip being pure white. While there are no very tangible differences among speci- mens from different parts of India proper, there are in the British Museum two specimens from Rajputana so different in appearance that | would make them a subspecies, and propose for them the name Viverricula malaccensis deserti, subsp. n. Viverricula malaccensis, Thos. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 55. Similar in size to V. malaccensis. Hair close and long. General colour buffy white, with darker mottlings, but with no distinct markings except a few spots on the flanks. The winter pelage consists of a thick woolly underfur, slate-grey at its base and whitish towards the tip, thickly interspersed with long white bristles having a dark or fulvous tip. The summer coat is similar, except that the underfur is scanty and the bristles greatly predominate. The underside of the neck is of a uniform buffy white, interrupted by two transverse dark bands. The chest and belly are similar to the back, except that the bristles are more scanty and have no dark tip, thus allowing the slate-grey of the underfur to show through. Hands and feet uniform seal-brown. ‘Tail covered with long hair similar to that on the body and marked with alternate rings of dark brown and whitish. ‘he skull presents no marked differences from that of a typical malaccensis. Dimensions of the type (an adult male measured in the flesh) :-— Head and body 581 millim. ; tail without hair 401; ear 30; hind foot 99. Skull: basal length 94; zygomatic breadth 45; length of palate from henselion 45°7 ; length of bulla 22 ; basioccipital, breadth at condyloid foramen 13, breadth anteriorly 6:5 ; greatest diameter of upper carnassial 10; least breadth of palate between inner roots of carnassials 12°3. Hab. Rajputana. Species of the Genus Viverricula. 121 Type B. M. 85.8. 1.27. Sambhar, Rajputana. Collected by Mr. R..M. Adam, 17th December, 1877, and presented by Mr. A. O. Hume. A second specimen, obtained at Nusserabad, in the same rovince, in August 1878, has been recently presented to the Neen by Col. J. W. Yerbury, and agrees in all respects with the type. This subspecies, which differs in habits from the true malaccensis by frequenting desert country instead of forests, may be easily distinguished by its very light colour and the absence of any distinct stripes on the back. Viverricula rasse (Horsf.). Viverra rasse, Horsf. Res. Java, pl. xviii. (1824); id. P. Z. S. 1832, p. 23; Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Mamm. p. 113 (1852), Viverricula Schlegeli, Pollen, Ned. Tijds. Dierk. iii. p. 78 (1866). This species does not differ externally from V. malaccensis, except in its smaller size, and, although as a whole it varies as much as the preceding one, yet individuals from the same locality appear to be fairly constant in colour and markings. Horsfield’s statement that V. rasse has eight broad longi- tudinal lines on the back, the three lateral lines on each side interrupted and obscure, while V. malaccensis has eight narrow longitudinal lines, the lateral lines continued, does not appear to hold good for all individuals. The skull, however, shows marked differences from that of V. malaccensis, the auditory bulle being much shorter, flatter, and not converging so much towards the middle line, thus causing the basioccipital to be considerably broader at its anterior end and not folded into ridges when it leaves the bulla. Dimensions of the skull of one of Horsfield’s typical specimens (B. M. 74) :— Basal length 86 millim.; zygomatic breadth 42; length of palate from henselion 43; length of bulla 20; basioccipital, breadth at condyloid foramen 11°5, breadth anteriorly 8; greatest diameter of upper carnassial 9; least breadth of palate between inner roots of carnassials 12. Specimens from the various islands appear to differ slightly from each other, but the material at hand does not seem to me sufficient to justify at present the subdivision of the species. Viverricula pallida (Gr.). Viverra pallida, Gray & Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. ii. pl. vi. (1833-34); Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 353; Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 514. Viverricula malaccensts, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 227, 630. 122 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and Batrachians This species is considerably larger than V. rasse. The markings are not usually very distinct and the general colour is suffused with fulvous. It may be distinguished from both the preceding species by the absence of the transverse markings on the underside of the neck. _ The skull differs only from that of V. rasse by its greater size. Dimensions of a skull from Formosa (a small specimen) :— Basal length 87 millim. ; zygomatic breadth 45; length of palate from henselion 43; length of bulla 20; basioccipital, breadth at condyloid foramen 12:7, breadth anteriorly 9; greatest diameter of upper carnassial 10; least breadth of palate between inner roots of carnassials 13. These dimensions are far exceeded in the other skulls, but these are given as it is the only skull sufficiently perfect to allow all the measurements to be taken on it. The largest skull has a zygomatic breadth of 49 millim. and greatest diameter of upper carnassial 10°5 millim. This species varies less than the others; the markings are almost always indistinct and generally absent on the fore part of the body. Swinhoe thought Formosan examples slightly different, but the specimens in the British Museum do not bear out that conclusion. Key to Species of Viverricula. A. Basioccipital converging anteriorly, bulle long. @, MEFEINGS GIStINEh ors oss Siew haus o AL eiee< a ee V. malaccensis. OG OMe es TAUIBTICG, 5 vivre «oie al aierege cps) wie nie ne wie V. m. desertt. B. Basioccipital scarcely converging anteriorly, bullae short. a. Dark transverse band on throat .............. V. rasse. b. No dark transverse band on throat ............ V. pallida. XVIUI—A List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Ombaat, East Indian Archipelago. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. In a previous number of these ‘ Annals’ * I contributed a list of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Alfred Everett in Lombok, Flores, Sumba, and Savu. Thanks to the exertions of the same traveller I am now able to supple- ment our knowledge of the herpetology of that chain of islands by giving a list of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by him on Ombaai. All belong to known species. LIZARDS. 1. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B. * Ser. 6, vol. xix. 1897, pp. 503-509. from Ombaai, East Indian Archipelago. 123 2. Hemidactylus Brookii, Gray. I am now convinced that H. Gleadovit, Murray, cannot be regarded as specifically distinct from H. Brook, the range of which extends across tropical Africa to India, Ceylon, Further India, Southern China, and the Malay Archipelago, where it is on record from Borneo, whence the type specimens are stated to have been obtained. 3. Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm. 4, Gecko verticillatus, Laur. 5. Draco timorensis, Kuhl. 6. Mabuia mulitfasciata, Kuhl. 7. Lygosoma florense, M. Weber. 8. Lygosoma smaragdinum, Less. 9. Ablepharus Boutonti, var. furcatus, M. Weber. SNAKES. 10. Lycodon aulicus, L. 11. Coluber subradiatus, Schleg. It not unfrequently happens that the subocular below the preocular is not separated from the fourth labial, in which case three labials enter the eye, as in C. enganensis, which differs only in the deeper rostral. We have now eight speci- mens in the British Museum, with the following number of scales and shields :— Upper labials Ven- entering eye. Scales. trals. Caudals. 1. g. Timor. Leyden Mus..... 4th, 5th 23 233-93 2. 2. Atapupu, Timor. Everett. 4th, 5th 23 246 91 3. 9. Ombaal. Everett........ ord, 4th, 5th 23 242 88 4th, 5th, ° ee Mal eh: Bee ted det, Be t 23 228 90 Better: 5, TES Mee 3rd, 4th, 5th 23 226 97 6. 3. Sumba a Wes oh 4th, 5th 25 233 102 Pa. Flores. al oad oy ia oR eager p 8. Her. ey glocken. 45:2 ]..c. 4th, 5th 23 230 96 12. Dendrophis pictus, Boie. 13. Nata tripudians, Merr. A female specimen uniform brown above and whitish 124 On Two new Blind Snakes. beneath, same variety as recorded by me from Flores. Ses ouv ALOE kO. 2: 19) 14. Lachesis gramineus, Shaw. F’RoGs. 15. Rana tigrina, Daud. 16. Hyla Everetti, Blgr. XIX.—Descriptions of Two new Blind Snakes. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. Typhlops albiceps. Snout rounded, moderately projecting; nostrils lateral. Rostral two fifths the width of the head, extending to between the eyes; nasal incompletely divided, the cleft extending from the second labial to a little beyond the nostril ; preocular as broad as the nasal or the ocular; eyes just distinguishable; prefrontal, frontal, and interparietal moderately large, equal, slightly larger than the supraocular ; four upper labials, third and fourth in contact with the ocular, second and third with the preocular. Diameter of body 64 times in the total length; tail as long as broad, ending in a ‘spine. 18 scales round the body. Pale brown; head, anal region, and end of tail white. Total length 128 millim. A single specimen from Chantaboon, Siam. Received in exchange from the Royal Siamese Museum, Bangkok. Typhlops leucostictus. Snout rounded, very prominent; nostrils inferior. Rostral one third the width of the head, extending to between the eyes; nasal completely divided, the cleft proceeding from the second labial and not extending. to the upper surface of the snout; preocular a little narrower than the nasal, a little broader than the ocular; eyes just distinguishable; pre- frontal, frontal, and interparietal scarcely enlarged, a little smaller than the supraocular; four upper labials, third and fourth in contact with the ocular, second and third with the preocular. Diameter of body 45 times in the total leagth ; tail as long as broad, ending in an obtuse spine. 22 scales round the body. Dark brown above, the scales edged with whitish, with scattered small white spots; whitish beneath, each scale brown at the base. Total length 225 millim. A single specimen from Liberia. j On some Bees of the Genus Megachile. 125 XX.—Some Bees of the Genus Megachile from New Mextco and Colorado. By T. D. A. CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station. Megachile Wootont, sp. n. $ .—Length about 13 millim. Moderately robust, black, with rather thin yellowish pubes- cence. Head ordinary, facial quadrangle about square, face’ up to level of antenne with dense cream-coloured pubes- cence; vertex with large close punctures and thinly clothed with long yellowish hair, with some shorter black ones inter- mixed ; cheeks broad, very thinly pubescent, lower part with a conspicuous broad transverse band of yellowish-white hair ; antenne wholly black, last joint broadened and flattened ; mandibles tridentate, more or less elbowed, fringed beneath with shining yellow hair beyond the bend; a rounded tubercle at base of mandible beneath, tufted with yellowish hair; meso- thorax strongly and closely punctured, with thin erect pubes- cence, yellowish on anterior half, mostly black on posterior half; scutellum and pleura with longer and denser hair, that on the pleura yellowish white; tegule black; wings dusky hyaline, broadly darker on apical margin; nervures black, second submarginal cell receiving second recurrent nervure a short distance before its apex; legs black, with yellowish- white hair; four hind femora and tarsi ordinary, the tarsi with fulvous hair on inner side; spurs ferruginous; middle coxe ordinary ; anterior coxe with a stout tooth, above which at base is a well-defined patch of shining coppery hair; the tooth itself has a pale stripe on oneside; anterior femora pale orange ferruginous, with a black apex and a black stripe on outer side from base to apex; anterior tibie ferruginous within, black without, broadly pale yellowish at apex, with a broad rounded lamina projecting at right angles; anterior tarsi cream-colour ; first joint hollowed, canoe-shaped, a little produced at end, but not as far as tip of second joint, its end rounded ; the basal two thirds of its inner edge with a narrow fringe of very short fuscous or black hairs; ¢és owter margin near the base within with some very short black hairs, not forming a distinct patch, and easily overlooked; its hind margin with the usual long fringe of pale hair, of which the inner hairs are strongly tipped with black ; remaining joints of anterior tarsi gradually diminishing, formed as in allied species ; abdomen rather short, fairly broad, nearly parallel- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 10 126 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some sided; with thin erect pubescence, yellowish on the first two segments and the first half of the third, beyond that black, with a little yellowish intermixed ; no tendency to hair-bands ; apical segment with a very broad and deep semicircular emargina- tion ; subapical ventral teeth placed in a broad triangle, all large and long, pointed. . Hab. Ruidoso Creek, New Mexico, 7800 feet, July 6, asleep on a plant doubtfully referred to Vieta americana (E. O. Wooton, 57). I had taken this for M. fortis, but it is perfectly distinct, and is apparently more allied to I. mela- nophea, Smith. The real JM. fortis was taken by Prof. Townsend on the west fork of the Gila River, July 16. Megachile perthirta, sp. n. go .—HLength about 12 millim. Moderately robust, black, with rather thin yellowish pubescence. Head ordinary, facial quadrangle a little longer than broad, slightly narrowed below; face up to level of antenne with dense cream-coloured pubescence, but the very closely punctured clypeus, though somewhat hidden beneath a long projecting supraclypeal fringe, is itself pubescent only at the sides; vertex with strong close punctures and erect yellowish pubescence, not mixed with black; cheeks broad, thinly pubescent, with two oblique bands of white hatr on lower part; antenne wholly black, last joint somewhat flattened, but hardly broadened ; mandibles not elbowed, lower edge with a conspicuous yellowish-ferruginous stripe; behind base of mandibles is a broad projecting lamella, with a narrow line of minute white pubescence on its anterior face; mesothorax dull, very closely punctured, with erect pubescence not hiding the surface, nowhere mixed with black; about equally dense and of the same yellowish colour on scutellum and pleura; tegule piceous, closely punctured ; wings dull hyaline, broadly dusky at apex; nervures black, second submarginal cell long, receiving second recurrent nervure almost at its apex; legs black, with pale hair; middle femora incrassate, middle tibia arcuate ; middle tarsi simple, but first joint very pubescent, and with along brush of pale hair behind; spurs whitish ; hind tarsi within with copious orange-fulvous pubescence ; first joint of hind tarsi somewhat broadened; anterior coxe with a strong spine, at base of which is no bright pubescent patch; anterior femora orange-fulvous, apical two-thirds black on outer surface, and on inner surface having a black stripe; anterior tibia orange-fulvous becoming ferruginous, pellucid yellowish white at apex, on outer surface with a Bees of the Genus Megachile. ¥27 black patch, on inner edge with a black stripe, apex with a small dentiform projection ; anterior tarsi cream-colour, some- what suffused with pale ferruginous, the last joint pale ferruginous; first joint deeply hollowed, but not very broad, not much produced at end, the margins of the hollow fringed with dark rufous hair, the hind margin with the usual long pale fringe, the inner hairs of which are black at ends; second to fourth joints of anterior tarsi successively smaller, almost bilaterally symmetrical ; abdomen with very distinct punctures, broad and short, the lateral margins gently concave, clothed with erect yellowish hair, not concealing the surtace, not mixed with black, not at all tending to form bands; apex with a small emargination, on each side of which are tivo or three irregular teeth ; apical ventral segment obtusely angled in the middle, with a small tooth on each side. Hab. Colorado Springs, Colorado, middle of July (Ck. 3571). At the same locality and time [ took a form of M. jidelis, Cress., a little different from specimens found in New Mexico. Megachile Casade, sp. n 3 .—Length about 134 millim. Black, with dull white pubescence. Head ordinary, but rather large; eyes sage-green; facial quadrangle nearly square, slightly longer than broad, hardly at all narrowed below; face with white hair, absent about the middle of the shining well-punctured clypeus; vertex shining, with large punctures, thinly pubescent, some black hairs just behind the ocelli; cheeks quite hairy, sloping away behind eyes; an- tenne black (broken at ends in type specimen) ; mandibles wholly black, no tooth or tubercle behind their base; meso- thorax dullish, strongly and closely punctured, thinly clothed with dull white pubescence, some inconspicuous black hairs on hinder part; scutellum quite shiny; tegule piceous, with minute punctures; wings dusky hyaline, nervures black, recurrent nervures entering second submarginal cell very near its base and apex; anterior coxe with a rather short spine, having a light yellowish patch at apex; anterior femora orange-rufous above and below, black behind, with long white hair, and having a broad black stripe from base to apex in front; anterior tibie orange-fulvous beneath and at apex, also the anterior half (longitudinally ) within, otherwise black ; a small erect spine at apex; anterior tarsi light yellow, the last joint blackish except at base; the joints are not much modified, but the second to fourth are oblique, emarginate at end; the first has a rather shallow groove, and all ate black 10% 128 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some on the inner hind margin behind the long fringe, which is as in the species with highly modified tarsi, and is wholly white viewed from without, but within the hairs are black for their whole length. The four hindmost legs are black ; middle tibia with a rufous spine at apex; middle femora quite stout; spurs pale ferruginous; middle tarsi with a very long fringe of white hair behind; hind tarsi with orange- fulvous hairs on inner side; abdomen fairly broad, parallel- sided, punctured, second and third segments more or less depressed at base; first segment broadly excavated, so that the dorsal (as distinguished from the anterior) surface is very small; pubescence very thin, white; the hind margins of the segments with dense white hair-bands, that on the first thin and weak ; apex not at all emarginate, irregularly notched on each side of the middle; the three subapical ventral teeth in the same transverse plane, the middle one long and sharp, the lateral ones short, broad, and blunt. Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico. One in the collection of the New Mexico Experiment Station, probably collected by Prof. Townsend. It had been studied by Miss J. E. Casad, who left some descriptive notes. The following table separates the males of Megachile with peculiar front tarsi which are found in New Mexico, including also the species from Colorado described above. All have spines on the anterior coxe. Abdomen without hair-bands ............-: a: Abdomen with hair-bands.................. 2, 1. Last joint of antennz dilated and flat- tened ; subapical ventral teeth of abdo- men very large; abdomen with much blackwhalr Frise. DS ebay aie, Wootont, sp. n. Last joint of antenne not or hardly dilated ; subapical ventral teeth of abdo- men small; abdomen without black hair. perihirta, sp. n. (Colo.) . First joint of anterior tarsi produced to a FEO BPSE ik aS! aE es ke ermia Reina 5. First joint of anterior tarsi not produced 10H, TEOS BPX, 0: ows sb mde Selsey Pm 4 8. The free apex like the end of a finger; hair-bands of abdomen fulvous ........ Jidelis, Cress. The free apex not like the end of a finger ; GAT DONGE DIED sic 055)0.6% va als x at pugnata, Say. 4, Thorax very pubescent, the pubescence more or less ochreous or fulvous ...... 5. Thorax not very pubescent, the pubes- cence pale greyish to white .......... 7. 5. Flagellum slender, not crenulated beneath. datimanus, Say. Flagellum stout, crenulated beneath .... 6, 6. Pubescence of thorax yellowish grey .... comata, Cress. bo Bees of the Genus Megachile. 129 Pubescence of thorax fulvous .......... Sortis, Cress. 7. Anterior legs slender; anterior tarsi with basal joint merely expanded into a flat PRES CDG SIG” ee os cc aes occidentalis, Fox. Larger; anterior femora stout, subtrian- SUE MIBEEIION, Fina alae 6 acm oly cle 8. 8. Anterior femur yellow where it touches tibia; pubescence of face yellowish; a white band of pubescence at scutello- mesothoracic suture. ..........2.se00- sidalcee, Cll. Anterior femur rufous where it touches tibia ; pubescence of face white ; no band of pubescence at scutello-mesothoracic TDD RARE A ape ee ae Casade, sp. n. The following are new to the fauna of New Mexico :— Megachile comata, Cress. 1872. Tuerto Mountain, near Santa Fé, 8025 feet, Aug. 7, at flowers of Senecio (Ckll.). Megachile pugnata, Say, 1837. Five males from Santa Fé (Cé&il.) ; one, July 11, at flowers of Lactuca pulchella; two at flowers of Rudbeckia laciniata, July 27 and Aug. 2; one, July 6; one, July 18. Megachile latimanus, Say, 1823. Three at Santa Fé (Ck&il.) ; one 2, July 25, at flowers of Spheralcea angustifolia ; one g, Aug. 1, at flowers of Cleome serrulata; one ¢, Aug. 3, inside closed flower of Argemone platyceras. Megachile texana, Cress. 1878. Ruidoso Creek, 6400 feet, July 8, at flowers of Pentstemon, two females (HZ. O. Wooton). Megachile Townsendiana, sp. n. ¢ .—Length about 104 millim. Black, with scattered white pubescence. Head large, transversely oval; eyes sage-green ; facial quadrangle a little longer than broad, perceptibly narrowed below; face (in- cluding clypeus) densely clothed with white hair; vertex strongly punctured, with very sparse white pubescence; cheeks sparsely pubescent above, densely clothed with white hair below ; antenne black, flagellum slender, last joint not broadened ; mandibles wholly black, the long hairs on their inferior margin whitish; mesothorax very strongly and 130 Mr. E. Potts on a closely punctured ; thoracic dorsum almost nude, the white hairs few and scattered, except at the scutello-mesothoracic suture, where they are dense enough to form a band, and on anterior part of mesothorax, where they form two obscure sublateral longitudinal bands; tegule testaceous; wings hyaline, nervures dark brown, second submarginal cell receiving first recurrent nervure almost at its extreme base, and second near its end; legs black, with white pubescence, pale orange on inner side of tarsi ; spurs whitish; all the legs slender and simple ; anterior coxe with the usual stout spines ; abdomen short and broad, rather shiny, strongly and closely punctured, hardly at all pubescent, except that the hind margins of the first four segments have dense white hair- bands, the last being continued on to the base of the fifth ; sixth segment densely white- pubescent at base, at apex narrowed, produced and emarginate, the outline being like that of the two humps of a camel, but viewed from the side the outline is that of a rose-thorn, the end being curved downwards ; beneath, the apex presents an obtuse median prominence and a short tooth on each side, laterad of which is an angle representing an incipient tooth; venter very sparsely pubescent. flab, Las Cruces, New Mexico, Aug. 23, 1897, at flowers of Chrysopsis villosa in the Larrea-zone (C. H. T. Townsend). Another, also from Las Cruces, is only 9 millim. long, but evidently conspecific. M. Townsendiana by the shape of the apex of the abdomen recalls MW. deflexa, Cress., from Kansas, but in the latter the tip is not emarginate and the mesothorax and vertex show black hairs. XXI.—A North-American Freshwater Jellyfish. By Epwarp Ports *. On June 10, 1880, the first-known freshwater jellyfish (Limnocodium Sowerbii, Allman and Lankester) was dis- covered in the Victoria Regia tanks in Regent's Park, London. Near the end of November 1584 a primitive “ hydriform organism,” from which it was supposed the jellyfish might have been derived, was found in the same tanks and described by Alfred Gibbs Bourne fT. * From ‘The American Naturalist,’ December 1897, pp. 1032-1035; communicated by the Author. t ‘Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ Dec. 11, 1884, vol. xxviii. p. 9 &c. See also paper by F. A. Parson, Journ. of Queckett Club, 2nd series, vol. ii, 1885--86, North-American Freshwater Jellyfish. 131 About two months after Mr. Bourne’s discovery I first detected Microhydra Rydert upon some stones collected the previous autumn from the rocky bed of Tacony Creek, a rapidly flowing mill-stream near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, a small affluent of the River Delaware, but far above tide- level. Some peculiarities in its structure and mode of gemmi- parous multiplication were described by my valued friend the late Dr. John A. Ryder *. Dr. Ryder had not, at the time of writing the above paper, seen the living organism which he there described. Speci- mens were, however, some years later placed in his hands for study and watched for many months with exceeding interest. His early death has left in the possession of his representatives many excellent drawings and some valuable micro-slides as the only evidences of his interest and labour. No descriptive text has been found; and the sorrow that his many friends feel at his early removal has, to me, this added regret—that he was not able to complete an investigation, which, not unnaturally perhaps, I felt to be of so great importance, and that he cannot now share with us our great delight in wit- nessing the further development from Microhydra Rydert of a ‘ medusiform adult stage.” As may be seen by a comparison of the papers above named, all of them preliminary and incomplete, there are obvious points of resemblance as well as of difference between these minute organisms that appeared, almost simultaneously, at geographical points so widely distant. The supposition that the form observed by Mr. Bourne is the earlier condition of Limnocodium is, of course, greatly strengthened by my actual observation of the budding and separation of free- swimming Meduse from J. Ryderi f. We read that the specimens of Limnocodium often, perhaps generally, disappeared from the tanks about the end of June or July $. It is greatly to be regretted that the glass jars containing my species were not carefully examined through- out June and July of the present year, during which period there may have been a larger production of maturing jelly- fish. On the first day of August, however, my attention was arrested by the spasmodic contraction of an evident Medusa in the above-mentioned jar, and, during several following days, Prof. E. P. Cheyney and myself, on frequent occasions, watched the swelling buds upon colonies of Microhydra that * ‘American Naturalist,’ Extr., Dec. 1886, p. 1282 &e. + This alternation and progression may have been seen, later, in England, but I shall have to plead ignorance of the fact. { In one case “ swarms” are reported Aug. 18, 1882, at Kew Gardens. 132 On a North-American Freshwater Jellyfish. had attached themselves to the glass. We witnessed the spreading of the disk, disclosing, from the first, eight marginal tentacles, a well-defined velum whose aperture was from one third to one fourth the diameter of the disk, and a manubrium depending, about one half the height (or depth) of the bell. Violent pulsating spasms finally resulted in an entire separa- tion from the hydroid and the free life of a roving medusa. I kept no record of numbers, but it is believed that from twelve to twenty were seen. Measurements were difficult, but, as nearly as I could make it out, the jellyfish was at this time about #5 of an inch in diameter. It was of a somewhat prolate dome-shape, and when seen from the polar aspect the manubrium had a clearly quadrate appearance, from whose corners or lobes four radial canals curved downward to the marginal canal. At every point of junction occurred a single tentacle, and another of equal size was found midway between them. These eight tentacles (the only number as yet observed), always pendent, were plentifully charged with thread-cells, and, while suscep- tible of much variation in length, were not seen much longer than one half the diameter of the disk. As to temperature, it is obvious that the water of the jars in which this Medusa was developed must have had nearly that of the surrounding atmosphere, with its diurnal changes —say from 60° to 85° at this season ; during the winter, in our heated rooms, the temperature is probably more uniform. The hydroid form, in Tacony Creek, being but a few inches below the surface, must be subjected frequently to a tempera- ture at or below the freezing-point. It is quite improbable that under the present artificial con- ditions any Meduse will attain full maturity this season. It is therefore manifestly unsafe to compare their miuute size and general appearance with the totally dissimilar drawings given us of Limnocodium, where the latter had attained a diameter of about $ an inch. The full life-history of the organism must therefore be again left imperfectly recorded ; but I am happy to be able to state that my friend Dr. Charles B. Davenport, of Harvard University, has consented to under- take the further technical study of it from material we have recently collected, and the drawings &c. left by Dr. Ryder, and to hope that many points now obscure may, through his efforts, be solved. To aid the search of others for this—probably the most primitive Coelenterate—it may be well to state that in my experience I have only found M. Ryder? in a natural con- dition, living as a messmate among colonies of Bryozoa that A Revision of the Genus Ixias. 133 may be considered almost perennial in habit, where its own disabilities as a food-collector, on account of local inertia and the total absence of tentacles, were supplemented by the life- sustaining currents induced by its more active neighbours. These conditions are near Philadelphia furnished by Urna- tella gracilis, Leidy, and Pottsiella erecta, Krepelin (Paludi- cella erecta, Potts). I regret to be obliged to add that I am not aware that either of these has been collected in any other neighbourhood. Philadelphia, August 19th, 1897. XXII.—A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Ixias. By Artuur G. Burer, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. THE present genus is confined to the Old World, being found throughout India and Ceylon, Burmah, Siam, China, and south-eastwards to the Celebes and Timor. Izias in general aspect resembles certain groups of the genus Teracolus, but is readily distinguishable by the neura- tion, the first two branches of the subcostal vein in the primaries being emitted wider apart, the upper radial emitted from the subcostal vein well beyond the end of the cell (expressed in the recently adopted phraseology this would stand as “ veins 6, 7, and 8 stalked”’). In the secondaries the discocellulars are much more oblique than in Teracolus. The seasonal variation of Jvdas differs somewhat from that of Teracolus, nor is it quite consistent in its character throughout the genus. Asarule the wet form has heavy borders to the wings on the upper surface and scarcely any markings on the under surface (often only a black dot at the end of the discoidal cells and a spot at the external angle of the primaries), but in some of the species there appears to be no wet phase of marking and coloration, and in others the wet-season form shows dark spots on the under surface occupying the exact positions of the ocelloid markings charac- teristic of the dry season. Group 1. (Type J. venilia.) Apical two thirds of primaries above veined with black ; under surface always showing dry-seasoa markings; the only probable seasonal difference consisting in the width of the border of the secondaries on the upper surface; it is not, 134 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision however, certain that this difference in the present group has a seasonal significance, though it is certain that it has no specific value, as hitherto supposed. 1. Ivias Reinwardtit. Thestias Reinwardtii, Vollenhoven, Tijd. Ent. iii. p. 125 (1860); Monog. Pier. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1860). Lombock, Flores, and Laraut, near Timor. B. M. We have nine examples in the Museum series and three in the Hewitson collection ; one female from the Godman and Salvin collection is unusually black on the upper surface, the white markings on the apical area being very much reduced and those towards the apex obliterated. 2. Ivias pulchrior, sp. n. g. Allied to the preceding, but the ash-grey suffusion at the base clearer and more restricted, the disk (beyond the orange patch) sulphur-tinted ; the discal interrupted stripe terminating above the third median branch, the outer border and blackened veins narrower. The female differs more markedly, the white patches beyond the cell of primaries being washed with orange and widened and extended so as to be continuous with the white area below the cell; the border of the secondaries is also similar to that of the male, not widened and bordered with grey scaling as in I. Reinwardtii. The under surface of both sexes differs from the latter chiefly in being less marked with black, the general pattern and coloration being very similar. Expanse of wings, ¢ 58-61, ? 64 millim. Bali Island (Wallace). B. M. There are four examples in the Museum series and two in the Hewitson collection. « 3. Ixias Piepersi. Thestias Pieperst, Snellen, Tijd. Ent, xxi, p. 31, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1878). Celebes. Not in the Museum series. It is a curious insect, com- bining characters of J. Reinwardtii and J. venilia, so that it is difficult to know exactly where to place it in a linear series. 4. Ivias Kiihni. Ixias Kiihni, Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiv. p. 287, xxxy. pl. iv. figs. 3, 4 (1892). Wetter. B. M. of the Genus Ixias. 135 Three males bearing a manuscript name of Staudinger’s were received in the Godman and Salvin series. 5. Ixtas venilia. 3. Pieris venilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 121 (part.) (1819); Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. xxxvi. fig. 1 (1835). 3 2, Java (Horsfield). B. M. One of M. Godart’s typical examples was identical with Wallace’s I. venatriz. 6. Ixias Vollenhovii. Thestias Vollenhovit, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iy. p. 393 (1867). Thestias venatrix, Wallace, 7. c. Pieris venilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 121 (part.) (1819). Timor, Dili, Semao, Java. B. M. Eleven examples in the Museum series and four in the Hewitson collection. J. venatriz appears to be the dry-season form and is linked to typical I. Vollenhovid by an example received in the Godman and Salvin series. Wallace wrongly gave Moulmein as the locality of his J. venatrix, supposing that “‘ EK. Indies ” indicated one of the specimens so labelled from Archdeacon Clerk’s collection; had either he or Capt. Watson looked up the register number this error would have been discovered and saved much perplexity. 7. Ixias insignis. Ixias insignis, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 431, pl. viii. fig. 1 (1879). 3, Formosa. Type B. M. 8. LIatas balice. Thestias balice, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 593 (1836). g, Java. B.M. Group 2. (Type J. flavipennis.) The ground-colour of all the wings above golden yellow. 9. Ixias flavipennis. Irias flavipennis, Grose-Smith, in Forbes’s Nat. Wand. p. 275 (1885). Ixias pyritis, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, pl.i. fig. 4; 1887, p. 13. Sumatra (Major Fawcett), two males. B. M. 136 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision Group 3. (Type I. pyrene.) This is the largest and most perplexing group in the genus, and it is possible that I may not have sufficiently reduced the number of named species; this, however, is, I think, prefer- able to reckless sinking of forms which are locally constant under one heading. In the late Capt. E. Y. Watson’s review of the Indian species it is difficult to comprehend his meaning ; he regards the whole of the species of the present group as one; but he says:—‘‘ J. pyrene is very subject to both climatic and seasonal variation, and many forms have been named. Of these some are fairly distinct, and the males can be compared as below.....” Now it seems to me that to discriminate between “ a distinct climatic form ” and “ a species”? we must have a universally accepted definition of what a species is, which is impossible : therefore, to my mind, if a thing is distinct it ought not to receive the same name as that from which it is admitted to be distinct, for to give the same name to two distinct things is to stultity the very object aimed at in nomenclature. In the present group the wet-season forms are usually almost unmarked below and the dry forms heavily speckled and ocellated, whilst the outer borders on the upper surface are, as a rule, considerably broader in the wet than in the dry forms, sometimes disappearing entirely from the second- aries of the latter. 10. Ixias rhexia. 3. Papilio rhexia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775); 9. Butler, Cat. Fabr. p. 216, pl. i. fig. 5 (1870). ©. Papilio pirithous, Fabricius, t. c. p. 488 (1775). ©. Ixias familiaris, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 482. Ranges from Tibet through N.E. India into Burmah. Twenty-nine examples. B. M. There are five examples in the Hewitson collection, one of which is a remarkable albino male, having a white instead of orange patch on the upper surface of the primaries. 11. Lxias evippe. Papilio evippe, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. v. fig. 2 (1778). Trias anexibia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95 (1816). S.E. China and the Island of Hainan. B. M. The Museum series consists of thirteen examples, and there is one specimen in the Hewitson collection. J. anexibia is the dry form and J. evippe the wet. This and the preceding species have long been confounded, of the Genus Ixias. 137 but the Chinese and Indo-Burmese forms differ somewhat. Taken collectively Z. evippe runs somewhat smaller than I. rhexia, never attaining the expanse of wing which some of the wet-season examples of that species show; the form of the wings in J. evippe is also rounder and more regular, the orange belt on the primaries is distinctly broader and extends further back into the discoidal cell, its front edge is diffused instead of sharply outlined; the seasonal forms also differ less in size and in the width of the border on the upper surface of the secondaries than in JI. rhewia. 12. leias undatus. Ixias undatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 252, pl. xix. fig. 4. Borneo. Ten specimens (all males). B. M. There is also one male in the Hewitson collection. It is curious that the female does not come to hand. 13. Ixias latifasciatus. Ivias latifasciatus (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 252, ¢. Tenasserim, Burmah. B. M. We possess ten examples of this species, of which seven belong to the dry-season form and exhibit the heavily black striated under surface which seems peculiar to this species. The female which I figured is that sex of J. verna (a white- winged species), which fact probably confused the late Capt. Watson, who regarded the present species as a form of I. pyrene rather than J. rhexia (to which it is much more nearly related) ; also, not having taken special notes of the type specimens, he erroneously identified the wet form of the species as typical, and (not possessing the dry form of the male) naturally concluded that the species was based upon an extreme seasonal form of J. pyrene. The seasonal forms of I. latifasciatus hardly differ on the upper surface ; the border varies slightly in width in examples both of the wet and dry forms, one of our wet-season males showing a rather narrower border to the secondaries than any of our dry-season examples. Apart from the ground-colour of the wings this species is not at all unlike J. verna. 14. Ixias Birdi. 6. Ivias Birdi, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 351 (1888) ; Rhop. Mal. pl. xxvi. fig. 4 (1882-86). &. Allied to the preceding species, slightly smaller, with the orange belt on the primaries sharply defined and more 138 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision golden in colour; the black border of the secondaries con- siderably narrower (about the width of that in Z. cingalensis, but slightly wider towards anal angle) ; under surface clear lemon-yellow, marked as in.the typical dry-season form of I. latifasciatus. Expanse of wings 59 millim. Dry form, g, Perak (Townsend) ; from G. and 8. coll. Although we only have one example of this species, I am quite satisfied of its distinctness. The type was a wet-season form. 15. Trias cingalensis. Trias cingalensis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 126, pl. i. figs. 2, 2 a (1881). Ceylon. B. M. We have thirteen examples of this species, four of which are wet-season males and the remainder dry-season specimens of both sexes. The Hewitson collection contains four examples. Capt. Watson extended the range of this species over Southern India and regarded J. thoda=J. kausala as the dry form of the species; but the wet and dry forms of J. cinga- lensis are absolutely identical on the upper surface, nor does I. kausala invariably possess the character upon which Capt. Watson defined J. cingalensis, for he says :—‘‘ It can be separated at once from all other forms of yellow Jzias by the greater extent of the basal yellow of the fore wing, which spreads into the upper median interspace.”’ In our specimens of I. kausala the “ basal yellow ” extends more, less, or not at all into the upper median interspace. I. cingalensis can be picked out at sight from a crowd of nearly allied forms, but the distinction given above is useless as a guide ; its chief peculiarity is the narrowness and angu- larity of the orange belt across the primaries combined with the sharply defined and perfectly straight inner edge of this belt from subcostal vein to first median branch. 16. Ixias frequens. Ivias frequens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 150, pl. xv. figs. 6, 7. Lvias alana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6, vol. v. p. 357 (1890). India generally, B. M. Thirty-three examples, representing wet-, intermediate-, and dry-season forms; the males and sometimes the females of the dry form are smaller and with much narrower (though always well-marked) border to the upper surface of the secondaries. of the Genus Ixias. 139 17. Ixias moulmetnensis. Ixias moulmeinensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 837. Ixias meipona, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 296 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot., Preris IL., Trias, figs. 4, 5 (1888). Burmah. B. M. We have thirty-three examples, representing wet-, inter- mediate-, and dry-season forms; the wet form is J. medpona and the dry J. moulmetnensis. Doubtless this is the Burmese representative of the Indian J. frequens; as a whole it is somewhat smaller (though individuals of the same size belonging to both species may be selected from a long series), the orange belt of the primaries is more golden, more deeply incised at the end of the cell, and, in the female, where it becomes an orange or yellow band, it is more narrowly bordered behind with black ; the border of the secondaries is much narrower, almost disappearing in the extreme dry form, which is also much more heavily and clearly marked with ocelloid spots on the under surface than in J. frequens. 18. Iazias dharmsale. Ixias dharmsale, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 150, pl. xv. figs. 8, 9. Izxias ganduca, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. li. p. 44 (1884). Ixias colaba, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 142, pl. ix. fig. 6. India, from Darjiling to the Western Provinces and south- wards to the Neilgherries. Twenty-eight specimens are in the collection and one in the Hewitson cabinet. J. colaba is the wet-season form, I, dharmsale a dry form (probably occurring at the commence- ment of the dry season), and J. ganduca the extreme dry form. This butterfly can be distinguished from J. freguens by its narrower, internally notched, and more or less macular hind- wing outer border, which also tapers less towards anal angle, and in the possession of an additional form of female (wholly black and white above). Iam doubtful whether it will be possible to keep it distinct from I. pivenassa (of which no wet form answering to the type is known to me). 19. Ixias satadra. Ixias satadra, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 50 (1877); Waterhouse, Aid, ii. pl. exxviii. fig. 1 (1883). Ixias Watti, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 151, pl. xv. fig. 1. Trias pygmea, Moore, P. Z. 8, 1882, p. 254, pl. xii. fig. 1. Northern India from Sikhim to Campbellpore. Fourteen examples. B. M. 140 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision The type of the species is an intermediate-season form, but so little marked below that it probably occurs at the end of the wet season. We also have two dry forms, the first occurring probably at the commencement of the dry season and the other (which is more extreme in its seasonal cha- racters) a little later; the latter is Z. pygmea. ‘This species is characterized by the very irregular and somewhat narrow orange belt on the primaries of the male, the macular and rapidly tapering form of the blackish border to the second- aries; the 'ry-season female varies very little in colour, the subapical belt on the primaries being sulphur-yellow, some- times feebly washed with orange. 20. Ixias pirenassa. Thestias pirenassa, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 395, pl. ix. fig. 4, g (1867). Ixias kausala, Moore, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 49 (1877). Ixtas jhoda, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 142, pl. ix. figs. 3, 4. Western India southwards to Depalpur. Twenty-eight specimens. B. M. It is quite possible that this may only be represented by dry phases of J. dharmsale; I. pirenassa, I. jhoda, and I. kausala representing three grades, of which the last- mentioned is the most pronounced dry form. We have four intermediate-seasonal specimens, one of which, in the pattern of the upper surface, links typical J. pirenassa to I. jhoda, whilst the three others show the upper-surface pattern of I. jhoda and the size of I. kausala. The only objection to sinking J. dharmsale under I. pirenassa is that we should have to admit great instability in the seasonal modification of the hind-wing border (some of the examples obtained just after the rains showing a drier cha- racter of upper surface than those of the dry season), and we should also be compelled to recognize five grades of dryness in the under-surface pattern. On the whole I prefer to await further evidence before assuming that the forms of the I. pyrene section of my group 3 are more variable than those of the J, evippe section. 21. Ixias sesia. Papilio sesia, Fabricius, Gen. Ins, p. 257 (1777) ; Donovan, Ins. China, pl. xxxi. fig. 2 (1798). Burmah. Nineteen examples. B. M. All the specimens that I have seen, including four in the of the Genus Ixias. 141 Hewitson cabinet, have a more or less dry-season character of under surface, but the character of the upper surface varies from wet to dry, as in the seasonal forms of the LZ. marianne group. The female invariably has the inner edging of the orange belt on the primaries widely interrupted in the centre, and the driest examples of the males have this blackish border reduced in the centre to a mere dusted line; the black disco- cellular spot on the primaries is almost invariably isolated from this black edging, owing to the continuation of the orange belt to a short distance inside of it? The late Capt. Watson regarded this last as a character of almost specific importance, but it is certainly not quite constant and therefore is of no great value. It is, of course, just possible that J. ses’a may be based upon additional variations of the dry form of ZL. moulmezn- ensts; but then we should have more difficulties to contend with than in the case of J. pirenassa as representing phases of I. dharmsale. I think it far more likely that, as in I. marianne, several of these allies of L. pyrene invariably show dry-season characters on the under surface which are merely intensified in the dry season, whereas the bordering of the secondaries above varies in width seasonally. 22. Ivias pyrene. Papilio pyrene, Linn. Mus. Lud. Uly. p. 241 (1764); Cramer, Pap, Exot. 11. pl. exxii. figs. A, B (1779). @. Papilio enippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cy. C, D (1779). China. Twelve examples. B. M. I have very little doubt that Cramer’s figures of P. pyrene (A and B) represent the wet-season form, though showing dry-season characters on the underside. ‘The species is nearly related to J. sesia and possibly not distinct from it, as Dono- van’s illustration of I. ses¢a is probably taken from a Chinese example; the dry form of China, however, which is typical I. pyrene, is decidedly larger than that of Burmah. The locality “ America” given by Fabricius affords no clue to the real habitat of his type. Group 4. (Type I. Ludekingi.) Chiefly differs from the preceding group in the nearly white wings of both sexes. The seasonal differences are quite normal, only the dry form having the wings ocellated below. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 11 142 A Revision of the Genus Ixias. 23. Tatas andamana. Ixias andamana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 590. Ivias lena, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 357 (1890). Andamans. Twenty-two examples. B. M. I. andamana was based upon the intermediate and L. lena on the dry form. 24. Ixias Ludekingit. Thestias Ludekingti, Vollenhoven, Monog. Pier. p. 49, pl. v. fig. 6 (1865) ; Tijd, Ent. iii. p. 126 (1869). Sumatra. ¢ from G.andS8. coll. B. M. Our single example belongs to the wet-season form, but the type was a dry form. We have what I believe to be the male intermediate form from Salanga. 25. Ixias pallida. Ivias pallida, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 837. Ixias citrina, Moore, l. ¢. Tenasserim. Seven examples. B. M. I. pallida was based upon a wet-season male, J. cttrina upon a dry-season male. 26. Ixias verna. Ixvias verna, Druce, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 108, pl. xvi. figs. 5, 6. Ixias latifasciatus 9, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 252, pl. xix. fig. 3. Burmah, High Island, Mergui. B. M. We have fifteen examples, seven of which (including the types of the species) were presented by Messrs. Godman and Salvin. J. latifasciatus was figured from an intermediate female, J. verna was described from a dry-season pair. A male from Mergui in the collection may perhaps be a curious aberration of this species. Group 5. (Type J. marianne.) I am quite satisfied that the late Capt. Watson was correct in his view of the species of this group; all the seasonal forms show ocellated markings on the under surface, but they become emphasized in the dry season, whilst the black belt across the primaries on the upper surface and the black border to the secondaries are reduced. On a Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis. 143 27. Ixvias marianne. Papilio marianne, Cramer, Pap. Fxot. iii. pl. eexvii. C-E (1782). Inias bebryce, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95 (1816). oe Eh eetint Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 50 (1877). Ixias depalpura, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 153, pl. xxiv. figs. 6, 7. Ixias meridionalis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 140, pl. ix. fig. 5. Ivias cumballa, Swinhoe, t. c. p. 141, pl. ix. figs. 13, 14. We have twenty-five examples of the wet-season form (J. cumballa), thirteen of the intermediate form (J. marzanne), twenty-three of the early dry form (I. meridionalis), and sixteen of the late dry form (L. agniverna=depalpura)— seventy-seven examples in all. 28. Izvias nola. Ixias nola, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 399. Mahableshwar. Twelve examples. B. M. The seasonal forms are all represented in our series; a pair of the wet and a pair of the dry form are equally labelled as types. XXIIT.— On a Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis, McCoy. By R. ETHerGs, Jun., Curator *. THE subject of this paper is the imperfect vertebra of a large Ichthyopterigian, referable, I believe, to Jchthyosaurus australis, McCoy f. The original was brought under my notice by the Rev. M. Kirkpatrick, of Bega, N. 8S. Wales, who obtained it from Marathon, Central Queensland. With his permission a cast was taken for the Australian Museum collection. As Sir F’, McCoy’s description was very brief, an extended notice of one of the middle trunk, or anterior precaudal, vertebrae may be acceptable to Australian investigators. The specimen is the centrum of a large vertebra measuring 5 inches in its vertical and transverse diameters, and rivals in size those of the gigantic J. campylodon, Carter, from the European Chalk, the vertebra figured } by the late Sir Richard Owen measuring only 4 inches high, Our example is devoid of the neural spine, neurapophyses, and pleurapophyses, but * From the ‘Records of the Australian Museum,’ vol. iii, no, 8 pp. 66-68. 7 Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. viii. 1868, p. 41. } Owen, Mon. Foss. Reptilia Cret. Formation, p. 79, pl. — 11 144 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on a having the articular surfaces of the first and last well dis- played. The positions of the diapophysial and _pleurapo- physial articular surfaces leads to the belief that the vertebra is one of the middle trunk series. It is subcireular in outline, slightly narrowed and contracted neurally. Measured across the articular surfaces from the neural to the hemal margins the diameter is exactly 5 inches, and in a transverse direction from diapophysis to diapophysis it is an eighth of an inch short of a similar measurement. Longitudinally measured between the dia- and pleurapophysial tubercles the centrum is exactly 2 inches, but on the hemal surface it is a quarter of an inch more. The concave terminal articular surface visible is deep, ter- minating in a central fossa, the extent of the concavity being well exemplified by the matrix cast of the anterior cavity of the succeeding vertebre at the posterior end of this specimen. This mass of matrix represents the “ elastic capsule” that intervened between the vertebre, and retains on its surface portions of the osseous tissue of the succeeding centrum. The periphery or immediate articular rim at each end is narrow, the surface thence sloping rapidly inwards, but the edges of the rims project slightly outwards, thus rendering the longitudinal or lateral surfaces of the centrum somewhat concave. ‘The depth of the concavities is an inch, or perhaps a little more, and a longitudinal section of the centrum would be, in consequence, of a strongly hour-glass-shaped outline. The floor of the myelonal canal is ? of an inch wide, the joint-faces of the neurapophysial surfaces rather triangular on very strongly raised fore and aft synchondrosial articular elevations ; the space between these and the diapophysial tubercles is roughly 3 inches, the latter having descended in close contiguity to the parapophysial tubercles. It is clear, therefore, that this vertebra, from the wide disassociation of the neura- and diapophyses, occupied a position in the column certainly more than one third of the trunk from the head, and, according to Owen’s measurements, was near about the forty to forty-fifth vertebra, for in this region in Jeht/iyosaurus the dia- and parapophyses form a pair of separate tubercles on each side near the anterior end of the centrum, ‘The diapophyses are set further in from the ante ior articular edge than the parapophyses ; these are close to the latter, but are not connected with it by a “neck.’’ Both are represented by large and strong rounded tubercles, separated from one another by an interval of two-eighths of an inch, this inter- stitial surface being deep and groove-like. The heemal sur- face is quite plain. a Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis. 145 The posterior concave articular surface is infilled with matrix, affording a complete cast of the next succeeding ante- rior cup, and even retaining a portion of the osseous tissue of the latter adhering toit. This tissue throughout the centrum is well preserved and dense. The specimen is certainly of the Campylodont group of Ichthyosauri, and occupies an intermediate position in outline between an “early posterior dorsal” and a “ late posterior dorsal ” vertebra of I. trigonus, Owen *. The largest Jchthyosauri attained a length of from 30 to 40 feet, and the present meridianal species was in no way inferior to its gigantic fellows of the European Secondary seas. If we apply a similar method of arriving at the com- parative sizeof an Zchthyosaurus as that adopted by Prof. Owen —that the jaw was “ thirteen times the length of the vertical diameter of an abdominal or anterior caudal centrum ’’—we see in the present fossil the representative of an animal possessing a jaw a little over 5 feet in length—thus, 13 x 5” =65/=5' 5” long. Prof. McCoy computed + the remains of his type specimen to represent an animal 25 feet long. Similar vertebre to that now described he states possessed a diameter of 4 inches, and elsewhere he remarks { that the longitudinal measurement reached 14 inch. The elastic capsule was also preserved in some of his specimens. Mr. R. Lydekker, in the previously mentioned ‘ Catalogue,’ gives a list of species that “cannot be classified”’§. Amongst these are I. australis, McCoy, and I. marathonensis, mihi. I am afraid he has overlooked Sir Frederick’s principal paper on his /. australis, wherein, although the description is meagre, the latter specially compares the teeth of his fossil to those of I. campylodon, and says they ‘have a rough bony square base like those of J. campylodon (Carter).” As regards I. marathonensis, mihi, less can perhaps be definitely said ; but the whole of its structure, so far as we know it, is also after the type of I. campylodon. In my paper on this fossil I called attention to the necessity of affording another name to I. australis, Hector, a New Zealand species distinct from McCoy’s. This has now been done by Mr. Lydekker terming it J. Hectori ||; but unfortunately the species is of no value, from the absence of either description or figure, all * Lydekker, Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Reptilia and Amphibia, 1839, pt. 2, p. 26, figs. 13 and 14. se + Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. ix. 2, 1869, p. 77. __ ¢ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xix. 1867, p. 359. § Loc. cit. p. 118. || Loe. cit. p. 113. 146 Mr. H. Druce on some new Hetzrocera. that Sir James Hector says about it being “ this genus is only represented in the collection by a single vertebral centrum.” Ichthyosaurus indicus, Lyd.*, seems to be an allied species to J. australis, and also vied with Z. campylodon in size. It is from the Ootatoor Group, the homotaxial equivalent of the Chalk Marl and Upper Greensand of England. McCoy’s original specimens were from Walker’s Table Mountain on the Flinders River. The present vertebra is, as before said, from Marathon on the same stream. Both are localities in the Rolling Downs Formation, or Lower Cretaceous, XXI1IV.—Description of some new Species of Heterocera. By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. &ce. Fam. Syntomide. Syntomis caerulescens, sp. n. Female.— Primaries black, with six hyaline white spots— the first close to the base, the second at the end of the cell, the third below the second slightly nearer the base, the other three spots forming a band nearer the apex, the middle spot being the smallest: secondaries black, with two hyaline white spots, the first close to the base and extending to the inner margin, the second smaller and nearer the apex. The fringe of the primaries black, with a small white patch at the apex and near the anal angle. Antenne black, with the tips white; the head, thorax, and abdomen bluish black; the front of the head white; the tegule black, with a small white dot at the base; abdomen banded with white at the base; the legs bluish black. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. East Africa, Delagoa Bay (Monteiro, Mus. Druce). Two specimens. Syntomis brithyris, sp. n. Female.—Primaries smoky black, with two hyaline spots along the costal margin, the first at the end of the cell, the second beyond near the apex, below which is a large pale yellow spot; a small hyaline streak near the base, on the lower side of which is a rather wide curved yellow band that extends from the base almost to the anal angle: secondaries * Pal. Indica (4) i. 3, 1879, p. 27. ae Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 147 smoky black, the base and a spot beyond pale yellow. An- tenne black, tipped with yellow; the head and thorax pale yellow ; the tegule black, with yellow base ; abdomen black, banded with pale yellow. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. N.E. Borneo (Pryer, Mus. Druce). Syntomis discata, sp. n. Female.—Primaries hyaline, slightly yellowish at the base ; a large spot at the end of the cell, the apex, a spot at the anal angle, and the inner margin all black; secondaries yellowish hyaline, the outer half of the wing black. The head, antenne, and thorax black; the collar, tegule, and abdomen orange-yellow, the anal segments of the abdomen black ; legs black. Expanse 1,}, inch. Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce). Hyalethea metaphea, sp. n. Female.—Primaries hyaline ; the costal margin, apex, outer and inner margin black ; a wide black streak extends from the end of the cell to the outer margin, and a second black streak from the side of the cell to the anal angle: secondaries hyaline, edged with black. The head, thorax, and abdomen black; the front of the head, tegule, and base of the abdomen yellow ; legs black. Expanse 13 inch. Hab, Aola, Guadaleanar Island, Solomon group (C. Woodford, Mus. Druce). Agaphthora puncta, sp. n. Male.—Primaries yellowish hyaline; the costal margin, apex, outer and inner margin black; the veins and a wide band crossing the wing from the end of the cell to the anal angle black : secondaries black, with a hyaline spot close to the base: the fringes of both wings black. ‘he head, an- tennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the tegulz white at the base; the abdomen spotted with white on each side and down the middle. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. New Guinea, Humboldt Bay (W. Doherty, Mus. Druce), 148 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. Zatrephes Garleppi, sp. n. Primaries very similar to Z. Buckleyz, but red instead of yellow, and with a large lead-coloured mark at the anal angle: secondaries semihyaline red, darkest at the apex and along the inner margin. The head, thorax, and abdomen bright red, the collar edged with white. The underside of the head, thorax, antenne, and legs black. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). This fine species is allied to Z. Buckleyt from Ecuador. Fam. Arctiide. Antarctia ubiana, sp. n. Male.—Primaries pale brown, darkest along the costal margin, and an indistinct darker brown spot at the end of the cell; the fringe brown: secondaries pale brown, shaded with yellow at the base and along the inner margin to the anal angle; the fringe pale yellowish brown. Head, thorax, and tegule dark brown; antenne black ; abdomen yellow.— Female very similar to the male, but larger and rather paler in colour. Expanse, ¢ 13 inch. Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (J/us. Druce). This species is allied to A. rudis, Butl. Fam. Notodontide. Nystalea arecosa, sp. n. Male.—Primaries brownish grey, crossed near the base from the costal to the inner margin by a rather wide brown band, which becomes much paler near the inner margin, and with three small brown spots on the costal margin and a large brown patch near the apex, below which is a smaller brown spot, the outer margin at the apex edged with brown: secondaries greyish white, clouded with brown from the apex to the anal angle, the fringe greyish white. The underside of both wings white, shaded with reddish brown along the costal margins. Head, antenne, thorax, and basal half of the abdomen greyish brown, the rest of the abdomen greyish white. Expanse 1? inch. Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, in Mus. Staudinger). On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa. 149 Fam. Geometride. Milionia regina, sp. n. Male.—Primaries very similar to the primaries of MZ. Meek’, but with the red band from the base very much narrower : secondaries deep black, the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle edged with a narrow band of chrome-yellow, upon which are six round black spots. Head and front of thorax blue-black; thorax and anal tuft chrome-yellow; abdomen bright blue. Expanse 23 inches. Hab. Woodlark Island (Mus. Druce). Fam. Thyridide. Rhodoneura now, sp. n. Male.— Primaries and secondaries black ; both wings with a central faint greyish line across the middle. Underside of both wings reddish brown, streaked with black. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; the underside of the abdomen pale fawn-colour; the legs dark brown. Expanse 1 inch. flab. Tenasserim Valley, Burmah (Doherty, Mus. Druce). XXV.—On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa. By W. E. DE WINTON. For some time it has been evident that among the hares in the collection of the British Museum from different points in Southern Europe and the northern coast of Africa several species were represented, but until quite lately specimens were wanting from Sardinia, the type locality of Lepus medi- terrancus, Wagner, and from Tangier, the type locality of L. Schlumbergert, St. Loup, so that it was impossible to classify them satisfactorily ; these two desiderata being now supplied, the authorities have kindly allowed me to work out this group. Very little attention has been paid to the hares of Europe since 1857, when Blasius wrote his ‘Fauna wirb. Deutsch- lands, Siug.,’ a book which still stands far ahead of any other work on European mammals; this author seems to have had the necessary material to have thrown more light 150 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of upon the various forms of South European hares, but it does not seem quite clear that he had actually compared specimens from Spain with typical specimens of L. mediterraneus, Wagn., which he had seen in Turin (é. c. p. 415). It is now generally agreed that Linneus’s Lepus timidus refers to the blue or variable hare, so that L. europeus, Pallas, must stand as the name of the brown hare; thus the typical form of that species is the brown hare of Russia= L,. timidus (form c) of Blusius (¢ ¢. p. 417). The Western European form described by Blasius (form b) as differing in colour is also smaller, the length of the hind foot being about an inch shorter than that of the Russian hare; although Blasius recognized the difference, he does not attach any distinguishing name to the form, but a name is placed in the synonymy attributed to Schimper on the authority of Gervais (Zool. et Paléont. Fr. p. 29, 1851), to which no description was ever published. In describing the species from the Mediterranean region these more northern well-known forms had to be referred to, and the Central or Western European form being found to differ so much in size and colour from the typical L. ewropeus, it is considered necessary to describe it and give it a distinguishing sub- specific name. On bringing together specimens from the different countries bordering the northern and southern shores of the western portion of the Mediterranean Sea, it will be found that they form a very miscellaneous group. In choosing names for the different forms described I endeavoured to employ several that have found their way into the synonymy given by most authors of LZ. ewropeus, so that, in fact, hares should be found to fit the names, and not fresh names invented: but this was not found possible, the majority evidently referring to the same species; therefore to save further confusion fresh names are used. ‘The name Lepus mediterraneus was given by Wagner (Miinch. Anz. 1841, p. 439) to the small species occurring in the island of Sardinia; this name has usually been employed by modern authors when mentioning hares found in any of the adjacent countries. Gervais (Zool. et Paléont. Fr. p. 29, 1851) introduced two names on the authority of Schimper, who had got together a considerable number of hares in the Strassburg Museum, the conclusion being that these forms were the same as JL. meridionalis, Gené, a name never published; but later (Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. p. 282, 1854) the same author considers that Gené’s species might probably be identical with L. mediterraneus, Wagn. Schimper appears ee Western Europe and North Africa. 151 never to have published the results of his investigations himself. Blasius (Faun. Deutschl., Saiug. p. 412, 1857) mentions all these names as synonyms of L. tiémidus= LD, euro- peus, and brings in another name attributed to Schimper (Regensb. Corresp. 1850, p. 111), proposed for the hare of Andalucia obtained by Dr. Rosenhauer, but to which no description was added. Fitzinger (Sitzb. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. 1867, p. 161) adds another name for the Pyrenean hare (?sp.) on the authority of Nerée Boubée, with no refer- ence to any description, but simply as a synonym of L. timidus=L, europeus ; the same author in the same place introduces a name for the hare of Andalucia on the authority of Natterer, also without reference to it ever having been previously published: Natterer certainly was the first author to distinguish this hare from those of Central Europe ; but although he gives a short description (‘ Isis,’ 1818, col. 816), he mentioned no name, and Fitzinger does not notice this reference; it must therefore be written off as a nomen nudum. One more name for this same hare, though never published, is still in existence in the Vienna Museum ; one or more specimens from Andalucia are, or were, labelled “ Tenus gracilis, Natt.” For this last piece of information I am indebted to Mr, Oldfield Thomas, who noted the fact during a visit to that museum in 1877. Waterhouse (Mamm. vol. ii. p. 43, 1848) complicated matters by taking a hare from Tunis as typical of L. medi- terraneus, Wagn.; but no specimen from Sardinia was then in the British Museum for comparison, so the error may readily be excused. In this paper a deviation is made from the rule as to taking measurements ; in all cases the length of the ear is taken from the base at the back, and not from the notch unless particularly stated. Every effort has been made to give as full measurements of the skulls as possible; but as there is so much individual variation, and the character of the skulls in this group makes it so difficult to know where to fix the points of the compass, owing to the irregularity of the sutures and many apophyses, these measurements must be accepted for what they are worth. Greatest length of nasal bones is taken diagonally on the bone of one side, being far easier than between two parallels, as there are no points in strict longitu- dinal line. ‘The “ molar series’ is measured by the outsides of the tooth-sockets, as it is considered more reliable in this group than the teeth, which slope and have no crowns. 152 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of Lepus europeus occidentalis, subsp. n. Smaller than L. ewropeus typicus; colour much warmer and more rufous throughout. The difference in the length of the hind foot is perhaps the most constant size character. The difference in colour is most constant in the head and ears and legs. I take as the type of this subspecies a specimen from Herefordshire, killed on the 7th January, 1898, which I propose to present to the British Museum. Measurements taken in the flesh :— Head and body 570 millim.; tail 86; hind foot 135, to end of claws and hair 142; ear from notch 99, from base at back 120. Weight when killed 8 lbs. 6 oz. For comparison I. give measurements of a Russian hare of quite ordinary proportions (no. 94. 8. 7. 30 in Brit. Mus.), from Lithuania :— Head and body (dry skin) (c.) 600 millim.; tail (c.) 90; hind foot (c.) 156, to end of claws 168; ear from notch (c.) 110, from base at back (c.) 121 without end-hairs. The comparative measurements of the skulls given below do not show any striking differences, excepting in the basal length and mandible ; I am, however, unable to say if this greater length would be always found in the Russian hare, but the proportion seems constant in the specimens examined. L.e.typicus. Le. occidentalis, Skull : millim, millim. Gresteeb length 5% 5.5 «ave bene sgn 102 99°5 ee Ibreaduh!: (ee ee), Se eleeee 48 47 Breadth across maxille below lachry- INGIS (in shh iewewlee Sse > baler Peete 39°5 355 Nasals, length in middle line ........ 36 385 yy preerect Len tM... wean saencn 485 46°5 » | “greatest breadth 2. Sayers ses © 26 25 »» across narrowest part ........ 18:5 17 Intertemporal constriction,........... 14:7 15 Basal length. 4. .5.5 sisledamsiacund ¥9 68s 85 79:7 Length of upper molar series ........ 20°5 20 Depth from top of nasals to palate in front of premolars ........00.00. 26 26 Depth from top of nasals to front of DALAL 5 ainiinnaye arb a0,% 000.8 aw nidd > 010, 20°5 2] Mandible, length (bone only) from con- dylar process to upperside of INGisdrA "Herve es eve cide 795 72 Mandible, length from back of incisors to BNI. «, cu Came ais Stadia henge am 76 67 Mandible, greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to condyle... 465 4] | | Western Europe and North Africa. 153 Lepus Lilfordi, sp. n. Lepus granatensis (Schimp.), Rosenhauer, Regensb. Corresp. 1850, p- 111 (nom. nud.). Lepus meridionalis (Gené), Gervais, Zool. et Paléont. Fr. p. 29 (1851) (partim, n. n.). Lepus hispanicus (Natt.), Fitzing. Sitzb. Ak. Wissensch. 1867, p. 161 n. 0). ee x ee (Boubée), Fitzing, ¢. c. (n. n.). Lepus gracilis, Natt., MS., in Museo Viennense (n. n.). Lepus timidus (partim), Blasius et auct. Lepus europeus (partim), Lepus mediterraneus (partim), auct. Upper parts of head and body, ears, and tail much as in L. e. occidentalis, though the colours are darker, while varying somewhat in tone, as in that species; the tail is long, black above, white on the sides and beneath. Fur very much waved or plaited on the back ; interspersed among the ordi- nary fur are long, coarse, snow-white hairs, which are very much more conspicuous than in JL. e. occidentalis, especially on the sides and rump; these long hairs in their basal half, or that part hidden by the thick fur, are black, the terminal half protruding beyond the fur snow-while; both fore and hind limbs bay-red in front, snow-white behind; the white almost encircling the fore leg immediately above the elbow, and at the wrist extending from the inner side round on to the front of the joint; the fore feet are red, with tips near the nails white; on the hind feet the white extends in the same way from the inner side of the heel, so that the front of the foot is white save for the presence of narrow lines between the toes. The whole of the underparts are snow-white excepting the neck-band, which is dark fawn. The most striking character of this hare is the sharp distinction between the colours of the upper and under sur- faces of the body and the strong contrast between the bright bay of the outer sides of the legs and the pure white of the inner sides, the fur being also sleeker and lying closer on the legs than in any other species. In the seven specimens referred to there is no variation whatever in the character of the markings. Type ¢, 2nd Dee. 1894, Seville (Brit. Mus. no, 95. 3, 3. 12). Presented by Lord Lilford. Measurements (taken from dried skin) :— Head and body 470 millim.; tail 86; ear 118; hind foot (without claw) 116. Skull: greatest length 89; greatest breadth 43; breadth across maxillze below lachrymals 33; length of nasals in middle line 30, greatest length 38, greatest breadth 20, across narrowest part 15:5; intertemp. constr. 12°1; basal length 71-5; length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 16°); 154 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of depth from top of nasals to palate immediately in front of premolars 22°5, in front of palate 20; mandible, length (bone only) from condylar proc. to upperside of incisors 65, back of incisors to angle 60°5; greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to condyle 38:3. The number of names which have been proposed show clearly that this hare was never thought to be the same as the more northern form, and I can only suppose that the would-be describers were baulked by not having a typical L. mediterraneus for comparison. It seems perfectly incredible that this well-marked species, by far the most strikingly coloured member of the genus, should never have been described ; but after a most thorough search in every book or pamphlet which was likely to throw light on the subject, I am unable to attach any of the above names to a description. I have connected with this handsome species the name of the late Lord Lilford, in memory of the extreme interest he took in the mammals of Europe, especially those of the Spanish peninsula, and in recognition of the gracious help he was always ready to give in assisting this branch of zoology. Lepus mediterraneus, Wagn. Lepus mediterraneus, Wagner, Miinch. Anz. 1841, p. 439 (nee Water- house, nec Loche). A description of this hare is given here for the sake of com- parison, especially in regard to the measurements of the skull. Size very small, not much more than half that of L. e. occidentalis; the ears are rather short in proportion, the backs of which are thinly clad with hair; the fur of the back is not waved and plaited; the nape, fore and hind legs bright foxy red, the underparts strongly washed with the same colour, excepting the centre of the belly and the inguinal region, which are pure white; there are no sharp lines between the colours in any part excepting the tail, which is like its allies. ‘The bases of the fur in all parts are slate- coloured ; this is very marked in the neck and chest-band, and on the back the tur is buff-grey beneath the broad black ring, and not white as in L. europeus and allies. Measurements (taken from dried skin, no. 92. 2. 27. 1, in the British Museum, from Sardinia) :— Head and body (c.) 400 millim.; tail 76; hind foot 97; ear 96. Skull: greatest length 79°5 ; greatest breadth 39 ; breadth of maxille below lachrymal 27°5; length of nasals in middle line 27, greatest length 34, greatest breadth 17°5, across narrowest part 12; intertemp. constr.12; basal length 63; length of upper Western Europe and North Africa. 155 molar series (tooth-sockets) 15; depth from upperside of nasals to palate immediately in front of premolars 18°5, above front of palatal foramen 16; mandible, length (bone only) from back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 57'3, from angular process to same place 55; greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to condyle 31. Lepus corsicanus, sp. n. In general colouring and proportions very similar to L. e. occidentalis, but resembling L. mediterraneus in having deeper grey bases to the fur generally, and the fur of the back being rusty below the black ring, with grey bases. The eye- ring 1s very conspicuous, being shown up by a rufous patch on the cheeks, which extends from in front of the orbit to halfway between the eye and ear. ‘This pattern is traceable in other species, but is not nearly so conspicuous. ‘The nape of the neck is unlike any of its allies, being grizzled smoky grey. Type ¢, January 1875, Bastia (Brit. Mus. no. 78. 7. 3. 4). Presented by Lord Lilford. Measurements (taken from dry skin) :— Head and body 450 millim.; tail 73; hind foot 119; ear 107. Skull: greatest length 90; greatest breadth 43°5; breadth of maxille below lachrymals 31:2; length of nasals, middle line 31°5, greatest length 39°5, greatest breadth 21°5, nar- rowest part 14; intertemp. constr. 15; basal length (c.) 73; length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 17°2; depth from top of nasals to palate in front of premolars 21°5, at front of palatal foramina 18°2; mandible, length (bone only) from back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 65, upperside of back of incisors to angle 59°5 ; greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to condyle 36°5. The breadth of the skull will at once distinguish this form from its near ally L. kabylicus. Lepus kabylicus, sp. n. Lepus mediterraneus, Levaill, Loche’s Expl. Alg., Mamm. sp. 84 (nec Vaen.). Lepus egyptius, Lataste, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxxix. p. 157 (nec Geoff). Size about that of Z. Lilfordi, but in colour closely resembling L. mediterraneus ; the ears, which are still more naked behind than in the latter species, are proportionately longer, as are also the hind feet, and, like that species, the base of the fur is slate-coloured, and on the back the fur is 156 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of not white below the deep black ring, but buff shading into grey. There is a conspicuous buff-white ring round the eyes extending towards the nose and ears. The chest (somewhat grizzled) and fore legs are rufous, and all the underparts except the centre of the belly and the inguinal region are much washed with the same colour. Type (Brit. Mus. no. 51. 8. 25. 7), Algiers. Measurements (taken from dry skin) :— Head and body 475 millim.; tail (taken from another specimen, that of the type injured) 80; hind foot (c.) 105; ear 113. Skull: greatest length, base damaged (c.) 86; greatest breadth 41; breadth of maxille below lachrymals 28-5; length of nasals, middle line 27, greatest length 34°5, greatest breadth 20, nar- rowest part 12°5; intertemp. constr. 12°2; basal length —; length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 15; depth from top of nasals to palate immediately in front of premolars 20-2, at front of palatal foramina 17°2; mandible, length (bone only) from back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 62, upperside of back of incisors to angle —; greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to condyle 35°5. This hare is no doubt closely allied to L. mediterraneus, but, besides the greater size of the animal, the skull is so peculiarly narrow, that I consider it worthy of full specific rank, Lepus Schlumbergert, St. Loup. se ieet taal dal St. Loup, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, t. xix, p- 168. As this hare has been very imperfectly described, a more complete description is here given ; it is the common hare in the neighbourhood of Tangier. Size medium, rather smaller than JL. e. occidentalis ; darker and greyer in colour, somewhat resembling the Hast African hare ZL, victorte, but the grizzling coarser and more mottled owing to the very broad black median band on the fur; nape very pale cinnamon; a well-defined buff-white ring round the eyes, a stripe of the same colour extending towards the nose and the ears; ears medium, about same length as head, black tip not well defined; neck and chest dull brown, grizzled. ‘The extreme bases of the fur of all parts are pale grey, on the back the base of the fur is only very faintly tinged with grey; there is a broad extent of dirty white, showing a slight tinge of pale cinnamon, followed by a deep black band; above this the coarser glossy hairs have Western Europe and North Africa. 157 a broad pale buff ring, the extreme tips black. Whiskers scarce, mostly white. Measurements :— Head and body 470 millim. ; tail (c.) 75; hind foot 120; ear 103, from occiput 115. : Skull: greatest length 91; greatest breadth (squamosals) 42°5; breadth across front of zygomata 41°5; length of nasals in the middle line 31, greatest length 40, greatest breadth 21, across narrowest part 14:5; intertemp. constr. 12, breadth across maxille below lachrymals 31:7; basal length 72°5; length of upper molar series 15; depth from nasals to palate immediately in front of molars 20, above front of palatal foramina 16°5; length of mandible (bone only) from back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 65:5 ; greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to con- dyle 37°5. : Supraorbital wings well developed, prominently rising above frontals; temporal constriction very narrow; nasals very broad, encroached upon considerably by the frontals, in a broad almost parallel-sided process. The skull is very broad, with prominent supraorbital wings, and thus very unlike the Algerian hare ZL. kabylicus (supra) in every particular. Lepus tunete, sp. n. Lepus mediterraneus, Waterhouse, Mamm. ii. p. 43, 1848 (nec Wagn.), In texture of fur and in the length of the ears resembling L. egyptius, but the plain grooves in the incisors without cement-filling show it to be widely separated from that species. Colour pale, rather sandy ; nape of neck soft reddish fawn; fore and hind legs reddish fawn; belly white; tail black above, white below. Colours generally dull and not sharply defined. ars very long, almost naked behind in their whole length. This is the hare taken by Waterhouse for L. mediterraneus, and from the extreme smallness of the last molar that natu- ralist was led to suppose that the tooth was altogether wanting ; but it need hardly be said that this is not the case. This small tooth is only about half the size of that tooth in true L. mediterraneus, and, pressing closely against ™*, it might be overlooked if the skull was not thoroughly clean, as certainly was the case with Waterhouse’s specimen, the original being still in the British Museum. Type (British Museum no. 47. 10. 21. 3), Tunis. Col- lected and presented by — Fraser. Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :— Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 12 158 Sir G. F. Hampson on Head and body (c.) 400 millim. ; tail 75; hind foot 100; ear 136. Skull: greatest length 82; greatest breadth 41; breadth of maxille below lachrymals 28; length of nasals, middle line 28, greatest length 35, greatest breadth 20:2, across nar- rowest part 13°5; intertemp. constr. 12; basal length 61; length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 14°5; depth from top of nasals to palate immediately in front of premolars 19-3, above front of palatal foramina 15°5; mandible, length (bone only) from back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 60, upperside of back of incisors to angle 56; ae height standing on table perpendicularly to con- yle 37. There are two specimens of this hare in the British Museum, presented by the same collector as the type speci- men, labelled “ Island of Kerkenna, off Tunis.” The specific name is the genitive of Tuneta, the earlier form of Tunis. XX VI.— On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal *. By Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bart., B.A. Pyralide. GALLERIANE. Lamoria imbella, Wik. xxx. 955, Pretoria. CRrAMBINZE. Crambus (Propexus) tenuistriga, sp. n. Head and thorax pale brownish; abdomen whitish. Fore wing brassy yellow, with a fine white stripe slightly defined by fuscous from base through the cell to termen below apex ; traces of dark points beyond lower angle of cell and of a sub- terminal series; a more prominent terminal series. Hind wing whitish. Hab. Pretoria (Distant), numerous specimens. Lap, 24 millim. Type in B. M. The only Crembus with pectinated antenne recorded from the Old World. * (I am indebted to Sir George Hampson for thus working out the collection of Pyralide I made in the Transvaal during the years 1893-96, The species were almost all taken at Pretoria, and I have added the names of fifteen others taken during my first visit (1890-91) and ore which I recently described in these pages—W. L. Distant. } Heterocera from the Transvaal. 159 Crambus carpherus, sp. n. Head, thorax, and fore wing uniform pale brownish straw- colour; abdomen whitish. Hind wing pure white, the termen pale brownish towards apex. Hab. Pretoria (Distant), five specimens. LExzp., g¢ 32, ? 38 millim. Type in B. M. Nearest to C. dielota, Meyr. Crambus heliocaustus, Wllgrn. Gify. Ak. Forh. xxxii. 1, p- 126. Pretoria. Crambus fulvitinctellus, Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 929. Pretoria. Crambus leucoschalis, sp. n. Fore wing with vein 11 becoming coincident with 12. Head, thorax, and abdomen white ; antenne, palpi at sides, and patagia brown. Fore wing golden brown, the costa narrowly and inner area white; a pure white fascia from base through the cell to termen below apex, expanding in end of cell and giving off a short spur on vein 2, and defined on upperside by a black streak beyond the cell; two oblique bronze and white streaks from costa before apex to the white fascia, the outer angled and becoming a subterminal line with an oblique white vitta from it to apex; the terminal area below the white fascia pencilled with grey and with fine black streaks on the veins; fine black lines on termen and through cilia. Hind wing yellowish white. Hab. Pretoria (Distant), four specimens. zp. 28 millim. Type in B. M. Platytes albipenella, Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 946. Pretoria; agrees well with the type from N.W. Himalayas. Platytes tritonella, sp. n. Head and thorax greyish white; palpi fuscous at sides; abdomen yellowish white, dorsally tinged with brown towards base. Fore wing yellowish white, thickly irrorated between the veins with long black scales. Hind wing silky yellowish white. Hab. Natal; Transvaal, Barberton (P. Rendall). Ezp., go 40-42, 9 82millim. ‘Types in coll. pattie an B. M. 160 Sir G. F. Hampson on Ancylolomia chrysographella, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 494. Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (P. Rendall). A long series of specimens showing all the extremes of variation. Ancylolomia uniformella, Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 967. ¢@. Differs from the female from Sind in the antenne having long uniserrate branches ; head, thorax, and fore wing thickly irrorated and suffused with fuscous; hind wing fuscous, the basal area white. Pretoria; one male. Scu@noBrava. Scirpophaga gilviberbis, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2. Pretoria. Schanobius porrectellus, W\k. xxvii. 140. Pretoria; one male and one female, agreeing with the series from Brazil. A NERASTIAN. Pectinigeria subcarnella, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44. Pretoria; a long series. Emmatheudes straminella, Snell. Tijd. y. Ent. (2) vii. p. 107, pl. viii. fig. 9. Pretoria ; a long series. Comorta nigricostalis, Wk. xxvii. 40. Pretoria ; one male and one female. L HYCITINE. Homeosoma mucidella, Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 15. Pretoria (Distant); Cape Colony. Does not appear to differ from N. American examples. Microthrix inconspicuella, Rag. Nouy. Gen. p. 17, and Mon. Phye. pl. xi. fig. 17. Pretoria ; one male. Oligochroa coriacella, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 21, and Mon. Phye. pl. xii. fig. 18, and pl. xiii. fig. 16. Pretoria; one male, Hleterocera from the Transvaal. 161 Nephopteryx ferrealis, sp. n. g. Antenne biserrate, the tuft well developed; maxillary palpi dilated with scales and appressed to frons. Head and collar tinged with ferruginous; antenne blackish; thorax grey-brown; abdomen pale grey. [Tore wing brownish grey, irrorated with dark scales ; a ferruginous line just before the middle edged by tufts of black scales ; a rufous and dark discoidal spot; a subterminal whitish line strongly defined by ferruginous and black scales, and very slightly bent inwards to costa and at vein 5 and outwards to inner margin ; a dark terminal line. Hind wing brownish grey, with brown terminal line. Hab. Pretoria (Distant), one male. Lzp. 30 millim. Type in B. M. PYRALInz. Aglossa basalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1250. Pretoria (Distant). Triphassa albialis, Wik. xviii. 640. Pretoria (Distant). Bostra puncticostalis, sp. n. Antenne of male not serrate, with two pairs of long cilia from each joint. Head whitish and rufous; thorax dark rufous brown ; abdomen pale reddish. Fore wing fuscous brown, with a reddish tinge; a pale sinuous antemedial line, defined by fuscous on outer side; a dark discoidal spot ; the medial part of costa with numerous pale points; a pale postmedial line defined by fuscous on inner side, minutely dentate between veins 5 and 2, then incurved; a terminal series of dark points. Hind wing fuscous brown, with indistinct curved postmedial line. Underside with the costal area of fore wing and the hind wing tinged with yellow and red. Hab. Pretoria (Distant). Exp. 38 millim. Type in B. M. Bostra noctuina, Butl, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p- 412. Pretoria (Déstant). 162 Sir G. F. Hampson on Bostra albilineata, Warr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vii. p-. 437. Pretoria (Distant). Bostra vetustalis, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 17. Pretoria (Distant). Zitha ignalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 129. Pretoria (Distant) ; Johannesburg (J. N. Cregoe). Zitha laminalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 129. Pretoria (Distant). Sindris albimaculalis, Rag. Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1891, p. 113. Pretoria (Distant). The white spot on fore wing more prominent than in West- African examples. HyprocaMPIN2. Nymphula circealis, Wik. xvii. 460. Pretoria (Distant). PYRAUSTINE. Entephria caberalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 284. Pretoria (Distant). Zinckenia fascialis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexeviii. O. Pretoria (Distant). Pagyda traducalis, Zell. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1852, p. 54. Pretoria (Distant). Glyphodes negatalis, Wk. xvii. 468. Pretoria (Distant). Glyphodes baldersalis, Wlk. xviii. 527. Pretoria (Distant). Glyphodes sinuata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 267. Barberton (Harrison). Heterocera From the Transvaal. 163 Leucinodes vagans, Tutt, Ent. Rec. i. p. 203. Pretoria (Distant). Described from Somersetshire, but imported. Terastia margaritis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. exxxvi. fig. 40. Pretoria (Distant). Noorda fessalis, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 459, pl. xli. fig. 13, Pretoria (Distant). Phlyctenodes fulvalis, Warr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p- 301. Pretoria (Distant). Phlyctenodes frustalis, Zell. Lep. Caftr. p. 48. Pienaars River (Distant). Phlyctenodes venustalis, Cram. Exot. Schmett. iv. pl.ccelxxi. [. Pretoria (Distant). Nomophila noctualis, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 136. Pretoria (Distant). Pionea ferrugalis, Hiibn, Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. figs. 54, 130. Pretoria (Distant). Pyrausta diniasalis, Wik. xviii. 649. Pretoria (Distant) ; four males, exactly similar to speci- mens from N.W. Himalayas and Shanghai. Pyrausta incoloralis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 332. Pretoria (Distant). Pyrausta aurea, Butl, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p- 414. Pretoria (Distant). ~ The following is a list of my captures in Pyralids which, with one exception, were taken during my first visit to the bail yin 164. Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Transvaal in 1890-91. For many of these identifications L was indebted to Mr. E. Meyrick, and they are used on his authority.—W. L. DIsTant. Crambus contaminellus, Hiibn. Pretoria. Eromene ocellea, Haw. Pretoria. Nephopteryx apotomella, Meyr. Pretoria. Myelois Bohemani, Zell. Pretoria. Etiella zinckenella, Tr. 5 Macna Hampsoni, Dist. Barberton. Pyralis farinalis, Linn. Pretoria. allutalis, Zell. Pretoria. Dichocrosis amyntalis, Wall. Pretoria. Lygropia quaternalis, Zell. * Euclasta Warrent, Dist. Pretoria, Johannesburg. Acharana otreusalis, Walk. Pretoria. Pionea africalis, Guen. 3 Pyrausta infuscalis, Zell. F Titanio florilegaria, Guen. Pretoria. Essina atribasalis, Rag. 5 = = XXVII.—On the Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps, from Bethulie, Orange Free State, preserved in the Albany Museum, Grahamstown. By H. G. Serevey, F.R.S., Professor of Geology, King’s College, London. Sir R. Owen, in 1859, discriminated from Dieynodon some fossil reptiles, which were named Ltychognathus. That genus was defined by the sharp angular transverse ridge, in which the more or less flattened top of the head meets the strongly ridged long straight face. ‘This character was made more manifest in 1870, in the same author’s ‘ Illustrated Catalogue of South African Reptilia,’ by references to the plates in which those characters are drawn. The transverse fold or ridge has been shown in every species of the genus which has been figured. ‘The name represents an important generalization and has been generally used. Count Marschall recdded, in 1873, that the name had been applied to two different genera, and the references were brought under my own notice by the late Mr. G. R. Crotch about 1869. Subsequently, with the aid of Professor F, Jeffrey Bell, I examined the references to Ptychognathus, the crustacean, which occur in the writings of Professor A. Milne-Edwards and Mr. Miers, without finding that the genus had become well known. Mr. R. Lydekker, F.R.S., in 1889, urged that since Stimpson published the name in 1858, it was not available for use by Owen in 1859. In some human etn 24 ene sen ap * = Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 165 affairs long-continued usage justifies and establishes a title; and since nomenclature is a matter of convenience, it is a nice point whether the unchallenged use of Owen’s name for a long time has given the reptile a preference over the crustacean. Professor Cope, in 1870, without apolozy, proposed the name Lystrosaurus for a South-African fossil from which he drew many of the characters of the skull im defimimg the Dicynodontia. When this specimen was accurately figured in 1892 it proved to be a typical example of Péychognathus. If that name should be eventually withdrawn from the South- African fossil, Lystrosaurus is the only name which could take its place, as Professor Cope has urged; Zittel and others have continued to use the name Prychognathus. In 1889 Mr. Liydekker disearded Ptychognathus and adopted in place Ptychosiagum, a new name applied by him to the Indian fossil from the Panchet rocks in the Lower Gondwana series, which Professor Huxley referred to Dicynodon, which may be conveniently retained for that type. The Indian specimens appear to differ in the shoulder-girdle, humerus, vertebre, and all known parts of the skeleton from the remains of Ptychognathus, which are only obtained from the Upper Karroo rocks of South Africa, while Dicynodon is only known from the Middle Karroo series. No entire skull of the Indian genus is recorded, and there is no evidence that it has the generic character of a fronto-nasal angle in the skull which distinguishes Ptychognathus from Dicynodon. The determination of the generic name is important be- cause there are some allies of Piychognathus whieh appear to show that it indicates a small family of South-African reptiles distinguished by the way in which the brain is elevated above the floor of the brain-case as it extends forward. This difference from some types of Dicynodon is comparable to that seen in modern crocodiles, in which the front of the brain is supported upon a median plate, while in Teleosaurs it rests upon the basicranial bones. The subgeneric modifications which have come under my notice are two in number—first, a skull having a narrow longitudinally channelled cerebral region, with outwardly inclined sides, unlike the table-headed type of Lystrosaurus ; and, although the straight face makes an angular bend with the roof of the head, the surfaces are not parted by an angular ridge, but round into each other. That genus may be nam Rhabdotocephalus, with the type R. Maceaigi. A second sub- generic form named MochlorAinus is distinguished from the type Lystrosaurus by the perfect rounding of the face mto the flat table-top of the skuli, coupled with the development 166 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the of teeth upon the palate. There is no evidence of the skele- ton associated with either skull; but the skull in the latter type is of some interest from its excellent preservation, which shows the sutures. Ina previous paper (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1889, B, p. 290) I have drawn attention to a certain parallelism between the bones which cover the skull and the elements which roof over the spinal cord in some cartilaginous fishes. ‘This now appears to me not only to explain why the median bones of the skull are sometimes single and sometimes paired, but to elucidate the presence of three bones in the Anomodont now to be described and in some other Vertebrata. Normally every single median bone, such as the inter- maxillary (which alone is recognized in the Bidentalia termed Dicynodonts), is flanked by a pair of lateral bones—the pre- maxillaries. When the one is developed, the other commonly loses its individuality. So that the Theriodonts have a moderate development of premaxillary bones, but in Dicyno- donts the intermaxillary is as strongly developed as are the premaxillary bones in Jchthyosaurus. ‘The bone which I have termed infra-nasal in Dicynodon may be the premaxillary. The second median ossification in the skull—the ethmoid of birds—does not reach the surface in Dicynodonts, but appears to be related to the paired nasal bones in a similar way, though all three are rarely developed together on the surface of the skull. Next succeeds the single frontal of lizards with the pair of frontal bones on its flanks, followed by the single parietal and the pair of parietal bones ; the last being the interparietal and the pair of superoccipital bones of Labyrinthodonts. Thus the roof of the skull would include the equivalents of five vertebral arches of fishes if all the elements were simul- taneously developed. Without such a recognition of homology the presence of such bones as the interparietal, preparietal *, interfrontal, and intermaxillary cannot be explained. These median superior ossifications of the skull characterize Dicyno- donts more than any other group of Anomodonts. I have seen but one imperfect skull of Wochlorhinus platy- ceps. It was found many years since at Bethulie, a little north of the Orange River, near Aliwal North, by Mr. J. G. Donovan, who presented it to the Albany Museum. There [ examined it in 1889. I am indebted to Dr. W. G. Ather- stone, F'.G.8., and the trustees of that museum for the oppor- tunity of studying the specimen in this country and of * The bone here named preparietal is named interparietal by Mr. E. T. Newton in Phil. Trans. B, 86, 1893, in explanations of plates xxvi. and XXXil. Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 167 removing the matrix. There is no reason to anticipate the recovery immediately of other parts of the skeleton. This head indicates one of the smaller Bidentalia (A. G. Bain), distinguished from many near allies by the singularly smooth texture of the bone, which is almost as well preserved as in specimens trom English clays. The sutures are more distinct than usual, and establish relatious of some bones which were previously less well shown. The head is a little distorted, in consequence of contortion which has affected the rocks. The genus Mochlorhinus is distinguished from Ptycho- gnathus by three characters. First, the usual angular ridge between the upper surface of the skull and face is wanting, and the two areas, which commonly meet at an angle, graduate into each other in this animal by a smooth rounded tran- sition, convex from above downward, concave from side to side (fig.2). Secondly, the palate has the vomer elevated in front of the palato-nares, and the palatine bones at their sides so as to form three prominent tubercles. Upon the summits of these tubercles are minute teeth; they are small, flat, and circular on the summit of the vomer, but further back the teeth become much smaller and pointed (fig. 3). Thirdly, the head appears to be much more compressed from side to side than is usual in Ptychognathus, in which the skull is relatively wider in front of the orbits, giving the animals a table-headed appearance between the orbits. With this character is asso- ciated the position of the face at right angles to the crown of the head, giving an unusual depth from the frontal region to the palate, which.exceeds the length from the nasal bones to the interparietal by almost one half that distance (fig. 1). The genus is placed in the family Ptychognatharhinide. That group is characterized by the rapid elevation of the brain as it extends forward and abuts against the interorbital septum. From the occipital plate the head measures 4 inches in length along the flat smooth crown to the rounded fronto- nasal surface. In vertical depth the measurement is about 74 inches from the frontal bone above the large lateral orbit to the point where the tusks, descending vertically, emerge through the maxillary bones. The roots of the tusks form prominent vertical rounded ridges, 334 inches long, at the sides of the head; they originate a little below the orbits, at less than 2 inches behind the vertical flattened prominence of the intermaxillary which forms the median part of the face. These lateral ridges give the face a transverse measurement of about 4 inches. The tusks have a diameter of ,% inch at 168 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the the base, but both are broken and lost from the positions where they leave the maxillary bones. The transverse width between them on the palate is 14 inch. The roots of the tusks, as usual, are nearly parallel to each other, but converge slightly as they descend below the vomerine level of the palate. Seen laterally their contour is parallel to the lower part of the anterior outline of the nearly vertical face. Fig. 1. postfrontal. frontal. prefrontal. lachrymal. 1 narine pterygoid ~ intermaxillary. maxillary fake Right side of the skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps, 4 nat. The imperfections of the skull are:—loss of the anterior biting border of the intermaxillary bone between the tusks ; the hinder part of the palate is missing, including the basi- sphenoid, together with all the bones which are about the foramen magnum; the squamosal and quadrate bones are lost with the malar arches which detine the temporal vacuities, together with the descending postfrontal arches a Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 169 which define the hinder border of the orbits. The bones are better preserved on the left than on the right side, but compression has partially closed the left orbit. The flattened upper surface of the head is smooth, slightly concave from side to side, less than 4 inches long, and limited behind by a transverse ridge. That ridge is made by the interparietal bone, which is not vertical, but somewhat inclined forward. The interparietal makes the upper part of the occipital plate, and it abuts laterally against the pair of parietal bones. ‘The transverse ridge which divides them is a slightly sinuous line of suture. Fig, 2. occipital. parietal. temporal vacuity. p2stfrontal, Superior surface of the skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. } nat. The lateral borders of each side of the roof of the head include three areas :—First, the larger anterior part, which lies between the prominent prefrontal and the postfrontal bone, is the thickened, rounded, upper margin of the orbit, which is concave from front to back, formed in the middle by the frontal bone. Secondly, behind the orbits are the broken bases of the external processes of the postfrontal bones, which are thin, and probably descended in the usualway. ‘Thirdly, behind these missing postfrontal processes are the obliquely inclined upper borders of the temporal vacuities. ‘They are concave from front to back, slightly convex from above down- wards, over an inch long, and about ;‘y inch deep, margined. superiorly by a sharp ridge, which is a suture separating the 170 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the inclined external surfaces, which are formed by the post- frontal bones, from the parietal bones upon which they rest. Underneath these areas the skull is excavated in the usual way. The parietal bones are three in number. At their junction the parietal foramen is placed ; it is oblong, keyhole-shaped, rather wider behind than in front, 745 inch long, 35 inch wide behind, and more than half that width in front ; its transverse hinder border is y4 inch from the posterior occipital ridge. The two parietal bones, which meet behind the parietal foramen in a sinuous median suture, form a slight inflation where the hinder end of the suture meets the interparietal bone. ‘The flat parietals extend transversely outward to the margin of the inclined concave temporal vacuity formed by the postfrontal bone. Anteriorly the two parietal bones diverge, and a somewhat heart-shaped median _preparietal bone is contained between the long narrow anterior processes of the parietals. External to those processes the frontal bones are prolonged backward upon the parietal bones, so as to divide their anterior border into a longer internal process and a shorter outer process. ‘The single median bone (pre- parietal) is 1;¢ inch long, though not measuring more than an inch in the median line, because its narrow hinder margin is notched out by the parietal foramen. It is 3° inch wide in front where widest, and its convex serrated anterior border extends forward somewhat in advance of the narrow inner lateral parallel processes of the parietal bones which flank it. It is usually regarded as a parietal bone; but it is in the linear position of the interparietal, ethmoid, and intermaxillary bones, as occupying a median position in the skull alter- nately with the paired bones of the brain-case and face, such as the parietal and frontal. In osteology it has been some- times treated as though it were the principal parietal, when the two posterior bones are often described as its posterior diver- gent processes among existing reptiles, when the interparietal bone is not separately ossified. Reasons have been urged for comparing these paired and unpaired ossifications with those found arching over the neural canal in the spinal column in Lamna and other Elasmobranch fishes, in which there is a similar alternation of paired and unpaired bones, which suggest a certain homology between the cranial and vertebral structures; and since the single median bone now described has much the same relation to the frontal bones that the interparietal has to the parietal bones, it may be known as the preparietal ; it appears to be a good distinctive feature of these Anomodont skulls. It probably disappears in many i Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 171 animals by blending with the parietal, just as the inter- parietal appears to blend commonly with the supraoccipital. When it is present, the preparietal has the aspect of being the key-structure of the roof of the brain-case, lying in front of the parietal foramen. These three bones form the hinder part of the roof of the skull above the brain-case; they meet the frontal bones anteriorly. Each frontal is an elongated oblong bone, and the pair unite by a slightly undulating median suture which extends forward just over the rounded angle between the face and the upper surface of the skull; their extremities converge in front and diverge as they extend backward. The length of the median frontal snture is about 2 inches, though their extremities extend back so as to make each bone 34 inches long. The transverse width over the frontal bones in the middle of the orbits is about 27%, inches, and, owing to the elevation of the margin of the orbit, the superior surface is transversely concave. The transverse width of the skull increases in front owing to the way in which the prefrontal bones, which make the anterior corners of the orbits, are prolonged outward and downward, giving the orbits a position (fig. 1) which is entirely lateral, where the eyes look outward and very slightly upward. The prefrontal bone is only well preserved on the left side. The postfrontal bone joins the frontal at the back of the orbit by a suture which is easily traced, and that bone thus enters into the upper surface of the skull, joins the parietal bone behind, and extends backward upon that bone so as to form the inclined concave borders of the temporal vacuities. This backward extension of a film of the postfrontal upon the parietal is substantially the same condition as is seen in the corresponding region in Cynognathus and other ‘Therio- donts, notwithstanding the circumstance that in that group of animals the parietal bones form a median knife-like edge, and in this and many other Dic ynodonts those bones form a broad dat- tened crown between these plates of the postfrontal. ‘The suture is not usually seen, because it runs in the line of the slightly elevated ridge which defines the temporal concavity. Between this suture and the suture which limits the frontal bone there is manifestly another suture on the upper surface of the skull, defining a long narrow oblique bone which enters into the orbit at its upper hinder angle. It is about 14 inch long and about 34; inch wide on the orbital border. _ It appears, therefore, to be in the position of the postorbital bones; for iP. Prof. H. G. Seeley on the the bone, which is only well preserved on the left side, is essentially an anterior dismemberment of the postfrontal, and it may possibly be prolonged downward to meet the malar bone. The median upper border of the orbit is vascular and some- what rugose. ‘The internal surface of the bones of the orbit is smooth and regularly curved, and shows the sutures of the frontal with the other bones. ‘he orbit was probably deeper than wide, the depth being 2? inches from the frontal bone above to the part of the maxillary which is above the base of the root of the tusk. The eye may have been slightly oblique and possibly looked to a small extent outward and forward as well as upward. The under surface of the postfrontal bones is smoothly excavated. The external surface of the prefrontal bone differs in texture from the frontal in being less smooth, and agrees in this respect with the nasal bones, from which it extends laterally outward, and is defined by a distinct suture. The skull of Dicynodon tigriceps has shown that the nasal bones extend transversely across the face, so as to meet the frontal bones behind them, where their transverse width exceeds the width of the prefrontal bones. In this genus the nares are relatively further forward and differently con- ditioned, so that the nasal bones are elongated from back to front. ‘They constitute the upper border of the nares, are about 34 inches long and 24 inches wide. In the median line the nasal bones are overlapped in front by an unpaired bone—the intermaxillary—and that overlap causes them to appear to diverge as they extend forward. ‘The hinder border of the nasal bone meets the lachrymal, which is large and placed between the prefrontal and nasal in front and the maxillary behind. It extends forward into the nasal vacuity, forming its hinder floor, The cavity which lodged the lachrymal gland was behind the nostril and below the eye, about 24 inches long and 3 inch wide, rather narrower in the middle. The lachrymal duct is circular and has the usual position. The single unpaired condition of the intermaxillary is not associated with a pair of premaxillary bones in this animal. ‘Lhe face comprises three regions—a narrow median anterior area, 14 to 1# inch wide, marked with a slightly elevated median ridge, and parallel to this are the rounded angles which separate this median anterior region from the oblique lateral areas. ‘This long flat nose is very gently convex from above downward. A well-defined suture extends from the lower angle of the large diamond-shaped narine and divides the Ce I Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 173 anterior intermaxillary from the large maxillary bone behind it (fig. 1). This suture is straight and parallel to the base of the tusk in the maxillary bone, which is about an inch behind it. The face, which is about 24 inches in lateral depth from the flat nose to the roots of the teeth, has the aspect of being compressed from side to side. In the middle length of this compressed area, below the orbits and slightly in front of them, are the anterior nares. Another compression (parallel, vertical, and further backward) defines the inflation of the maxillary caused by the roots of the teeth (fig. 3). _ In front of the tooth the palatal edge of the maxillary bone is compressed to a thin sharp cutting border, which descends below the palate, so that the sides of the lower jaw could work between the teeth. There is no doubt that the intermaxillary formed a continuation of this arch, which had the usual con- cave upward recession, though the cutting-edge of the middle part is fractured and lost. Behind the narine the jagal process of the maxillary bone is partly preserved, and behind and below this process the maxillary bone is greatly com- Fig. 3. palato-nares. palatine maxillary. intermaxillary. The palate of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 3 nat. pressed, for the head is narrower in transverse measurement behind the socket for the tooth than in front of it. The maxillary is prolonged backward above the pterygoid bone behind the palato-nares, as is shown in lateral aspect of the skull, and forms a wedge which narrows to its hinder termina- tion (fig. 1). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 13 174 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the In general plan the palate closely resembles that of the short-faced Dicynodonts. Its distinctive features consist in the development of a strong descending median ossification, which is a little behind the tusks and in advance of the palato-nares. It corresponds in position with the vomer and forms a compressed prominence, which is nearly 2 inches long and is prolonged backward as the narrow median ridge which divides the palato-nares. This ridge may be paralleled in many Dicynodonts and has been figured by Sir Richard Owen in the species of Dicynodon named D. pardiceps, D. testudiceps, and others. Another remarkable feature is the evidence that the bone internal to the maxillary and pterygoid and behind the vomer, which I regard as the pala- tine, develops a strong tubercle, flanking and defending the outer anterior corners of the palato-nares. The sutures are not shown which define the palatine from the pterygoid, but there is no reason to question the identification of these eminences as palatine tubercles. There appears to be a slight approximation to a similar condition in the palate of Dicynodon pardiceps. In view of the fact that the vomerine and palatine bones in Farecasaurus and other allied reptiles bear teeth upon elevated ridges upon those bones, I was led to infer that, since they are on the same level, they might have a similar function. On the highest part of the vomer there are small teeth which are flat and rounded in front, though few are preserved. hey are similar to the teeth figured in the South-African Cynodont A/lurosaurus felinus. On the hinder border of the vomer and palatine there are minute pointed teeth, recognized by their black enamel. I have not observed such strong palatine tubercles in any other fossil, nor are there evidences of teeth on the palate in the present condition of any Dicynodont skull in the British Museum. The anterior terminations of the pterygoid bones external to the palatine tubercles are compressed from side to side and well separated from the maxillary bones in front of them by a vertical suture. The middle of their most convex ante- rior part, which makes the outward limit of the palatal border, is rough with short irregular sinuous wrinkles, as though pterygoid muscles had extended from them to the lower jaw. The palato-nares are distorted; they were apparently almond-shaped, about 1} inch long, narrower in front than behind, and parted posteriorly by a median excavation like that seen in Dieynodon pardiceps, D. Copei, and other forms. The transverse measurement over the anterior termina- Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 175 tions of the pterygoid bones is 1;’5 inch. The palate begins to contract in transverse width from the moment that the pterygoid replaces the maxillary bone in forming its lateral margin; and behind the median post-narial vacuity, where the convex contour of the anterior process is exchanged for a contour concave from front to back, the transverse width of the united pterygoid bones is 1745 inch. The pterygoid bones meet in the median line in a slight ridge; they are fractured transversely just behind the bases of the slender processes which appear to have been given off to the quadrate region, and all the hinder part of the smooth post-palate, with the adjacent bones, is lost. The superior surface of the pterygoids supports the remark- able median plate first studied by Huxley in Ptychognathus Murrayt. It extends upward as a vertical partition between the orbits, and joins both the brain-case and its frontal prolon- gation forward. This thin partition consists of several bones ; the uppermost and most anterior is identified as the orbito- sphenoid, and is most absolutely between the orbits, below the front of the brain-case, and below the frontal bones. A film of matrix may separate it from the bones below, which may be compared with those of Dicynodon tigriceps figured in the Phil. Trans. 1888. On the posterior fracture this median plate is shown as an extremely thin vertical film (fig. 1), but matrix rests upon it supporting a vertical bone external to the plate, which may be the element termed the columella or epi- pterygoid, since it is between the parietal and pterygoid regions, though neither its upward nor downward terminations are pre- served. In front of it, manifestly rising from the pterygoid, are the two films of bone which extend towards the orbito-sphenoid ; the hinder of these I have generally termed the median plate of the pterygoid, but it now seems not improbable that this thin ossification should be the alisphenoid, since it is imme- diately under and apparently continuous with the brain-case and extends downward to the sphenoidal region. An oblique suture which extends upward and forward separates it from the presphenoid. Both those bones appear to be truncated above and to meet the orbito-sphenoid, though the matrix already referred to either intervenes between the bones or hides their junction. In front of the presphenoid there is manifestly another bone immediately above the position of the vomer. It is situate between the nares and extends forward to the position of the nasal bones, so that it 1s in the position of the ethmoid. All that remains of the occipital region is the median part 176 Mr. O. Thomas on Indigenous of the interparietal bone, which is about an inch deep, broken on each side, has a vertical median ridge, and at its base shows a fractured fragment of the supraoccipital, which is excavated on its anterior border by a vertical concavity like that seen in figured Dicynodonts in the British Museum, which display the cerebral aspect of the occipital plate. The bone is obviously narrow ; at its sides are the thin walls of the brain-case; those walls meet inferiorly in the median line, so as to rest upon the interorbital septum which has been described ; and it extends backward to the supraoccipital and interparietal bones, but not much in advance of the anterior angle of the bevelled concave temporal region, where the postfrontal rests on the parietal. The parietal bones form the upper covering of this brain-case. All the allied skulls which I have seen from the Upper Karroo rocks are remarkable for side to side compression, while the Ptychognathus type widens superiorly to the flat interorbital table on the top of the head. XXVIITI.—On Indigenous Muride: in the West Indies ; with the Description of a new Mexican Oryzomys. By OLp- FIELD THOMAS. In Mr. F. M. Chapman’s interesting paper on the origin of West-Indian bird-lite * it is assumed that there are no indi- genous terrestrial mammals in the Greater Antilles other than Solenodon, Plagiodontia, and Capromys, or in the Lesser Antilles than Dasyprocta cristata (to which should be added Megalomys pilorides). For more than half a century, however, there has been in the British Museum a rat from Jamaica belonging to the genus Oryzomys, and closely allied to the Central American UV. Couest, while another indigenous species has now turned up in a member of the same genus from St. Vincent, collected by Mr. H. H. Smith about six years ago, but hitherto over- looked. In view of the fact that, as is evidenced by their rarity, these indigenous Murines are rapidly disappearing before the competition of the introduced Kuropean rats and mice, these specimens are of much interest as furnishing valuable evidence about the character of the original West-Indian fauna. * “Notes on Birds and Mammals observed near Trinidad, Cuba, with Remarks on the Origin of West-Indian Bird-life,” Bull. Am. Mus. N. H, iv. p. 279 (1892). | Muridez in the West Indies. 177 Both the specimens appear to represent new species, al- though closely allied to continental forms. The first may be called Oryzomys antillarum, sp. n. Size about as in O. Cowest. General colour dull rufous, rather (though not prominently) richer on the rump and greyer on the head; black lining of back not prominently marked. Belly dull yellowish, not sharply defined, the hairs slaty grey basally. No blackish ring round eyes. Ears small, their visible external surface blackish and internal yellowish, but in neither case very strongly contrasting with the general colour. Handsand feet dull whitish above. Tail apparently about as long as the head and body, very thinly haired, almost naked, pale brownish above, rather lighter below. Skull strongly built, with well-defined evenly divergent supraorbital ridges. Nasals well surpassing frontal processes of premaxille posteriorly. Interparietal small and narrow. Palatal foramina narrow, rather compressed, not widely open. Back of palate extending behind m.? a distance about equal to the diameter of that tooth. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body (apparently stretched) 130 millim.; tail (imperfect at tip) 130; hind foot, without claws (moistened), 28; ear (moistened) 13. Skull: basal length (c.) 26, basilar length (c.) 24; greatest breadth 17; nasals 12°6x4:1; interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth of brain-case on squamosals 12-9 ; interparietal 2°8 x 8'5; palate length from henselion 14; diastema 8°3 ; palatal foramina 5°7 X 2°1; length of upper molar series 4°6. Hab. Jamaica. ype B. M. no. 45. 10, 25. 48. Collected by Mr. P. H. Gosse. The evident relationship of this Jamaican Oryzomys to the O. Couesit group is distinctly confirmatory of Mr. Chapman’s view that the Greater Antilles received their inhabitants from Central America (probably Honduras and Nicaragua) vid the Pedro Cays and Jamaica, rather than from the North (Florida) or the South (Trinidad), in neither of which regions is any such Oryzomys known. Gosse’s “‘ Mus saccharivorus” *, the “ Cane-piece Rat,” is clearly not this species, and is most probably Mus decumanus, Besides Mr. Gosse’s specimen in the British Museum there * ‘Naturalist in Jamaica,’ p. 444. 178 Mr. O. Thomas on are also two skins, presumably of O. antzllarum, in the United States National Museum, as appears from Dr. Coues’s remarks in his Monograph of N.-American Muride *. They were captured about 1877. The fact that no specimen of this or any other indigenous Murine has been taken in Jamaica for the last twenty.years, while Mus rattus and decumanus have devastated the island, to be persecuted in their turn by the introduced Indian Mun- goose, renders it highly probable that this animal has been altogether exterminated there, like the Carib inhabitants of the same region. But in the larger isLands—Cuba and Hayti —it is very likely that it (or a closely allied species) still persists in the little known interior, where disturbances and misrule have as yet prevented any scientific exploration. The second species (that from St. Vincent) may be termed Oryzomys victus, sp. 0. Size and proportions about as in the larger members of the O. longicaudatus group. General colour dark rufous, but evidently affected by the spirit in which the specimen has been preserved. Under surface buffy white, the bases of the hairs slate-colour.. Eyes without darker rims. Ears short, the anterior part of their backs brown, not strikingly contrasting with the general colour of the head. Hands and feet thinly clothed with fine silvery hairs. ‘ail almost naked, brown above, slightly paler below. Mamme 2—2=8. Skull with the general shape of that of South-American O. longicaudatus, the brain-case being similarly lengthened as compared with the broadened brain-case of the Central- American QO. melanotis and its allies. Compared with a Rio Janeiro example it is larger, more rounded, the supraorbital edges less sharply square, but the parietal ridges thicker and better developed. Molars larger and stouter, palate ending only just behind the back of m.’. Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in spirit) :— Head and body 96 millim.; tail 121; hind foot without claws 25, with claws 26°7; ear 14. Skull: basilar length 21:4; basal length 23°83; greatest breadth 15:1; nasals 11°2x3-4; interorbital breadth 4:5; interparietal 3°2x10; palate length from henselion 12:3 ; diastema 7°8; palatal foramina 54x1°8; length of upper molar series 4°1. Hab. St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles. * Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 116 (footnote), 1877. a new Mexican Oryzomys. 179 Type B. M. no. 97. 12. 26.1. Collected by Mr. H. H. Smith, and presented by Mr. F. DuCane Godman. Owing to our ignorance of South-American Muride it is difficult to say to what species this mouse is most nearly allied; but, as already stated, it seems related to Southern rather than Central American forms, and is therefore again confirmatory of the view supported by Mr. Chapman as to the essential difference in the origins of the faunas of the Lesser and Greater Antilles. The specimen was marked by Mr. Smith as a “ Forest Rat.” Oryzomys Chapmant, sp. n. Oryzomys melanotis, Allen and Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. ix. p. 205 (1897). The British Museum has acquired half the interesting collection obtained by Mr. F. M. Chapman at Jalapa, Mexico, and worked out by Allen and Chapman. Among them there is a series of the Oryzomys termed by them OU. melanotis, Thos., and at the request of Mr. Chapman I have made a careful comparison of them with the type of that species, obtained by the late Dr. Buller in Jalisco. The two forms are undoubtedly very closely allied, but are not identical, and I would therefore propose to name the Jalapa form in honour of its discoverer Mr. F. M. Chapman, to whom science is indebted not only for much valuable material collected by him, but also for many interesting papers on his own and other people’s specimens. Size markedly smaller than in O. melanotis, as shown especially in the skull. General colour much darker, the black lining on the back finer and closer and the light colour less bright. Lower surface more strongly suffused with slate. Ears (unfortunately for the name) even blacker than in O. melanotis, the visible portion of the inner as well as of the outer surface deep shining black. Wrists and ankles more or less suffused with smoky brown. ‘Tail as in the allied species. Skull very similar in shape to that of O. melanotis, but much smaller; nasals narrower behind. Brain-case narrower (width between most distant points of parietal ridges 10°8 to 11:0 millim., as against 12°1). Palatal foramina much shorter and extending nearly to the level of the front of m.’. Posterior narial fossa shorter. Bulle smaller. Dimensions of the type (an adult female measured by Mr. Chapman in the flesh) :— Head and body 105 millim.; tail 116; hind foot, with claws, 24; ear 19. 180 Bibliographical Notice. Skull: basal length 21°6; basilar length 19°8; greatest breadth 13°8; nasals 10°4x3:2; interorbital breadth 4:3; breadth of brain-case on squamosals 11:4; interparietal 2°8 x 8:9; palate length from henselion 11°5; diastema 11°7; palatal foramina 4°52; length of upper molar series 3°7. Additional measurements and averages are given by Allen and Chapman (J. c.). Hab. Jalapa, Mexico. Type B. M. no. 97. 9. 9. 80. Original number 1059. Collected by Mr. F. M. Chapman, March 31, 1897. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India, including South Arabia, Baluchistan, Afyhanistan, Kashmir, Nepal, Burmah, Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Ceylon, and other Islands of the Indian Ocean. Vol. I1., Part VII. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Avsten, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &c. Votume I. of this work, consisting of 266 pages and 62 plates, was commenced in 1882 and completed in 1888. ‘The present Part VII. (the first of Vol. II.) was issued last October, and contains 45 pages of text accompanied by 7 plates. As indicated by its title, this work is mainly devoted to the subject of Indian malacology, but occasionally we are startled by the sudden appearance of a page or two dealing with molluses from very remote parts of the world. In the first volume, for example, the British Geomalacus maculosus is discussed, a new species of Helicarion from Australia, and a new Diplommatina from Trinidad, W.L., are described, and a new subgenus of Helicarion (Africarion) is founded for the reception of certain African forms. In the part before us a new subgenus of Cyclophorus (Natalia *) is described, for the reception of the well-known C. Wahlbergi of South Africa. It is as well to call attention to this introduction of extraneous matter, so that writers engaged upon the fauna of Greenland, Timbuctoo, or any other part of the world may be on the alert. About 17 of the 45 pages are reprints of the author's descriptions which have appeared in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ or are quotations from the works of other writers, It is very useful to have these descriptions reproduced, as they are accompanied by figures, not having been illustrated previously. The genera treated of are Alyceeus, Diplommatinat, Cyclophorus (subgenera Natalia and Cyclohelia), Otopoma, and Pupina, Only two new species are described, and they belong to the last-named genus. The anato- mical part of this work is very slight, being restricted to an account of the position of ‘‘the male organ” in the new subgenus Natalia * Used by Gray in 1840 in Echinoderma. + D. concinna, p. 15. This name was preoccupied by H. Adams twenty-five years ago. Miscellaneous. 181 and in Cyclophorus crocatus, and to “some details of the anatomy ” of Otopoma contained in ten lines on p. 30. The radulz also of this genus and two species of Tropidephora are described. There are some slight inaccuracies in the nomenclature, which is scarcely up to date ; for example, it has been pointed out in these ‘ Annals’ as long ago as 1891 that the name Cyclostoma can no longer be used for the genus of operculated land-shells to which it has generally been applied, and therefore the family name ‘ Cyclostomidz,” which should be Cyclostomatidz, also becomes obsolete. Cyclostoma elegans is more than once erroneously referred to as the type of Cyclostoma, and mention is made (p. 34) of a viviparous Bulimus at Aden. Three writers at least within the last few years have pointed out that Scopoli did not originally apply this term to a land-shell, but to a freshwater form. There is also a mistake with regard to the authorship of the ‘ Catalogue of Phaneropneumona or Terrestrial Operculated Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum,’ to which attention should be directed. It is several times referred to as Gray's work, whereas, as stated in the preface, it was prepared by Dr. L. Pfeiffer. Im speaking of the subdivision of the genus Cyclophorus ten so-called subgenera are enumerated. No mention, however, is made of Crossopoma, Crosse, Ptychopoma, Mollendorff, Japonia, Gould, Aferulus, Martens, Ostodes, Gould, and some other groups, so that we are left in ignorance as to the author's views respecting these sections. The statement with regard to the distri- bution of the Pupine (p. 37) is not accurate, as certain members of the group occur in Japan, Formosa, and as far eastward as the Solomon Islands, New Hebrides, and Fiji Islands. The seven plates, drawn by the author, do not possess a highly artistic finish, but this is probably compensated by the accuracy of outline of the figures and the true indication of the sculpture. The drawings of the soft parts (plates lxvii. and Lxviii.), although charac- teristic perhaps, do not exhibit the precision and clear definition usually furnished by the anatomist. As a contribution to Indian malacology this work undoubtedly possesses a certain value which recommends its continuation ; moreover, the author having lived and personally worked in the country, is in a position to speak with special authority upon the Indian fauna. MISCELLANEOUS. Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ GentiEuen,—In my article on Terias I omitted to erase T. hainana, Moore (supra, p. 63), as a synonym of T. betheseba, which it super- ficially resembles, though actually a form of T. libythea. I am, Gentlemen, Yours &c., A. G. Burzer. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 14 182 Miscellaneous. “ Butterflies from the Pacific Islands.” To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ GrntTLEMEN,—In answer to Mr. Sclater’s letter of December 2nd, published in your last number, I have to make the following remarks. I find on referring to my edition of Mr. Keith Johnston’s Atlas that the Timor group, New Guinea, and the Solomon Islands are all included in his map of “ The Islands of the Pacific Ocean ”—so that, if I have erred, I have erred in good company. I venture to think that Mr. Sclater’s observations, in which he accuses me of a “ serious geographical error,” are somewhat hyper- critical. The islands in question, being situated in the Pacific Ocean, may not inaptly be termed Facific Islands, though they are separated by more or less considerable distances from other groups of islands, which are more in the centre of the Pacific Ocean. I am not acquainted with any authority which restricts the term “ Pacific Islands” to these last-named groups; but even though there be such authority, I still think that the title to my series of papers on the butterflies found in the numerous islands of Oceania, with the last of which series Mr. Sclater has found fault, is sufficiently accu- rate for the purpose for which the papers were written. They were prepared for the perusal of entomologists, and I think I am not far wrong in supposing that no entomologist would be misled by the title, though such title might not, technically, satisfy a geographer. The title appears to me adequate, and sufficiently accurate to indicate to entomologists, in general terms, the quarter of the globe in which the butterflies were captured. If this be so, my object in thus designating my papers has been attained. I hope I may never be accused of a more “serious error” than that which Mr. Sclater has attributed to me. I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant, 5 Bryaibion Square, W. H. Grose-Suira. 8th January, 1898. Note on the Genera Choristoneura, Mabille, and Katreus, Watson. By F. A. Herron. Dr. W. J. Holland in his most useful ‘‘ Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent Islands,” in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 74, quotes the genus Katreus, Watson, with its type species Astictopterus Johnstonii, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 573, and also a figure of his own in the ‘Entomological News,’ vol. v., Jan. 1894, pl. i. f. 8, as representing Butler’s species, and gives a further reference to Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. ii. fig 18. This figure was afterwards correctly ascribed to Gorgyra abure, Plitz, by Karsch in a note on Holland’s paper published in Ent. Nachr. xxii. p. 8377 (1896). On page 83 of his Revision occurs the mention of the genus Choristoneura, Mabille, a coloured figure of the type Choristoneura apicalis, Mab., being given on pl. v. f. 1, and a cut of the neuration a —- Miscellaneous. 183 on page 83, with the following note :—‘‘ This very remarkable insect is entirely unlike any other species which I have ever seen from the African continent, and recalls in general appearance some of the species of the 8S. American genus Entheus. At the time Lieut. Watson prepared his Revision of the genera of the Hesperiide, no specimen of this insect was available by him for purposes of study. I take pleasure in incorporating a cut giving the neuration. From this it will be seen by the student that the neuration is quite peculiar, and that Mons. Mabille, the author of the genus, was abundantly justified by the facts in erecting it for the reception of the typical species.” A reference to Watson’s paper, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 130, shows Choristoneura, Mab., type apicalis, Mab., among the genera ‘“‘of which the types are not in the British Museum,” and which consequently he was “ unable to identify.” If the student compares together the excellent figure of Choristo- neura apicalis, Mab.,in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. v. f. 1, and Mabille’s very short description of his species in Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vol. ix. p. elvi (1889), with Butler’s description of Astictopterus Johnstonii, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 573, he will at once notice that figure and description refer to the same form, which must therefore stand as Johnstonii, Butler. A similar comparison of Mabille’s slight definition of Choristoneura in the ‘ Bulletin,’ and the cut of neuration given by Holland on p. 83, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, with Watson’s more detailed definition of Katreus, P. Z. 8.1893, p. 115, will show the identity of Choristoneura and Kuatreus. Karsch, in the communication referred to above, had recognized his own Lowolexis percnoptera from Barombi as a synonym of Choristo- neura apicalis, Mab., by the aid of the figures given by Holland. The species will thus stand as Choristoneura Johnstonii, Butler (apicalis, Mabille), and the fuller synonymy will be :— Choristoneura, Mabille, Bull, Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. clvi (1889). Type aprcalis, Mabille. Hares Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 115. Type Johnstonii, utier. Loxolexis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 320 (1895). Type percnoptera, Karsch. Astictopterus Johnstonit, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 573. ees, apicalis, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. elvi Porn Johnstonii, Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 115 (nee Hole land, Ent. News, y. pl. i. f. 8, 1894; nec Holland, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. ii. f. 18). Loxolexis percnoptera, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 321 (1895). Choristoneura apicalizs, Holland, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. v. f. 1. From the plate alone I am unable to say to what genus we must assign the species figured as Katreus Johnstonit by Holland, Ent, News, v. pl. i. fig. 8; but ifthe species prove new, it should certainly be described by the learned doctor, who in his recent paper has done so much to facilitate the study of the African Hesperiid fauna. 184 Miscellaneous. Martyn’s ‘ Psyche.” By Ortver E. Janson, F.ES. In the January number of the ‘ Annals’ Mr. Sherborn, in his “ Note on Thomas Martyn’s ‘ Psyche,’ 1797,” states that Mr. Van de Poll and Mr. Janson had not responded to his letters asking for information respecting the copy of this exceedingly rare work that was contained in my late father’s library, and now in the possession of Mr. Van de Poll. As regards myself, I certainly never received any letter from him upon the subject, but believe he called at my office during my absence and made some vague enquiry of one of my assistants respecting the copy of the work, which had then passed out of my possession and had been in Holland, with Mr. Van de Poll, for several years ; but as he left neither a name or address, I was unable to communicate with him, and was under the impres- sion that he intended to call again or write to me; and had he done so I should have been only too glad to avail myself of the oppor- tunity of giving him any information I was able to, and also to have allowed him to inspect the first two numbers of the work now in my possession, the second of which he states in his ‘“ Note” he has never seen, and wishes to hear about from anyone who may possess it. ‘I'hese two parts of the work with the original text are those he refers to under copy “ No. 9,” which he states were sold to Messrs. Dulau in 1888 and “not traced since.” As a matter of fact they were purchased by me from Dr. A. G. Butler in March 1890 and bear his autograph. These parts are both in the original wrappers, evidently as issued. No. 1 agrees with the collation given by Mr. Sherborn and No. 2 consists of text sign. D, pp. 7 and 8 in English, and the same sign. and pp. repeated in French—page 7 in each case devoted to the description of “ Papilio daphnis?” and page 8 to that of “‘ Papilio cresphontinus,” both species being figured on the accompanying plates. The existence of the copy “ No. 10” of Mr. Sherborn’s list has probably arisen from some mistake, as Dr. Butler informs me he has no means of knowing what books Mr. Van de Poll possesses and has no recollection of having mentioned such a copy; it would therefore appear that the copy of the second part in my possession is the only one so far known to exist, and I shall be glad to allow anyone free access to it who may wish to consult it. I entirely disagree with Mr. Sherborn in regarding the work as a manuscript ; the first two numbers he must, at all events, admit are a regularly published work, and as regards the remaining twenty-eight plates, he admits they have been printed from engraved copper-plates and that a certain number of copies were issued, so that I cannot see why the mere fact of the names of the species having been omitted in the printing and filled in afterwards by hand should be sufficient grounds for regarding the whole as a manuscript. Even if no further portion of text should come to light, I believe it is generally held by naturalists that a good recog- nizable figure is quite as eflicient to carry publication of a species as a printed description. Highgate, N. January 8th, 1898, THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. (SEVENTH SERIES.} No. 3. MARCH 1898. XX1IX.—Descriptions of Three apparently new Copepods from the Clyde. By Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and ANDREW Scott, Fisheries Assistant, University College, Liverpool. [Plates X. & XI.] Stephos Fultoni*, sp. n. (Pl. X. figs. 1-8; Pl. XI. figs. 1-4.) Description of the Female.—Body robust ; abdomen mode- rately slender and composed of four segments, first segment somewhat dilated in the middle; viewed laterally this seg- ment is seen to possess a spiniform and hook-like appendage on the inferior aspect and near the proximal end, while poste- riorly there is a distinct fascicle of hairs (Pl. X. fig. 1); the length of the specimen is about 1 millim. (54 of an inch). The antennules are twenty-four-jointed, as in Stephos minor, but the proportional lengths of the joints differ somewhat, as shown by the formula (see also Pl. X. fig. 2)— Proportional lengths of the joints... 10.13.17.5. Number of the joints ............... E27 (S.A Se RN en a 18 19 20 21 22 23 24° ine Sor Ue 567 78 * In compliment to T. Wemyss Fulton, M.D., F.R.S.E., Superin- tendent of Scientific Investigations, Fishery Board for Scotland. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 15 186 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on Three The structure of the antenne and of the mouth-organs resembles generally that of the same appendages in Stephos gyrans and Stephos minor, though differing in some minor details (Pl. X. figs. 8-5). The first, second, third, and fourth pairs of swimming-feet are also somewhat similar to those of the same two species, but the last three pairs are propor- tionally rather more slender and elongate (Pl. XI. figs. 1-3). The fifth pair are stout and in general appearance resemble those of the other species, but they differ in the following particulars :—the two members that compose the fifth pair, though ee) equal in length, are somewhat unsymmetrical ; in the (?) right foot the end-joint i is rather longer than the other and is of a broad knife-like shape, its inner margin is even and nearly straight, while the outer is finely serrated along the posterior half and curved inwards towards the apex ; in the (?) left foot the end joint, which is about the same length as the first, is dilated near the proximal end, and after contracting somewhat abruptly on both sides tapers gradually to the extremity, where it terminates in a moderately sharp point (Pl. X. fig. 6). Description of the Male.—The male does not differ much from the female except in the following particulars :—the abdomen, which consists of five segments, is rather more slender, and the first segment is not dilated. The fifth pair of thoracic feet, though having a general resemblance to those of the males of Stephos gyrans and Stephos minor, differ very markedly in some of the structural details; in the right foot the first and second joints are subequal and moderately short and slender ; the third joint, which is also slender, is of con- siderable length, being about one and a half times the entire jiength of the first and second joints; the last joint is long, slender, and strongly falcate, so that it somewhat resembles a reaping-hook, the convex side being outward, the basal part of the joint is also produced inwardly into a process of a triangular form ; the left foot terminates in a strongly dilated appendage, which is armed with a large and dark horn- coloured movable claw, distinctly bifid at the extremity ; there are also, in addition to the claw, several elongate, flexuous, and spiniform apical processes, as shown ia the figure (PI. XI. fig. 4) ; it is thus evident that the two members of the fifth pair in the male form together a very powerful and efficient grasping-organ. Hab. Kilbrennan Sound, Firth of Clyde, 1896; vicinity of Otter Spit, Loch Fyne, 1897. Remarks.—The fitth pair of thoracic feet in both the males and females of the species now described are distinctly apparently new Copepods from the Clyde. 187 different from the same appendages in Stephos minor, T. Scott, and Stephos gyrans (Giesbrecht), and are in themselves quite sufficient to distinguish it from those two species ; moreover, it has to be noted that the fifth pair of thoracic feet in the female are scarcely symmetrical, and to that extent they indicate a departure from the normal characters of the genus. Dactylopus pectinatus, sp. n. (Pl. X. figs. 9-16.) Deseription of the Female.—In general appearance this Species is somewhat similar to Dactylopus Stromii; the animal is moderately robust, and the length of the specimen figured is about ‘7 millim. (3; of an inch). The antennules are short and seven-jointed ; the first four joints are stout and subequal in length, but the remaining three are much smaller (fig. 10). The antenne are short and stout, and the small secondary branches are two-jointed, the end joint being shorter than the other (fig. 11). The mandibles and maxille are somewhat similar to those of Dactylopus rostratus, so also are the anterior foot-jaws. ‘The posterior foot-jaws are stout and the terminal claws are provided with a fringe of elongate spinules arranged along the inner margin in a pectinate manner, as shown by the figure (fig. 13). The first pair of swimming-feet are moderately stout; the outer branches, which are considerably shorter than the inner, have the first two joints subequal; the end joint is shorter than either of the other two, being little more than half the length of the second ; the marginal spines of the three joints are stout and ciliated ; the first joint of the inner branches is about one and a half times the entire length of the outer branches, and the end joint, which is very short, is armed with a stout claw, having a comb-like row of elongate spinules along the exterior edge somewhat similar to those on the terminal claw of the posterior foot-jaws; the inner branches appear to be only two-jointed (fig. 14). The following three pairs of swimming- feet are somewhat similar to those of Dactylopus rostratus (fig. 15). In the fifth pair the inner produced part of the basal joint is broadly rounded and provided with five terminal sete, four of which are moderately elongate, and one—the second from the inside—very short; the secondary joint is ovate in outline and about one and a half times longer than broad, and is furnished with six moderately long seta—one on the inner margin, three on the outer margin, and two, somewhat longer than the others, at the apex (fig. 16). The caudal stylets are shorter than the last abdominal segment. Male unknown. Hab. Near the head of Loch Fyne: apparently rare. 15* 188 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on Three Remarks.—This species was obtained early in 1896 among some ‘refuse’? trawled between Lowburn and Cairndow, near the head of Loch Fyne. The remarkable series of comb- hike spinules on the terminal claws of the first pair of swimming-feet arrested the attention at the very outset; the creature had only to be turned on its side under the micro- scope to bring this character prominently into view; on dissecting the animal it was found that the terminal claws of the posterior foot-jaws were also furnished with a similar series of spinules: these peculiarities in the armature of the appendages referred to, along with differences in the structure of the antennules and of the fifth pair of thoracic feet, separate this from any other species of Dactylopus known to us. We would also point out that, though this species has many of the characters of a true Dactylopus, the structure of the first pair of swimming-feet is somewhat abnormal—for example, the middle joint of the outer branches is scarcely longer than the first, while the inner branches are apparently only two- jointed ; and it may hereafter, for this reason, be considered necessary to remove it to another genus, but meantime we prefer to leave it where it is. Eurynotus * insolens, gen. et sp. n. (PI Xo figs 17% PTX. fies, 5-13.) Description of the Female.—Length *8 millim. (35 of an inch). Body robust; the thorax seen from above is broadly ovate and indistinctly divided into two unequal segments, the division of the segments being indicated by a slight flexure on each side ; the anterior segment is about two thirds the length of the other and slightly wider; the forehead is broadly and more or less evenly rounded. The abdomen is composed of four segments ; the first is somewhat dilated, but the others are comparatively slender, and the caudal stylets are about equal in length to the last abdominal segment; the entire length of the abdomen and caudal stylets is scarcely equal to half the length of the thorax (PI. XI. fig. 5). The antennules are seven-jointed, short and stout, and taper gradually towards the extremity ; the second joint is much longer than any of the others, and besides being furnished with several small hairs it carries a long plumose seta near the distal end of the lower margin (Pl. XI. fig. 6). The following are the proportional lengths of the joints— Proportional lengths of the joints.. 28.48.20.14.10.7.10 Number of the joints ............ Il Gi arias pega * Gr. Etptveros, having broad shoulders. apparently new Copepods from the Clyde. 189 The antenne are stout and apparently four-jointed, and are provided with several terminal sete; two of these sete are elongate and slightly hooked, while other two terminate in what appear to be rounded disks, as shown by the figure (Pl. XI. fig. 7) ; the antenne do not appear to be furnished with secondary branches. The mandibles are elongate slender appendages that terminate in hook-like extremities and are furnished interiorly near the middle with two long marginal sete (PI. XI. fig. 8). The maxille are very rudi- mentary, each being little more than a short stout tubercle bearing two small hairs (Pl. XI. fig. 9). The anterior foot- jaws, which are also rudimentary, are short, stout, and some- what triangular in outline, and are one-jointed and provided with two terminal sete (Pl. XI. fig. 10). The posterior foot- jaws are apparently two-jointed, the first joint being compara- tively large and dilated interiorly, so as to assume a gibbous form and having a considerable portion of the interior surface clothed with minute spines; the second joint is very small and armed with three unequal sete, as shown by the figure (PI. XI. fig. 11). So far as can be made out there appear to be only three pairs of thoracic feet; the first and second pairs are somewhat similar in structure; the basal joints of each foot are two in number and very stout, the second of the two basal joints carries two branches, which are compara- tively wide apart; the inner branches are composed of two and the outer of three joints, and both are moderately slender ; the armature of the inner branches consists of three terminal sete, the exterior one being short, while the other two are elongate and plumose; four elongate sete spring from the inner margin of the outer branches, one from the second joint and three from the last; the exterior marginal sete are short (Pl. XI. fig. 12). The third pair of feet are apparently only one-branched, the outer branches being developed, while the inner are obsolete ; these outer branches are two-jointed and articulated to the upper part of the distal extremity of the stout second basal joints (PI. XI. fig. 13). There appear to be no fourth or fifth pairs. ‘The ovisacs form elongate cylinders and appear to contain a single series of large ova. Situated between and a little in front of the mandibles is a large circular appendage, which from its peculiar structure is probably a sucking-disk for enabling the Copepod to adhere more securely to the creature that forms its host ; but whether that is its only function we are unable to say. ‘This ap- pendage is represented by figure 17, Pl. X. Male unknown. 190 On Three apparently new Copepods from the Clyde. Hab. Kilbrennan Sound, Firth of Clyde, 1886 ; apparently rare. Remarks.—The Copepod of which the above is a descrip- tion does not resemble any described species known to us; we are also unable for the present to ascribe it to any known genus, and the name we have applied to it refers to its some- what anomalous structure and position. The peculiar - form of the thorax of this Copepod was the feature that first attracted attention to it, and the subsequent examination and dissection of it revealed the abnormal character of the species. It is a Copepod that appears to be either a parasite or a commensal. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PATRON: Stephos Fultont, sp. n. Fig. 1. Female, lateral view, X 40. 2. Female antennule, x 76. 3. An- tenna, X 63. 4. Mandible and palp, x 95. 6. Anterior foot- jaw, X 95. 6. Fifth pair of thoracic feet, female, x 304. } Abdomen of female, X 80. 8. Abdomen of male, x 80. Dactylopus pectinatus, sp. 0. tg. 9. Female, dorsal view, X 64, 10. Female antennule, x 190. 11. Antenna, x 304. 12. Anterior foot-jaw, x 304. 13. Pos- terior foot-jaw, X 380. 14. Foot of first pair of swimming- feet, X 250. 15. Foot of fourth pair, x 120. 16, Foot of fifth pair, X 380. Eurynotus insolens, gen. et sp. n. Fig. 17. Sucker-disk. PratTEe XL. Stephos Fultont, sp. n. Fig. 1. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 125. 2. Foot of second pair, X 125. 3. Foot of fourth pair, X 125. 4. Fifth pair of thoracic feet, male, x 152. Eurynotus insolens, gen. et sp. n. Fig. 5. Female, dorsal view, x 80, 6. Antennule of female, x 190. 7. Antenna, x 304. 8. Mandible, x 380. 9. Maxilla, x 760. 10. Anterior foot-jaw, X 304. 11. Posterior foot-jaw, x 380. 12. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 190, 13. Foot of third pair, x 190. On Two new Species of Slugs. 191 XXX.—On Two new Species of Sluys of the Genus Micro- ( p parmarion from Borneo. By Watrter E. CoLuinace, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason University College, Birmingham. [Plate IX.] I HAYE recently received, through the kindness of Mr. Hugh Fulton, specimens of three slugs collected at Lombok, Borneo, by Mr. A. H. Everett, making the third series I have had the privilege of examining from the Malay Archipelago *. Quite recently I have described two new species of Par- marion from Lombok T, one of which—P. intermedium— seems to form aconnecting link between the genus Parmarton and Simroth’s genus Mieroparmarion. The two species here described are probably referable to this latter genus. There seems little doubt but that most of the species described as Parmarion, Microparmarion, and Girasta will have to be included in the genus Girasia (emend.), in which case Microparmarion, Simr., would form a subgenus or section. Before any such revision can be attempted, the various species of Girasta described by Godwin-Austen will require more fully diagnosing, especially the anatomy of the generative organs. Having further material from India &c. awaiting examina- tion, I hope later to be able to give a detailed account of the anatomy of these and allied genera. I take this opportunity of again appealing to those natu- ralists who are in a position to collect material to lend their kind assistance. Microparmarion Fultoni, sp. n. (Pl. IX. figs. 1-5.) Shell oval in outline, convex dorsally, thick, with membra- naceous borders, which are covered by the mantle-lobes, apex obscure ; colour brownish amber dorsally, somewhat whitish on the ventral side. Lines of growth clearly marked. Major diam. 16 millim. ; minor diam. 11 millim. Animal almost black, excepting beneath the mantle and at the sides of the body. Mantle-lobes black, anterior lobe larger on the right side than the left, possibly due to con- * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pp, 241-250, pls. xi.-xiv. ; 1897, p. 778. + Ibid. 1897, pp. 778-78, pl. xliv. 192 Mr. W. E. Collinge on traction. Posterior portion of the body conspicuously over- hangs the caudal mucous pore (Pl. IX. fig. 2). Ruge faintly marked, elongated posteriorly. Peripodial groove distinct. Foot-fringe and lineoles black. Foot-sole divided into median and lateral planes, the latter being almost black and the former yellow in colour. Caudal mucous pore a vertical slit, which appears to extend to the foot-sole, such appearance being caused by a little groove which is bounded on each side by the foot-fringe (Pl. IX. fig. 1, 6), which extends halfway up the sides of the body (Pl. IX. fig. 2). The sides of the mucous pore are almost black. Length (in alcohol) 32 millim.; breadth of foot-sole in anterior region 5°5 millim. Hab. Lombok (1500 feet), Borneo (A. H. Everett). I have much pleasure in associating with this interesting form the name of Mr. Hugh Fulton, who has so kindly placed the material in my hands. Anatomy of the Generative Organs. The vestibule opens into the vagina, which is a wide and almost straight tube. At its upper portion an almost ductless receptaculum seminis opens; it is somewhat pyriform in shape, reminding one of the condition which obtains in Par- marion intermedium, Ullge. (Pl. 1X. figs. 3 & 4, 7.s.). The penis exhibits two constrictions, which divide it into three portions, viz. a beak-shaped head, with a narrower portion below, and a globose proximal portion. The vas deferens passes off from the ventral side of the beak-shaped portion as in Parmarion intermedium, the retractor muscle having its attachment to the middle division. ‘The free oviduct is a large wide tube expanding just before it joins the common duct, which latter is densely folded. The albumen-gland is large and peculiar in shape (Pl. IX. fig. 3, alb.g/.) and of an orange-red colour. The hermaphrodite gland is a compara- tively large glandular body hidden in the liver and attached to the hermaphrodite duct, a long unconvoluted tube. The dart-sac (Pl. IX. fig. 3, ds.) is a large thin-walled organ, exhibiting a slight enlargement at its proximal end and a fusiform head constricted off from the main arm at its distal end. Externally this upper portion was finely reticulated ; whether or not this was due to the alcohol I cannot say. The dart (Pl. IX. fig. 5) is quite distinct in shape from that of any other species I am acquainted with; it consists of a fusiform head and an elongated and almost circular lower portion, narrowing slightly at its base. It is solid through- out, non-calcareous, and has no opening or slit. Two new Species of Slugs. 193 Affinities. Externally this species is not unlike a small example of Parmarion intermedium, Cllge., to which it is undoubtedly closely related. It possesses the same characters in the form of the penis as are common to P. pupillaris, Humb., P. Weber’, Simr., P. Martensi, Simr., P. intermedium, Clige., P. Hverett?, Clige., and other species, viz. division into three portions, the third or distal one being beak-shaped. The peculiar shaped solid dart is unlike that of any other species of Micro- parmarion or Parmarion. Microparmarion constrictus, sp. Nn. (Pl. EX? figs.-6, 7.) Externally this species is not unlike Parmarion inter- medium, Cllge. ; it differs, however, from that species in its smaller size, slightly lighter colouring, the smaller size of the mantle-lobes, and the lighter lateral planes of the foot- sole. Godwin-Austen * has previously drawn attention to the few distinguishing characters in the outward appearance of the species belonging to the genus Parmarion, and these apply with equal force to the species of Microparmarion. Length (in alcohol) 35 millim. Hab. Lombok (1500 feet), Borneo (A. H. Everett). Anatomy of the Generative Organs. The sessile receptaculum seminis at once indicates this species to belong to Simroth’s genus Microparmarion. The penis (Pl. 1X. fig. 6, p.) commences as a large bulbous organ, which forms the first divisicn ; the second portion is as in other species where the three divisions obtain, while the third terminates in a blunt beak-shaped head. ‘The retractor muscle is attached to the inner side of the third division. The vas deferens passes off from the third division of the penis, slightly above the point of separation between the second and third divisions. The free oviduct, as in most species of Microparmarion, is short. ‘The dart-sac is peculiar in form, being much folded and twisted upon itself (Pl. LX. fig. 6, d.s.) ; when unfolded it is as represented in figure 7. ‘here was no dart present in the sac, which probably accounts for the manner of folding &c. Affinities. There seems to be little relation between this and any ot * Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1896, vol. xvi. pp. 454-487, pl. xix. 194 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the the known species. Should further specimens be obtained a more complete knowledge of the generative anatomy may throw further light on the subject. It is also desirable that the form and nature of the dart should be known. With the above two species there is a small specimen, 26 millim. long, externally not unlike W/. constrictus, but with a more ovoid shell, and it has both the median and lateral planes of the foot-sole the same colour—a bright yellow, I should think—in life. The internal organs were not in a very good condition, so for the present I am regarding it as a small example of IZ. constrictus. I understand that Mr. Fulton will present the three speci- mens to the British Museum (South Kensington). EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Fig.1. Microparmarion Fultoni, sp.n. Caudal mucous pore. 4, slit-like pore; 5, groove passing through the foot-fringe; c, sides of body ; d, foot-fringe ; e, lateral planes of foot-sole; f, median plane of foot-sole. The peripodial groove being inconspicuous, it is not shown in this figure. Fig. 2. View from the right side of the terminal portion of the body. Fig. 3. Generative organs. Fig. 4. Receptaculum seminis. Fig. 5. The dart. Fig. 6. Microparmarion constrictus, sp. n. Generative organs. Fig. 7. Dart-sae unfolded. Lettering. alb.gl. Albumen-gland. pr. Prostate. d.s. Dart-sac. r.m. Retractor muscle. f.ov. Free oviduct. r.d. Receptacular duct. h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. rs. Receptaculum seminis, h.gi. Hermaphrodite gland. v. Vestibule. ov. Oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens. p. Penis. vg. Vagina. XXXI.—A brief Bibliographical Résumé of the Erythrean Molluscan Fauna, with Descriptions of Sixteen Species from Aden. By James Cosmo MELvILL, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate XIL.] THE greater number of the marine shells dredged or other- wise collected by Commander E. R. Shopland, R.I.M., mostly in the immediate neighbourhood of Aden, have already been catalogued by him ina paper* read before the Bombay Natural * Shopland, E. R., “ List of Shells collected at Aden, 1892-95,” Journ. Bombay Soe. x. pp. 217-235. Erythrean Molluscan Fauna. 195 History Society in January 1896, with a supplement published a few months afterwards*. The main list contains 547 names, the appendix 57, making a total of 604. A considerable residuum, however, existed undifferentiated, and this has been kindly placed by Commander Shopland in my hands for examination. I do not propose within the limits of the present paper to do more than describe and figure certain new forms, in the hope that in due time the catalogue just mentioned will be still further amplified and extended by its author, so as to include all additions to date. By thus doing, 40 or 50 more names could now be added, making the very respectable total of over 650 species. In the meantime it may be well, at the outset, to touch briefly on the fauna of Aden and contiguous seas, so as to present at a glance a résumé of the work already done, and a record of the investigators who were chiefly instrumental in carrying out the task of elucidating the varied forms of marine Mollusca native in the Red Sea and off the Arabian coasts. The names of Niebuhr (1761), Forskal (1771), Brocchi (1819), Savigny (1825), Ehrenberg and Hemprich (1820-31), and Riippell (1828) stand out prominently as the pioneers of investigation in Egypt, Suez, and the Red Sea, and they in turn were followed by Laborde and Linantf (1830), L. Pfeiffer (1846), Jonas (1846), Vaillant (1865), and E. von Martens (1866), the latter describing the collections made by the well- known Eastern traveller Dr. E. Schweinfurth two years previously in the Red Sea. Especial mention must be made of Arturo Issel ¢, in whose enumeration of Erythrean Mollusca 573 recent species, in- cluding many novelties, which are mostly figured, are given. A separate catalogue embraces the fossil forms. An appendix containing the recent species quoted in Paetel’s Berlin Cata- logue as natives of the Red Sea, not, however, found by Issel, is printed, giving 67 additional names, thus forming a grand total of 640. This, curiously enough, almost exactly tallies with the number, as given above, in Commander Shopland’s Aden lists, a coincidence which may be significant, as tending to show a probable equalization, numerically speaking, in both centres of investigation, 7. e. the Red Sea without Aden, and Aden and the contiguous shores of the province of Yemen. * T. c. pp. 503, 504. + ‘ Voyage de l’Arabie Petrée’: Paris, 1830. t ‘Malacologia del Mar Rosso, ricerche zoologiche e paleontolo- giche di A. Issel’: Pisa, 1869. 196 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the Again, in Mr. Robert MacAndrew’s Report * on the Mollusca of the Gulf of Suez (republished 1885, with addi- tions and corrections, by the Rev, Alfred H. Cooke J, of Cambridge), 608 species are finally admitted as distinct, as against Mr. MacAndrew’s own estimate of 818. Here, again, is a remarkable consensus of figures. In 1870 Issel and Tapparone-Canefri monographed the Strombide, in 1875 the latter (lapparone-Canetri) the Muricide, of the Red Sea; and C. F. Jickeli enumerated 45 Mitride and 34 species of Conus from the same waters, of which the most interesting are Mitra Hemprichit, \ssel, Conus schech, Jick., and Conus Jickelit, Weiuk. Dr. F. Jousseaume has of late years personally collected on these shores, and has been successful in discovering many new and some doubtful forms, to which he has given descrip- tions. It might be wished by some that he would not attempt so minute a subdivision of genera without sufficient cause, as in Cyprea, for instance. Not having seen any of the following genera propounded by this author in 1894 from Aden and the Red Sea, I cannot pronounce upon them :— Kyrina, Extra, Djeddilia, Stolida, Agagus, Psammospherita. The name Evtra extra, given to a shell with some unusual attribute of beauty, thus fatal to itself, should be disallowed as offending nearly all the canons of the laws of nomenclature. Stolida avalitensis, from Aden, apparently is a Strombus. Agagus agagus, from the Gulf of Aden, is, by the description, too imperfectly defined to be placed in any family, through lack of a figure. Dyeddilia djeddilia, another curious duplica- tion, is also in the same unfortunate position. In 1888 the same author published a list of mollusks collected by Dr. Faurot § in the same localities (Red Sea and Gulf of Aden), 218 species in all. Signor G. Caramagna, in the same year (1888), published a list || of South-Arabian species, mostly from Assab, with ten new species described, mostly belonging to the Turbinide and ‘Trochidee. In June 1891 Mr. Edgar A. Smith’s paper entitled ‘ Notes * “Report on the Testaceous Mollusca obtained during a Dredging Excursion in the Gulf of Suez, Feb. and March, 1869,” by R, MacAn- drew, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, Dec. 1870, pp. 429 sqq. + Part I., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885, xv. pp. 322 sgg.; Part IL, 1885, xvi. pp. 31 sqg.; Part II., 1885, xvi. pp. 262 sqq. t F. Jousseaume, ‘ Diagnoses des Coquilles de nouveaux Mollusques,” Bull. Soc. Philom. vi. pp. 98-105. § Mém. Societé Zool. de Frauce, i. pp. 165-228. ' “Catalogo delle Conchiglie Assabesi,” Bull. Soc. mal. Ital. xiii. pp- 113-149, pl. vii. Erythrean Molluscan Fauna. 197 on a Collection of Marine Shells from Aden, with some Remarks upon the Relationship of the Molluscan Fauna of the Red Sea and Mediterranean,” was read* before the Zoological Society of London, being founded on gatherings made by Major f J. W. Yerbury, R.A., and the Rev. A. W. Baynham. This was, up to the time of its issue, by far the most com- plete list that had been compiled, and the author praise- worthily rendered it more perfect still by appending the species mentioned (a) by Dr. Jousseaume, (6) by Caramagna, which had not been noticed by either Major Yerbury or Mr. Baynham. These latter collected 269 species, and 83 are enumerated in (a) and (4), making a total of 352 in all. Commander Shopland’s collections nearly double this number, and it may therefore be said, without fear of contra- diction, that this experienced investigator can claim to have done more than any of his predecessors towards rendering such a catalogue complete. Most of his specimens have been dredged —it would be impossible to make satisfactory gatherings otherwise ; and I can only express the earnest hope that before many years have elapsed as assiduous a mala- cologist may examine the shores and seas impinging on the Hadramaut and Dhofar districts of South Arabia as far as Muscat in the east, for | am not aware that any work to speak of has been carried out in those localities. Further east, from Muscat, including the Persian Gulf, along the Mekran coast of Baluchistan, to Karachi, Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-Oceanic Telegraph Service, has for the past five years been engaged in dredging wherever oppor- tunity offered, and the results have been published in papers by Mr. G. B. Sowerby f, and latterly by the writer §, many novelties occurring. Mr. Townsend has hardly yet essayed the 100-fathom line—indeed, 75 fathoms seems to be the greatest depth he has yet attained; but it is hoped he will be able to effect this desirable end shortly, and so aid in removing the reproach uttered by Dr. Giinther, F.BS., in the last annual Presidential Address to the Linnean Society ||, when, speaking of the various deep-sea explorations over the various marine areas of the world, he remarks :— “* We know nothing whatever of the sea to the west of the Laccadives or of the north-western part of the Arabian Sea,” * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, pp. 390 sqq. + Now Lieut.-Colonel. t Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 160, 161, and pp. 278-280, § Mem. Manch. Soe. vol. xli. part iii, 1897, Xe. || Proc. Linn, Soc. 1896-97, p. 46. 198 Mr. J. C. Melvill on Nearly all the following species have been examined by Mr. Edgar Smith, and to him, Mr. Hugh Fulton, and Commander Shopland I would tender my thanks for kind services rendered. Nassa (Hebra) polychroma*, sp. n. (Pl. XT ig: 1%) NV. testa ovato-fusiformi, solidiuscula, vario-picta, nunc rufo-cinerea, nune pallidiore, nunc spiraliter ochraceo-cincta; anfractibus quinque, excluso apicali, paullum gradatulis, apud suturas im- pressis, supernis rufis, nodulo-cinctis, penultimo spiraliter bino nodulorum ordine decorato, nodulis sepius nigro-ceruleis, inter- stitiis rufo-liratis, infra, juxta suturas spiraliter rufo et albo squar- rose tessellato, ultimo anfractu similiter decorato, videlicet, quatuor nodulorum ordinibus, nodulis nitidis, interdum albidis, interdum et seepius nigro-ceruleis, duobus apud medium ordinibus con- tiguis, interstitiis spiraliter rufo-liratis, et juxta basin uni- vel bi- nigro-liratis ; apertura ovata, labro extus incrassato, hic illic rufo- punctato, intus denticulato ; columella rotundo-excayata, canali brevi. Long. 14, lat. 8 mm. A highly coloured but variably painted shell, always roundly nodulous, the nodules as a rule being painted blackish blue, shining ; the prevailing ground-colour is either rufous grey or orange-rufous. In one specimen in the British Museum a beautiful spiral broad ochraceous zone surrounds the last whorl. Several examples. Mangilia ( Glyphostoma) fenestrata, sp. n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.) M. testa fusiformi, crassiuscula, rugosa, albida; anfractibus novem, tumidulis, quorum apicali lacteo, vitreo, simplici, ceteris longi- tudinaliter costis regularibus instructis, spiraliter rudi-liratis, interstitiis, precipue in tribus ultimis anfractibus, sepe pro- fundis et cavis, ultimo dorsaliter apud peripheriam obscure cal- carea zonula interrupta accincto, ad basin paullulum producto ; apertura angusta, labro incrassato, intus denticulato, sinu con- spicuo, lato, margine columellari versus basin bidenticulato. Long. 6, lat. 2 mm. Slightly resembling, in the irregular chalky-white dorsal band at the periphery of the last whorl, J/. (@lyphostoma) calcicincta, M. & 8., from Lifu, but of quite different shape. ‘There are evidently many of this genus to be discovered. * modvypoua, many-coloured, new Mollusca from Aden. 199 During the past four years from Lifu alone nearly forty species have come to light, described either by M. Hervier or by myself in conjunction with Mr. Standen, and a more exquisite series of shells could hardly be imagined, both for sculpture, pattern, and colour. The species before us would probably be considered a Borsonia by some authors, owing to the presence of columellar plaits or teeth; but I prefer including all in Glyphostoma, as every gradation is_per- ceptible when the species are successively examined. Coralliophila arabica, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.) C. testa globosa, solida, fere applanata, spiraliter, preecipue apud basin, leviter sulculosa; anfractibus quinque, supernis parvis, ultimo rapide accrescente, ceeteros magnopere superante ; apertura alba, rotundo-ovali, nitida, intus striata, labro extus incrassato, intus crenato, canali brevi. Long. (spec. maj.) 24, lat. 20 mm. A roundish, globular, thick, white species, without the slightest trace of violet either in the aperture or on the surface. It is closely and lightly transversely furrowed towards the base of the last whorl, which is so large as almost to monopolize the whole shell; the aperture is roundly oval, white, shining, striate within, outer lip thickened within, crenulate at the margin, canal short. I think this is distinct from any form of C. violacea, Kien., =nerttoidea, Ch.; indeed, it more resembles C. retusa, H. & A. Ad., but is of different texture, and, as before said, is white, without the slightest tinge of violet, this appearing in all the forms of retusa I have seen. Aclis exereta*,sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 4.) A. testa fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, apice vitreo ; anfracti- bus undecim, paullum irregularibus, undique spiraliter delicatis- sime liratis, quinque vel sex supernis, inclusis apicalibus, parvis, sexto et septimo subito accrescentibus, tumidulis, tribus ultimis rectis; apertura ovata, labro exteriore paullum effuso, crassi- usculo, aurito. Long. 11, lat. 2°50 mm. A most graceful shell, the whorls being in the middle slightly irregular. Eleven-whorled, of which two are apical and glassy; the sixth and seventh are tumid and more swollen than the rest; the last three are straight; the aper- * e€aiperos, choice. 200 Mr. J. C. Melvill on ture ovate, outer lip slightly effuse, ear-shaped, somewhat thickened. The whole surface of the shell is microscopically exceedingly finely spirally lirate. Eulima Shoplandi, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.) E. testa pyramidali, aciculata, albo-lactea, nitidissima, recta, vel interdum paullum curvata; anfractibus decim vel undecim, quorum apicali vitreo, mamillato, ceteris planis, politissimis, semipellucidis; apertura ovata, labro crassiusculo, simplici. Long. 5, lat. 1°75 mm. Nearly thirty specimens of a very beautiful semitransparent Eulima, yielding to none of the other species in glassy whiteness and extreme polish, which, while possessing no very marked qualifications, does not seem to agree with any yet described. 1 have searched the British Museum collection thoroughly as well as my own, this last being rich in Kulimide, and also compared it with the descriptions and plates in the various monographs. It seems allied to EL. pyramidalis, Ad., and opaca, Sow.; it is not so stout, and is smaller than either. ‘'o #. venusta, Pease, a much narrower shell, it has some resemblance, and also is akin to H. pusilla, Sowb.; but here, again, the species is larger and is always, so far as we are aware, straight. . Shoplandi is occasionally incurved, though the majority of specimens before us are not so. This genus 1s one of the most difficult as regards specific differentiation, especially as regards the forms with ovate mouths, and it is only after a very patient investigation, in which | have been much aided by the discoverer, after whom I have much pleasure in naming it, that 1 have ventured to add it to the lists. A species, till now undifferentiated, which is probably the same as this, is found near Karachi (7. W. Townsend). Leiostraca constellata, sp.n. (PL. XII. fig. 6.) L. testa minuta, fusiformi, vitrea, tenuissima; anfractibus octo, quorum duobus apicalibus pervitreis, cxteris planatis, apud suturas haud impressis, nitidis, circa medium infra suturas regu- lariter rotundis punctorum ordinibus constellatis roseis decoratis, ultimo quoque anfractu apud basin hie illic simili modo leniter compresso; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, simplici, margine columellari fere recto. Long. 3°50, lat. 1 mm. A most delicate and curious little Eulimoid shell; its markings are quite. unlike those of any species known to new Mollusca from Aden. 201 me. Jt is very small, fusiform, glassy, transparent, eight- whorled, including the apical, quite smooth, not impressed at the sutures, shining, and around the middle of the whorls ornamented with regular round masses composed of red dots, which also run more sparingly towards the base of the last whorl. The mouth is oblong, the outer lip thin, simple, the columellar margin nearly straight. The label accompanying this species has, unfortunately, got mislaid, and it is possible it was found further to the east than Aden ; but at all events it is an inhabitant of the North Indian Ocean (Arabian Sea). Leptothyra yemenensis, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 7.) L. testa solidula, globuloso-conica, vix perforata, albida; anfractibus quatuor, paullum ventricosis, ad suturas impressis, ultimo rapide accrescente, undique delicate liratis, hic illic puniceo-maculatis, liris in ultimo anfractu circa sex et viginti; apertura circulari, intus alba, labro paullum effuso, columella dilatata, et apud basin producta. Alt. 4, diam. 4°50 mm. Not the least beautiful of the genus, abounding as it does in lovely and often brightly coloured little species. I cannot exactly match this with any of the numerous forms described. It is near L. marmorea, Pease, from the Hawaiian Archipelago. It differs in being slightly perforate, and the aperture not ovate but circular; the whorls, too, are hardly so sloping, and the spiral lire are fine and more pronounced. It resembles in form some of the large Turbinide with strongly dilated base to the columeila, e. g. crassus, Wood, sparverius, Gmel., funiculosus, Reeve. ‘The fine lire are spotted irre- gularly with pink, but the prevailing colour is whitish straw, these spots being very inconspicuous. Calyptrea (Galerus) Edgariana, sp. n. (Pl. ALL. fig. 8.) C. testa conica, pileoliformi, vertice acuto, oblique declinante, radiatim rudi-costata, costis rugosulis, concentrice striata, interiore purpurascente, apud marginem pallidiore, appendice interna parva, appressa, circiter indurata, ad latus affixa. Alt. 8, lat. 18 mm. Doubtless a polymorphous species like the majority of its congeners, adapting itself so as to suit any location it may have chosen, ‘lhe specimen before us is to some extent covered externally with marine growth, but the rugose radia- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. i. 16 202 Mr. J. C. Melvill on tion and concentric stria are, with care, discernible. The apex is prominent, obliquely declining, Within, the surface is shining, purple, paler towards the margin. The septum is small, adpressed, and thickened both in itself and around ; it is placed on the side of the apical declination. A specimen of what is almost certainly this shell is in the British Museum, also from Aden, and is mentioned (but not named) by Mr. E. A. Smith in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 418, differing from our example in being more elevated and not having such complete uniformity of interior purple colora- tion, but otherwise similar. Named in honour of Mr. Edgar Smith. Novaculina xyreces*,sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.) N. testa cylindrico-elongata, inzequilaterali, utrinque bisulca, alba, epidermide olivacea rudi contecta, ad medium plerumque detrita ; umbonibus parvulis, contiguis; margine dorsali postice recto, producto, denique ovato-rotundato, antice leniter declivi, rotun- dato, margine ventrali fere recto; intus pagina alba, nitida, sinu palliali profundo. Alt. 15, lat. 32, diam. 8 mm. (spec. majoris). An ordinary-looking mollusk, but not agreeing exactly in form with NV. gangetica, Benson, or the few other described species. We have no particulars of the exact habitat, but no doubt it was found in like situations as the others of this genus in the mud of fluviatile estuaries. It is posteriorly a very elongated shell, more or less covered with a dirty oliva- ceous epidermis, more rounded anteriorly, and has an almost straight ventral margin. The valves gape at both extre- mities. Tellina (Tellinella) manumissa Tt, sp. 0. (Pl. XII. fig. 10.) T. testa oblonga, crassiuscula, paullum inequilaterali; umbonibus parvis, rectis, dorsaliter utrinque leniter declivi ; antice rotundata, postice oblonga, marginem apud ventralem paullum convexa, extus, superficie albida, a dorso centrali ventralem usque ad marginem pulcherrime roseo-suffusa, spiraliter delicate striata, sub lente striis longitudinaliter decussatis, apud margines fere evanidis ; intus pagina in medio rosea, circiter albo-marginata, linea palliali angulatim ad medium adscendente. Alt. 1:50, lat. 2°50, diam. *25 une. * Evpnkns, keen, as a razor. + Manumissa, set free. new Mollusca from Aden. 203 Hab. Aden (Capt. E. R. Shopland and Major J. W. Yer- bury). A fine and critical species. It is to Captain Shopland and Mr. Edgar Smith I am indebted for first pointing out the differences between it and JZ. madagascariensis, Gmel. Though, looking cursorily, they might at first be considered identical, they differ in several important particulars, e. g.:— T. madagascariensis, T. manumissa. i, Substance thick. Of thinner texture than its con- gener. ii, Posteriorly rostrate. i Posteriorly simply oblong. iii. Plainly spirally striate, Plainly spirally striate, and like- wise longitudinally microscopically striato-decussate. iv. Within, entirely red. Within, red centrally, but white- margined. y. Pallial line at a wider and- Pallial line at a higher and more more extended angle. acute angle. There likewise exists a slight similarity to 7. planata, L., from the Mediterranean, and to 7. strigosa, Gmel. The fine example collected by Major Yerbury is now in the British Museum, and was catalogued by Mr. H. A. Smith as madagascariensis (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 426). Tellina (Angulus) yemenensis, sp. n. (PI. XII. fig. 11.) T. testa ineequilaterali, convexa, ovato-oblonga, antice rotundata, postice angustata, albo-rosea ; umbonibus approximatis, depressis, parvis; valvis nitentibus, iridescentibus, arcte et delicatissime concentrico-striatis ; margine dorsali antice leniter rotundato- declivi, postice rectiuscule-descendente, margine cum ventrali angulum fere acuminatum formante ; intus superficie albescente, vel albo-rosea, vel omnino rosea, praecipue versus umbones, sinu palliali extenso profundo. Long. (sp. maj.) 13, alt. 10, diam. 3°50 mm, Much resembling 7. corbuloides, Hanley, with which I at first deemed it identical. A closer inspection, however, decided me that it was altogether distinct. ‘The surface is, to begin with, iridescent, altogether more shining than corbu- loides, the umbones in this last being more prominent and larger and the anterior slope of the dorsal margin slightly more rounded. The angle formed at the junction of the oblique dorsal posterior slope with the ventral margin is more acuminate and the ventral margin itself sinuoso-convex. Several specimens, which differ mainly in colour, some being 16* 204 Mr. J. C. Melvill on only tinged towards the umbones with rose, while others are whitish, and a third flesh-colour. Specimens exist, unnamed, in the British Museum. Gart amianta*,sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 12.) G. testa oblonga, sequivalvi, fere equilaterali, tenui; valvis utrinque hiulcis, albidis, nitidis, superficie irregulariter concentrice striata, striis rudibus, sed tenuibus ; umbonibus prominulis, approximatis, rectis ; margine dorsali postice paullulum excavato, antice leniter declivi, prolongato, ventrali fere recto; intus albescente, nitido, linea palliali apud medium extensa, profunde sinuosa; cardine valvee sinistree dente uno simplici, dextre dente bifido preedito. Alt. 18, lat. 28, diam. 5 mm. A pure white shell, equivalve and almost equilateral, thin, in form showing some affinity to certain Psammotelle, e. g. Riippelliana, Reeve, from the Red Sea, but possessing no callosity of the hinge-margin and no trace of violet colour. The surface of the valves is finely but rudely and irregularly concentrically striate, the umbones are approximate, promi- nent ; dorsal margin slightly excavate on the posterior side, which is prolonged, and on the anterior more gradually sloping, the ventral margin being straight. ‘The valves gape both posteriorly and anteriorly ; the hinge of the left valve has one simple tooth, which is bifid in the right valve. Within, the surface is white, shining, the pallial line deeply sinuous and extending to the middle of each valve. Petricola lyra, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 13.) P. testa ineequilaterali, rudi, albida, tenui ; umbonibus niveis, politis ; valvis tumidulis, parum hiantibus, extus irregulariter radiatim costatis, costis acutis, carinulatis, apud medium distortis vel deviis ; postica carina magna, acuta, interstitiis transversim rudi- liratis, liris remotis, antice rotundata, margine ventrali convexi- usculo ; intus alba, nitida; impressione musculari postica rotunda, magna, cardinibus tridentatis, linea palliali conspicua, sinuosa. t. 12, lat. 15, diam. 7 mm. A Petricola with a certain attempt at regularity of outline and symmetry of ten radiate, acutely keeled, ribs, the last rib on the posterior side being in both valves especially conspicuous and well defined, while the anterior ribs are more distant. Concentrically the surface is remotely lirate, the * duiaytos, pure, unsullied. new Mollusca from Aden. 205 umbones are shining, pure white; dorsal margin rather sloping, anterior rounded, ventral slightly convex; valves both equally tumid. Within, the surface is white, the im- pression of the posterior adductor muscle is large and round, the pallial line deeply sinuous posteriorly. Far more conspicuously ribbed and acutely keeled than P. Hemprichii, Issel, which is the prevailing form at Aden (cf. A. Issel, Mal. del Mar Rosso, 1869, pp. 61, 62, pl. i. fig. 6). This latter species, indeed, is not far removed from, if not absolutely identical with, the common Mediterranean form, P. lithophaga, L. Semele Shoplandi, sp.n. (Pl. XIL. fig. 14.) S. testa nitida, albida, tenui, breviter ovata, lunula angusta, oblonga ; umbonibus parvis, levibus; margine dorsali utrinque declivi, postice subtruncato, antice ovato; margine ventrali rotundo-con- vexo, superficialiter fere levi, concentrice bi- vel tri-zonulato, et leniter decussato vel sculpto ; intus albo-lactea, nitida, sinu palliali conspicuo, extus medium extenso. Alt. 26, lat. 28, diam. 13 mm. A pure white delicate species with inconspicuous umbones and oblong narrow lunule, the dorsal margin sloping rapidly on both sides, posteriorly subtruncate and ovate anteriorly, the ventral margin rounded, convex. Within, the shell is white, the pallial line possessing a conspicuous sinus ex- tending to the middle of the shell. The outer surface is smoothish, rather shining, white, concentrically twice or thrice rudely banded; under a lens the whole surface is thinly decussate with scratched lines. Superficially only allied to S. cordiformis, chinensis, &c., the valves being smoother than in any other Kastern species. Pectunculus tegulicius*, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 15.) P, testa equilaterali, fere rotunda, incrassata, convexiuscula, sordide cinerea, hic illic maculis rufis interspersis ; umbonibus obliquis ; radiatim fortiter costata, costis arctis, quatuor et viginti, imbri- catis et transversim crassi-squamatis, interstitiis angustis, squamis rudibus similiter instructis; cardine dentibus triginta in valva utraque preedito, interiore albescente, rufo-sparso. Alt. 18, lat. 20, diam. 13 mm, A very interesting form, though, perhaps, not quite mature, * Teyulicius, of, or pertaining to, a tiled roof. 206 On new Mollusca from Aden. but possessing essential characters of its own. The shell is equilateral, equivalve, almost round; umbones slightly oblique ; surface of a dull drab colour, here and there relieved by bright brown spots or blotches, with about twenty-four closely grained or scaly coste; these ribs are rather broad for the size of the shell, and the interstices are narrow, very rudely spirally scaled in a similar way to the ribs: The hinge-teeth are whitish, about thirty in number ; the interior is whitish, spotted and stained in places with rufous brown. Thracia adenensis, sp. n. (Pl. XII. fig. 16.) T.. testa trapezoide, albida, papyracea, tenui, concentrice irregulariter striata, parum nitida; umbonibus prominulis; valva dextrasinistree marginem ventralem superimpendente, majore et convexiore, ab umbonibus ad extremitatem marginis ventralis posticam unicari- nati, sinistra simili carina preedita; pagina interna albo-lactea, haud nitida, levi; cicatrice anteriore oblonga, postica squarrosa, latiore, sinu palliali profundo, Long. 28, alt. 19, diam. 8 mm. A pure white papyraceous shell, extremely truncate poste- riorly, with conspicuous umbones, that of the right valve superimpending its fellow, just as the right ventral margin overhangs that of the left. ‘he right valve is more conv ex, but the left is not so flattened as ‘in some Thracie; a con- spicuous oblique keel in both valves extends from the umbones to the lower posterior margin. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIL Fig. 1. Nassa (Hebra) polychroma. Fig. 2. Mangilia (Glyphostoma) fenestrata. Fig. 3. Coralliophila arabica. Fig. 4. Aclis evereta, Fig. 5. Eulima Shoplandi. Fig. 6. Leiostraca constellata, Fig. 7. Leptothyra yemenensis. Fig. 8. Calyptrea (Galerus) Edgariana. Fig. 9. Novaculina xyreces. Fig. 10. Tellina ( Teliinella) manumissa Fig. 11. Tellina (Angulus) yemenensis. Fig. 12. Gari amianta. Fig. 18. Petricola lyra. Fig. 14. Semele Shoplandi. Fig. 15. Pectunculus tegulicius. Fig. 16. Thracia adenensis. P< Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 207 XXXII.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c. Fam. Aigeriide. Sciapteron Meeki, sp. n. Male.—Primaries bright purplish blue, the costal and outer margins edged with black, the underside almost brighter than the upperside: secondaries hyaline, with a large metallic- blue marking from the base extending to the end of the cell and below the cell nearly to the outer margin; the outer and inner margin edged with black; the fringe of both wings black. The antenne, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; the collar and palpi yellow ; anal tuft black. Expanse 1} inch. Hab, Trobriand Islands, Kiriwini (A. S. Meek, Mus. Druce). This species is allied to S. pulchripennis, Walk., from which it is at once distinguished by its much brighter colour, narrower black margins to the primaries, and several minor differences. Fam. Syntomida. Pseudosphenoptera triangulifera, sp. n. Male.—Primaries black, shot with bright metallic green from the base to beyond the middle; a narrow hyaline streak at the base on the costal margin, below which is a round hyaline spot; the fringe black: secondaries deep black, with a small hyaline spot close to the base. On the underside both wings shot with dark blue at the base. Antenne black; the head, thorax, and abdomen black, thickly irrorated with metallic-blue scales; abdomen with two white spots at the base and a row of white spots on each side; legs black, tipped with white. Expanse 1} inch. Hab, Amazons (Jus. Druce). Desmidocnemis thyria, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, all the veins black; primaries with the costal, outer, and inner margins narrowly edged with black : secondaries black at the 208 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. apex and partly along the outer margin. ‘The antenna, head, thorax, and legs black ; the abdomen greenish black. Expanse 17) inch. Hab. Ecuador, Balsapamba (Mus. Druce). Chloropsinus nox, sp. Nn. Female.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly dull brownish black ; primaries with two small metallic-green spots close to the base; the fringe of both wings black. Underside very similar to the upperside, but the primaries with a bluish- grey streak from the base to the end of the cell. ‘The an- tenne black, tipped with white; head black, spotted with metallic green ; thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish black, abdomen with a metallic-green spot at the base. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Ecuador, St. Lucia (Mus. Druce). Agyrta monoplaga, sp. n. Male.—Primaries black, shot with blue at the base and along the inner margin; a wide whitish hyaline band crosses the wing about the middle from the costal margin almost to the apex: secondaries black, shot with bright blue at the base and along the inner margin. Antenne black ; the head red; thorax and abdomen dark bright blue; front of the head and underside of thorax white; the legs bluish black. Expanse 1,'; inch. Hab. Ecuador, Balsapamba (Mus. Druce). Pseudaclytia umbrica, sp. n. Male.—Primaries pale brown, darkest at the base and partly along the costal margin: secondaries darker brown except along the costal margin. The underside of both wings very pale brown. The head, antenna, thorax, and base of abdomen pale brown, the abdomen black above, the underside and the legs brownish white, the sides of the abdomen and anal tuft yellow. Expanse 1,5 inch. Hab. Brazil, Cabo (Forbes, Mus. Druce). Fam. Laparide. Lymantria mosera, sp. 0. Male.—Primaries pale brown, crossed about the middle by a wide white band, which becomes quite narrow near the Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 209 inner margin; the veins crossing the white band are pale brown, the fringe pale brown: secondaries pale yellow, slightly darker along the inner margin. The head and thorax pale brown ; abdomen darker yellow than the second- aries; antenne black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. East Africa, Delagoa Bay (Mus. Druce). Both sexes of this species are in the National Collection ; the female is considerably larger than the male, but in other respects it is very similar, Lymantria Thomsont, sp. n. Female.—Primaries pale brownish fawn-colour, with a large silvery-white spot at the end of the cell, beyond which are several small silvery-white dots; the fringe pale brown: secondaries semihyaline brownish white. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish fawn-colour. Expanse 2} inches. Hab. West Africa, Mongo-ma-Lobah (Mus. Druce). Lymantria hera, sp. n. Male.— Primaries pale brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by zigzag black lines; a rather large brownish-black spot near the anal angle and one above on the outer margin ; the fringe alternately black and pale brown: secondaries cream-colour, with the fringe alternately black and cream-colour. Antenne black; the head, thorax, and abdomen brown.—Female very similar to the male, but with the secondaries pale brown. Expanse, ¢ 14, ? 13 inch. Hab. Hast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce). GHeura Whiter, sp. n. Female.—Primaries brown, with a large greyish-white spot near the apex, and the inner margin from the base to the anal angle broadly bordered with greyish white, dentated on the inner side: secondaries dull brown; the fringes of both wings brown. ‘The head, antenne, and collar brown; the thorax and tegule greyish white; the abdomen aud legs brown. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. West Africa, Old Calabar (White, Mus. Druce). This species is allied to O. Goodiz, Holland. 210 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. cura pytna, sp. n. Male.—Primaries brownish fawn-colour, darker along the costal margin ; asmall black streak close to the base; a large greyish-white marking near the apex, below which are two or three brownish-black markings; the fringe alternately light and dark brown: secondaries pale greyish brown; with two darker brown spots on the outer margin; the fringe pale greyish white. Antenne black; the head, thorax, and abdo- men dark greyish brown. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Mus. Druce). Fam. Notodontide. Notodonta (?) phronima, sp. n. Male.—Primaries semihyaline greyish white, darkest at the base and along the costal margin ; a faint black streak at the end of the cell; a wide, red, curved, elongated spot about the middle of the inner margin: secondaries hyaline white, shaded with pinkish fawn-colour along the inner margin. Underside of both wings white; antenne pale brown; the head and thorax pale brown, thickly clothed with reddish hairs ; abdomen yellowish brown; legs white. Expanse 2+ inches. Hab. South Brazil (Mus. Druce). Very distinct from any other species known to me, and will probably require to be placed in a new genus. Fam. Arctiide. Catarctia unicolor, sp. n. Female.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly chestnut- reddish brown. ‘The head, antenne, and thorax of the same colour; abdomen yellowish brown, with a double row of black spots on the upperside. Expanse 2} inches. Hab. West Africa, Mongo-ma-Lobah (Jus. Druce). Spilarctia puella, sp. n. Male.—Primaries white, the veins all black: secondaries white, shaded with yellow along the inner margin ; the fringe of both wings white. Underside as above, but with the costal margins of both wings yellow. The head and thorax Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 211 white; the collar yellow; antenne black; abdomen deep chrome-yellow, with a row of black spots down the middle. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. South-east Africa, Pondoland (Mus. Druce). Spilarctia vittata, sp. n. Male.—Primaries very pale brownish white, with three square-shaped brown spots along the costal margin—the first near the base, the second about the end of the cell, the third near the apex ; the inner and outer margins thickly irrorated with small brown scales. The underside with the brown costal marks as above; the wing shaded with pink from the base to beyond the middle. Secondaries white, with the inner margin shaded with pink; a small black spot at the end of the cell. The head, thorax, and base of the abdomen brownish white, the abdomen pink above, brownish white on the underside ; the antenne and legs pink. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. West Africa, Mongo-ma-Lobah (Mus. Druce). Spilarctia radiosa, sp. n. Female.—Primaries cream-colour, crossed by two brown >-shaped lines—the first near the base, the second beyond the middle, extending from the costal margin to the end of the cell, then to the outer margin ; several dark brown spots near the apex and a marginal row of brown spots extending from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries nearly white, with a small black spot at the end of the cell; two brown spots close to the anal angle and one near the apex, and a marginal row of minute brown dots at the apex, extending partly round the outer margin. Underside of both wings very similar to the upperside. Antenne black; head very pale yellow ; thorax cream-colour, spotted with black; the abdomen yellow, with a row of black spots on each side, the underside of the abdomen brownish white. Expanse 3 inches. Hab. West Africa, Calabar (Mus. Druce). Spilarctia rava, sp. n. Female.—Primaries pale brownish fawn-colour, thickly irrorated with darker brown scales, which form two very indistinct bands crossing the wing from the costal to the inner margin: secondaries white, with a large black spot at the end of the cell, two at the anal angle, and one close to the apex. 219 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. ‘The head and thorax pale brownish fawn-colour, spotted with black; the abdomen yellow, with three bands of black spots, one down the middle and one on each side; the underside of the abdomen and legs brown; antenne black. Expanse 23 inches. Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Mus. Druce). Idalus (?) evippus, sp. n. Male and female.—Primaries pale pea-green, the costal and outer margins edged with yellow, the fringe yellow: second- aries semihyaline, considerably paler than the primaries, the fringe very pale yellow. The head, thorax, and abdomen pea-green ; antennz black; the front of the head, underside of the thorax, and the legs yellow. Expanse, ¢ 2, 14 inch. Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). Idalus leos, sp. n. Primaries pale citron-yellow, crossed near the base by a faint zigzag reddish-brown line and beyond the middle by a straight reddish-brown line that extends from the apex to the middle of the inner margin ; a round brown spot at the end of the cell; the fringe yellow: secondaries cream-colour ; the head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen yellow; the anal tuft pale brown. Expanse 1%; inch. flab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Mus. Druce). Eucheetes (?) lucida, sp. n. Male.—Primaries yellow, darkest at the base and along the costal margin ; a small black spot at the end of the cell; the fringe yellow: secondaries cream-colour, The head, thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow, the abdomen spotted with black down the middle; antenne black.—Female the same as the male, but darker in colour. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce). Fam. Lithosiide. Darantasia Goldiet, sp. n. Male.—Primaries glossy purple-black, the base, apex, and a band near the apex chrome-yellow: secondaries chrome- yellow, broadly bordered with black. The head, antenna, —_ Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 213 thorax, and legs chrome-yellow; abdomen purple-black ; the anus chrome-yellow. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Mus. Druce). Darantasia cerulescens, sp. n. Male.—Primaries bright glossy blue-black, the base and a rather wide band beyond the cell chrome-yellow ; the fringe black : secondaries black, with a large central, round, chrome- yellow spot. The head, thorax, and anal segments of the abdomen chrome-yellow; the antenne black, tipped with yellow ; the abdomen black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab, Ferguson Island (Mus. Druce). Fam. Melameride. Mennis striata, sp. n. Male.—Primaries chrome-yellow, the apex broadly black, streaked with yellow; a band of four black spots cross the wing about the middle from the costal to the inner margin: secondaries chrome-yellow, the apex and outer margin spotted with black. ‘The head and antenne black, the front of the head and collar white; thorax chrome-yellow; abdomen black, banded with white; legs black. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Ecuador, Angamarca (Mus. Druce). Mennis amica, sp. n. Male.—Primaries semihyaline yellow, the apex black, enclosing a rather large oval-shaped white spot, below which are two white streaks: secondaries semihyaline yellow, narrowly edged with black from the apex to the anal angle. The head, antenne, and palpi black; the thorax, abdomen, and legs yellow. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Mus. Druce). Ephialtias betifica, sp. n. Primaries black, shot with rich dark blue to beyond the middle ; a narrow pale yellow band crosses the wing beyond the cell from the costal margin to the anal angle; the fringe black: secondaries dark glossy blue, the apex and outer margin edged with black. The head, antenne, and thorax 214 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. black ; abdomen and legs glossy blue; the underside of the head and front of the thorax yellow. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Ecuador, Angamarca (Mus. Druce). Devara pallida, sp. n. Male.—Primaries blackish brown, the veins all black; an elongated spot at the end of the cell and a wide streak below the cell from the base almost to the anal angle orange-yellow : secondaries orange-yellow, broadly bordered with black, the veins black. The head, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce). Fam. Dioptide. Neolaurona citrina, sp. n. Primaries very similar to V. ovéa, but with all the markings near the base and the first band crossing the wing orange- yellow instead of white: secondaries orange-yellow, broadly bordered with black. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdo- men black; underside of the abdomen greyish white. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Upper Amazons (Mus. Druce). Stenele catax, sp. n. Male.—Primaries pale semihyaline fawn-colour ; the costal margin, apex, and outer margin broadly black ; a marginal row of fine rather large white spots extends from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries pale semiliyaline tawn-colour, with the costal margin, apex, and outer margin black, and a row of white spots extends from the apex partly round the outer margin. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; tegule black, with a white dot at the base; the under- side of the abdomen fawn-colour ; the legs black. Hixpanse 23 inches. Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). Fam. Limacodida. Miresa sobrina, sp. n. Male.—Primaries dark brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two darker brown lines—the first zigzag, ae On the Saccammina of the Carboniferous Limestone. 215 close to the base, the second beyond the middle: secondaries pale brown, palest at the base. The head, antenna, and thorax dark brown ; abdomen reddish brown, the anal tuft dark brown. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. New Caledonia (Mus. Druce). Miresa alma, sp. 0. Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly creamy white, shaded with yellowish brown along the inner margins of the secondaries. ‘The head, antenne, and thorax creamy white ; abdomen black, banded with yellow; the legs dark brown. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. New Caledonia (Jus. Druce). XXXIII.—Note on the Specific Name of the Saccammina of the Carboniferous Limestone. By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L:S., FiR-M.S. In the course of some investigations amongst Microzoa from the Carboniterous Limestone of Ireland I have met with the well-known Carboniferous foraminifer Saccammina in some abundance. So far as I was aware S. Carter’, Brady, had not been definitely recorded (under that name) from the Irish lime- stones, excepting a general remark which Dr. H. B. Brad made in his report on the Foraminifera of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition in 1884 *. In 1849 +, however, McCoy had recorded certain foramini- fera from the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland, to which he gave the name of “ Nodosaria fusulinaformis.” These specimens were described, but not figured, and up to the present appear to have been regarded as too ill-defined for the name to be retained; and, moreover, the name Saccammina Cartert had been fully established before McCoy’s species had been, as it were, rediscovered. The evidence for Nodosaria fusuliniformis of McCoy has been therefore carefully examined, and by the present note 1 think it will be seen to be identical with Brady’s Saccammina Carter. * Zoology, vol. ix. p. 253, + “On some new Genera and Species of Paleozoic Corals and Forami- nifera,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. iii. pp. 131, 132, 216 Mr. F. Chapman on the The first record of these Irish specimens was made, as before stated, by McCoy in 1849, when he gave the following description of the fossil * :— | “ Nodosaria fusulinaformis. “ Sp. Char.—Shell of two or more inflated, pyriform, easily separable lodges, the first one having asmall mucronate point at its posterior end, and contracted to a very slender, short neck at the anterior end, which joins the pyriform second cell, which is also contracted to a similar minute neck in front ; surface smooth. Length of individual cells averaging 1 line, width 2 of a line.” McCoy also mentioned the very characteristic feature, well- known in the Carboniferous Saccammina, of the segments uniting in a moniliform series. He states that “ The lodges or cells are almost always found separated (from the minute- ness of the connecting neck), which gives them the striking resemblance to Fusulina above alluded to; I have heard, however, of several of them having been united in a line by their little necks, and I have myself seen two thus united, and the posterior cell not being a terminal one.” The organism was found “in great numbers on the weathered surfaces of the Carboniferous Limestone in the parish of Shivey, Tyrone, in the North of Ireland.” Although no figure was given with the description, it appears to me to give the chief characters of the fossil as regards the material available to McCoy, and in point of fact the description could not be applied to any other foram- inifer occurring in the Carboniferous Limestone. The chief stumbling-block to the acceptance of McCoy’s name seems to be the comparison which he made between this form and d’Orbigny’s Nodosaria rudis and N. rugosa; but it is very evident to me that McCoy referred to the form of the seg- ments, and not to the texture of the surface, which, indeed, in his description he distinctly stated is smooth. This occurrence and description of the fossil were given later in the same words by McCoy in another publication in 1854 +. In 1869+ H. B. Brady recorded the discovery of similar organismsamongst Charles Moore’s foraminifera from “mineral veins,” and gave to them a generic name—Carteria, This * Op, cit. Teo + Contrib. Brit. Paleont. pp. 100, 101. ¢ Rep. Brit. Assoc., Exeter Meeting, p. 372, Saccammina of the Carboniferous Limestone. 217 name was, however, in 1871* put aside for Sars’s genus Saccammina, to which Brady saw they belonged. At various intervals since this time 8. Carterd? has been recorded from various horizons in the Carboniferous Limestones of England, Scotland, and Belgium. For the synonymy up to 1876 one may refer to Brady’s monograph on the Carboniferous and ermian Foraminifera fT. The original specimens were stated by McCoy to be depo- sited in the collections of the University of Cambridge and Royal Dublin Society. To make the identification perfectly sure I have examined the specimen from the latter collection, which has the original label attached; and for this privilege FC. det-ad nak, Saccammina fusuliniformis, McCoy, sp. On weathered surface of Car- boniferous Limestone, Shivey, Co. Tyrone, Ireland. (From the original specimen in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge.) I am indebted to the Director and Mr. H. Woods, the Curator of the Woodwardian Museum. ‘The foraminifera on this original specimen have been weathered out of the limestone block and are quite comparable with the typical Carbon- iferous Saccammine. Since no figure has hitherto been given of the original specimen, a portion of the limestone surface is now shown. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii. p. 177, pl. xii. + Paleont. Soc. vol. xxx. 1876, p. 57. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 17 218 ; Mr. W. L. Distant on For some specimens from Ireland containing Saccammina fusuliniformis, McCoy, sp., I am indebted to Miss M. K. An- drews, of Belfast, who has with great kindness furnished me with numerous samples of limestones and shales from various parts of Ireland, in order to further the study of their Microzoa. The Irish Saccammine thus lately obtained are from the Lower Limestone shales of Castle Espie, Co. Down. XXXIV.—On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant. Noctuidez. In dealing with this family of Transvaal moths a special fact is at once recognized—apparently also applicable to the Pyralide—which is, that the South-African Noctuids cannot be studied alone. Entomologists who may have had good reasons to conclude that in other groups of insects there is little community between the Ethiopian and Oriental faunas will find that the rule does not apply to these moths. Not only genera, but very many species, are common to the two regions, while others are of a more or less world-wide distri- bution and have an extended range in such unlikely areas as North and South America, Australia, &c. It will thus be seen that caution is necessary in describing South-African Noctuide, for many of these inhabitants of grassy plains have as wide a distribution as their natural surroundings. They are truly wanderers on the face of the earth, and many of these moderately small and obscure moths, which neither by habit nor coloration invite notice, must possess an antiquity commensurate to the requirements for their vast migration. Of the 108 species here enumerated or described, the following 9 species have a More or less universal distribution. Heliothis armigera, Hiibn. Hyblea puera, Cram. Agrotis plecta, Linn. Cosmophila erosa, JZtibn. Spodoptera mauritia, Boisd. Plusia eriosoma, Doudl. Prodenia littoralis, Bozsd. Calpe capucina, Esp. Caradrina exigua, Hiibn. Of these 5 at least have been recorded from the American continent or adjacent islands. Heterocera from the Transvaal. 219 No fewer than 29 species are found in, some first described from, The Oriental Region. Chariclea marginalis, Walk. Polydesma umbricola, Borsd. Agrotis biconica, Koll. Ophiusa algira, Linn. segetis, Schiff. melicerte, Dru. putris, Linn. tirrhaca, Cram. Kuplexia niveiplaga, Walk. Grammodes geometrica, Fabr. Caradrina quadripunctata, Fabr. stolida, Fabr. Leucania Loreyi, Dup. Plusia circumflexa, Linn. Acrapex leucophlebia, Hamps. ni, Hiibn. Tarache tropica, Guen. orichalcea, Fabr. upsilon, Walk. limbirena, Guen. Xanthoptera opella, Swink. Plusiodonta ccelonota, Koll. Acontia Greellsii, Fetsth. Hydrillodes lentalis, Guen. malve, Esp. Hypena abyssinialis, Guen. masurialis, Guev. Eublemma divisa, Moore. Cosmophila mesogona, Walk. Of these at least 12 are also found in Europe and several in Australia. I have followed, both in genera and species, the synthetic arrangement of Sir George Hampson, to whom I am indebted for much assistance in the preparation of this paper. Dr. Aurivillius has also kindly compared most of the species I have here described as new with Wallengren’s types of South-African moths in the Stockholm Museum. Those he described from the Transvaal, as I have already stated (ante, p- 47, note), are somewhat unavailable, there being no ento- mologist in charge at the museum in which they are deposited. Subfam. Trrrmz. Heliothis armigera, Hiibn. Pretoria, Johannesburg. scutiligera, Guen. Johannesburg. Chariclea marginalis, Walk. Pretoria. Agrotis biconica, Koll. Pretoria, Johannesburg. segetis, Schitf. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Johannesburg. trux, Hiibn., var. Pretoria. —— cinctithorar, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg. intendens, Walk. Pretoria. plecta, Linn. Pretoria, Johannesburg. effracta, sp. n. Pretoria. transjecta, sp.n. Pretoria. —— pitris, Linn. Johannesburg. mucosa, Hiibu. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Hadena breviuscula, Walk.(?). Pretoria. renisigna, Walk. Pretoria. Bulgeri, F. & R. Pretoria, Johannesburg. Euplexia niveiplaga, Walk. Pretoria. Cuculia extricata, Walk. Pretoria. L7* 220 Mr. W. L. Distant on Spodoptera mauritia, Boisd. Pretoria. Toxocampa plumbea, sp. nu. Pretoria. Hemipachycera Yerburii, Butl. Johannesburg. Prodenia littoralis, Boisd. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Caradrina quadripunctata, Faby. Pretoria. exigua, Hiibn. Pretoria. Leucania plana, Walk. Johannesburg. Loreyi, Dup. Waterberg ( Wilde). amens, Guen. Pretoria. — torrentium, Guen. Pretoria. apparata, Wallengr. Pretoria, Johannesburg. substituta, Wallengr. Pretoria, Johannesburg. Acrapex leucophlebia, Hamps. Pretoria. Agrotis effracta, sp. n. Head, thorax, and antenne dark reddish brown; abdomen above and body beneath paler. Anterior wings dark reddish brown, much paler at apical angle, below which the outer area is generally much darker ; orbicular and reniform spots, which are well defined and have their margins blackish, connected by a narrow black fascia ; this fascia also extends from the reniform spot to outer margin, where it is preceded above by a short black streak. Posterior wings pale ochreous white. Anterior wings be- neath brownish ochraceous, darkest to a little beyond cell; posterior wings beneath with faint indications of a transverse discal series of sma!] spots. Exp. wings 27-31 millim. Hal, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Specimens are in the British Museum from Malvern and Durban in Natal. Agrotis transjecta, sp. n. Head and pronotum ochraceous, with black markings ; mesonotum very dark fuscous; abdomen above and body beneath pale ochraceous; legs more or less shaded with fuscous. Anterior wings shining ochraceous, with purplish and fuscous reflections; costal margin narrowly fuscous, with a larger spot near apex; a large dark fuscous cellular streak enclosing both orbicular and reniform spots, which are pupil- late and margined with pale ochraceous; beneath cell a slender dark fuscous basal streak ; beyond cell the wing is crossed by a curved series of small fuscous spots, and a similar series of spots on outer margin ; between these two series of spots is a small fuscous patch beyond cell and a similar one near outer angle. Posterior wings pale creamy white. An- Feterocera from the Transvaal. 221 terior wings beneath paler than above; posterior wings beneath with a terminal fuscous cellular spot, costal speckles and apical suffusion, and a faint submarginal series of spots. Exp. wings 26-27 millim. Hlab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). A specimen from Madagascar is in the British Museum. Toxocampa plumbea, sp. n. Head and anterior margin of thorax black, remainder of thorax, abdomen, and body beneath greyish white, speckled with black. Anterior wings greyish brown, with a roseate reflection ; reniform spot slightly prominent, outer margin broadly dark fuscous, costal and inner margins very narrowly and outer marginal fringe silvery grey; some small obscure dark costal marginal spots. Posterior wings plumbeous, the fringe silvery grey and with similarly coloured hairs on anal area. Wings beneath pale plumbeous, the discal area of anterior wings and the inner area of posterior wings silvery grey. Exp. wings 32-35 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Specimens from Annshaw, Eastern Cape Colony, are in the British Museum. Subfam. Acowriw2#. Dipthera verbenata, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). autumnalis, sp. n. Barberton (Harrison), Pretoria. Megalodes pienaari, sp.n. Pienaars River. Tarache caffraria, Cram. Pretoria, Johannesburg. dispar, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg. upsilon, Walk. Pretoria. margaritata, Dru. Johannesburg. natalis, Hiibn. Pretoria, Warm Baths, Waterberg. admota, ¥, & R, Johannesburg. tropica, Guen, Pienaars River. guttifera, ¥. & R. Pienaars River torrefacta, sp.n. Pretoria, @thiops, sp.n. Pretoria. Perigea dolorvsa, Walk. Pretoria. Microphysa hypotenia, Wallengr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Aanthoptera opella, Swinh. Pretoria. Acontia Grelisit, Feisth. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). malve, Esper. Pretoria. Metachrostis dulitans, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Johannesburg. densa, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg. varia, Walk. Pretoria, —— vultuosa, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, accincta, sp.n. Pretoria, 299 Mr. W. L. Distant on Eublemma divisa, Moore. Pretoria. —— apicata, sp.n. Pretoria. —— pretorie, sp.n. Pretoria. Dipthera verbenata, sp. n. Head and thorax very pale olive-green, mottled with grey and fuscous; antenne brownish ochraceous; abdomen and body beneath pale greyish ochraceous; eyes black ; anterior and intermediate tarsi strongly, posterior tarsi faintly, broadly annulated with fuscous. Anterior wings very pale olivaceous green, speckled with greyish, costal margin alternately greyish and black; orbi- cular spot obscure, broadly black at edges, reniform spot faint and pale; three transverse and much waved black fasciz, the second outwardly, the third inwardly margined with greyish white; first fascia close to base, second crossing cell, third between cell and outer margin, which is narrowly black, but prominently toothed between the veins. Posterior wings pale ochreous white, thickly speckled with fuscous on outer half, and with a narrow fuscous marginal border. Wings beneath pale ochreous white, thickly speckled with fuscous on costal and outer areas. Exp. wings 32-36 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. Percy Rendall). Two specimens. In the second the black transverse fasciz to the anterior wings are broader and more suffused. Dipthera autumnalis, sp. n. Head and thorax pale olivaceous, speckled with grey and black; abdomen and body beneath pale greyish ochraceous ; antennee fuscous ; eyes black. Anterior wings very pale olivaceous, costal margin alter- nately greyish and black; crossed by five much waved narrow black fasciz, between which the olivaceous coloration is darker and more speckled with black, first fascia a short distance from base, second and third near end of cell, fourth and fifth between end of cell and outer margin; fringe with furcate black fascia; at apex there is a distinct black suffusion. Posterior wings pale creamy white, the outer margin narrowly fuscous. Wings beneath creamy white; anterior wings much shaded with fuscous; posterior wings similarly shaded on costal and apical margins. Exp. wings 30-33 millim. Hab. ‘Transvaal, Barberton (Harrison), Pretoria (Distant). ‘'wo specimens, one from each locality. In the Pretorian Fleterocera from the Transvaal. 223 example the whole area between the second and fifth fascie of the anterior wings is suffused with black, which colour again connects the first and second fascize on the inner margin. Megalodes pienaart, sp. n. Head and thorax creamy white, with a few fuscous and black markings; apex of head, antenne, abdomen, and body beneath brownish ochraceous ; tibize annulated with fuscous ; eyes black. Anterior wings creamy white, cellular area extending to costa nearly altogether suffused with fuscous brown; a narrow transverse black fascia near base and another much waved beyond cell, the outer margin also narrowly black ; the outer- most fascia is broadly black and directed inwardly beneath cell, where it is outwardly margined by fuscous brown, and a plumbeous suffusion ; at apex beyond the fascia is a brownish ochraceous costal spot, followed by a plumbeous one. Poste- rior wings creamy white, with a faint ochraceous tinge; asome- what obscure brownish discal spot and transverse fascia; the extreme margin also fuscous brown. Wings beneath greyish white; anterior wings nearly wholly suffused with fuscous, excepting inner area beneath cell and apex ; posterior wings as above. Exp. wings 23-25 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant), Pretoria (Distant) . Tarache torrefacta, sp. n. Body, legs, and antenne ochraceous; body paler beneath ; eyes black. Anterior wings ochraceous, suffused with brownish ochra- ceous, especially at basal, inner, and apical areas; at middle of inner area and at apex is a dark purplish suffusion ; be- neath apex and gradually widening to outer angle the outer margin is bright warm ochraceous. Posterior wings pale ochraceous, somewhat thickly speckled with brownish ochra- ceous, darkest at apex and outer margin. Wings beneath generally as above, but anterior wings without the two purplish suffusions and posterior wings with a dark discal spot. Exp. wings 22-25 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Tarache ethiops, sp. n. Head and antenne brownish ochraceous, eyes black ; 224 Mr. W. L. Distant on thorax and abdomen above pale fuscous; body beneath and legs pale fuscous; the tarsi ochraceous. Anterior wings dark fuscous, with a broad transverse ochreous-white fascia near base, a similarly coloured costal spot beyond end of cell, and the outer area suffused with the same tint, especially at apex and outer angle; a small fuscous mark is in the costal pale spot, and there are a series of small dark spots on extreme outer margin. Posterior wings plum- beous, the fringe ochraceous. Wings plumbeous, the pale markings to anterior wings scarcely visible beneath. Exp. wings 18 millim, Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Metachrostis vultuosa, sp. n. Body above chocolate-brown, margins of the abdominal segments paler; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; abdomen brownish ochraceous. Anterior wings chocolate-brown, costal margin spotted with golden yellow, which is most prominent at apex, and is there the commencement of two very obscure submarginal yellowish waved fascie ; reniform spot large and margined with dull ochraceous ; beyond this spot the wing is crossed by a strongly waved and bent transverse fascia; near base are some other transverse linear fascize (scarcely discernible in some speci- mens) and an oblique series of obscure yellow spots extending *. . . 5 from costa across cell. Posterior wings paler and brighter . . . =) chocolate-brown, with a marginal series of small golden- yellow spots, of which the largest are at anal angle and apex. Anterior wings beneath chocolate-brown, the cellular area, a short transverse bar beyond it (in some specimens continued as a fascia to inner margin), a submarginal series of spots, and about basal half of inner marginal area golden yellow. Posterior wings beneath golden yellow, crossed by a discal and a submarginal fascia, chocolate-brown; the posterior margin of the same colour and connected with the submar- ginal fascia, so as to enclose a series of small yellow spots. Exp. wings 25 millim, Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Specimens from Estcourt, Natal, are in the British Museum. Metachrostis accincta, sp. n. Body and legs pale brownish ochraceous. Anterior wings pale brownish ochraceous; crossing the wing and almost enclosing the reniform spot is a broad Heterocera from the Transvaal. 225 zhocolate-brown fascia, closely followed by a narrow pale and much bent fascia, which joins the broad fascia on inner margin and is chocolate on costal margin; outer marginal area reddish ochraceous; a series of minute dark spots on outer margin, preceded by a pale waved linear fascia; fringe very pale brown. Posterior wings pale golden yellow, the costal area broadly pale chocolate-brown. Wings beneath much paler than above. Exp. wings 18-20 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Eublemma apicata, sp. n. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen pale ochraceous brown, lateral lines, meeting in front, to thorax and apical two thirds of abdomen purplish brown; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous brown. Anterior wings pale reddish brown; an obscure darker fascia (broadest at costal area) crossing wing beyond cell; apex and a spot margining fascia near inner angle creamy white; a submarginal series of minute dark spots. Posterior wings dark plumbeous, the fringe creamy white. Wings beneath brownish ochraceous, both with broad marginal dark fascie, apex of anterior wings narrowly white. Exp. wings 22-23 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Eublemma pretorie, sp. n. Body and legs pale dull ochraceous. Anterior wings dull ochraceous; a short transverse brown fascia, strongly bent at reniform spot and more or less bifid at costal area; a large dark brown apical spot more or less continued as a submarginal fascia, but not reaching inner angle; two longitudinal dark brown lines, one traversing cell, the other more oblique beneath cell, both nearly reaching outer margin. Posterior wings very pale golden yellow, extreme outer margin very narrowly darker. Wings be- neath with the markings more obscure. Exp. wings 20-23 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Specimens are in the British Museum from Estcourt, Natal. Subfam. Sarrorzrrrrv x. Hyblea puera, Cram, Pretoria. 226 Mr. W. L. Distant on Subfam. Horeriuyz. Euteha Bowkeri, ®. & R. Barberton (Harrison). Subfam. SzrrcroprerrnZz. Audea ochreipennis, Butl. Pretoria. Subfam. Govoprerin Zz. Cosmophila mesogona, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg. involuta, Walk. Pretoria. erosa, Hiibn. Pretoria. Subfam. Qvaprirriw7. Matopo typica, gen. et sp.n. Pretoria (7. Donovan). Hypocala subsatura, Guen. Pretoria. Bolina revulsa, Wallengr. Pretoria, Johannesburg. Cyligramma latona, Cram. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Johannesburg. Nyctipao macrops, Linn. Barberton (Harrison). Polydesma umbricola, Boisd. Johannesburg, Zoutpansberg. semiusta, sp.n. Pretoria. balnearia, sp.n. Warm Baths, Waterberg. dissimilis, sp.n. Waterberg (Wilde). Sphingomorpha monterionis, Butl. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Johannesburg. Ophiusa croceipennis, ‘Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpans- berg.. Paaee. Dist. Pretoria. melicerte, Dru. Waterberg (Wilde), Johannesburg. algira, Linn, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. salita, sp.n. Pretoria, Johannesburg. tirrhaca, Cram. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria. —— xzylina, sp.n. Pretoria. —— echo, Walk. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Delgamma zonaria, sp.u. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Baniana recussa, sp.n. Pretoria. Plecoptera immitis, Walk. (?). Warm Baths, Waterberg. Remigia mutuaria, Walk. Warm Baths, Waterberg. Cerocala vermiculosa, H.-S. Pretoria. Grammodes geometrica, Fabr. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria, Johannesburg. stolida, Fabry. Zoutpansberg (Kessnev), Pretoria, Johannesburg. Trigonodes obstans, Walk. Barberton (Harrison), Zouteaneeale (Kessner). Thermesia annexa, sp. nu. Johannesburg ( Cregoe). Spirama capensis, Hs. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg District (Zetrzenka). Calliodes rivuligera, Butl. Luydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Calpe apicalis, Walk. Pretoria. capucina, Esp. Waterberg (Wilde), Pretoria. Plusia ertosoma, Doubl. Pretoria. circumflexa, Linn, Pretoria. EY Heterocera from the Transvaal. 227 Plusia ni, Hiibn. Pretoria. orichalcea, Fabr. Pretoria, Johannesburg. —— limbirena, Guen. Pretoria. exquisita, F. & R. Pretoria, Johannesburg. Plusiodonta celonota, Koll. Barberton (Harrison). Rhanidophora phedonia, Stoll. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Rustenburg. MATOPO, gen. nov. Palpi extended a little in front of head, the second joint clothed with long hairs; antenne pectinate; frons promi- nently produced; thorax hairy; abdomen hairy on segmental margins; tibie moderately hairy. Allied to the Oriental genus Yrisula, Moore, from which it differs by the pectinate antenne and prominent frons. Matopo typica, sp. n. Body and wings both above and beneath very pale ochra- ceous, dusted with silvery white. Anterior wings above with the following chocolate-brown markings:—a small patch beyond and connected with reniform spot, below which extends an oblique series of irregular suffusions situated between the veins, and terminating on inner margin near base in two short streaks; a marginal series of streaks be- tween the veins, which are small and macular near apex and longer towards outer angle. Exp. wings 37 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Donovan). Polydesma semiusta, sp. n. Body and legs pale brownish ochraceous; legs speckled with brownish. Wings pale ochraceous, thickly speckled with reddish brown; both wings crossed by a discal, much waved, narrow, reddish-brown fascia, commencing on costal margin of ante- rior wings about midway between end of cell and outer margin, bent inwardly towards end of cell, and then extending more directly across both wings, terminating on anal margin of posterior wings; a similar less waved fascia crossing ante- rior wings near base through about centre of cell; the outer marginal area of both wings rather more thickly speckled with reddish brown. Wings beneath much paler than above, the fasciz almost obsolete. Exp. wings 45 millim. Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Donovan). 228 Mr. W. L. Distant on Polydesma balnearia, sp. n. Head and thorax greyish, with black shadings (thorax rubbed in specimen described) ; abdomen above pale brownish ochraceous ; body beneath and legs greyish white, legs more or less streaked and spotted with fuscous. Anterior wings pale ochraceous, with narrow reddish- brown striz; base to about one third of cell more or less purplish black, the outer edge clearly defined and containing two short darker strie, commencing at costa and fusing about halfway across wing; beyond cell a much waved transverse purplish fascia, bent inwardly beneath cell, its inner margin purplish black; beyond this fascia the colour is somewhat pale violaceous, with a waved blackish line on outer margin and an apical dark purplish patch with a pale centre. Poste- rior wings pale greyish ochraceous, with a waved blackish outer marginal line and with the veins more or less minutely speckled. Wings beneath pale ochraceous; apical area of anterior wings and apical margin of posterior wings obscure purplish. Exp. wings 34 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Warm Baths, Waterberg (Déstant). Polydesma dissimilis, sp. 0. Head and thorax fuscous grey ; abdomen and body beneath somewhat silvery grey. Anterior wings fuscous grey, with silvery reflection, crossed by an obscure and exceedingly waved darker line, com- mencing at about end of cell and deflected and continued beneath cell to inner margin near base; on outer margin a series of dark rays between the veins. Posterior wings silvery greyish white. Wings beneath obscure silvery greyish white, both wings with a somewhat obsolete narrow brownish submarginal fascia. Exp. wings 34 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Waterberg (Wilde). Somewhat diverse from the usual facies of the genus. Ophiusa salita, sp. n. Head and thorax reddish ochraceous, the last more or less plumbeous on its posterior area ; abdomen and body beneath pale greyish ; legs with brownish suffusions. Anterior wings reddish brown, thickly irrorated with greyish strie; both orbicular and reniform spots prominent, oval, and with pale margins; wing crossed by three narrow Heterocera from the Transvaal. 229 castaneous fascize—the first outwardly oblique, crossing base of cell, the second beyond cell, sinuate and bent inwardly, the third between second and outer margin, waved, strongly and outwardly bidentate at about centre; beyond the outer fascia the marginal area is pale violaceous, with a marginal series of small black spots on the veins. Posterior wings very pale plumbeous, the outer marginal areas darker. Wings beneath pale brownish ochraceous, the outer margins darker. Exp. wings 40 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant) , Johannesburg ( Cregoe). Ophiusa xylina, sp. n. Head and thorax pale reddish ochraceous; abdomen and body beneath ochraceous. Anterior wings very pale brownish or reddish ochraceous, crossed by two narrow castancous fascize—the first outwardly, the second inwardly greyish, the first crossing cell and directed outwardly, the second beyond cell directed inwardly, both almost meeting on inner margin; reniform spot large, prominent, centrally constricted, pale purplish, with darker margin; between the second fascia and outer margin a sinuate series of small dark spots and a subapical purplish-black patch ; a waved dark line at outer margin. Posterior wings ochraceous, the outer area broadly pale fuscous, the fringe ochraceous. Wings beneath ochraceous; anterior wings with a broad black outer submarginal fascia ; posterior wings with the apical area speckled with fuscous. Exp. wings 55 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Allied to O. lunaris, Schiff. Specimens from Natal are in the British Museum. Delgamma zonaria, Sp. Nn. Body pale greyish brown ; legs and palpi fuscous brown ; eyes black. Anterior wings greyish brown, crossed by two narrow transverse fascie—the first slightly curved, crossing at about anterior half of cell, the second slightly oblique between end of cell and outer margin, inwardly broadly margined with purplish brown and outwardly with pale greyish, the outer margin of wing also broadly purplish brown; reniform spot dark and subprominent. Posterior wings generally as ante- rior, but without the basal fascia. Wings beneath greyish ochraceous ; the cellular area of anterior wings and the outer margins of both wings somewhat darker. 230 On Heterocera from the Transvaal. Exp. wings 31-36 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). ; Baniana recussa, sp. n. Body pale greyish brown; anterior area of thorax reddish brown ; legs speckled with brown. Anterior wings pale greyish brown, crossed by two narrow fasciee—the first waved and subobsolete near base, the second commencing on costal margin a little beyond end of cell, slightly sinuate and bent inwardly and upwardly at about centre of wing, and then recurved to inner margin; the area beyond this fascia is dark purplish brown, containing a large pale brown apical spot and sometimes a smaller similar spot on outer margin (on one wing only in type); reniform spot dark purplish brown. Posterior wings pale greyish brown, the posterior area darker in hue. Wings beneath pale reddish brown, speckled with greyish or ochraceous ; both wings crossed by a discal fascia; a dark spot closing cell in posterior wing. Exp. wings 26 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant). Allied to B. semilugens, Walk. Thermesia annexa, sp. n. Head and thorax pale greyish brown; legs pale greyish, speckled with brown. Wings pale greyish, with darker speckles; anterior wings with the reniform spot purplish brown, beneath which a narrow waved fascia extends to inner margin ; a subobsolete narrow transverse fascia near base; a somewhat straight narrow pale fascia a little before outer margin, outwardly margined with purplish brown, which is dentately undulate ; extreme outer margin with a series of small dark spots. Posterior wings with a dark submarginal fascia, beyond which the colour is also darker. Wings beneath brownish ochraceous, the outer margins broadly pale fuscous. Exp. wings 31 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg (Cregoe). Subfam. Dezrorprvx. Simplicia inflevalis, Guen.(?). Pretoria, Hydrillodes lentalis, Guen, Pretoria. Epizeuxis ethiops, Dist. Pretoria. Rhynchina cesa, sp.n. Pretoria, Waterberg. Hypena abyssinialis, Guen. Pretoria, Johannesburg. masurialis, Guen, Waterberg (Wilde). On the Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 231 Rhynchina cesa, sp. n. Head and thorax grey, speckled with brownish ; abdomen, body beneath, and legs pale greyish ochraceous. Anterior wings greyish, speckled with pale brown, espe- cially on costal and inner marginal areas; a waved narrow fascia crosses wing at about two thirds from base, beyond which the colour is much darker—purplish brown and viola- ceous—excepting near base, where it 1s grey; the dark hue has the appearance of a broad oblique fascia; a waved dark line on outer margin; reniform spot distinct. Posterior wings pale ochraceous, somewhat darker at posterior margins. Wings beneath pale greyish ochraceous, somewhat pale brownish at apices. Exp. wings 23-29 millim. Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Waterberg (Wilde). XXXV.— The Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ *. -. +. Qn our arrival at Suva we found the ‘ Yaralla,’ a twin-screw steamer of about 500 tons, chartered from the Australasian United Steam Navigation Company, awaiting us. We have now been about six weeks cruising among the islands, and have found the boat admirably suited for our purpose. During the past summer I had shipped to Australia our outfit for dredging, sounding, and for deep-sea towing, as well as all the materials necessary for preserving our collections. This equipment we found safely stored in the ‘ Yaralla.’ I had also brought with me deep-sea tow-nets of the various patterns used by the Prince of Monaco, by Dr. Giesbrecht of the Naples Zoological Station, and by Hensen on the ‘ National’ Expedition, in order to compare their efficiency with the Tanner deep-sea self-closing net in use on the ‘ Albatross’ and which I had adopted on my various expeditions. Unfortu- nately our time here is so limited and the conditions for towing at great depths among so many intercepting islands are such that the results likely to be obtained seemed to make it unad- visable to devote the time necessary for such a comparison. Although nothing was done to test the different deep-sea self- closing towing-nets, yet we have made at various points along * From the ‘ American Journal of Science,’ February 1898, pp. 113- 123: being extracts from a letter of Alexander Agassiz, dated Suva, Fiji Islands, December 15th, 1897, addressed to E. 8S. Dana. 232 Prof. A. Agassiz on the our course a number of deep hauls, from 150 fathoms to the surface, with the open net. A large number of hauls were made off Suva which gave us an excellent collection of pelagic forms, the collections of Crustacea and of Acalephs being specially noteworthy. Mr. Mayer will prepare a report on the Acalephs. When practicable we have also made collections on the reef-flats of various islands and atolls *. I also brought to Suva a complete diamond-drill boring apparatus and a competent man to superintend the work— Mr. W. Eyers—recommended tousby the Sullivan Machine Co., of Chicago, from whom the apparatus was obtained t. To provide against contingencies, a comparatively small hand- machine was sent, capable of drilling to a depth of from four to five hundred feet. An oil-motor was also provided to expedite the work with increasing depth. This machinery had already been shipped when information reached the United States that Professor David, of the Uni- versity of Sydney, had left for the Atoll of Funafuti in charge of an expedition to take up the unfinished work of boring of the party in charge of Professor Sollas, sent out by the Council of the Royal Society of London. ‘The day before leaving Cambridge for the Pacific, news arrived that Professor David’s party had succeeded in reaching a depth of nearly 600 feet, the bottom still being in coral. This information seemed to settle the coral question, and all I hoped to accom- plish was merely to confirm the work of Professor David by boring in some other district. Subsequent information re- ceived from Professor David leads me to think that the matter is not so simple as was represented by the newspapers. From what we have seen thus far of the Fiji Islands reef I can only conclude that the boring at Funafuti has settled nothing, and that we are still as far as ever from having a general theory of the formation of coral-reefs. In fact, with the present information obtained here I should never have thought of boring in the atolls of this group, for reasons which will be given presently. The track which we followed was so arranged as to include in our first trip one or two of each type of island and of the different types of atolls, barrier- aud fringing-reefs in the * Dr. Wm. McM. Woolworth and A. G, Mayer accompanied me as assistants. Dr. Woolworth and my son Maximilian have taken a large number of photographs illustrating the physiognomy of the islands and their reefs. A selection from these I shall use in my final report. + I have to thank the Trustees of the Bache Fund of the National Academy of Sciences at Washington for an appropriation of $1200 to- wards defraying a part of the expenses of boring. Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 233 group. Starting from Suva, after visiting Mbenga we went to Ovalau, Wakaya, Makongai, Koro, skirted along the western shore of Taviuni, examined the north-eastern coast of the same island, passed through the Matangi passage to Motua Levu and Motua Lailai, skirted along the western extremity of the Nanuku reefs. From there we steamed to Wailanga- jala, where we landed our boring-apparatus and the crew needed for working the same. We then turned north, passing close to Nuku Mbesanga and Adolphus reef, and entered Ngele Levu Lagoon. Wenext examined the Ringgold Islands, paying special attention to Thombia, an extinct craterin Budd reef. From there we returned to our former anchorage off Thurston Point in Taviuni, and followed our old track back to Wailangalala, where we found our boring party settled and at work. We then steamed south, examining Williamson reef, the Kimbombo islets, Bell reef, and entered the Vanua Mbalavu Lagoon through the Ngillangillah passage, leaving the lagoon by the Tonga pass. We touched at Mango, Tavutha, Naiau, and Lakemba, passed Aiwa, entered the Oneata Lagoon, visited Thakau Lekaleka, touched at Motha, entered the Komo Lagoon, the Yangasa cluster, and the Ongea Lagoon. We passed Fulanga, close to the entrance, which was too shallow to allow our vessel to enter, but near enough to give an excellent idea of its characteristic structure. We next touched at Kambara, anchored in the crater of Totoya, stopped at Moala; from there we made Solo Lighthouse, examined the North Astrolabe reef, steamed through the Great Astrolabe reef, coming out west of Ono. We next examined a part of the shore of Kandavu, and returned to Suva by way of Vatu Leile. On our second trip we visited Ngau, Nairai, the Horseshoe reef, Mbatiki, and entering the Moturiki Channel south of Ovalau, examined the barrier reef between it and Suva as far as Mbau. After our return to Suva we made a third trip along the southern coast of Viti Levu as far as Naudronga; skirting the reef as closely as was prudent, we were able to follow the changes in the Great Barrier reef of Viti Levu west of Suva as it gradually passes into a fringing reef and disappears off the Singatoka River, to appear again first as a fringing reef and then as a barrier reef extending beyond the Nandi waters to the west of Naudronga. We then paid a second visit to Vatu Leile and returned to Suva, having steamed a little over 1300 miles. I came to Fiji under the impression that we were to visit a characteristic area of subsidence, for, according to Dana and Darwin, there is no coral-reef region in which it is a simpler Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 18 (234 Prof. A. Agassiz on the matter to follow the various steps of the subsidence which has taken place here. Dana, in his last discussion of the coral-reef question, states that it is impossible to find a better series of islands than those of the Fiji to illustrate the gradual changes brought about by subsidence, which transform a voleanic island with a fringing reef to one with a barrier, and next to one with a circular reef ring,. and finally to one in which the interior island has disappeared and has left only a more or less circular reefing. For these reasons one of the Fiji atolls promised to be an admirable location for boring and settling the question of the thickness of the coral-reef of an atoll. My surprise was great, therefore, to find within a mile from Suva an elevated reef about 50 feet thick and 120 feet above the level of the sea, the base of the reef being under- laid by what is locally called soapstone, probably a kind of stratified voleanic mud. ‘The western extension of this reet can be traced at several points along the north shore of the harbour of Suva, the island of Lambeka and Vua and Dra-ni- mbotu, which are from 60 to 90 feet in elevation, being part of an elevated reef extending to low-water mark. It was this elevated reef or its extension westward which we traced from the Singatoka River to the Nandi waters. A short distance inland from the mouth of the Singatoka there is a bluff of about 250 feet in height, composed of a coral-reef limestone which is the inner extension of the elevated reef- patches and bluffs visible on the shore of Viti Levu. I am informed by Dr. Corney that the islands of Viwa and Asa- wailau to the northward of the Nandi waters are also remnants of this elevated reef. But the traces of extensive elevation are not limited to the larger island of Viti Levu. I found the islands on the rim of the atoll of Ngele Levu to consist entirely of coral-rock elevated toa height of over 60 feet on the largerisland. The surface of the island where we crossed it was a mass of hummocks of honeycombed, potted, and eroded coral-masses resembling in every way the elevated reefs with which I had become familiar in the Bahamas, Cuba, and Florida. The northern sides of the island of Ngele Levu are on the very outer edge of the rim of the lagoon, deep water running up to the shore-line. We next found that at Vanua Mbalava the northern line of islands were parts of an elevated reef forming vertical bluffs of coral-rock which had been raised by the central volcanic mass of the main island to a height of over 500 feet at Ngillangillah, at Avea to 600 feet, at the Savu Islands to 230 feet, and on the main island to a height of nearly 600 feet. On the south of the main island the Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 235 elevated coral-bluffs are very much lower, those of Malatta and Susni reaching a height of a little over £00 feet. Going farther west and south we find at Mango the vertical bluffs of an elevated coral-reef of over 600 feet, and underlaid by voleanic rocks which crop out at the sea-level. At Tavutha the coral-limestone bluffs are probably 800 feet high. At Naiau they are over 500 feet, at Lakemba they reach a height of about 250 feet on the south-west side of the island; the rest of the island is voleanic. On the island of Aiwa the elevated reef is fully 200 feet thick. In the Oneata group the highest point of the elevated reef-bluffs is about 160 feet. South of the volcanic island of Motha and enclosed within the same barrier reef on the island of Karoni the elevated reef is about 120 feet thick. On the three islands of the Yangasa group it attains a thickness varying between 240 and 390 feet, and, finally, on Ongea, the most south-easterly cluster we visited, the elevated reef attains a thickness of nearly 300 feet. At Fulanga the elevated reef attains a thickness of 360 feet, at Kambara it is about 200 feet thick, and at Wangawa it is perhaps over 300 feet: these islands are in part voleanic. Finally, at Vatu Leile, the most westerly island we examined, the elevated reef forming the island is 110 feet thick at its northern extremity. All this plainly shows that the southern part of Viti Levu and as far south as Vatu Leile, and the whole length of the windward islands of the Fiji group from Ngele Levu on the north to Ongea on the south, have been subject to an eleva- tion of at least 800 feet, as there is abundant proof that a great part of the thickness of the elevated reef has been eroded to reduce it in certain localities to the level of the sea or to leave at others bluffs and islands or islets, the occurrence of which we have traced at so many points. But the evidence of a very considerable elevation is not limited to that furnished by the remains of the elevated reefs just mentioned. It isnatural to assume that the elevation we have just traced was but a part of a more general elevation which perhaps took place in late Tertiary times, and in which the whole group was involved. It is plain that there must have been most extensive denudation and erosion going on throughout the group for a very considerable period of time, geologically speaking. ‘The outlines of the islands deeply furrowed by gorges and valleys, the sharp and serrated ridges separating them, the fantastic outlines of the peaks of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Ovalau, all attest to the great work of atmospheric agencies which has been going on for so long. The separation of islands, islets, or isolated —_ from the 18% 236 Prof. A. Agassiz on the points or spurs of the larger islands also bears witness to the great length of time during which action of the sea necessary to bring about their separation has been at work: adding to this the fact that we are in a region of a former powerful and extensive volcanic activity, the traces of which can still be seen in all directions, forces which have undoubtedly played a great part in the lifting of the island masses and their subse- quent shaping to their present outlines. From this evidence I am inclined to think that the corals of to-day have actually played no part in the shaping of the circular or irregular atolls scattered among the Fiji Islands ; furthermore, that they have had nothing to do in our time with the building-up of the barrier reefs surrounding either wholly or in part some of the islands; I also believe that their modi- fying influence has been entirely limited in the present epoch to the formation of) fringing reefs, and that the recent corals living upon the reefs either of the atolls or of the barriers form only a crust of very moderate thickness upon the under- lying base. This base may be either a flat of an eroded elevated reef or of a similar substructure of volcanic rocks, the nature of that base depending absolutely upon its character when elevated in a former period to a greater height than it now occupies. Denudation and erosion act of course more rapidly upon the elevated reef-rocks than upon those of a voleanic character, It is therefore natural to find that the larger islands like Kandavu, Taviuni, and Ovalau are of volcanic origin, while the islands which once occupied the area of the lagoons of Ngele Levu, of the Nanuku reef, of Vanua Mbalavn, of the Argo reefs, of the Oneata, Yangasa, Aiwa, Ongea, and Vatu Leile clusters, being elevated coral-reefs, have disap- peared almost entirely, leaving only here and there a small island to attest to the former existence of the more extensive elevated reef once covering the whole area of what is now an atoll. Smaller volcanic islands like Matuku, Moala, Ngau, Nairai, and Koro also show the extent to which each island has been eroded after its elevation, the erosion being least in Koro and Matuku, somewhat greater in Moala and Ngan, and still greater in Nairai. In such atolls enclosing volcanic islands like Mbenga, Wakaya, Makongai, the erosion and denudation have been still greater, these islands covering but a comparatively small part of the area once occupied by the island originally covering the area of the lagoon. Denudation and erosion have been still more active in the Ringgold Islands, in the Kimbobo cluster, and in Komo, and it may have gone so far as to leave no trace in an atoll to indicate Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fyi Group. 237 either its volcanic or coral (elevated reef) origin : the shape of the atoll being entirely due to mechanical action, and not being connected in any way with the growth of the corals which have found a footing upon reef-flats formed by atmo- spheric agencies or by the action of the sea. So that, as far as we can judge from the case of the Fiji Islands, the shape of the atolls and of the barrier reefs is due to causes which have acted during a period preceding our own. The islands of the whole group have been elevated, and since their elevation have, like the northern part of Queensland, remained nearly stationary and exposed to great and prolonged denudation and erosion, which has reduced the islands to their present height; the platforms upon which the barrier-reef corals have grown being merely the flats left by the denudation and erosion of a central island of greater size than that now left, while the atolls are similar flats from the interior of which the islands have been eroded and the lagoons of which have been continually scoured by the action of the sea, the incessant rollers pouring a huge mass of water into the lagoon, which finds its way out through the passages leading into it. In the Fiji Islands the atolls and islands or islets, sur- rounded in part or wholly by barrier reefs, bave not been formed by the subsidence and disappearance of this central island, as is claimed by Danaand Darwin. The Fiji Islands are not situated, as was supposed, in an area of subsidence, but, on the contrary, they are in an area of elevation, so that the theory of Darwin and of Dana is not applicable to the islands and atolls of the Fiji group. What the age of the elevated reef of the Fijiis 1 am unable to state ; its aspect and position show it to be of considerable age, probably antecedent to the present period. In many ways it resembles some of the late Tertiary elevated limestones which I have seen on the northern and southern coasts of Cuba. ‘The great thickness which the elevated coral-reefs attain in this group, at least 800 feet, also shows that they may have been deposited originally during a period of subsi- dence, but not a period of subsidence taking place in our epoch or which could have had any effect in shaping the out- line of the islands of the Fiji group and their accompanying reefs. Whether the elevation of the Fiji group corresponds in time with that of Northern Queensland I am unable to state. I can only suggest that it is not improbable that the elevation ot Queensland and of the Pacific islands to the east, New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands, the Solomon, New Hebrides, 238 Prof. A. Agassiz on the including Fiji and Samoa, may have been synchronous. It may be that these islands have, like Northern Queensland, been subject to an immense erosion and denudation which have reduced them to their present proportions. The elevation may have been preceded, as in Queensland, in still earlier geological times by a great period of depression, during which the thick beds of coral-reef limestone may have been formed. How far east this elevation extended is not known ; its area probably included the Cook Islands and Tahiti, and, judging from some photographs, I should feel inclined to consider atolls of the Paumotus as having been formed by causes similar to those which shaped those of the Fijis. The evidence thus far collected on the Fijis shows the futility of boring in this group. Any result obtained would merely at some point indicate the thickness of a former elevated reef—a reef formed in a period preceding our own. We should obtain information which could have no bearing on the main question, if I am correct in the interpretation of what I have observed—information, in fact, which may be obtained as one steams along without the trouble or cost of boring. Should I be correct, it would be natural to look upon the results of the boring at Funafuti much in the same light, and to assume that the island, as well as others in the Ellice group, is also in this area of elevation, and that the great thickness of coral obtained was reached by boring in the base of an ancient reef. So that the results obtained by Professor David from the boring at Funafuti do not assist us in any way in corroborating the theory of subsidence as essential to the formation of atolls. However that may be, it only emphasizes what has been said so often, that there is no general theory of the formation of coral-reefs, either barrier or atolls, of universal application. Each district must be examined by itself—at least such has been my experience in Florida, in the Bermudas, the Ba- hamas, in Cuba and the West India Islands and the Sandwich Islands. ‘The results of this trip show plainly that the theory of Darwin and Dana, of the formation of atolls and of barrier reefs by subsidence, is not applicable to the Fiji Islands, not- withstanding the boring at Funafuti. In all the localities [ have visited the coral-reefs form but a thin crust upon the underlying base (it is not more than 50 to 60 feet thick in Florida), and the shape and slope of this base are in no way due to the growth of the corals living upon it. This still leaves open the question of the formation of such thick masses of coral-reef rock, which, though they may Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 239 originally have been formed by subsidence, as other massive deposits have been, yet may also have been formed by the gradual pushing out to seaward of the outer edge of a reef; the reef increasing both in height (depth) and in width by the constant pushing out of the mass of debris and of blocks detached from the outer edge, forming a talus upon which corals may grow whenever the talus has reached the depth at which they thrive. I am inclined to think that the careful study of such a shore-reef will alone give us a correct idea of the manner in which such thick masses of coralline limestone may have been formed, There is still another phase in the formation of atolls which has received but little attention. I refer to the formation of atolls as the result of the denudation and erosion of volcanic summits or of extinct craters. There are in the Fiji two extinct craters which are most interesting; one of these is the small extinct crater of Thombia on the Ringgold Islands. The highest point of its rim, the exterior circumference of which is about 2 miles, is nearly 600 feet, and it is continuous with the exception of a small part of its eastern edge, about a fifth of a mile, across which reaches a fringing reet, the extension of the fringing reef surrounding the island. This reef closes the entrance into the crater, which is about half a mile across at the level of the sea and has a depth of 24 fathoms. The other extinct crater is that of the island of Totoya, an isolated peak in the southern part of the group. It is about 6 miles in outer diameter, with an inner basin of 3 miles, and a depth of 34 fathoms. The highest point of the rim is 1200 feet, and at two points it 1s low, forming in one case a narrow isthmus separating the crater from the outer lagoon. The loins of the open rim are connected by a fringing reef-flat on which thunders the Pacific swell, piling up the water into the great basin of the crater. This water finds its way out through an opening called the “ Gullet,” which, though narrow, forms an excellent passage to the anchorage inside of the crater. Totoya has not only a fringing reef, but also a barrier reef, somewhat triangular in shape, surrounding the island. It is evident that the barrier reef has been formed upon the denuded and eroded spurs of the island, which once extended seaward from the outer rim of the volcano. Supposing now that the erosion of both Thombia and Totoya had continued long enough to reduce the rim of these volcanoes to the Jevel of the sea or to form a chain of small islands, we should have, as soon as corals had covered the flats thus formed, which indicate the former existence of the rim, atolls of nearly cicular form—the one, that of Thombia, 240 Prof. A. Agassiz on the being quite small, with a circumference of 2 miles and a depth of 24 fathoms, without patches in the central lagoon ; the other being much larger, more than 25 miles in circum- ference, having a depth of 34 fathoms inside the lagoon. The lagoon of the Totoya atoll would be dotted with patches, some of which formed parts of the rim, others being the remains of eroded spurs extending towards the centre of the extinct crater. There are in Fiji a number of small atolls from 1 to 3 or mere miles in circumference, the formation of which, it seems to me, can only be satisfactorily explained on the theory that they have been formed upon the eroded summits or rims of extinct craters, the rim of the voleano having been eroded either to a continuous flat or to flats separated by deeper passages (as in the case of the low parts of the rim of Totoya) forming entrances into the enclosed lagoons. Such atolls are Motua Levu, Motua Lailai, the Adolphus reef, Bell reef, Williamson, Pitman, and the Horseshoe reefs, and Thakau Lakaleka. Of course it is possible that some of these atolls may have been formed from the erosion and denudation of isolated peaks or ridges. It is also possible that some of the larger atolls in which are enclosed volcanic islands, like Vanua Mbalavu, Komo, Motha, Lakemba, Mbenga, the Ring- gold Islands, and others, may represent parts of the rim or ridges and spurs of volcanic peaks and extinct craters which have disappeared by erosion and have left the outer flats upon which the barrier-reef corals have grown; while the deeper valleys and gorges of these now eroded volcanic islands repre- sent the undulations in depths of the lagoons. The depths inside the lagoons vary greatly ; in the case of Vanua Mbalavu we find 72 fathoms on parts of the eastern slope of the lagoon. These great depths, far beyond any at which corals can grow, represent the elevated gorges and slopes of the volcanic peaks which probably once extended over the whole area enclosed by the outer reef, during the elevation of which the reef which covered a part of the same area was lifted to its present or even to a greater height. Such large volcanic centres with extensive craters of con- siderable depth are not unknown. We can reconstruct conditions from 'Totoya which would give us an atoll open to the west, with a few islands on the outer rim and a greatest depth of 250 fathoms inside the lagoon. Again, Haleakala in the Sandwich Islands has a crater with a depth of nearly 250 fathoms, while many small voleanic peaks, some fully 1200 feet in height, rise from its bottom. ‘The diameter of Haleakala is fully as great as that of any of the atolls in Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 241 Fiji; so that the great depth of the lagoons of some of the atolls can no longer be considered as a proof of the theory of subsidence. Fulanga is also interesting as illustrating the formation of an atoll by the same causes which have produced the Sounds in the Bermudas. In the case of Fulanga we havea volcanic summit which has raised the elevated coral-reef forming its rim toa height of probably 200 feet. This coral rim has been broken through, and the action of the sea has gradually hollowed out in the interior a circular sound resembling a crater, which is due solely to the disintegration of the inner parts of the elevated reef. In the interior and outer edge of the Sound of Fulanga many parts of this reef still exist as small mushroom-shaped islands or small rounded or conical hills. Itis also probable that some of the elevated reef-flats forming the rims of atolls owe their origin to causes similar to those which have shaped the crater-like Sound of Fulanga. This has perhaps been the case with such atolls as Ngele Levu, the Oneata, Ongea, and Yangasa clusters and others. The great variety of causes which have been active in shaping the present physiognomy of the reefs and atolls of Fiji shows the impossibility of assigning any one factor, like subsidence for instance, as is done by Dana and Darwin, as the single cause for the formation of the many different kinds of atolls and barrier-reef islands to be found in the Fiji group. ‘The formation of the great barrier reef of the southern shores of Viti Levu is due to causes very similar to those which have given to the northern coast of Cuba between Nuevitas and Matanzas its present physiognomy. Along those parts of the island where denudation and erosion proceed rapidly, owing to the soft character of the shore-rocks, very extensive flats have been formed, as those south of Ovalau. When the reef-barrier flats have been eroded from a harder base, like volcanic rocks, the flats are less prominent and some- what more extensive than when the old elevated coral-reef formed theshore-hills; or the reef-flats may disappear altogether when the harder voleanic rocks have been ouly little atfected by erosion or denudation. From the nature of the negro- heads scattered upon the reef-flats it is generally a simple matter to ascertain the character of the base of the reef-flats of an atoll or of a barrier reef. We were fortunate in being at Levuka at the time of the appearance of the ‘ Bololo.” On the morning of the 17th of November we left the ship at 3 o’clock, bound for a spot pamed “ Bololo”’ Point, about 3 miles south of Levuka. We had scarcely reached the spot when our guide tished up a few 242 On the Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. of the worms, and in a few minutes the water was full of them. Canoes put off from the shore: men, women, and children were wading on the reef with nets and all kinds of utensils to catch “ Bololo.” With the increase of daylight the ‘ Bololo”” became more abundant, and at one time they were so plentiful that the water surrounding the boat was filled with them to such an extent as to resemble thick vermi- celli soup. We made an excellent collection of the worms, preserving a large number by different methods. We found, as we had expected, that their sudden appearance was con- nected with sunt There were males and females full of sperm and eg When in captivity the discharged sperma- tozoa feddenil tie water milky, and the masses of eggs were left as patches of dark green granules on the bottom of the dish. The discharge of the eggs and spermatozoa was followed by the ccllapse of the worms, of which nothing was left but an empty skin scarcely visible. The ‘ Bololo” seems thus suddenly to disappear. The males are light brown or greenish, while the females are coloured dark green. Their activity while swimming about is something wonderful, and the bursting of the animal when it discharges its eggs or sperma- tozca is quite a peculiar phenomenon. Dr. Woolworth has made it an object to collect all the material possible in regard to the “ Bololo,” and on our return he will prepare a paper on this interesting annelid, I have to thank the State Department at Washington for their kind offices in obtaining for us letters from the Foreign Office to the Government of Fiji. Sir George O’Brien, the High Commissioner for the Western Pacific, gave us all possible facilities for visiting the different islands of the group, I am also indebted to the Hon. Charles Stuart, the Colonial fecretary, and to the Hon. W. L. Allardyce, assistant native Commissioner, for assistance and advice. ‘lo Dr. Corney and the Hon. John Berry I owe information regarding the presence of elevated reefs at various points I had not examined. To Captain D. Calder | am greatly indebted for his interest in our behalf. We were fortunate in retaining the services of Captain Robert Cocks as pilot during our expedition. His knowledge of the reefs is accurate and extensive. Finally [ have to thank Captain Thomson, as well as the officers and crew of the ‘ Yaralla,’ who have been indefatigable in our interest. I hope during the coming summer to prepare a fully illus- trated report of this interesting cruise. ... . . My. O. Thomas on a new Echimys. 243 XXXVI.—Deseription of a new Bat from North Borneo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Hipposiderus sabanus, sp. n. Size small. Head short and blunt. Nose-leaf exceedingly reduced, smaller than in any described species, the horseshoe covering scarcely a third of the top of the muzzle. Front surface of posterior transverse leaf not divided by vertical bands; horseshoe narrowing forwards, the middle of its ante- rior edge sharply notched; no secondary leaflets present. A small transverse frontal gland (in female). Ears rather small, their tips evenly rounded, the anterior margin straight or faintly concave above, the posterior convex throughout. Wings from the metatarsus; tip of tail projecting about 3 millim. Colour (in spirit) uniform dull brownish above and below. No minute upper premolar present; the large premolar pressed close against the back of the canine; the tips of these two teeth only 0°8 millim. distant from each other. Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) :— Forearm 38 millim. Head and body 43; tail 26; head 16°6; nose-leaf5 x 3°7; ear 15; lower leg 17; calcar 7. Hab. Lawas, N. Borneo. Coll. A. H. Everett. This peculiar little species differs strikingly from every known Jlipposiderus by the extreme reduction of its nose- leaf, while in the absence of its anterior upper premolar it is alone resembled by the African H. megalotis. XXXVIl.—Description of a new Echimys from the Neighbourhood of Bogota. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS, In two previous communications to the ‘ Annals’ * I have, in default of really typical specimens, accepted an Echimys from the neighbourhood of Bogota as representing ‘Tomes’s L. semi- spinosus, described from Eeuadort. Now, however, among some specimens recently presented to the Museum by the Zoological Society, at whose rooms they had been lying over- Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p, 312 (1896), xx, p. 551 (1897), v * & + P,Z. S. 1860, p. 265. 244 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Echimys. looked for many years, there is a dark brown Echimys marked, in what appears to be a handwriting similar to that on some of Fraser’s labels, ‘‘ Echimys semispinosus.” ‘This so precisely agrees with Tcmes’s description of that animal, that there can Le no reasonable doubt that it is one of the original specimens collected by Fraser and referred to in Tomes’s paper. Onno other hypothesis can the occurrence of the name, in a hand- writing not that of any English mammalogist, on a specimen found in the Zoological Society’s rooms be accounted for. A comparison of this animal with the Nicaraguan, Bogotan, and Trinidad species shows that it is most nearly allied to the first-named, from which it differs by its much darker colour, its broader nasals (which exceed to a greater extent the premaxillary processes), its parallel-sided palatal foramina, and other cranial details. Its hamular processes are of the same spatulate shape. The Bogotan species is, on the other hand, most nearly allied to E. trinctatis, but is specifically different, and may be called Echimys chryscolus, sp. 0. Size about as in £, trinitatis. Spines, as in the other members of the present group, restricted to the anterior two thirds of the body, the rump being quite soft-haired. Spines about 15 millim. in length by about 1°3 in greatest breadth. General colour above coarsely mixed yellow and black, the lining very heavy, and the contrast between the two colours very marked. Face, sides, and rump more brown and yellowish, producing a very dull tone compared with the rich rufous of Z. trinitatis. Under surface pure sharply defined white; no darker half-collar present. Hands and feet white, irregularly mixed with brown along their outer halves. Tail shorter than in £. trinitatis, fairly well haired, blackish above, white below. Skull in many ways very similar to that of Z. trinctatis ; the muzzle is, however, broader and more conical (as in cen- tralis and semispinosus), the supraorbital ridges, instead of gently curving outwards as they pass backwards, curve abruptly and strongly, attaining over the squamosals a much greater distance apart. Outer corners of interparietal with little ridges running forwards to lose themselves on the surface of the brain-case some way above where those that run back from the supraorbital ledges also disappear. In centralis and semispinosus these ridges are continuous with one another ; in ¢trindtat?s the interparietal ridges are scarcely — ? On Three new Species of African Butterflies. 245 perceptible and the supraorbital ones end off earlier. Hamular processes of pterygoids narrow, scarcely more than 1 millim. broad, while they are broadly spatulate in semr- sptnosus and centralis, and in trinitatis they are triangularly broadened, with a supplementary process running vertically upwards and nearly touching the basisphenoid. Dimensions of the type. (an adult female, measured in skin) :— Head and body (c.) 260 millim. ; tail (c.) 161; hind foot, without claws 46:5, with claws 50°5. Skull: extreme length 59; basilar length 40-7; greatest breadth 28°5; nasals 21°2x67,; interorbital breadth 13; greatest breadth on supraorbital ledges above squamosals 22 ; interparietal 8x13°4; palate length from henselion 20; diastema 12:2; palatal foramina 5°1x 3" 6; length of upper molar series 8° 2; breadth between bulla on basilar suture 3°7. Hab. Muzo, ‘N. of Bogota, Colombia. Collected by a native, Dec. 24, 1895. ype: B.MI95. 2.7. 2. Besides three specimens from the typical locality there are examples from ‘ La Isla” and ‘‘ El Guamito” in the same part of Colombia, while a young specimen (apparently iden- tical) has also eon received from the neighbourhood of San Cristoval, Tachira, W. Venezuela. XXXVIIT.—Deseriptions of Three new Species of African Butterflies in his own Collection. By H. Grose-SMitu. Pinacopteryx narena. Male.— Upperside pure white; anterior wings with the base, costal margin, and the apex (rather broadly) black. Underside. Anterior wings white, with the apex creamy white ; a minute black spot at the end of the cell, and a round grey ish-brown spot on the disk between the two upper median nervules. Posterior wings rather dusky creamy white, tinged with pale orange at the base; a row ot six small brownish- grey spots crosses the middle of the disk between the veins, and there is a minute brownish-grey spot on the upper disco- cellular nervule. Expanse of wings 1? inch. Hab, Antanossi country, 8. Madagascar (Last). Allied to P. charina, Boisd., and P. simana, Hopf. 216 On Three new Species of African Butterflies. Mylothris flaviana. Male.— Upperside differs from M. ochracea, Auriv., in the colour of the wings, which are uniform yellow, not ochraceous, and in the broader greyish-black apex of the anterior wings. On the unders¢de the dark apical area of the anterior wings is restricted to half the area of the dark markings on the upperside. Expanse of wings 24 inches. Hab. Cameroons. Neptis callina. Upperside. Both wings dusky brown; anterior wings crossed beyond the cell by a broad white band, placed rather obliquely and extending from the subcostal nervure at the middle to the lowest median nervule; the upper part of the band at the end of the cell curves abruptly inwards, the lower part of the band being narrower and indented on its outer edge; a rather large white patch on the middle of the inner margin, extending upwards to the lowest median nervule ; beyond the band towards the apex. are three narrow hastate white markings, and traces of a fourth, enclosing a row of conical spots darker than the ground-colour, followed by two submarginal brewnish-white lines, divided by the veins ; the cell is crossed beyond the middle by three dark lines and a V-shaped marking towards the base, the spaces be- tween which are paler than the ground-colour. Posterior wings crossed about the middle by a broad white band, the inner edge of which is regular and the outer edge is indented ; towards the outer margin between the veins is a row of conical spots, darker than the ground-colour, bordered on either side by dusky white lines, followed by a sub- marginal row of narrow lunulate dark bars, narrowly bordered on each side by dusky white lines; the cilia on both wings between the veins narrowly white, the veins where they cross the white bands being also white. Underside brighter and paler brown than above, with the white spots and lines much brighter; on the anterior wings the ground-colour of the cell is brownish white, and on the posterior wings there is a broad white streak above the costal nervure. Expanse of wings 1} inch. Hab, Cameroons. On Mammals from Somaliland. 247 XXXIX.— Ona small Collection of Mammals made by Mr. C. V. A. Peel in Somaliland. By W. E. pe WINTON. (1) Macroscelides Revoilii, Huet. a. Lehello (4500 feet), 65 miles south of Berbera. This single specimen is not fully adult, having the milk- teeth still in place. (2) Crocidura (Cr.) nana, Dobs. a, b. Eyk (4500 feet), 4th July. As the dimensions of the skull of this, the smallest true Crocidura known, have not been published, some of the principal measurements are here given. Greatest length 16 millim.; breadth 7; basal length 14°5; front of incisors to back of palate 7:5; entire tooth-row 6:5; tip of incisor to tip of large premolar 3°5; mandible, tip of incisor to condyle 9°7, to angle 10, angle to coronoid 4°9. (8) Herpestes ochraceus, Gray. a. Abori (5000 feet), 7th July. Mr. O. Thomas, in a revision of this group (P. Z. 8. 1882, p- 69), makes of this form his “ variety d” of H. gracilis; but with further material and entire skulls, instead of the mutilated specimens then in the Museum, it is now shown to be a distinct species. Size smaller than 77. gracilis; colour ochraceous red or bright rusty on the dorsal surface, paler on the sides; fur less annulated with blackish. It is also smaller than H. Grantii from Zanzibar, but has rather more annulations on the fur. The size of the teeth and the much shorter and more rounded skull distinguish it from either of the above species. The specimen contained in this collection being a flat skin, the measurements given below are taken trom another indi- vidual in the British Museum, ¢ (no. 97. 8. 9. 7), Mandeira, Somaliland, collected and presented by Dr. A. E. Atkinson :— Head and body (c.) 290 millim. ; tail (c.) 245; hind foot 52. Skull: greatest length 57; breadth 31 ; brain-case 25:5; basal length 54; length of entire tooth-row 24; greatest breadth outside teeth 20-3; length of carnassial tooth (outer side) 5°5; breadth of first molar 6°2, breadth of second molar 4°4; mandible, length (bone only) to condyle 37, to angle 37°1. 248 Mr. W. E. de Winton on The most marked differences in the skull compared with H7. gracilis are its shortness, the less developed occipital and sagittal crests, the postorbital processes not joining, the shorter tooth-row (measurement of entire tooth-row about equalling that from the front of the canine in ZH. gracilis), teeth individually smaller (especially the carnassial and first molar), last molar longer in proportion to the first, and the greater vertical depth of the auditory bulle ; in the mandible the most striking difference is the much shorter angular process, the measurements from the front of the jaw to the condyle and to the angle being practically equal. (4) Ictonyx erythrea, sp. n. Size smaller than the Cape Zorilla (Z. zort/la). Colour and pattern of the markings generally as in that species; the suboral white patch, however, is rather more extensive, and the black dorsal stripe does not widen out quite so much over the loins. The specimen contained in the present collection was ob- tained at Habr Heshi (4000 feet), Marehan Country, 8.E. Somaliland, Aug. 24th. his being a flat skin, it is thought advisable to select as the type of the species ancther example from the collection of the British Museum (no. 93, 6. 7.4), ?, from Suakin, presented by Surg.-Capt. R. H. Penton. Measurements (taken from dried skin) :— Head and body (c.) 535 millim. ; tail (c.) 255; hind foot (c.) 46. Skull: greatest length 55°5; greatest breadth 33:5; brain- case 28°9; intertemporal constriction 14:5; basal length 51; length of entire tooth-row 21°5; greatest breadth outside teeth 20; length of carnassial (outside) 6 ; breadth of molar 6; mandible, length (bone only) to condyle 54°5, to angle 33:2. The shape of the skull generally as in J. zorilla, differing only in size. ‘The front of the palate is scooped out, forming a shallow sinus, in which the incisive foramina are placed. The carnassial tooth is shorter in proportion and the molar narrower, especially internally. The specitic name chosen is intended to express some idea of the range of this species. The third form of this group, I. senegalensis, extends across the continent to Lado on the Nile, and into British East Africa as far as Machakos, where it has been obtained by Mr. F. J. Jackson. (5) Canis lupaster, Hempr. & Ehrenb. a. Edegan (5000 feet), 130 miles south of Berbera, 20th June. _ Mammals from Somaliland. 249 (6) Otocyon megalotis, Desm. a. Lehello, 10th June. ; (7) Xerus dabagala, Heugl. mon Lehello, 12th June. Dr. Jentink, in his well-known revision of the African squirrels (‘ Notes Leyden Museum,’ 1882, p. 41), gives this name as a synonym of X. rutilus; this, I think, is not doing justice to a form so strikingly different in coloration. ‘The form described by M. Milne-EKdwards (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1867, p. 229) as X. flavus belongs no doubt to the present species. (8) Gerbillus ruberrimus, Rhoads (?) = G. pusdllus, Peters. a. Bally Maroli (5000 feet), a little to west of Eyk. I use the above name for this Gerbil as it has been applied to an animal from an adjacent locality; at the same time I am not at all sure that it is in any way distinct from G. pusillus, Pet., which comes from Taita in British Hast Africa. (9) Gerbillus imbellis, sp. n. Size medium ; colour rich dark fawn, most of the hairs on the back tipped with black, sides purer; bases of the hairs on the back and the top of the head slate-coloured ; all the under- parts pure white; on the eyebrows, cheeks, and front of fore legs the white hairs are tipped with fawn; the white spots at the base of the ears and above the eyes distinct; tail darker above than below, rather sparingly haired; feet not very thickly covered with white hairs ; nails darkish horn-colour ; soles, toes, and pads very pale, closely covered with very con- spicuous scale-like granulations; the toes have a few stiff white hairs on the lower side; pads and soles quite naked. Type labelled “ Goodar (4500 feet), July 14th.” Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :— Head and body (c.) 110 millim.; tail? (broken) ; hind foot (2) 26-5; ear (c ). 14. Skull: greatest length 32°5; greatest breadth 16°5; nasals 13°2x2°9; interparietal 4x9°5; basal length 26; henselion to back of palate 14; incisive foramina 5°7 ; palatal foramina 0°9; lengt! of molar series 4°6; width outside ™s-1 7-3, width outside ™:? 5°35; mandible, length (bone only) to condyle 17, to angle 14; height, standing on table, perpen- dicularly to condyle 7:5. Ann. & Mag. N, Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. i. 19 250 On Mammals from Somaliland. The nasals are slender, of uniform width throughout; the front roots of the zygomata are not extended far forward, the length being 5°1 millim. The molar series are strongly con- vergent from before backwards; @3 is small, with no poste- rior cusp. ‘The palatal foramina are small, placed opposite the third interior cusps of ™%:1 and the first cusps of ™-2. The mandible is exceedingly weak and low, the ascending ramus sloping backwards at a very obtuse angle from the molars to the condylar process, with no coronoid process whatever ; angle short, not reaching backward move than halfway be- tween the molars and the condyle. The extraordinary weakness of the lower jaw suggests the specific name that is given, Gerbils being noted for fighting among themselves. It will be interesting to know upon what this animal lives, for its food can hardly be of the same nature as that of the family generally. (10) Gerbillus Peeli, sp. n. Size small; colour above rich fawn, most of the hairs tipped with blackish, the bases of the hairs slate-coloured; all the underparts, to the bases of the hairs, pure white; feet and hands well clothed with white hairs; nails horn-coloured ; fingers and toes sparingly covered with hairs on the lower sides, soles and pads quite naked; tail bicoloured, blackish brown above, deepening in intensity towards the tip, buffish white beneath. Type labelled ‘ Eyk (4500 feet), 4th July.” Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :— _ Head and body (c.) 70 millim.; tail (c.) 50; hind foot (c.) 24. Skull: greatest length 26; greatest breadth 14:5; nasals 9:2 x 2:1; interorbital constriction 4, interparictal 4:2 x 6°5; basal length 21; incisive foramina 4°6 ; palatal foramina 3°1 ; molar series 3°8; outside “1 5, outside ™:3 4°7 ; mandible, greatest length, condyle to back of incisors 14:1, angle to back of incisors 12. The skull is peculiarly square and short and unlike any other Gerbil I know, the zygomatic processes starting out very abruptly in front, recalling the skull of Malacothrix ; the nasals, however, are short; the bulle are rather large and very thin in texture. The palate is peculiar, the palatal (in distinction to the incisive) foramina being unusually large, commencing a little in front of ™®* and extending back to about level with the middle of @*?; foramen magnum some- On Three new Rodents from Africa. 251 what compressed between the large bulle, much higher than broad; the molar series not converging appreciably poste- riorly ; posterior cusp of ™ 3 large, occupying more than a third part of the surface of the whole tooth. I have great pleasure in associating the name of the collector with this very interesting new form. (11) Pectinator Speket, Blyth. a. Lehello, 10th June. (12) Lepus somalensis, Heugl., or L. berberanus, Heugl. a. Lehello, 12th June. Perhaps the specimen in the present collection agrees best with the description attached to the latter name; but as I have not had an opportunity of seeing the types, I am unable to say if they are really distinct species. The upper incisors have the grooves entirely filled with cement level with the surface. XL.— Descriptions of Three new Rodents from Africa. By W. E. DE WINTON. Anomalurus Jacksoni, sp. n. Closely resembling A. cinereus in size and colour, but distinguished by having a black muzzle, a black ring round the eyes, and a large black spot behind the ear (all these characters are found in the West-African brightly coloured species A. erythronotus); a still more interesting outward distinction is the greater extension of the soft fur on the upperside of the wings, the rigid adpressed hairs being con- fined to a small space barely 2 inches long from the point of the expanding process backwards; there is not so much white on the underside of the neck and no white band from ear to ear, and the undersides of the fore and hind legs are dusky, and not clear white as in A. cinereus. Type (¢), Ntebe, Uganda, 6th Oct., 1895. Collected by Mr. F. J. Jackson, H.M. Acting Commissioner in Uganda. Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :— Head and body (c.) 320 millim.; tail (c.) 200; hind foot (c.) 53; ear (c.) 32. Skull: greatest length 58 ; greatest breadth 38°5 ; greatest length of nasals (diagonally of one bone) 15°5; narrowest 252 Mr. W. E. de Winton on across both bones 5:5; across interorbital space at suture of lachrymals and frontals 18; intertemporal constriction 14°6 ; infraorbital foramen, height 6°5, breadth 3:7, basal length 41 ; molar series 13; diastema 12; mandible, length (bone only), back of incisors to condyle 33-5, to angle 35, to coronoid 29 ; height, standing on table, perpendicularly to coronoid 19, to condyle 17-1. Compared with the skull of A. c’nereus (measurements of which, so far as it is possible, are given below), the maxillary processes of the zygomata do not spring out so abruptly, the supraorbital ledges slightly and gradually narrow poste- riorly, with less distinct processes in the temporal portion ; the nasals are rather longer; the posterior portions of the nasals, premaxillary and maxillary processes being subequal in breadth and evenly rounded off, the frontal suture forms a row of even scallops; the jachrymal bones are rather longer on the frontal surface, the infraorbital foramina are smaller, the molars broader and more rounded, and the incisive foramina smaller. The auditory bulle are rather large. A. cinereus, ‘Vhos.—Very few measurements are possible, the skull being very imperfect. Length of nasals 13 millim. ; narrowest breadth 5:7; interorbital breadth 16°5; inter- temporal constriction 155; infraorbital foramen 6°7 x 4:2; molar series 13; diastema 12; mandible, inner side of back of incisors to condyle 33, to coronoid 26, to angle 33°5, Nasals short ; supraorbital ledges not converging from the front, ending posteriorly in well-marked processes; zygomata springing out very abruptly in front; the nasals, which are blunt, barely reach back as far as do the processes of the pre- maxille, and are not quite so broad as these processes, so that the frontal suture has not the scalloped appearance which is so striking a feature in A. Jacksoni. As some of the outward characters of this new Anomalurus resemble A. erythronotus, it would he well to mention the most striking differences between the skulls. The new form differs in the maxillary portion of the zygomata being stronger and the infraorbital foramina smaller; in the longer and narrower processes of the premaxilla, which in A. erythronotus stop considerably short of the back of the nasals; in the less- developed processes terminating the frontal ledges; the auditory bulla are considerably larger and rounder; the molar series longer and the teeth much heavier. ‘The single specimen has no free pterygoid processes, the bones show no sign of fracture, being smoothly rounded off. In the Three new Rodents from Africa. 253 mandible the distance between the coronoid and condyle is shorter, and the molars much broader and heavier. Gerbillus (Tatera) Phillips?, sp. n. Colour of the upper parts fawn; most of the hairs on the top of the head and on the back are tipped with dusky ; scarcely any sign of eye- or ear-patches ; the fur grey at the base, except on the eyebrows and cheeks; all the underparts to the base of the fur, with the feet and hands, pure white; the tail is bicoloured, much like the back above, white beneath ; the feet and hands are not very thickly covered with hair, and the tail has only short hair upon it, about as in G. afer. The pads of the fore feet (in the dry skin) are darker than the soles generally, and the soles and pads of the hind feet are dusky brown or almost soot-coloured. The soles of the hind feet are reticulated in the distal and padded portions, smooth in the metatarsal. In outward appearance, especially in colour, more nearly resembling the true Gerbils than any known species of the group to which it belongs. Type in the British Museum (no. 97, 12. 3. 7), “ Hanka Dadi, Somali, 8th March, 1897, trapped on sandy bank.” Collected and presented by Mr. E. Lort-Phillips. Measurements (taken in the flesh) :— Head and body 120 millim.; tail 163; hind foot 32; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 58°5; greatest breadth 20-1; across the front of the zygomata 14°6; nasals, length 16, inter- parietal bone 4°5 x 9°3, basal length 32; incisive foramina § ; palatal foramina 2°7 ; upper molar series 6; outside ™%1 7:7, outside ™*? 7-1; mandible length (bone only) to condyle 20, to coronoid 16, to angle 20°3 ; height, standing on table, per- pendicularly to coronoid 9°7, to condyle 9:9. The skull resembles those of its allies in general shape; the nasal bones are, however, considerably longer in propor- tion—in fact, the actual length of these bones is only equalled m G, murinus, which is a much larger animal; the auditory bulla are rather more rounded than in either G. afer or G. leucogaster. ‘The incisors are narrow, as are also the molars; the last molar is trefoil-shaped. Georychus Lugardi, sp. n. Colour seal-brown, with a small white spot on the crown of the head. ‘Lhe colour is not unlike that of G. Leche? from 254 On the Habitat of Anoplopterus platychir, Gthr. Monbuttu, but rather browner, and the large white blaze distinguishes that larger species. The skull most nearly resembles G. Bocaget from Angola in having a very broad facial portion and in the nasals ending in a point level with the back of the intermaxillary processes ; the zygomata are, however, much lighter, the inner surface is perpendicular and not turned upwards, and the maxillary processes do not spring out so abruptly ; the infraorbital foramina are very small, not more than 1 millim. high and 4 millim. broad; the teeth are large in proportion ; the auditory bull rather fuller than in most of its allies. In the mandible the coronoid processes are very much shorter and further from the condyle; the intermediate space is level, being in this respect more like G. Darling? from the Salisbury Plateau of Mashunaland. The type (no. 97. 12.5.2 in the British Museum) was collected and presented by Major F. D. Lugard, D.S.O., C.B., who obtained it in the Kalahari Desert between Palapye and Ngami. Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :— Head and body (c.) 130 millim.; tail 13; hind foot 25. Skull: greatest length 34; breadth of brain-case 14°6; nasals 12 x 8:2; breadth of facial portion 8°3 ; intertemporal constriction 8; basal length 30; molar series 7°5; mandible, back of incisors to back of condyle 2275, to coronoid 14°5, Major Lugard also brought home a Galago ( Galago maholt) taken at Palla, Bechuanaland Protectorate, which adds to our knowledge of the range of this species. XLI.—On the Habitat of the Siluroid Fish Anoplopterus platychir, Gthr. By G, A. Boutenaer, F.R.S. Amon some fishes collected in Northern Nyassaland, between Kondowe and Karonga, by Mr. A. Whyte, and presented to the British Museum by Sir H. H. Johnston, I was rather surprised to find two specimens of a catfish of the genus Anoplopterus, Pfeffer, which, instead of being referable to the recently described East-African A. wranoscopus, Pieffer, agreed in all respects, except their larger size (75-80 millim.), with Giinther’s A. platychir, The fish was originally described, from Sierra Leone specimens, as a Pimelodus, from which genus Anoplopterus differs in the absence of an ocular rim and of any trace of ossification in the first dorsal ray. Almost at the same time the fish reached me a paper Bibliographical Notice. 255 was published by Vaillant (Bull. du Mus. 1897, p. 81) describing apparently the same species from Mrogoro torrent, Urugaru Mountains, E. Africa, as a new genus named Chimarrhoglanis Leroy’, the author overlooking Pfeffer’s publications on the fishes of East Africa (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. vi. 1889, pt. 2, and x. 1893; and Thierw. O.-Afr. Lief. v. 1896). I think the identification of the genera established inde- pendently by Pfeffer and Vaillant cannot be disputed. It is also evident that A. wranoscopus is a species distinct, though closely related to A. platychir, from which it is distinguished by amore elongate body, over five times the head-length, and longer maxillary barbels reaching to halfway between the head and the dorsal fin. But in view of the fact that A. platychir is stated to be trom Sierra Leone, and as it seems improbable that so specialized a form should occur at such distant points in Africa, I have very carefully compared the new specimens, as well as Vaillant’s description, with the types in the British Museum, without being able to detect any difference by which their separation could be justified *, I must add, however, that the specimens labelled as from Sierra Leone have no history attached to them, no collector’s name—in tact, have never been entered in the Museum register. I would therefore suggest the probability of the locality assigned to them being erroneous, and express my belief that the only known habitat of Anoplopterus platychir is the hill-streams of Kast Africa and Nyassaland, and that A. platychir represents the young and A. Leroyt the adult of one and the same species. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. P. Busant. Flora Pyrenwa per Ordines Naturales gradatim digesta, Opus posthumum editum, curante O. Penzie. Volumen primum. Tuts is a bulky book of 550 pages plus the index of genera dealt with. The Latin preface runs to 33 pages. It would be difficult to calculate, from ground already covered in this first volume, how many more volumes will still be needed to complete the work. A mere cursory glance, however, is sufficient to prove the ability and * The vent is, however, anterior to the posterior third of the body, not posterior as stated by Vaillant. 256 s Miscellaneous. industry of the author, although his methods are not likely to be adopted by practical botanists. Philological, antiquarian, and other discussions of length occur constantly, and seem altogether out of place ina modern Flora. A case in point may be found under Helxine Dioscoridis, which, by the way, is the correct name ( fide Bubani) of the Linnean Parietaria officinalis. ‘“ Quid est Perdi- cium, Theophr. Hist. pl.c. 11?” Then follows a dissertation of some twenty lines, which doubtless would appeal to the classical scholar, but which most botanists would dismiss as useless. Viscwm album (our mistletoe) becomes, with Theophrastus, Dioscorides, and Pliny as his authorities, Stelin album, Bubani. Holy Writ is fre- quently appealed to, and Quercus vulgaris, Bibl. Sacer. Genesis, chapt. xxxv. v. 8(?), does duty for our common British Q. pedunculata. We do not know Hebrew, but it seems absurd to state (even if the assertion be queried by its maker) that the following verse gives us any information as to the species of oak meant :— But Deborah Rebekah’s nurse died, and she was buried beneath Bethel under an oak: and the name of it was called Allon-bachuth.” Of the three common European Poplars, Theophrastus, Homer, and the Bible are respectively quoted as the authorities for Populus tremula, P. nigra, and P. alba. The descriptions given in the works cited by Dr. Bubani are certainly insufficient to enable us to determine the species. The treatment of Prunella vulgaris occupies seven pages. There is neither here nor elsewhere in the book any specific descriptions, but full synonymy and citations are given, as well as localities, and critical notes on the structure and affinities &e. of the plant. But we cannot conelude our notice of this remarkable work w thout quoting a learned critic, who writes :—‘* A volume of such learning and erudition, and one so accurately compiled, must, in spite of its eccentricities, have a warm welcome in the botanist’s library.” ; G. N. MISCELLANEOUS. Note on Pamphila gonessa, Hew. By F. A. Heron. Tur name of this species is, as mentioned by Dr. W. J. Holland in his paper on the African Hesperiids (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 102), omitted from Kirby’s list of the Hewitson collection, but the type itself is in the collection under eretacea, Snellen, of which it is a synonym. " Beneath the specimen the pin bears the labels “ gonessa, Hew.” (in Hewitson’s own writing), and “ Angola” (printed); but these names are not visible unless the insect is reversed. No. 345 of Holland’s list is therefore only an additional synonym of his no. 149. fT Ann. & Mag. Nat. liist.S.7.Vol.1. PULIX. ae 7 — Se ee eee ee ee eee ¥ ‘ | W.E.C.del.ad nat. Mantern Bros. lith. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7.Vel I. PUY. N 9. cA oO 2 | Ea = re WOPNETANEAN INE | A. Scott del.ad nat. Mintern Bros lith. FIGS.F8 STEPHOS FULTONI sp.n. FIGS.916 DACTYLOPUS PECTINATUS -Spn. FIG.17 EURYNOTUS INSOLENS ng.&sp. no ‘* Ann .& Mag. Nat .Hist. 8.7 Vol I PU XE. AScott del adnat. Mintern Bros. ith. FIGS.1-4 STEPHOS FULTONI spn. : FIGS.5-13 EURYNOTUS INSOLENS ng &sp. ee ee Jeo Vel doe Ae ust Ann.& Mag. Nat. He Mintern Bros.ump J.Green del. et ith. 16 e. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. (SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 4. APRIL 1898. XLII.—Report on a Collection of Fishes from Newchwang, North China. By Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S. {Plate XIII. ] Dr. W. Morrison, who, after a long residence at Newchwang in Manchuria, has recently returned home, has brought a small collection of well-preserved specimens of fishes which are usually sold in the market for food. They are caught in the river and estuary of the Liao-ho, and are the first which are described from that river. The number of species is twenty-two, nearly all of which are known to occur also in the waters of the southern coast of the Gulf of Pechelee and in the rivers still further south. On the other hand, although the tributaries of the Liao-ho are separated from those of the Amur by a watershed in places under a mile in breadth, the fish-faunas of these two systems seem to be very different, to judge from Dybowsky’s descriptions of the Amur fishes. No Salmonoids from the Liao-ho were ever seen by Dr. Morrison; those sold at Newchwang (and they were in large quantities) came from the Amur. Another point of interest attached to this collection was that it contained species evidently seen and figured by Basilewsky, who obtained the materials for his paper in Nouy. Mém. Soc. Impér. Nat. Moscou, 1855, chiefly at Pekin, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 20 258 Dr. A. Giinther on where immense quantities of fishes are imported in a frozen state from the coast as well as from Mongolian and Man- churian rivers. Lateolabrax japonicus, Schleg. Chinese: Lu-yu. Labrax ly-iuy (Basilewsky, N. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. x. 1855, p. 219) is evidently the same fish as the one first described from Japanese specimens. Basilewsky, indeed, speaks of denticulations on the tongue—“ Lingua lbera ad basin aspera denticulata” ; but this remark clearly refers merely to the asperities behind the tongue, on the basi- branchials. Sciceena tenlo. Sciena tenlo, Basil. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, x. 1855, p. 220, tab. iii. fig. 1 (erroneously named Pagrus magrocephalus). D.10| sm 4A. 2/7. L. lat. ca. 70*. LL. transv. 7/20. The length of the head is nearly equal to the height of the body, which is contained 3# times in the total length (without caudal). ‘The diameter of the eye is two elevenths of the length of the head, less than the length of the snout, and much less than the width of the interorbital space. Snout moderately swollen, overlapping the lower jaw, which shows five distinct symphyseal pits. Maxillary extending beyond the middle of the eye. Preopercular margin armed with spines. Dorsal spines slender, moderately long. Anal spine strong, two thirds of longest ray. Caudal fin obtusely rounded, Pectoral fins longer than ventral, two thirds of the length of the head. Oblique greyish lines running along the series of scales ; spinous dorsal fin blackish; each dorsal ray with a black spot at the base. The specimen in Dr. Morrison’s collection, about 20 inches long, is well preserved, and agrees so well with Basilewsky’s figure that the latter might have been drawn from it. ‘The Chinese name, 7” ung-lo-yu, as given by Dr. Morrison, agrees likewise with that mentioned by Basilewsky. ‘There is an unfortunate confusion in the lettering of the illustrations in the Russian memoir. The actual lettering of our fish is “ Pagrus magrocephalus, tab. iu. fig. 1,” while the name * The scales along the lateral line are very irregular; I have en- deavoured to indicate by this figure the number of transverse rows of scales above the lateral line, Fishes from Newchwang, North China. 259 belonging to our fish is transposed to the species of Pagrus”’ on tab. 1. fig. 3. This species of Se/ena is allied to Sc’wna cottor, to which I referred some young and badly preserved specimens from Reeves’s collection in 1860 (Cat. Fish. ii. p. 301); but, for the present at least, both forms had better be kept distinct. Materials such as were at that time at my disposal, and, [ believe, at that of my predecessors, are quite insufficient for a critical delimitation of the species in a family in which the species are so closely allied and so indistinctly described as in the Scienide. Also a very young specimen in a bad state of preservation, sent by Swinhoe from Chefoo, which I thought might be referred to Scitena Dussumiert (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1874, p. 155), seems to belong rather to Sctena tenlo. Sciena crocea. Sciena crocea, Richardson, Ichthyol. China and Japan, p. 224 (1846) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish, ii. p. 284. Sciena chuan-chua, Basilewsky, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. x. 1855, p. 221. D. 10 | — A. 2/7. L. lat. 63. L. transv. 5/Lf. The height of the body is nearly the length of the head, which is two sevenths of the total length (without caudal). The diameter of the eye is two elevenths of the length of the head, less than that of the snont, and much less than the width of the interorbital space. Snout scarcely swollen, with the lower jaw a little projecting, approaching in form that of Otolithus. The teeth in the upper jaw are short, forming a single series, no one being differentiated by size, but they are larger than those of the lower jaw. Lower jaw without pits. The maxillary does not extend to below the hind margin of the orbit. Preopercular margin membranaceous, with indistinct crenulations. Dorsal spines feeble; anal spine short, but pungent. Caudal fin slightly produced in the middle. Pectoral fins longer than ventral and as long as head without snout. Coloration uniform silvery. The specimens from which this description is taken are 12 inches long. Dr. Morrison enumerates them under the names of Huang hua yu and Huang liu yu, of which, although somewhat differently spelled, the former agrees with the vernacular names given by Reeves and Basilewsky. 20* 260 Dr. A. Giinther on Collichthys lucida, Rich. A young specimen. Vernacular name: Tu tou pao yu. Cybium gracile. Cybium gracile, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1873, p. 878. First described from Chefoo. Vernacular name: Pa-yu. Platycephalus cultellatus, Rich. Vernacular name: Chien tou yu. Gobius hasta, Schleg. Vernacular name: Pan tou yu. Mugil so-tuy. Vernacular name: So-yu. Mugil so-iuy, Basilewsky, Nouv. Mém. Imp. Soc. Nat. Moscou, x. 1855, p. 226, tab. iv. fig. 3; Giinth. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1874, p- 157. D.4]}. A.g. L. lat. 41. L. transv. 14. Allied to Mugil axillaris. The height of the body is contained in the total length (without caudal) 54 times, the length of the head 43. The diameter of the eye is contained in the length of the head 54 times, the width of the interorbital space 24. Adipose eyelid not developed; the preorbital is emarginate and distinctly denticulated; snout longer than the orbit; upper lip thin; extremity of the maxillary not hidden. There are twenty- three scales between the snout and the first dorsal fin; no elongate scale in the axil. Dorsal fins nearly equal in height ; the spines are rather slender, and the first is rather shorter than the postorbital portion of the head; its root is a little nearer to the snout than to the base of the caudal fin. Neither the dorsal nor the anal fins are scaly, the latter commences distinctly in advance of the soft dorsal. Caudal emarginate. Pectoral as long as the head, without snout. Coloration uniform. The specimen from which this description is taken is 11 inches long. Basilewsky’s figure is incorrect in many respects, especially as regards the position of the first dorsal Fishes from Newchwang, North China. 261 fin. He mentions the eyes as ‘“‘nictitantes” ; but this seems to refer merely to the circular eyelid, which covers only the margin of the orbit, as also shown in the figure. Cynoglossus semilevis. Cynoglossus semilevis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1873, p- 379. Vernacular name: Ta ta-pan yu. The specimen, 16 inches long, differs somewhat from the type; I count 124 rays in the dorsal and 98 in the anal fin ; 23 rows of scales between the upper and middle, and 28 be- tween the middle and lower lateral lines. No spots on the blind side. Cynoglossus gracilis. Cynoglossus gracilis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1873, p. 244. Vernacular name: Hsiao ta-pan yu. Also in this specimen, which is 11 inches long, the numbers of the fin-rays and scales vary slightly from the type, the dorsal fin showing 136 rays and the anal 102; I. lat. 165. 21 rows of scales between upper and middle and 28 between middle and lower lateral lines. Silurus asotus, L. Vernacular name: Lien yu. Macrones longirostris. Macrones longirostris, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1878, p. 245, Vernacular name: Hud wang yu. Macrones Vachellii. Bagrus (?) Vachellii, Richards. Ichth. China and Japan, p. 284. Silurus calvarius, Basilewsky, Nouy. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. x, 1855, p. 241, pl. ix. fig. 1. Pseudobagrus Vachelli, Ginth. Fish. v. p. 85. Vernacular name: Ko ya tzu yu. Formerly I was inclined to refer S. calvartus, Basil., to Macrones fulvidraco, but that name, I have now no doubt, was intended for the present species. Cyprinus carpio, L. Vernacular name: Li yu. 262 On Fishes from Newchwang, North China. Fypophthalmichthys molitriz, C. V. Vernacular name: Chiang pan tow yu. Opsartichthys Morrisonii, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. A.) D.A0! 0At 10 Ge latad4Sio os. strana Sook Head compressed, deep, its depth being two thirds of its length. The eye is immediately below the upper profile, distant more than two diameters from the angle of the mouth; it is small, one seventh of the length of the head, and two fifths of that of the snout. Interorbital space flat, 2! times as wide as the orbit. Mouth wide, the maxillary extending to below the middle of the eye. The end of the lower jaw is received in a notch of the upper, and has on each side in front a notch to receive a strong projection of the upper jaw. ‘The third, fourth, and fifth anal rays are pro- longed into a lobe which reaches the base of the caudal. Origin of the dorsal opposite to that of the ventral, but only very little nearer to the root of the caudal than to the end of the snout. Caudal deeply forked. The pectoral does not extend to the ventral. ‘Lhe depth of the body and the length of the head are a little more than one fourth of the total length (without caudal). Suborbital ring broad, its width below the orbit being equal to that of the orbit. Silvery. The specimen is 9 inches long, fully mature, and was caught during the breeding-season, the lower jaw and other parts of the head being beset with small dermal tubercles. ‘Lhe species is allied to O. bidens, and bears the Chinese name of Lai-ku yu. For comparison the latter species is figured on Pl. X11. fig. B; it las been described in Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1873, p. 249. Culter erythropterus. Vernacular name: Pad yu. Culter erythro) terus, Basil. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. x, 1855, p. 286, tab. viii. fig. 1; Giinth. Fish. vii. p. 328. Culter ilisheformis, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Ak. Wet. xii.; Cyprin. Chin. p. 67, tab. x. fig. 1; Gunth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1889, ». 227. Culter Sieboldii, Dybowski, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxii. 1872, p- 214 (is probably the same fish). Having now had the opportunity of comparing a specimen from Northern China with others from the Yangtsekiang, I have convinced myself of their specific identity. Bleeker’s first description in Ned. Tijdschr, Dierk. ii. p. 27, was faulty. On the Physical Aspects of the Liao Basin. 263 Culter Steboldit, from the Amur, seems to me to be the same fish. Coilia nasus, Schleg. Vernacular name: Tao yu. It may appear doubtful whether Basilewsky’s Osteo- glossum prionostoma should be referred to this species or to Coilia clupeotdes. Chatoéssus punctatus, Schleg. Vernacular name: Had chi yu. Harpodon nehereus, H. B. Vernacular name: Mien tiao yu. Anguilla bostoniensis, Les. Vernacular name: Shan yu. The eel in Dr. Morrison’s collection shows the technical characters of the form “ bostoniensis,” although also Anguilla vulgaris and A. mauritanica have been brought from China. It will always be doubtful to which of these forms. Basi- lewsky’s A. pekinensis should be referred. Trygon, sp. A young specimen, without tail. Vernacular name: Yang yu. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Fig. A. Opsariichthys Morrisonit. fig. B. bidens. X LILI.—WNotes on the Physical Aspects and on the Food-Fishes of the Liao Basin, North China. By W. Morrison, M.D. AT the request of Dr. Giinther I offer herewith a few notes, supplementary to the preceding paper, on the physical aspects of the Liao basin and on the food-fishes of Newchwang, some of which are not included in the collection made for me by H.M. Consul, Mr. A. Hosie, and described by Dr. Giinther. The chief source of the Liao River is in Mongolia, near the southern termination of the Kinghan range of mountains, in lat. 48° 30’ N. and long. 118° K. During its course 264 Dr. W. Morrison on the through Mongolia it is named the Sira muren (yellow river). The direction is easterly for about 300 miles. Soon after entering Manchuria the course changes from E, to 8.8S.W., and it is thenceforth named the Liao. Altogether after a course of about 600 miles it enters that portion of the Yellow Sea named the Gulf of Liau-tong, near the treaty port of Newcliwang, in lat. 40° 57’ N., long. 121° 27’ E. Near its southward bend it receives from the north the Hen-su River, and soon after the Kai-yuen branch from the north-east. In the alluvial plain the chief tributary on the left bank is formed by the union of two rivers—the Hun, which flows south-west near Mukden (the Manchurian capital), and the Tai-tzu, which flows west past the city of Liauyang. The river formed by their union, after a very brief course, joins the Liao 60 miles north from Newchwang. Tributaries, though not so important, are also received from the west. Northward in lat. 44° a low range forms the watershed between the Liao and Songari. The tributaries which are there in close proximity are the Y-tung, which flows north to the Songari, and the Hen-su, which flows south to the Liao. From the Gulf to the rise of the Hen-su the basin of the Liao has a length of about 300 miles. In addition, and of nearly equal length, there is the western prolongation along the course of the Sira muren. Viewing the Sira muren and Liao as one river, the physical conditions admit of a threefold division. The first section of the course is among mountains with intervening valleys, possessing a considerable rainfall. Next there is a portion that flows through steppe country, with small rainfall and few tributaries. The last and chief portion is that which flows through the great alluvial plain, where important tributaries are received and the rainfall is moderate, but subject to occa- sional variations. The Hun and Tai-tzu tributary rivers, which have been visited by me, are clear rivers flowing over pebbly bottoms. At Newchwang, 10 miles distant from the sea, the river is 1 mile broad and from 20 to 30 feet deep. The tidal influ- ence extends to about 20 miles above Newchwang. The river is navigable for river cargo-boats for about 200 miles. ‘Lhere is no proper estuary. ‘The river has cut a channel for itself, outward into deep water, amid shallows and sandbanks. ‘The rocky coast of the peninsula to the east is distant by boat about 12 miles from the river’s mouth. There behind Food-Fishes of the Liao Basin, North China. 265 some rocky promontory is situated the fishing village, and fishing junks and boats of various sizes find friendly shelter. Shore fishermen also reside in cottages scattered along the seaboard. Wooden stilts, 4 to 5 feet in height, which when in use are strapped firmly to the leg, are in requisition. By their aid the fishermen can wade in deep water. A large net is pushed along in front; a small hand-net is kept for emptying it, while the fish-basket, supported on floats, is dragged behind. While on a visit there I have observed that the Algz growing on rocks were scarce and stinted, and the shells of shore-mollusks seemed dwarfed in size. Mud held in suspen- sion must be an important factor in determining the forms of life that find in the river a suitable habitat. Distributed by currents it may also have a modifying influence on the fauna of the adjacent coast. Temperature is also an important factor. For two months in summer the heat is tropical, while during the winter the sea is frozen across for from two to three months. When the river is in flood the country is under water for long distances. When the waters subside fish can be caught in pools and ditches by waysides. Fishing to a limited extent is carried on during winter through holes made and kept open in the ice. In addition to the fishes enumerated in Dr. Giinther’s paper others, belonging to the genera Scomber, Gadus, Clupea, Platessa, and Solea, may be found at times in the market at Newchwang. The genus Culter—like the greater number of specimens in the collection—is in common use for food among the Chinese, but does not appear on the table of foreign residents. Mugil so-iuy is a valuable food-fish. The flesh is a little softer than that of the herring or trout, but the flavour is pleasant, and it is procurable for the greater part of the year. Harpodon nehereus (the “ silver fish” of foreign residents) answers in some measure to “ whitebait,”’ and is in frequent request for the foreign table. Anguilla bostoniensis.—Smoked eel affords a palatable dish. During winter fish are readily preserved in the frozen con- dition. ‘This affords facility for transport, but makes it at times difficult to trace the species to their native habitat. The “codfish” (size comparable to that of an average haddock) of foreign residents is caught on the western coast of the peninsula during the early days of December, and, along with oysters of good quality, sent up to the port in the frozen condition. It is not supplied at any other time. Like- 266 On the Food-Fishes of the Liao Basin. wise during winter the following are imported from the Songari :— Acipenser mantschuricus (“huang yu’’).—This fish fur- nishes “ caviare’”’ more suitable to Russian low temperatures and gastric capabilities than to the ordinary resident at treaty ports. The flesh of the sturgeon is very palatable, but unsuitable to persons with weak digestion. “White Fish” (length 18 inches and upwards) comes to Newchwang from the Songari vié Mukden, where it is known by foreign residents under that name—probably a translation trom the Chinese words “ pai yu.” This fish is of excellent quality and flavour, approaching in these respects to the famous ‘‘ Sam lai” imported here from Shanghai, and stated by Richardson (Ichthyol. China, p. 805) to be Alosa Reevesii and A. palasah. Salmo, sp. ?—The Salmonoid imported in late autumn to Newchwang by steamers from the Amur is probably identical with that found in the lower Songari; it is known to ascend the Songarias far as San-sing near lat.47° N. In the Hurka, a tributary which joins the Songari at San-sing, travellers describe its capture during the spawning-season in immense numbers. There its name is Ya-ma-ha. It forms the staple supply of food, and yields oil and clothing for the Ya- pi-Ta-tzu, or Fish-skin Tartars. These Salmonoids show a remarkable uniformity in size, the average weight being 10 lbs. There are two large teeth in each jaw. ‘The colour (while spawning) is darker and lacks the silvery lustre of Salmo salar. The sides are marked with extensive pink patches. Salmo, sp.— Millendorff (Verteb. of Chili, in Journ. N.C. B. Roy. As. Soc. 1877, p. 107) states that he had not been able himself to discover a specimen of Salmonide in Chili. A specimen was brought to him, however, by a friend from a locality about 150 miles north of Pekin, where they were stated to exist in abundance, and were procurable up to 1} feet in length. The specimen was young and not very well preserved, but was that of an undoubted trout. The colour was reddish grey with small black spots. This fish did not agree with any European species, and was believed to come from an affluent of the Luan River. Chinese name "hua-yu, 1. e. spotted fish. On the Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 267 XLIV.—WNotes on the Embryology, Anatomy, and Habits of Yoldia limatula, Say. By Gitman A. Drew*. In this short abstract attention will briefly be called to some points of interest in the development, anatomy, and habits of Yoldia limatula, a member of Pelsner’s order Protobranchia. A more detailed description will follow at a later time. EMBRYOLOGY. The eggs are about *15 millim. in diameter, of a chocolate- brown colour, and very opaque. They are laid free in the water, and are not encumbered by any kind of envelope. The polar bodies are lost soon after they are formed. The first cleavage results in the formation of subequal blastomeres. Subsequent divisions give rise to an epibolic gastrula in which there may be as many as sixty outer ectoderm-cells. Some of the ectoderm-cells wander into the interior, the ento- derm-cells divide, and at one side of the resulting cell-mass a narrow tube appears, which opens to the exterior through the blastopore. As it has not been determined whether this tube is ectodermal or endodermal in origin, whether it represents a stomodeum or a primitive gut, it will throughout this descrip- tion be referred to as the ventral tube. While these changes are taking place about forty-two of the surface ectoderm-cells enlarge, become vacuolated, and acquire cilia. ‘The embryo also elongates (fig. 1), becomes cylindrical, acquires an apical plate which bears a tuft of apical cilia, ac, and the outer cells, which will hereafter be referred to as test-cells, arrange themselves in fiverows. The blastopore, 4/, occupies the end of the cylinder opposite the apical plate, and a depression, w, appears near the anterior end of what may now be referred to as the ventral side. ‘The two end rows of test-cells are entirely covered with fine cilia, and the three intermediate rows each bear a band of much longer cilia. ‘Lhe embryo now swims in more or less definite lines, rotating the while upon its longitudinal axis. During activity the apical cilia are bunched together into a sort of whip, and always precede the embryo. Inside the test a new ectoderm is formed, probably from the ectoderm-cells that wander in. At the age of about forty hours a few of these ectoderm-cells elongate and give rise to the shell-gland, which spreads over the dorsal portion of the * From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897, pp. 11-14. 268 Mr. G. A. Drew on the embryo, but never forms a distinct invagination. At most it is only slightly concave when viewed from above, and soon becomes arched outward. These changes are accompanied by the formation of the mid-gut, a term that is not intended External appearance of an embryo of forty-four hours. ac, apical cilia; b/, blastopore ; 2, ventral depression. to include the ventral tube, which is of unknown origin. From the beginning it is connected with the ventral tube, formed, as it were, as a continuation of the anterior extremity of the ventral tube. Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 269 From a time preceding the formation of the apical plate a few cells of ectodermal origin have occupied an anterior position. ‘These cells extend ventrally to the depression x (fig. 1), and push in between the test-cells. It was appa- rently from cells connected with this group that the apical plate was formed, and now, at about forty hours, other cells from this same group form two thick-walled pouches, which open to the exterior between the test-cells. ‘These are the rudiments of the cerebral ganglia. Fig. 2 represents a trans- verse section of an embryo of fifty-eight hours, taken through Transverse section of an embryo of fifty-eight hours, taken through the depression 2, fig. 1. eg, pouches which form the cerebral ganglia ; mg, wall of the anterior end of the mid-gut ; ¢, test. the depression z (fig. 1). The test, ¢, is shown to be com- posed of large vacuolated cells, the walls between which are no longer very distinct. As this section cuts the anterior row of test-cells, they are uniformly covered with cilia. The rudiments of the cerebral ganglia, cy, appear as two thick- walled pouches. The wall of the anterior end of the mid-gut, mg, appears in section, Fig. 3 represents a transverse section of another embryo at a corresponding stage, taken just in front of the second band of cilia. The shell-gland, sy, has become arched upward, and is on the verge of protruding laterally to form the 270 Mr, G. A. Drew on the mantle. The mid-gut, mg, and the ventral tube, vf, are both shown in cross-section. This stage is of interest in showing the beginnings of the ectodermal thickenings that form the pedal ganglia and the ectodermal invaginations that form the otocysts. Transverse section of an embryo of fifty-eight hours, taken just in front of the second band of cilia, mg, mid-gut; sy, shell-gland ; t, test; vt, ventral tube. As the shell-gland spreads out into the mantle, the embryo becomes slightly compressed laterally, the foot appears, and the visceral ganglia may be distinguished. Fig. 4 represents a reconstructed embryo of one hundred and five hours. The test-cells, ¢, are now very flat and much thinner than at an earlier stage. The shell, s, indicated in outline, is well formed. The anterior adductor muscle, aa, occupies a rather isolated position. ‘The posterior adductor muscle, pa, has just made its appearance. ‘The foot, /, is pretty well formed, and has running over and united to its Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 271 tip the ventral tube, vt, which opens to the exterior through the blastopore, 4/, and is continuous with the mid-gut, mg. Fig. 4. Reconstruction of an embryo of one hundred and five hours; cilia indi- cated only at the margins. aa, anterior adductor muscle ; ae, apical cilia; 0/, blastopore; cg, cerebral ganglia ; f, foot ; //, left liver-lobe; mg, mid-gut; of, otocyst; pa, posterior adductor muscle; py, pedal ganglion; r, pouch extending from the cerebral ganglia to the exterior; s, shell; ¢, test; vg, visceral ganglion; vt, ventral tube. The embryo at this stage has acquired an anus, which has broken through into the upper part of the blastopore. The ee Mr. G. A. Drew on the liver, of which the left lobe, d/, is indicated, has made its appearance as evaginations of the mid-gut. The cerebral ganglia, cg, pedal ganglia, pg, and visceral ganglia, vg, are connected by commissures. ‘The cerebral ganglia have been carried some distance from their point of origin, but are still connected with the exterior by the unpaired space, r, which has followed them in. The otocysts, of, seem to be com- pletely closed off, and each contains an otolith that stains deeply with hematoxylin and a little later plainly shows concentric structure. As the otocysts have never been open to the exterior, development having taken place inside a closed test, the otoliths cannot be foreign particles. At about the age of one hundred and five hours, or a little later, the embryo stops swimming, settles to the bottom, the cilia shrivel, the test-cells break apart and go to pieces, and the animal is left in its clear white shell free upon the bottom. Beside the test, the casting includes the stalk that extends from the test to the cerebral ganglia, the apical plate and its connexion, and the ventral tube from the blastopore to the position of the definitive mouth. The time occupied by these changes is very brief, only a very few minutes at most. The foot, which at first is capable of only feeble move- ments, grows rapidly, and is soon very active. It is never moved slowly, but is thrust out with a jerk and withdrawn quite as suddenly. Locomotion is chiefly effected by long and powerful cilia, which are arranged along the sides of the foot, and are very active whenever the foot is thrust out of the shell. The animal is thus enabled to glide over the surface on which it rests, but is unable to rise. The gill rudiments appear in about one hundred and fifteen hours as thickenings of the posterior portion of the mantle. Each thickening becomes more pronounced, and is soon divided by a constriction into two parts—one dorsal, the other ventral. ‘This constriction deepens, the ventral portion broadens, is carried posteriorly, and in turn becomes divided into two parts. In the meantime the alimentary canal has lengthened, the stomach has enlarged, the left liver-lobe has become larger than the nght, and the foot has acquired a “ sole,’ which roughly corresponds in shape and movements with the “sole” of the adult. Locomotion is still materially aided by the long and powerful cilia. Fig. 5 represents a reconstruction of an embryo twelve and a half days old, as seen from the right side, with the right shell-valve and the mantle-lobe removed. ‘The powerful cilia of the foot and gill and the fine cilia that cover the surface of the body and project into the lumen of the alimentary canal have not been Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 273 indicated. The lettering will enable the reader to identify the different parts. The most striking peculiarities in the development of Yoldia are connected with the formation and disappearance of the test. So far as is known, Dondersia is the only other mollusk whose embryo has a locomotor test. A short account of the embryology ot Dondersia banyulensis, illustrated by three figures, has been published by Pruvot (7). The fully formed tests of both Dondersia aud Yoldia consist of five rows of cells, all of which bear cilia. The cilia on the third Reconstruction of an embryo of twelve and a half days, seen from the left side, with the left shell-valye and mantle-lobe removed. aa, anterior adductor muscle ; cy, cerebral ganglion ; f, foot; g, gill ; 2, posterior prolongation of the left liver-lobe ; of, otocyst ; pa, posterior adductor muscle; pg, pedal ganglion; r/, right liver-lobe ; sto, stomach; vg, visceral ganglion. row of cells (counting from the anterior) of Dondersia and the second, third, and fourth rows of Yoldia are long and collected into bands which surround the embryos. The body of the embryo of Dondersia protrudes posteriorly during development. No such protrusion takes place with Yoldia. Each is provided with an apical plate and apical cilia, and in either case the test is finally cast off. The young larva of Dentalium, as figured and described by Lacaze-Duthiers (4) and Kowalevsky (3), bears a certain resemblance to those of Dondersia and Yoldia. This is largely due to three or more rows of cells, each of which bears a band of cilia. At this stage these cells form the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 21 274 Mr. G. A. Drew on the greater part of the external surface of the embryo. As the body of the larva elongates posteriorly these cells are crowded forward to form the velum, which, however, does not seem to be cast off. Through these forms we may, perhaps, trace an homology between the test of Yoldia and the velum of other forms. In this connexion it is interesting to notice that in a few forms the velum is known to be cast away. This was observed by Sigerfoos (8) for Teredo and by Wilson (9) for Polygordius. The condition presented by the mouth and anus both opening through the blastopore is interesting. It may be that the blastopore offers the only available place for the anus to open, or it may stand in relation to forms on the one hand that have the blastopore persisting as the mouth, and on the other hand to forms that have the position of the blastopore occupied by the anus. The formation of the cerebral ganglia from the walls of invaginations deserves special mention, inasmuch as it seems to be the first case reported for the Lamellibranchiata. ANATOMY AND HABITS. Yoldia limatula lives in soft mud or ooze, in which it moves about by means of its muscular foot, which is so modified that its edges can be turned outward and so form a first-rate anchor. So efficient is the foot in burrowing that a specimen placed upon the surface of the soft mud in which it lives will completely bury itself with two thrusts of the foot. The foot is very sensitive and is moved with wonderful rapidity. In every way it shows itself to be nicely adapted for burrowing. It seems very hard to imagine that it could possibly be used as a creeping-organ. From the posterior part of each external palp there arises an elongated appendage, known as the palp-appendage, which can be protruded to a distance considerably exceeding the length of the shell. This appendage is folded longitu- dinally to form a groove that runs from its tip to its point of attacliment. When the animal is feeding the shell is slightly tipped ventrally from the perpendicular, and about two-thirds of its anterior end is buried in the mud. ‘The palp appendages are thrust out of the shell, and one at least bends over and inserts its tip into the mud. The cilia lining its longitudinal groove immediately begin to elevate the mud, which is rich in living organisms. ‘The stream of particles passing along the groove is large enough to be distinguished at a distance of some feet. Embryology &e. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 275 In this way foraminifers, ostracods, and even small lamelli- branchs and gastropods, are passed along the groove, between the palps, and finally into the mouth. Thus we find that Mitsukuri’s surmise (5), based on finding sand in the grooves of the palp-appendages of preserved specimens, was right. The palp-appendages are food-col- lectors. Experiments were tried to determine if possible the part taken by the gills in collecting food. No definite results were reached, but in no case was Kellogg’s observation (2) that the gills are extremely active food-collectors confirmed. Considering the remarkable activity of the palps in col- lecting food, such activity for the gills seems rather unneces- sary, and it would also seem that the pumping action of the gills, presently to be described, would seriously interfere with their performing such a function. Sp Diagrammatic transverse section of an adult animal, taken just in front of the posterior adductor muscle. /, foot; g, gills; gs, gill suspensory membrane; m, mantle; s, shell. It is well known that each pair of gills is suspended from the body-wall by a membrane, but little or no attention has been given the fact that this membrane is muscular. As the gills are composed of wide plates, they are sufficiently broad to span the spaces between the foot and the mantle-lobes (fig. 6), and behind the foot unitedly to cae the entire 21% 276 On the Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. mantle-chamber. Anteriorly the gills gradually diminish in size and finally disappear. Posteriorly they are attached to the wall that separates the twosiphons. The mantle-chamber is thus divided by a movable partition into a ventral chamber, opening through the inhalent siphon, and a dorsal chamber, opening through the exhalent siphon. In young specimens, in which the brown gills are visible through the shell, the movements of the gills may be observed. They are gradually pressed ventrally, probably by the blood forced into them, the water passing between the gill-plates as they descend. This is followed by a quick contraction of the suspensory membranes (fig. 6, gs), accompanied by a vigorous discharge of water through the exhalent siphon as the dorsal chamber diminishes, and a corresponding influx of water through the inhalent siphon as the ventral chamber enlarges. ‘The movements of the siphons accompanying the movements of the gills are very conspicuous, and have been mentioned by Brooks (1). ‘The movements are more or less rhythmic, the time varying with the needs of the animal. The currents of water are probably primarily for respiratory purposes, but they aid in clearing the mantle-chamber from the dirt that is constantly finding its way in, and more espe- cially from the feces, which, being so largely composed of sand and mud, would otherwise drop into and soon clog the mantle-chamber. Besides creating currents of water, these movements may aid in causing the exchange of blood. The inner, pericardial, and outer, mantle-chamber, ends of each excretory organ lie very near each other. Pelsner (6) has described the genital duct as opening into the excretory organ near its pericardial opening. In all the cases that I have examined the genital duct bends ventrally, when almost in contact with the inner end of the excretory organ, meets the end and opens with it. The common opening of the excretory organ and genital duct into the mantle-chamber is elongated antero-posteriorly, and seems to represent a fusion of the two rather than an opening of one duct into the other. No distinct separation into cerebral and pleural ganglia has been observed. The otocystic canals have not been traced to the exterior, but they are distinctly visible near the otocysts. Their meaning is not clear to me, as the otocysts seem to be entirely closed off at an early age. In closing, attention will be called to two sensitive areas on each mantle-margin. ‘These lie opposite the extremities of shell-stripes that run from the beaks to the ventral margin, one anterior, the other posterior. The anterior area is in the On new Mammals from Bolivia. 277 form of an elliptical projection, and the posterior area is a flat expansion. Both, especially the anterior projection, are quite sensitive to mechanical stimulation. They are both entirely distinct from the organ of special sense described by Brooks (1). Their special functions remain to be determined. My thanks are due to Dr. W. K. Brooks, who has directed this work, and I wish publicly to acknowledge my indebted- ness to my wife, who has materially aided me in securing, tending, and preserving specimens. Zoological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, May 1, 1897. Literature cited. . Brooxs.—“ An Organ of Special Sense in the Lamellibranchiate Genus Yoldia.” Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci. 1874. | . Kettoce.— A Contribution to our Knowledge of Lamellibranchiate Mollusks.” Bull. U.S. Fish Com. 1890. . KowALEvsky.—* Etude sur l’embryogénie du Dentale.” Ann. du Musée d’hist. nat. de Marseille, Zool. tome i. 1883. . Lacaze-Duruimrs.—“ Histoire de lorganisation et du développe- ment du Dentale.’ Ann. des Sci. nat. iv. sér. tome vii. 1857. . Mrrsukur1.— On the Structure and Significance of some Aberrant Forms of Lamellibranchiate Gills.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol xx [TSSt. 6. Petsner.—“ Contribution a l’étude des Lamellibranches. de Biol. tome xi. 1891. 7. Pruvor.—“Sur le développement d’un Solénogastre.” Comptes Rend., Paris, tome cxi. 1890. 8, Sic¢erFoos.— Notes on the Organization of the Larva and the Post-larval Development of Ship-worms.” Johns Hopkins Uni- versity Circulars, vol. xv. no. 126, 1896. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1896. 9. Witson.— Origin of the Mesoblast-bands in Annelids.”’ Journ. of Morph. vol. iy. no. 2, 1890. o F- WwW WO ” Archives XLV.—On some new Mammals from the Neighbourhood of Mount Sahama, Bolivia. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Tue British Museum has purchased from Mr. Gustav Garlepp a small series of mammals obtained by him at Esperanza, a “tambo’’ in the neighbourhood of Mount Sahama, Bolivia, while collecting birds for Count von Berlepsch. The speci- mens prove to be of considerable interest, as there are among them examples of no less than five new species, one of these representing a new genus. Mr. Garlepp informs me that “the mammals were all taken at an altitude of 4000 metres in the ‘ Puna’ region— that is to say, on the high plateau between the Coast 278 Mr. O. Thomas on Cordillera and the main Eastern Cordillera—a region which is without trees and is partly covered with low bushes and partly with short grass. In this steppe-like country, and not on broken or rocky ground, all the mammals were ecllected. Mount Sahama itself, distant some 50 kilometres from the place where the collection was made, is one of the highest peaks of the Coast Cordillera, attaining an altitude of about 7000 metres.” Besides the new species, examples of Canis azarae, Cte- nomys opimus, Lagidium peruanum, and Cavia boliviensis occur in the collection, Conepatus rea, sp. 0. Size comparatively large. Fur very long and thick, 75 to 80 millim. long on the back. Hairs of neck and anterior back definitely reversed forwards, from a pair of prominent hair-whorls just behind the shoulders to a transverse ridge between the ears, formed by the meeting of the opposed hairs. White of back forming two broad bands, extending from the hair-ridge between the ears backwards on to the rump, but not reaching the tail; in front of the hair-whorls these bands are separated by a narrow black band about half an inch in breadth, which disappears at the whorls, where the two bands coalesce. Behind the whorls the two bands rapidly separate to a distance from each other of about 3 or 4 inches. ‘Tail very long and bushy, much longer than in most of the South-American forms, and uniformly bushy through- out, the hairs from 80 to 120 millim. in length ; in colour it is nearly wholly black, there being only a few scattered white hairs on its terminal third. Posterior half of soles thickly hairy. i ee of the type (an old female), taken on the skin, and all merely approximate :— Head and body 430 millim.* ; tail, without hairs 270, with hairs 840; hind foot, without claws 66, with claws 73. Skull: basal length 67°5; greatest zygomatic breadth 45 ; greatest mastoid breadth 41°5; interorbital breadth 22:5; intertemporal breadth 19°5; palate length from gnathion 31°5. The teeth are too much worn down to be measured or described. Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 4; original number 1752. Killed 3rd June, 1897. This exceedingly handsome skunk is quite unlike any Conepatus that 1 can find recorded. Perhaps the nearest to * Mr. Garlepp gives (80 millim. as the total length in the flesh, new Mammals from Bolivia. 279 it is the specimen from “ Tropical America”? described in 1865 by Gray as “ Conepatus nasutus, var. 4. Lichtensteini”*, but this differs by its smaller size, narrower white dorsal lines, white tail, naked soles, and other details. Somewhat similar specimens to the latter come from Costa Rica. Phyllotis (2?) Garleppii, sp. n. General appearance very like that of one of the North- American “ Grasshopper Mice ” (Onychomys), an appearance chiefly due to the short tail. Fur close and thick, not parti- cularly long for an inhabitant of such altitudes; hairs of back about 12 millim. in length. General colour above greyish buff, finely lined with black, becoming clear buff along the sides. Face rather paler, rump rather stronger buff, but no special contrasts present. Eyes without darker rings. ars smaller than in other PAyllotes, their colour not unlike that of the back, except that the anterior part of the outer surface is rather blacker. Hairs of under surface slaty basally, snowy white terminally, the line of demarcation on sides sharply marked ; on the chest the hairs are snowy white to their roots. Hands and feet pure white above; soles hairy for their posterior two thirds. ‘Tail extremely short, not twice the length of the hind foot ; closely haired, pure white above and below throughout. Skull with a very convex frontal profile, the muzzle being markedly bent downwards; nasals long, hiding the incisors from above; zygomata starting very strongly and abruptly outwards, and then turned back almost at aright angle, front edge of their anterior root much slanted and running up to a very high level ou the skull, so that the forehead does not project above the upper anterior zygoma-root. Supraorbital edges square, not ridged. Palatal foramina long and well open, reaching backward to the middle of m.’. Incisors more thrown forward than usual, very slender, their narrow anterior faces pale yellow above and below. Dimensions of the type (an adult male) measured in skin :— Head and body 123 millim.; tail 38; hind foot (wet) 25; ear (wet) 18. Skull: greatest breadth 17°38; nasals 13-44; interorbital breadth 3°7 ; palate length from henselion 14°2; diastema 8°7 ; palatal foramina 7:2 x 2°5; length of upper molar series 5:1 ; lower jaw, condyle to incisor-tip 21. * P.Z.S. 1865, p. 147; Cat. Carn. B. M. p. 135 (1869). 1 “ Total length 165 millim.” (G. Garlepp). 280 Mr. O. Thomas on Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 5; original number 1740. Killed May 20, 1897. It is with oveat doubt that I place this remarkable mouse in the genus Phyllotis, as its short tail and hairy feet give it a very different appearance to that of Ph. Darwini, the typical species of that group. PA. boliviensis, however, seems so to connect the two forms that, until further material is obtained, Mr. Garlepp’s mouse may be provisionally referred to Phyllotis. CHINCHILLULA, gen. nov. Form approximately that of the short-tailed species of Phyllotis, Ears very large. Fur excessively long and soft. Palms and soles naked, except just under the heel, with 5-6 pads; pollex with a rather elongated nail. Skull very much as in Phyllotis, but the molar teeth enor- mously enlarged and very high-crowned, their greatest breadth equal to the space between the anterior pair. In pattern they are simpler than in Phyllotis, the posterior lamina of m.' simply transverse and not tending to be con- stricted into two loops; m.’ and m.°® without anterior supple- mentary cusps and the general pattern simpler, posterior lamina of m.*° much narrower than the anterior. Lower molars similarly modified ; the posterior supplementary hooks absent, and the last molar, instead of being more or less sigmoid, consisting of two simple laminge connected mesially, the posterior much smaller than the anterior. Chinchillula sahame, sp. n. Size about as in Phyllotis Darwint, but general form ap- pearing stouter, mainly on account of the length of the fur. Pelage excessiv ely long, soft and silky, very like that of a Chinchilla both in colour and texture, the underfur about 18 or 19 millim. long on the back, and mixed with a few longer hairs, which attain to upwards of 25 millim. General colour above cinereous grey, washed with blackish; the hairs of the back slaty for four-fifths their length, then pale greyish white, and finally tipped with black. ‘The projecting ends of the longer hairs are black, except on the rump, where they are white. Eyes faintly black-ringed. Ears large, rounded, their visible surfaces, when folded, black; a small white patch at the base of their outer margin. Outer side of hips with a whitish projection running up from the belly-colour into that of the back, succeeded behind by a blacker area on the back of the hams, and this again succeeded by a white new Mammals from Bolivia. 281 area round the base of the tail. Belly-hairs snowy white terminally, slaty basally. Upper surface of hands and feet well-haired, white. Tail less than half as long as the head and body, well-haired and pencilled, though not to be called bushy, uniformly white throughout. Skull (in a rather immature specimen) rounded, not unlike in general outline that of Phyllotis Darwinz, though broader in proportion to its length. Nasals barely reaching forward far enough to hide the incisors ; behind they just surpass the premaxillary processes. Supraorbital edges square (probably sharply so in old age), not beaded or ridged. Interparietal large. Anterior edge of zygoma-root little projecting, evenly slanting forwards. Anterior palatine foramina well open, their edges sharply ridged, their posterior ends level with the anterior lamina of m.’. Hinder edge of palate level with the centre of m.*, V-shaped instead of transverse, but this may be due to youth. Bulle rather larger than in Phyllotis. Teeth.—Incisors narrow, smooth in front, pale yellowish above and below. Molars as described above ; their extreme hypsodontism may be gauged by the fact that the vertical height of the first outer groove on m.’ is no less than 3 millim. At its broadest point m.* is 2°5 millim. in breadth. Dimensions of the type (a slightly immature male), mea- sured in skin :— Head and body 122* millim.; tail 59; hind foot, without claws (wet) 26°5, with claws 28; ear 23. Skull: basal length (c.) 25; basilar length (c.) 24; greatest breadth 16°5; nasals, length 10°7; interorbital breadth 4°8 ; interparietal 3°7 x 12; palate length from hen- selion 14; diastema 8; palatine foramina 6°3 x 2°6; length of upper molar series (on alveoli) 7:2. Type B.M. no. 98.3. 16.6; original number 1777. Killed June 25, 1897. Akodon Berlepschit, sp. n. Size and general proportions about as in A. mollis, Thos. Fur thick and close, about 7-9 millim. long on the back. General colour above dark cinereous grey, blacker on the centre of the back, clearer grey along the sides; no tendency to fulvous, rufous, or olive tones. The hairs of the back are an unusually dark blackish slaty, with a subterminal band of white, succeeded by black tips; there are also a considerable number of longer black hairs intermixed with the shorter ones. Face like back, no darker markings round eyes. * Mr. Garlepp records the total length, including tail, as 185 millim, 282 On new Mammals from Bolivia. Ears of medium length, thickly hairy, blackish grey ter- minally, more whitish grey basally, a lighter greyish patch present behind their posterior bases. Under surface strongly contrasted white, the bases of the hairs slaty, their tips snowy white. Hands and feet wholly white above. Anterior claws rather more elongate than in the allied forms. ‘Tail about equal in length to the body without the head, well-haired, prominently bicolor, black above and white below for its whole length, except that the tip below is also blackish. Skull almost precisely similar to that of A. mollis; inter- orbital region broad, its edges square, not ridged. Inter- parietal quite minute. Palatine foramina reaching back beyond the middle of m.’. Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :— Head and body * 104 millim. ; tail 75; hind foot (wet) 20; ear (wet) 13. Skull: back of interparietal to front of nasals 24:2; greatest breadth 13°3; nasals 13°6 x 3:2; interorbital breadth5; palate length from henselion 11; diastema 6:9; palatal fora- mina 6 X 2°1; length of upper molar series 4:1. Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 7; original number 1695. Killed 28th April, 1897. While as regards the skull this mouse can scarcely be distinguished from A. mollis, its colour is entirely different both from that and every other known Akodon. I have named this species in honour of Count von Berlepsch, the eminent ornithologist, by whose assistance Mr. Garlepp was enabled to make his explorations and through whose courtesy the British Museum has been allowed to acquire the mammals he collected. Cavia niata, sp. n. Size small, about as in C. australis. Fur of medium length, the hairs 15-18 millim. long on the back. General colour a peculiar pale yellowish buff, quite unlike that of any other Cavy. Face, cheeks, hairs on and at base of ears more whitish buff. Whole of under surface and anal area white, with a slight buffy tinge, not sharply defined on the sides ; bases of hairs pale slaty. Upper surface of hands and feet also buffy white. Skull very peculiarly shortened and rounded, in exaggera- tion of the characteristics of that of C. australis. Upper profile very strongly convex, the muzzle bent down to an unusual angle with the basicranial axis. Nasals short and * “ Total length 175 millim.” (@, G.). On Two new Argentine Rodents. 283 broad, evenly broadening backwards, and then abruptly truncated, not narrowing to a median point posteriorly, their hinder margin convex backwards; premaxillary processes very narrow and slender. Zygomata strongly and evenly bowed outwards, the outlines of the two, continued across the muzzle, forming together three-fourths of a circle. Palatine foramina long, as in C. australis, but markedly narrower. Posterior palatal margin rounded, not angular, level with the hinder lamina of m.*. Incisors slender, narrow, the upper ones more thrown forwards than in other species, their front surface white. Posterior talon of m.° much less developed than in C. aus- tralis. Dimensions of the type (an adult female) :— Head and body (jide Garlepp) 190 millim.; hind foot (wet) 345; ear (wet) 13. Skull: basal length 36°6; basilar length from henselion 33°5; greatest breadth 29°5; nasals 15x91; interorbital breadth 11; palate length from henselion 18°5 ; diastema 9-3 ; palatal foramina 5°5X2°1; length of upper molar series (crowns) 10:2. Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 20; original number 1716. Killed May 8, 1897. The only known species to which this curious little Cavy is even distantlyallied is C. australis, but that differs markedly from it both in cranial and external characters. C. menus, described in the following paper, is, on the other hand, closely allied to C. australis and equally distant from C. niata. XLVI.— Descriptions of Two new Argentine Rodents. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. (L.) THE British Museum owes to the kindness of Dr. F. P. Moreno, of the La Plata Museum, the skin of a Cavy from Rioja, obtained by him during the same expedition on which he discovered the Eligmodontia Moreni described by me in 1896*. In working out the Cavies collected by Mr. Garlepp and referred to in the preceding paper the Rioja one also proves to be new, and may be described as follows :— * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 307 (1896). 284 Mr. O. Thomas on Cavia menas, sp. n. Nearly allied to C. australis, but larger. General colour dull buffy fawn, the hairs pale slaty basally, with subterminal buffy bands and black tips. Eyes with well-marked whitish rings. Hairs on inner side of ear and on the patch behind its posterior base whitish. Under surface buffy white; not sharply defined, the hairs slaty grey basally. Uppersides of hands and feet dull whitish, tending towards fawn mesially. Skull with a much longer and more parallel-sided muzzle than C. australis, the nasals practically as broad in front as behind ; interorbital region flat, little ridged, its edges more nearly parallel than in C. australis. Lacrymals as in that species. Palatal foramina very long, uniting with the in- cisive fissures, not of the characteristic triangular shape of those of C. australis. Upper incisors vertical, not thrown forward; white in front. Talon of m.? long, about equal in extent to the second lamina of that tooth. Dimensions of the type, in skin :— Head and body (evidently stretched) 265 millim.; hind foot, without claws 41, with claws 45. Skull: tip of nasals to bregma 35°53 greatest breadth 30; nasals 18°7 x 6°5; interorbital breadth 11:1; palate length from henselion 22°6 ; diastema 12°5; palatal foramina 10x3; length of upper molar series 12°2; lower jaw, back of condyle to incisor-tip 37. Hab. Chilecito, Rioja, 1200 metres. Type B.M. no. 96. 10. 7. 12. Collected and presented by Dr. F. P. Moreno, of the La Plata Museum. This species is evidently the North-Argentine representa- tive of C. australis, to which species alone it is nearly allied and from which it may be distinguished by its more buffy colour, longer nasals, more vertical incisors, and longer palatal foramina. Besides the type, the Museum possesses an example in spirit from Mendoza of what appears (allowing for the cranial variation usual in the group) to be the same form, while a third example—a skin—was said to have come from “ Chili”’; but it seems probable that this statement is erroneous. (1I.) When in Argentina in the early part of 1896 I was given by Dr. C. Spegazzini, of the La Plata Institute of Agronomy, four specimens in the flesh of a ‘Tuco-tuco, which he had Two new Argentine Rodents. 285 obtained at “ Las Talas ” *, a district along the lower part of the Santiago River, near Ensenada, the port of La Plata. This animal, when describing Ctenomys Perrens?, I referred ¢ with some doubt to Dr. Nehring’s Ct. minutus, originally from Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul. Thanks to the kind- ness of Dr. Nehring, I now possess a careful drawing of the largest of the three skulls he founded that species upon, and am therefore able to make a comparison between Ct. minutus and the La Plata animal. From the drawing it appears to me evident that Dr. Nehring’s specimens were immature—so much so, indeed, that I doubt if the full-grown animal is any smaller than the Uruguayan Ct. torguatus, Licht. In any case, however, the Ensenada T'uco-tuco, of which an old male barely exceeds in size the immature Ct. minutus, besides differing in other characters, must be considered as a distinct species. Ctenomys talarum, sp. n. Size very small; form, as judged by skull, more slender than usual. General colour above very dark, the usnal buffy or clay-coloured subterminal bands on the hairs being much hidden and obscured by their unusually broad black tipping, the whole of the back being as dark as the very darkest patches on the spine of Ct. Perrenst. Centre of face nearly or quite black. Cheeks like back ; a small but well- marked whitish patch just at the lower edge of the ear. Under surface pale, almost exactly ‘‘ cream-buft” of Ridgway, the chest very faintly darker; white axillary and inguinal patches very small. Sparse hairs of hands and feet whitish buff. Tail blackish brown above, pale buffy below. Skull much lighter and more slender than in any other species known tome. Muzzle narrow, parallel-sided. Nasals broad, rapidly narrowing backward. Interorbital region narrow, the postorbital processes delicate. Brain-case low and flattened. Interparietal small, broader than long. Bulle narrow. Incisors less broad than in the allied species, their faces as usual deep orange-yellow above and below. Dimensions of the type (an adult male), taken by myself in the flesh :— Head and body 172 millim.; tail 55; hind foot, without claws, 30. Skull: basal length 40°3; basilar length 38; zygomatic * So called from the Tala trees (Celtis tala) which grow in the locality. + Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 312 (1896), 286 Dr. A. Willey on Peripatus nove-britanniz. breadth 26:2; nasals 15x 7:2; interorbital breadth 8-5; breadth across postorbital processes 9°5; least breadth across brain-case 16°2; greatest posterior breadth on auditory meatus 24°7 ; palate length from henselion 20°7 ; diastema 13 ; length of upper molar series 8°6 ; greatest diameter of ante- rior tooth (p.*) 3°85. fab. “ Las Talas,” Ensenada, La Plata. Tupe collected June 24, 1896. Original number 169. This little species may be readily distinguished from any hitherto described by its small size, dark coloration, and slender skull. XLVII.—On Peripatus nove-britannie, sp. n. By ARTHUR WILLEY, D.Sc. Last year I obtained thirteen specimens of a species of Peri- patus in New Britain, of which eleven were females and the remaining two males. The following brief diagnosis will suffice to show that this species constitutes a new (Melanesian) type of Peripatus, conforming neither to the type of the Neo- tropical, nor of the Australasian, nor of the Ethiopian species. I. Colour.—In the living animal the colour consists gene- rally of large and small brownish-yellow spots dotted upon a black background. On the dorsal surface the larger spots are arranged segmentally, one row on each side above the bases of the legs and another row on each side of the median line. On the ventral surface there is a median row of brown spots surrounding the ventral organs. The black ground-colour developed a bluish tinge after preservation in 5-per-cent. formol, and the ventral surface was then seen to be rather less deeply pigmented than the dorsal surface. Il. Female. 1. Length of largest specimen 54°75 millim., with maximum width of 5 millim. 2. Twenty-four pairs of claw-bearing appendages. *3, Legs provided with three spinous pads; the aper- tures of the enlarged segmental organs of the fourth and fifth legs placed in the centre of the third or proximal pad; asimilarly placed aperture sometimes occurs on the sixth leg. *4, Feet with a primary papilla on the anterior and * Nos. 3 to 5 apply to both sexes, On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox. 287 posterior margins, and a dorsal papilla, which is sometimes median-dorsal and sometimes more or less closely approximated to the anterior papilla. *5, Outer blade of jaw without accessory minor tooth. 6. Generative aperture placed immediately behind the last pair of legs. 7. Receptacula seminis present. 8. Embryos in all stages of development may occur in the uteri of one individual. III. Jale (peculiar features) :— 1. Length 15 millim. 2. Twenty-two pairs of claw-bearing appendages. 3. Generative aperture placed at the end of a relatively long, backwardly directed, conical papilla, imme- diately behind the last pair of legs. 1V. 1. The identification of the sex of the individuals with 22 pairs of legs was confirmed by dissection. 2. The probability of the constancy of the difference in the number of the legs of males and females was strengthened by the examination of the older embryos found in two of the females. 3. I hope shortly to publish an illustrated account of this interesting species. XLVIII.—On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). By G. E. H. Barrert-Hamitton and J. L. BoNuOTE. A COMPARISON of a set of Arctic Fox skulls brought back by Barrett-Hamilton from Kamtchatka and the Commander Islands with the series already in the British Museum collection has revealed the fact that the skulls of those foxes which inhabit the continent of Europe and Asia (and the Commander Islands) may be distinguished from those of Spitzbergen by their larger size and lesser proportionate breadth. It is therefore necessary, according to the custom now in vogue among naturalists, to distinguish the two sub- species by name, and we propose that the fox from Spitz- bergen should be known as Canis lagopus spitzbergenensis, subsp. n., while the foxes of the mainland should be desig- nated as Canis lagopus typicus. The material at present available seems to establish the * Nos. 3 to 5 apply to both sexes. 288 On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fou. apparent identity of the Spitzbergen foxes with those of Iceland, Novaya Zemlya, and Greenland, since the measure- ments of skulls in the museums of Dundee and Cambridge, for the use of which we are indebted to the kindness of Professor D’Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., and of Mr. 8S. F. Harmer, show that the Iceland and some of the Greenland foxes belong also to a small race, which we are unable to distinguish from that which inhabits Spitzbergen. In Greenland it is interesting to note that both forms occur; and although the localities which accompany some of the skulls from that country are not as exact as we could wish, there is evidence to show that the ranges of the smaller and larger races meet somewhere in the neighbourhood of Davis Straits, and hence it seems possible that the foxes of the American mainland belong to a large race like that of the mainland of the Old World. ‘This supposition is partly borne out by the presence in the British Museum collection of a large female skull from the Aleutian Islands (no. 91. 12. 18. 3). As, however, it is well known that Arctic foxes have been frequently turned down on the islands of the Aleutian chain, we do not think it advisable to give too much importance to this specimen. At all events we have no specimens from the American mainland with which to compare our Old-World series, and hence it is only possible, in the present state of our knowledge, to distinguish two races, one of which—the larger—is found all round the Arctic portions of the Eurasian continent and on the Commander Islands, and probably also on the corre- sponding portions of North America, while the smaller race is confined to Spitzbergen, Iceland, and Greenland, meeting the larger race at Davis Straits. We are not ina position to give any external differences whereby the two races may be distinguished, as the British Museum does not possess a series of skins of the Arctic Fox. It is probable, however, that such external differences exist. The average total length of the series of skulls of the larger form which we have been able to examine is 134 millim., and of the smaller form only 126 millim., for males, the corre- sponding measurements of the skulls of female animals being 124 and 118 millim. respectively; so that the dimensions of males from Spitzbergen overlap those of females of the larger race. The largest male skull of C. lagopus typicus (e coll.G. E. H. B.-H. no. 17) reaches a length of 140 millim., and the smallest (e coll. G. E. H. B.-H. no. 20) 130°5 millim. ; both are from Kamtchatka. The largest Spitzbergen male which On the Species of the Genus Hebomoia. 289 we have examined (B. M. coll. no. 96. 9. 23. 5) reaches a total length of only 127°5 millim. The females exhibit the same characters, but are smaller. In conclusion, it may be noted that we have examined specimens from Kamtchatka, the Aleutian and Commander Islands, Lapland, Norway, Spitzbergen, Iceland, and Greenland. Dimensions of the type of C. lagopus spitzbergenensis, a female collected in Spitzbergen by Dr. J. W. Gregory (B. M. coll. no. 96. 9. 23. 8) :—Basal length 109 millim.; greatest length 118°5; greatest breadth 66; length of palate 56; length of nasals 38; length of lower jaw 86. XLIX.—A Review of the Species of the Genus Hebomoia, a Group of Pierine Butterflies. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER, PaD), FL:Si.Z.8., &e. TuIs genus, of which the Museum collection now contains all the known forms, consists chiefly of a series of fairly well- defined geographical modifications, mostly inhabiting different islands, and consequently exhibiting a degree of constancy in their often slight distinctive characters which gives them some. title to be regarded as diverse species. Several of these. species were named by Wallace in 1863, in a paper published by him in the ‘Journal of Entomology’; but in his “ Re-. vision of Oriental Pierine,” published four years later in the ‘Transactions of the Entomological Society,’ he ignored all but two of them, not even quoting the names which he had given, in his synonymy. It has been generally considered that one species of Hebo-. moia is distributed over the whole of India, Burma, China, and Ceylon; but a study of our present fine series has con- vinced me that this is not correct, inasmuch as the forms of Northern and Southern India differ quite as much as typical HM, glaucippe does from its representative forms in some of the islands. The seasonal forms of Hebomoia do not seem to be very strongly defined even on the Continent, and probably in the insular species they are unrepresented. I. H. glaucippe group. Wings above milky white, rarely tinted towards the borders with brimstone-yellow : primaries of males with a broad trian- gular orange apical patch, broadly bordered externally and, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol..i, 22 290 Dr. A. G. Butler on sometimes internally with black-brown, and crossed by a more or less prominent series of sagittate blackish spots: second- aries frequently with black spots, especially towards apex ; the apex of the primaries in the female black-brown, crossed by a more or less broad oblique orange belt, followed by a transverse series of orange spots. 1. Hebomoia glaucippe. Papilio glaucippe, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 240 (1764). Papilio callirrhoe, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775). North-eastern India*, Burmah southwards to Malacca, China. The dry form differs from the wet in its inferior size, more faleate primaries, and the often browner and always less strongly reticulated character of apex of primaries and the secondaries on the under surface. 2. Hehomota australis, sp. n. The Southern representative of H. glaucippe. It differs in the feeble indication or entire absence of the black inner edging to the orange apical patch of the males and in the reduction of this edging in the females. In size it corresponds with the more widely distributed form. Southern India from Mysore south-eastwards to Ceylon. Our series of H. glaucippe consists of forty selected examples in addition to four in the Hewitson collection. Of H. australis we have fifteen examples. 3. Hebomoia javanensis. Iphias javanensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom, ii. p. 3 (1863). Java. Six examples. B. M. A small representative of H. g/aucippe in which the under- surface colouring of the secondaries and apex of primaries is slightly more tinted with sienna. 4, Hebomoia lombockiana, sp. n. Intermediate in character between H. glaucippe and H, timoriensis; the outer border and transverse spotting of the apical patch of the primaries being similar to that of the former, but the form of the inner edge of this patch irregu- larly zigzag as in the latter, and with a sulphur-yellow border, * We have one example labelled ‘ Malabar,” but this locality is vague and perhaps incorrect. the Species of the Genus Hebomoia. 291 its inferior extremity edged with blackish in the male and its entire inner edging blackish in the female: the under-surface colouring is somewhat more golden than in either species. Size similar to that of H. témoriensis. Lombock (Wallace). One pair. B. M. This has as much claim to a distinct name as any of the other insular representatives of H. glaucippe. 5. Hebomota timoriensis. Iphias timoriensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1863). Timor (Wallace). Four specimens B. M.; one coll. Hewitson. Costal margin of primaries rather longer than in the pre- ceding, border of orange patch narrower and transverse spots very small; no blackish inner edging, but a well-marked diffused sulphur-yellow border : secondaries of male without marginal spots: reticulation of under surface rather denser than in [7. glaucippe. 6. Hebomoia philippensis. Iphias philippensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1863). Philippine Islands. Fifteen specimens B. M.; one coll. Hewitson. Size of the preceding, the inner edging of the orange patch similarly formed, but sometimes partly margined with blackish (more often without this margin in both sexes), the yellow diffused border of the male usually extending far back into the wing, the secondaries often washed with sulphur- yellow on the outer border, the whole surface of the female often suffused with sulphur-yellow; the outer border and spots on the primaries much as in H. glaucippe, the marginal spots towards apex of secondaries often present. Under surface like that of H. glauctppe. 7. Hebomota celebensis. Iphias celebensis, Wallace, Journ, Entom. ii. p. 3 (1863). Celebes. Very like typical H. glaucippe, but with longer costal margin to the primaries and the blackish inner edging of the orange apical patch nearly or quite as wide as the outer border ; the black spots towards apex of secondaries squamose, but extending for some distance up the nervures. We have six examples. . 22 292 Dr. A. G. Butler on Some lepidopterists will probably regard the preceding seven forms as mere local variations of [. glaucippe. In any case it is far more convenient that they should have distinc- tive names; and as Wallace set the example, I have thought it best to complete his work by naming the two forms which he overlooked. Il. H. borneensis group. Very like the preceding group, but the male with the apex of the primaries black, crossed by a broad belt of orange, traversed by the usual black spots, that of the female black, crossed by a narrow oblique milk-white or orange bar, followed by three or four spots of the same colour parallel to outer margin; markings below more dusky brown than in the species of group I. 8. Hebomoia borneensis. Iphias borneensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1868). Borneo. Eighteen examples B. M.; three coll. Hewitson. 9. Hebomoia sulphurea. Iphias sulphurea, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 5 (1863). Iphias Felderi, Vollenhoven, Monog. Pier. p. 53, pl. vi. figs. 2, 3 (1865). Batchian and Gilolo, Three males (ex coll. Godm. and Salv.), B. M.; ¢ 2, coll. Hewitson. Differs from 7. borneensis in its superior size, sulphur- yellow colouring, and the orange instead of white bar across the apical patch in the female; ground-colour of secondaries and apical area of primaries on under surface bright golden ochraceous, but with dark brown markings. III. H. Vosstti group. Primaries more distinctly triangular; wings above more or less gamboge-yellow; orange apical patch on primaries occupying nearly half the wing-surface. 10. Hebomotia Roepstor ffi. Hebomoia Roepstorffi, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soe. Beng. xlix. 2, pp. 134, 150, and 235 (1880). Andamans. ‘Ten specimens B. M.; two coll. Hewitson. Five of our examples, including two females, were received from the Godman and Salvin collection. In this species the basal area of the wings is milk-white. the Species of the Genus Hebomoia. 290 11. Hebomoia Vossii. Iphias Vossii, Maitland, Tijd. Ent. ii. p. 25 (1859); Vollenhoven, Monog. Pier, p. 55, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1865). Nias. Three males. B. M. One of our specimens was received from the Godman and Salvin collection. ‘The species is larger than H. Roepstor fi, and the ground-colour of the wings above is entirely gamboge- yellow ; the ground-colour below is also yellower (less orange). IV. H. leuctppe group. The orange apical patch extends nearly to the base of the discoidal cell of the primaries. 12. Hebomoia leucogynia. Iphias leucogynia, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 4, pl.i. figs. 1, 2 (1863). 3 ¢,Bourou. Three specimens B. M. ; two coll. Hewitson. ‘The internal area of the primaries and entire secondaries above pale sulphur-yellow ; the female blackish and whiter above. 13. Hebomota leucippe. Papilio leucippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxvi. A-C (1775). Amboina and Ceram. Seven examples in B. M.; four in coll. Hewitson. Three of our specimens were received from the Godman and Salvin collection. In this species the primaries are orange excepting at the base, which is yellow dusted with grey; the orange area on the female also is about as extensive as in the male of the preceding species; the secondaries are gamboge-yellow, and the latter, as well as the apical area of the primaries, deep cadmium-yellow on the under surface. I consider Ptychopteryx Lucasii, Grand., to represent Hebomoia in Madagascar ; both in general aspect and struc- ture it is nearly related to the latter. 294 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Species L.— Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies of the Subfamily Pierine. By Artuur G. Buruer, Ph.D. THE following species in the Museum collection have hitherto remained unnamed :— Mylothris bogotana, sp. n. @. Allied to M. malenka, but differing in the pattern of the primaries, the tawny discoidal and somewhat shorter sub- median longitudinal streaks becoming sulphur-yellow at the extremities ; beyond and well separated from these are two isolated yellow spots placed obliquely, and beyond the cell three elongated spots of the same colour in an oblique subapical series instead of the oblique quadrifid belt of M. malenka. Expanse of wings 75 millim. Santa Fé de Bogoté (Stevens). B. M. This is not likely to be a variety of the Venezuelan species, as it is believed that in this group the variations of the female are not very great. Elodina Walkeri, sp. n. Allied to EZ. perdita, the male with shorter primaries ; the apical patch always as broad as in L. perdita 2, and not incised or dentated below the third median branch: apex of primaries below silvery, with three increasing blackish sub- apical spots in an oblique series ; a sulphur-yellow subcostal streak from base, and in the discoidal cell a saffron-yellow suffusion : secondaries silvery white; a blackish dot at end of cell and four or five blackish discal spots in an obtusely angular series between the nervures. Expanse of wings 38 millim. Port Darwin (J. J. Walker). B. M. We have six examples, of which five were collected by Mr. Walker; the sixth is one of our oldest specimens, the registered locality for which was simply ‘ New Holland.” Elodina baudiniana, sp. n. Also allied to #. perdita, but distinctly smaller and very uniform in pattern: above pearly snow-white ; primaries with costal margin smoky greyish, basal half of costal border flesh- of Butterflies of the Subfamily Pierine. 295 tinted, a rather narrow blackish apical patch, widest on costa (where it occupies about the external two-fifths of the margin) and tapering to extremity of second median branch, its inner edge dentated; a small and slightly browner spot at extremity of first median branch: below like the preceding species, but the black spots often very indistinct. Expanse of wings 33-38 millim. Baudin Island (J. J. Walker). B. M. Of this species we have fourteen examples. Tertas Chamberlaini, sp. n. 6. Bright gamboge-yellow; costal margin of primaries very delicately black, excepting towards the base; costa sprinkled with black scales to end of discoidal cell; extreme base of cell and of submedian vein marked by short black dashes ; outer border narrowly dark brown, commencing at about two-fifths of the length from apex and tapering to ex- tremity of first median branch, its inner edge zigzag from the third median branch hindwards: secondaries with a con- spicuous pure white glandular patch towards base above the subcostal vein; veins terminating in very minute black dots followed by orange spots at the base of the fringe: body normal. Under surface gamboge-yellow, sparsely and very finely irrorated with brown atoms; a well-defined black spot at the end of each discoidal cell; fine black dots followed by orange angular markings terminating the veins, the orange markings uniting and covering the fringe towards apex of primaries ; a pure white glandular patch between median and submedian veins towards base of primaries; a very indistinct W-shaped series of squamose brown spots crossing disk of secondaries. Expanse of wings 30 millim. Bahamas (Neville Chamberlain). B. M. We only possess one male of this pretty little species. If Felder’s statement was correct that his 7. smdlacina nearly approached J. smdlax both in pattern and structure, this would be the second New- World species of the T. deta group ; but an examination of Felder’s description clearly shows that his species did not possess the glandular patches which charac- terize the 7’. deta group, and therefore was “ wirklich nicht zunichst verwandt” to 7’. smilax (as he ought to have said), 296 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the LI.—The Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. By J. J. Quewcu, B.Sc. Lond., C.M.Z.S8.* THESE reptiles possess a somewhat special interest for resi- dents in tropical America, seeing that they are at once a pest and a pest-destroyer in the general economy of nature.. ‘The term boa-constrictor in common parlance is applied to any snake that secures its prey by enwrapping and crushing it to death, and it is more frequently used perhaps to denote the great pythons of Asiaand Africa than the constricting snakes of tropical America, to one species of which—the great land- boa—in a strict system of nomenclature the name rightly belongs. The Boas are thus typically the constrictors of the New World, though they are not confined to it. Locally the word Camoodie is synonymous with boa-con- strictor, and the various species are denoted by such terms as Water-Camoodie, Land-Camoodie, Tree-Camoodie, &c. Generally, however, the water species is referred to particu- larly as Camoodie, this being the commonest, or, at any rate, that one which is found most frequently, close to the haunts ot man; and as it is also the largest, it has come to figure in the public mind as the typical boa-constrictor, in place of its land congener, to which the name belongs. This group of snakes will readily be recognized here by two very simple characters. The jaws are long and carry each a series of more or less curved and elongated teeth, and the top of the head is covered with small scales of much the same size as those over the body, and not with the larger shields or plates met with in the harmless snakes. Of all the species the water-boa, which is known techni- cally as Hunectes murinus, will be most easily recognized, Its markings and colour are nearly the same in all individuals and atall ages. Above, itis of a glossy brownish black, with a double row of large oval black marks arranged transversely ; below, it is mottled or streaked with black and yellowish white; while along each side there is a series of yellow patches surrounded by a black border. During life the tints are vivid enough, but when the snake is preserved and the skin taken from the body and dried the colours become dull. ‘The skins, however, are in great request tor slippers, belts, pouches, and other similar useful or orna- mental objects. * From ‘Timehri: the Journal of the Royal Agricultural and Com- , mercial Sceiety of British Guiana,’ December 1897, pp. 204-313, Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 297 In size this water-boa seems to exceed all other snakes, and it would appear to be more deserving of the ancient name Anaconda than the Eastern forms to which it was first applied. In fact, it may be said that the name is almost limited nowa- days to this tropical American species. ‘The length is known to reach quite 37 feet, but it is said that much larger speci- mens have been taken. On this pcint, however, it is hardly safe to express an opinion, since unless definite measurements are made, the estimate of size can be of little value. A case in point, which would suggest caution in accepting the great lengths ascribed to certain animals, may be quoted from the writer’s experience as regards the large Black Alli- gator locally known as Caiman (Al/egator niger). The length of this form is given by various travellers in the colony, as, for instance, by both Brown and Schomburgk, as from 20 to 25 feet, Waterton even recording 30 feet; but there is no statement of actual measurement. In the writer’s experience the largest forms of this species, taken in the very districts referred to by the forementioned travellers, hardly exceeded 14 feet, though when seen in the water they appeared to be considerably larger. A similar example may be found in the great Arapaima fish (drapaima gigas), which is recorded as from 16 to 18 feet in length, while in reality they hardly attain to more than half that size. Actual measurement is requisite in all such cases. . Skins of the water-boa of from 18 to 25 feet in length are frequently obtained, and in the sheltered swamps and along the creeks in the recesses of the forests it may well be that considerably larger animals would be met with. The following experience along the higher Essequibo River tends to support this. In 1894, while passing by a wide outgrowth of closely matted grass from the swampy bank, the boat disturbed an enormous snake, of which the head, neck, and part of the body were clearly seen at a distance of certainly not more than 5 feet. It was noticeable that the head was considerably more than twice as large as that of one of about 20 feet, and this seems to indicate a snake of very large pro- portions. ‘Ihe unfortunate part of the matter is that snakes of very great size are most likely to be seen in places where it is out of the question to secure them, as it happened in this particular case. The body of the water-boas is thick in proportion to its length and cylindrical, owing to the strongly developed dorsal muscles from which they derive their great strength. The males, as a rule, are more elongated, and the females thicker towards the end of the body. In this species, as in the other 298 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the constrictors, rudiments of hind limbs are found in the form of claws, one on each side of the vent. These snakes are aquatic, and frequent especially the grassy and sheltered banks in the still reaches of the streams and the wide open water-savannahs. They are widely distributed in all such places over the colony, and are abundant in all the coast districts, more especially in the sheltered waterways close to settlements in the country where poultry is reared. Small specimens up to about 10 feet in length are very fre- quently caught in such shallow waters, and larger specimens are met with occasionally lying on the grass or tree-stumps by the waterside, or in the act of constricting or swallowing their prey, when they seem, as a rule, altogether disinclined to move, except so far as the contortion of their body for swallowing is concerned. It is mentioned, on apparently good evidence, that after having swallowed an animal of large size these creatures lie torpid, and are incapable of escaping if disturbed; but to the writer’s knowledge no such case has ever been met with in the colony, and it may be doubted whether snakes that were big enough to take in large animals would be afterwards incapable of movement, the more especially that they are little likely to be far away from the moist bank of some waterway. From the habitat of these reptiles it is not difficult to see that they are well situated for securing their food. From the abundance of creatures that slake their thirst by the waterside, the boas are able to secure all that they need, and they cer- tainly make good use of their opportunities, for when caught they are always well-nourished and fat. Rodents and birds seem to be favourite articles of diet, not only with this species, but with the generality, if not all, of the constricting snakes. The part which these and kindred reptiles play in main- taining the balance of nature in a group of such remarkable fecundity as the rodents must be therefore of considerable importance to man in the tropics, the more so that the greater number of rodents are among the most serious depredators on cultivation in general. It must be stated, however, that the range of food of the boas includes a great variety of other animals, such as the great Salempenta or Teguexin lizards and the alligators, besides the smaller mammals generally, and even the small wood-deer and the peccary. The securing of prey such as the mammals or birds is ordinarily an operation of short duration, since the highly organized animal, being once en- Boa- Constrictors of British Guiana. 299 wrapped, succumbs rapidly under the enormous pressure of the folds about its body. It is not often therefore that an observer comes upon the field during the process, except when poultry has been seized close to a dwelling and their cries have attracted the attention of the inmates. In the case of the alligators it is far otherwise, and the process is always a long one, taking on the character of a combat, except where the snake is disproportionately large. In one case observed the contest certainly extended over two days ; and it would seem that, if the snake once succeeds in infolding the alligator in its coils in an advantageous position, the latter must succumb, the result being only a matter of time depending on their relative size. In all the cases observed the contests took place in the grass-covered swamp or marsh by the riverside, the alligator struggling fiercely with head, legs, and tail, turning about, heaving and wriggling, in a vain endeavour to cast off the boa. It is remarkable that, even when the alligator is of a size such that it might by wriggling reach the deeper water, it seems to avoid it, perhaps from the recognition that in the water, where they would both sink to the bottom, its chances of holding out under the pressure of the snake’s folds would be lessened. Qn land the continuance of the struggle depends on the crushing power of the boa and the resistance of the alligator, dependent on its size, to suffocation—a process that in these mixed-blooded creatures is only effected with considerable difficulty. Possibly cases may occur where a small boa attempts the impossible, and has eventually to abandon it; but in those that have been under observation the sizes have been such that, while by means of the head, tail, and toes the alligators have been able to toss and wriggle about to a greater or less extent, they were evidently under stress of partial suffocation. For long intervals they would remain perfectly still, perhaps from collapse, or with the expectation that the boas might consider them dead and proceed to unfold them ; and then again they would struggle furiously, but equally to no effect. It is a curious thing that under such circumstances a boa will allow of quite close approach without its attempting to escape or attack if interfered with, and, in fact, the same thing takes place where poultry has been seized and is still in the coils. Disturbance only causes the snake to bind its folds tighter about its prey, as if to prevent its escape, and the reptile can be easily killed—the only compensation in the case ot the poultry. 300 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the In isolated country settlements where there are quiet water- ways with grassy or bushy banks, the water-boas become a serious nuisance, and cause considerable loss of poultry ; and if there happen to be no open spaces, except the dams along the waterside, where the birds are constantly liable to be seized, the keeping of poultry may be quite an impossibility. These snakes, and in fact the boas generally, thrive well in confinement in the tropics, and if they be kept regularly sup- plied with water and food they can be handled with impunity at almost any time except during sloughing, when they are apt to be irritable. The water should be sufficient to allow them to immerse themselves entirely. Their growth is by no means slow, a small specimen of less than 4 feet, fed on a diet of rats—of which they are very fond—having reached a length of nearly 10 feet, with proportionate thickness, in about SIX years. Occasionally a specimen refuses to take food, and it is surprising for how long a time they are able to exist without feeding, and with but little apparent decrease in size, if any. A specimen kept in a narrow-meshed wire cage in the Museum some years back refused to eat for nineteen months, though it would lie in the water for long intervals; and it seemed at the end of the time to be about as plump as it had been before. Here there was no chance of food being obtained surreptitiously, for the small meshes prevented even a mouse from penetrating inside, and the cage was always under lock and key. Cases of even longer intervals are mentioned as having occurred, but it does not appear that the element of chance feeding was eliminated. With but two exceptions, in an experience of ten years with several dozens of boas of different species, living food (rats) had always to be given to them; and if this seems a cruel proceeding at first sight, one has only to be reminded that it is about the quickest way of destroying the rats— certainly quicker than drowning them oneself or allowing one’s dogs to kill them. ‘The sentimental picture of these creatures trembling with fear under the dreadful fascination of the snakes is but a figment of the imagination. After an experience of many years with a very large number of South- American snakes—poisonous, constricting, and harmless—in relation to living animals—mammals, birds, and other creatures —both in confinement and in open nature, the writer knows of no single fact, nor has come in contact with any observer who can produce any fact, supporting the so-called fascination of animals by snakes. ‘That certain animals may become absolutely paralyzed by fear and incapable of movement at Boa- Constrictors of British Guiana. 301 the sight of a snake’s approach is in no case different from the corresponding manifestation of profound fear and collapse on the part of many animals in the presence of extreme danger. In the case of rats, at any rate, there is not only no sign of any such fear ; but they even appear to be more than callous, often attacking and badly biting the snakes if the latter be not hungry, and rendering their removal necessary. The instances of the two snakes—one a land-boa and the other a water-boa—naturally eating dead animals placed in their cages appear to be quite exceptional, for in other speci- mens such consumption was only brought about by strategy. Properly fed and taken care of the water-boa and the land- boa also become extremely quiet and gentle—perhaps, more truly, sluggish—in their movements ; and a large specimen of the former, over 20 feet in length, manifested in confinement not the slightest inclination, nor made the slightest attempt, to attack when disturbed, or even when quietly handled. These reptiles are nocturnal in their habits, and when they have the chance seek out dark corners in which to shelter themselves from the light. When these snakes have become accustomed to a special diet, such as rats, for instance, they seem at times to neglect, even when they are in want of food, other creatures that at first they would have seized upon at once. Thus a large Salempenta or Teguexin lizard has remained for years in a cage with a water-boa, unmolested, even when the latter has been hungry, and has taken four large rats in succession. It is a common belief that the boas lubricate their prey before swallowing it. There is really not the slightest foundation for the belief. After the object is dead the snake usually passes its head along or about the body, perhaps to get some idea of the size, but more likely to find the situation of the head, at which part it almost invariably starts to swallow. At this stage there is no saliva on the object; but if, after it is partly swallowed, it has to be rejected on account ot too great size, that part of the body which had been in the snake’s mouth and throat will be tound to be abundantly covered with the saliva poured out during the process of swallowing. In confinement, at any rate, it not untrequently happens that objects are thus disgorged after being nearly taken down; and it would seem to be due to their being too large, the snakes attempting, through hunger, to prey upon what ordinarily, in nature, would be left alone. The saliva- tion therefore is not the preliminary to swallowing, but the result of it. 302 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the The operation of swallowing, which in all snakes is very considerably prolonged, becomes slightly modified in the con- strictors owing to the use of the folds of the body in holding the prey, so that they are enabled to push their jaws more easily over it. As in these forms there is generally a greater disproportion between their size and that of the objects swallowed than in other kinds, this hand-like action of the coils of the body becomes of importance. Their anterior teeth, too, are stronger and more recurved than in other non-venomous snakes, and are directly of use in securing a firm hold of their prey, and thus in allowing the coils of the body to be thrown with certainty and lightning- like rapidity around the object ere any act of defence can take place. Animals with strong and sharp teeth, such as the peccary and the capybara, would make but short work of the slender neck of the snakes were they not rendered perfectly helpless by the enwrapping coils at the very instant of seizure. ‘Thus secured, any movement or struggle on the part of the prey is only met by a tighter clasping of the coils of the snake, nor are they relaxed until all breathing has ceased, the cessation of the respiratory and circulatory move- ments being easily detected under the tight clasp. Even after the death of the object the tightening of the coils about it can, by artifice, be at once brought about by the slightest disturbance of the body, even at the very time of uncoiling preliminary to swallowing. There is a natural dread of these great water-serpents among all native people; but attacks on man by them would seem to be of very rare occurrence, and only one instance has ever come directly to my knowledge. In this case a boy washing rice in acalabash by the waterside of one of the large creeks was seized by the hand by a medium-sized snake, and it would perhaps have terminated fatally but that the boy’s father, who was chopping wood close by with a cutlass, at once despatched the reptile. From the circumstances of the case it is very likely that the attack was accidental. In the characteristically dark-coloured water of the creek it is hardly possible that the boy could have been seen by the snake. ‘he probability is that the sound made by the cala- bash in the water was mistaken for that of some animal drinking, and the attack made accordingly. This seems more likely still from the fact that there was not the immediate coiling around the boy so characteristic of the attack of these creatures, and it is probable that if the boy had been able to keep still and allow of the withdrawal of the long curved teeth, the snake would have sunk again from sight. Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 303 The above explanation may seem a fanciful one, but it is hardly possible that, under the abundant opportunities for the favourable attack on man by these water-boas under local conditions, there should not be many cases known if man were not naturally exempted. The fear of being seized by these reptiles, which deters so many timid people from bathing in the creeks and rivers, is no doubt natural enough, even if such seizure may only happen by mistake; but the chances of danger are so infinitesimal, that they are hardly worth regarding. Unlike the other boas, but like water-snakes and vipers generally, the anaconda is ovo-viviparous. The eggs are retained in the body until the young are fully developed and able to look after themselves. It seems to be generally thought that the young are hatched out in the body of the parent, and crawl forth themselves; but to judge from what has been observed in other ovo-viviparous snakes, this is not really the case. ‘The egg-membranes are complete and un- broken at birth, and the young break through after extrusion. This was certainly the case in three separate instances observed by the writer—two in the rattlesnake, and one in the closely- allied labarria—in each of which more than twenty young ones were thus brought forth. No doubt at the time when the young are sufficiently developed and are ready for birth their wriggling movements induce their extrusion, but the eggs are strictly not hatched till afterwards; and the young can be seen closely coiled inside the transparent membranes until they disrupt them and crawl about. It may possibly be the case at times that the adults are placed under conditions not suitable for the bringing forth of the young, and that the latter are then retained until they do actually crawl out; but in the light of the three instances above quoted, this can hardly be regarded as strictly natural. That unfavourable conditions do modify the breeding-habits of snakes is, of course, well known, and a case in point may be given from the egg-laying Aboma (Zpicrates). A speci- men which was brought to the Museum some years ago in a closely nailed box was observed at the time to be laying, a few eggs being found in a corner of the box, of which two are still preserved in spirit. The snake was placed in a large wire cage—open to light on all sides—together with a set of reptiles, which included four land- and water-boas, a ‘Teguexin lizard, and an iguana. Some six months afterwards the Aboma was noticed to have brought forth several young ones, which were quite strong and healthy. Whether it was due to the change from the dark box to the exposed cage, or to 304 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the the presence of the other occupants, there was no doubt but that the snake had retained the eggs until the young were born, and thus departed from its normal habits. This case was reported in this journal at the time (‘Timehri,’ 1890, p. 370). The sense of hearing in the anaconda appears to be much more acute than either sight or smell. On frequent occasions when rats have been placed in close proximity to the cage not until there was a squeak from them did the snakes begin to move about from one part of the cage to another, as though seeking them. And even when the rats have been placed inside the cage, the snakes have often seemed unable to detect their position unless they have come actually in contact with them. ‘The slightest touch, however, is generally suffi- cient, not simply for the grasping of the prey by the teeth, but for a rapid coiling of the body, independently, at whatever part the touch may take place. In this latter way Teguexin lizards have sometimes been grasped while moving about (after having been in the same cage for months or years), being mistaken, by contact, for the rats whose squeak had been heard. It would appear that this acuteness of hearing, as compared with sight, has been brought about by the conditions of life in the water, in which sound would play a very large part in notifying the approach or presence of animals. In the land- and tree-boas, as in snakes generally, the sense of sight is much more acute. Sight no doubt, even in the anaconda, must be of great importance, since the recollection or remembrance of sur- roundings would presumably depend on this faculty. A noteworthy example of this may be given in the case of a small specimen of about 8 feet, which, when placed on the Museum floor while its cage was being cleaned, after a time found out and occupied a dark recess—where it was entirely hidden from observation—some distance away, and reached by a circuitous route between the exhibition cases on the floor. More or less time was occupied in finding or reaching the shelter at first, but after a little while the snake invariably made for this place as soon as it was taken out of its exposed cage, and it was always found coiled up in the furthest corner from the light. This was the regular procedure for more than two years, until the cage was moved away into another room. But the most striking feature in the matter is that now, four months after the transference, it is still able to remember the shelter and the way to it from its former position. Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 305 Before leaving the subject of the anaconda, it is perhaps worthy of mention that, among many of the common people, there seems to be a belief in the efficacy of the oil obtained from its fat for the treatment of rheumatic and such-like pains, just as there is also in the case of the fat of the electric eel. The shocks from living electric eels are equally believed in by the East-Indian immigrants as curative of such pains. Very different in appearance from the water-boa is the common land-boa or land-camoodie (oa constrictor). The body is crossed by a series of purplish or reddish-brown irre- gular or biconcave saddles, connected at the sides and enclosing between them lighter oval or irregular patches, which are usually emarginate in front and behind. Along the sides, arranged transversely, there are elongated or oval purplish patches with lighter centres. The head, too, is much more angular and wedge-shaped, and the scales on top are extremely small and fine. The general colouring is very variable in this species, whether the individuals be young or old, being at times very dark and intense, and at others quite pale, independent of the brightness and iridescence which always accompanies exuvia- tion. ‘These are the snakes usually taken for performances in menageries and circuses; but it may be doubted whether they are as suitable for the purpose as the water-boas, which, when regularly fed and supplied with water, are altogether more quiet and sluggish. The largest specimen of this snake taken in the colony to my knowledge measured just over 14 feet; but much larger are said to occur, a length given by one bushman being 26 feet. As the latter specimen, however, was not secured, the apparent size may well have been considerably larger than the actual. Snakes of from 8 to 12 feet are not of common occurrence, but they are occasionally met with. Smaller specimens are more common. It is somewhat curious that this is the only species which in confinement has ever, to the writer’s knowledge, directly attacked other snakes. Accidental cases of the swallowing of one boa by another, as recently happened in the Zoological Gardens of London, are well known to be due to the tact of two snakes attempting to swallow the same object. Such an attempt will very frequently be witnessed among young snakes in general when they have not been fed for some time, and, in fact, almost invariably happens where several specimens are kept together. In the cases referred to, however, the attack was direct. In one, as reported in this journal (‘ Timehri,’ 1887, p. 133), a young boa of 3 feet in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 23 306 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the length attacked a large yellow-tail (Spilotes corats) of 8 feet and attempted to constrict it, but was eventually defeated and swallowed by the yellow-tail. In another, also narrated in this journal (‘ Timehri,’ 1890, p. 371), young specimens of another boa—the Aboma (Epicrates)—were attacked and swallowed. In these instances there was no attempt at swallowing the same object, there being no food in the cage. ‘That the two occurrences were unusual would certainly seem to be the case, however, for other land-boas have frequently been kept with other snakes without any such result. In this, as well as in other species, the chief differences in habits from those of the anaconda arise from the difference in their habitat. Though the land-boas are frequently found by the waterside, they are seldom, if ever, actually in the water. ‘They secure their prey on land or among the branches of trees, and are as truly arboreal as terrestrial. The hollow trunks of trees, or the sheltered corners between their but- tresses, are favourite places of resort; but while seeking their prey these snakes take up more advantageous positions, such as on the low bushy growths or decayed stumps by the banks of the creeks and large rivers. ‘Though they are at times encountered in open daylight, they are chiefly nocturnal, as, in fact, is the case with the group of snakes as a whole, and they are much less frequently met with, therefore, than the general reader would suppose. A fertile imagination no doubt pictures the tropical forests teeming with snakes and other noxious forms, but the reality is far otherwise. The Aboma or Ringed Boa (Epicrates cenchris) has already been referred to. It will readily be recognized by the bright ruddy-brown colour and the series of large, thin, black irre- gular rings along the back. The sides are marked with dark blotches having lighter areas within. |The neck, as in the water-boa, is but slightly thinner than the head, which is thus not distinctly wedge-shaped as in the preceding species, and the scales along the lips are slightly depressed, forming shallow pits. The vividness of the iridescent tints of this snake in sun- light, more especially when it has just cast its skin, is alto- gether indescribable, and in the path of sunlight the curving bedy presents a continuous series of rainbow-tinted gleams. Out of direct sunlight it is quite sombre, giving no indication of remarkable brilliance, and it would be difficult to imagine that any such change could take place. The habits of this species are practically the same as those of the common land-boa. ‘The size to which it attains, how- ever, appears to be much less, a length of 12 feet being quite Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 307 exceptional. They are found much more frequently in the forest districts than in the open lands. The three remaining boas—species of Corallus—are very sharply marked off from the preceding forms by the deep labial pits, which are distinguishable at a glance. The most striking of the three is the green tree-boa (C. caninum), which, as in the case of young anacondas, frequents the low bushy growths by the riverside, on which, owing to their colour, it is very difficult to detect them. The prevailing green colour of the back is varied by a series of white mosaic mottlings arranged transverse to the body, giving to the species a very characteristic appearance. In young specimens, at any rate, the colour seems to be very variable, the green often giving place to bright red, the white mosaic being the same. In the writer’s experience no small green specimens have ever been met with in the colony, while young red ones are fairly common. On the other hand, no large red individuals have ever been seen, only the green ones. In preserved specimens, in which the tints have been more or less lost, the red and green examples are almost indistinguishable; but while the red colour is quickly destroyed and the specimen becomes quite pale, the green lasts quite brightly for a very long time, more especially in spirits. In lite, however, the difference in colour is most remarkable. Throughout the colony generally this form is often con- founded with the green labarria, the enlarged anterior maxillary teeth being mistaken by the ignorant for poison- fangs. ‘The structural differences, however, are very great, while the very noticeable white markings along the back will at once distinguish this non-venomous species from the Crotaline form. Among the Carib tribes this snake is known by the name Wy-o-pomot. It is termed by them a “bad” snake, and possibly this refers to the severe gashes which it can inflict with its long teeth. The two remaining species of Corallus very closely resemble each other in their general form. ‘They are elon- gated and slender, much more so than the other boas, and the neck is sharply constricted, giving a triangular shape to the head. The body is marked by alternating series of trans- versely elongated dark brown or purplish blotches, often enclosing paler spaces ; and on each side of the head, behind the eye, is an oblique dark brown streak. In the commoner species (C. hortulanum) the ground- colour is a pale brownish grey, and the head is marked by a 23 308 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from dark streak in the middle and by two at the sides, one passing along each eye; while the blotches along the body are sub- rhomboidal and more or less clearly defined from each other. In the cther species (C. Cooki?) the ground-colour is much more yellowish, the head is more irregularly mottled or marbled, and the blotches on the body are much more variable, being less distinctly defined and separated. Size for size, too, the scales are less numerous than in the former species. In their general colouring both these snakes are very much like the venomous labarria, and, in fact, are often mistaken for it by colonists generally, the elongated anterior teeth being confounded with true poison-fangs. Time after time the commoner species has been brought to the Museum under the name of the venomous Crotaline snakes, even the native Caribs being deceived by their appearance. They are both terrestrial and arboreal, and are most fre- quently met with on the low stumps or the fallen trunks of trees close to the riverside. In their movements they are the most rapid of all the boas, and they seem to be much less sluggish than their congeners. The commoner species has frequently been kept in the Museum cages, but, without exception, they have remained wild and untamed, if one may use the expression—in marked contrast to the other boas, which, under ordinary conditions, can be handled with impunity. LIT.—On the Arachnida taken in the Transvaal and in Nyasaland by Mr. W. L, Distant and Dr. Percy Rendall. By R. I. Pocock. Order SCORPIONES. Family Scorpionide. Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Peters. Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak, 1861, p. 514. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). Hitherto not known from the Transvaal, but recorded from Mashunaland, Nyasaland, and “ Caffraria.” Opisthophthalmus pugnazx, Thor. Opisthophthalmus pugnax, Thor. Act. Soc, Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. p. 282. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 309 This is a more southern species than the foregoing, having «< S ” = been recorded from “ Caffraria,” Durban, Basutoland, and King William’s Town. Cheloctonus Jonesti, Pocock. Cheloctonus Jonesii, Pocock, Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1892, p. 44. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). The type was obtained in the Murchison range in the Transvaal. Opisthacanthus asper, Peters. Opisthacanthus asper, Peters, op. cit. p. 513. Loc. Pretoria (W. LZ. Distant) and Barberton, Transvaal (Percy Rendaull). Opisthacanthus rugulosus, Poe. Opisthacanthus rugulosus, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 314. Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland, and Barberton, Transvaal (Percy Rendall). The original examples from Zomba, Nyasaland. Opisthacanthus validus, Thor. Opisthacanthus validus, Thor. op. cit. p. 243. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). Family Buthide. Archisometrus Burdot, Sim. Archisometrus Burdoi, Sim. Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. lviti (1882). Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall). Uroplectes flavoviridis, Peters. Uroplectes flavoviridis, Peters, op. cit. p. 516. Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall). Uroplectes vittatus, Thor. Uroplectes vittatus, Thor. op. eit. p. 121. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant), Barberton, Transvaal (Percy Rendall). 310 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from Uroplectes triangulifer, Thor. Uroplectes triangulifer, Thor. op. cit. p. 128. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). Order PEDIPALPI. Damon annulatipes (Wood). Damon annulatipes (Wood), Tr. Am. Phil. Soe. xiii. p. 441 (1869). Loc. Barberton (P. Rendall). Common in Natal. Order SOLIFUG&. Solpuga Darlingit, Poc. Solpuga Darlinga, Poe. Aun, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 259 (1897). Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall). Solpuga nigrescens, Poe. Solpuga nigrescens, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 88. Loc. Fort Johnston and Zomba (Percy Rendall). Solpuga hostilis, White. Solpuga hostilis, White, Methuen’s Life in the Wilderness, p, 317, pl. ii. fig. 5. Loc. Pretoria (W. DL. Distant) and Barberton (Percy Ren- dall), both in the Transvaal. ? Solpuga brunnipes (Li. Dufour). ? Sulpuga brunnipes (Li, Dufour), Hist. Nat. Galeodes, p. 52 (1861), Loc. Barberton (Percy Rendall). Order A RANE (SPIDERS). Family Argiopide. Nephila hymenea, Gerst. Nephila hymenea, Gerst., Von der Decken’s Reisen Xe, iii. 2. Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 31L Nephila pilipes, Lucas. Nephila pilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 416, pl. xiii. fig. 7 (1859). Loc. Zomba (Percy Rendall). Cyrtophora citricola (Forsk.). Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). Argiope nigrovittata, Thor. Argiope nigrovittata, Thor. CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xvi. p. 500. Loe. Barberton and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall). Cerostris sexcuspidata (Fabr.). Loc. Durban (W. L. Distant). Cerostris Vinsonii, Thor. Cerostris Vinsonu, Thor., Eugenies Resa, Arachniden, pp. 8-9. Loc. Barberton (P. Rendall). Described from Caffraria. According to my identification this species may be distin- guished at once from the preceding by the fact that the two spiniform processes on the vulva are widely separated at the base, whereas in sexcuspidata they arise close together from a common eminence. One of the specimens of this species has the white head-patches noticed by Mr. O. P. Cambridge in his species C. albiceps. Gasteracantha milvoides, Butl. Gasteracantha milvoides, Butl. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 159, pl. iv. fig. 2. This form may be regarded provisionally, at all events, as a subspecies of the Madagascar formosa, Vins., from which it differs in the greater elongation of the posterior lateral spine. Dr. Percy Rendall obtained two examples at Zomba (Nyasaland). The type was ticketed vaguely “8S. Africa.” Gasteracantha ensifera, Thor. Gasteracantha ensifera, Thor. CEfy. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. xvi. p. 302 (1860) ; Eugenies Resa, Arachn. p. 16 (1868). Recorded from Caffraria. Mr. Distant brought two speci- mens from Durban, 312 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from Gasteracantha ornata, Thor. Gasteracantha ornata, Thor. opp. citt. Recorded from Caffraria. Dr. Percy Rendall obtained the species at Barberton in the Transvaal, and Mr. Guy Marshall has sent several specimens from Salisbury in Mashunaland. Gasteracantha cicatricosa, C. Koch. Gasteracantha cicatricosa, C. Koch, Die Arachn, xi. p. 54, fig. 877 (1845). A single specimen from Barberton (Transvaal). This species is, 1 think, identical with the form described from Caffraria by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge as proba (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 291). Family Ereside. Stegodyphus gregarius, Cambr. Stegodyphus gregarius, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 42, pl. ii. figs. 4, 5. Loc. Barberton (Percy Rendall). Described from Durban. Family Heteropodide. Palystes Spenceri, Poc. Palystes Spenceri, Poc. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 58, pl. viii. fig. 3 (1896). Loc. Barberton (Rendall), Pretoria (Distant), and Johan- nesburg. Palystes Johnstoni, Poe. Palystes Johnstoni, Poe. loc. cit. p. 57, pl. viii. fig. 1. Loc. Zomba, Nyasaland (P. Rendall). Family Pisauride. ? Euprosthenops australis, Simon. ? Euprosthenops australis, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 12 (1898). Loc. Barberton (Percy Rendall). Several dried male examples referable either to this species or to L£, bayonianus, Capello. the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 313 Family Lycoside. Lycosa transvaalica, Simon. Lycosa transvaalica, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 26 (1898). Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant). A single mutilated female, without abdomen, agrees with the description of transvaalica, which is recorded from Bechuanaland, Griqualand, and the Transvaal. Lycosa Spencert, sp.n. (Figs. 1,1 a, p. 315.) Colour.—Carapace fusco-castaneous, ornamented with three bands of fulvous-yellow hairs—one median and one on each side, the space between them darker and traversed by radiating stripes; abdomen fusco-fulvous above, marked with small black spots, and a double row of larger black spots running from the shoulders to the posterior end, the shoulders also marked on each side with a longitudinal yellow band, which stretches backwards over about one third of the upper surface of the abdomen; sides of abdomen paler golden yellow; lower surface entirely black, like the cox, sternum, maxille, and apex of mandibles; upper part of mandibles with brightish yellow hairs; legs and palpi entirely pale yellowish red, without bands. Carapace excelling patella and tibia of first or of fourth legs, less than protarsus and tarsus of fourth, greater than those of first. Anterior median eyes nearly twice the diameter of the anterior laterals, the eyes slightly procurved; the medians separated from the horny edge of the clypeus by a space equalling half their diameter; posterior lateral eyes much smaller than posterior medians, the space between them about equal to the diameter of the larger. Vulva consisting of a chitinous plate marked with a deep semielliptical space open behind, the floor (roof) of the space marked with a median crest, which gradually expands poste- riorly and quite at its posterior end gives off a right and left process resembling the head of a hammer (fig. 1). $ —Much smaller than female, the abdomen more strongly marked above with three black bands—one on each side passing from the shoulder-spot and a broad one in the middle. Carapace about equal to patella and tibia of first or fourth leg, about as long as the fourth protarsus. Palpus as in fig. 1a. Length of ? (type) 17 millim., of carapace 9, of first leg (from base of femur) 20, of fourth 24. > 814 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from 3.—Total length 12, of carapace 7, of first leg 20°5, of fourth 24. Length of largest female example 24 millim. Loc. Durban (fH. A. Spencer) ; Estcourt in Natal, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall) ; Pretoria (W. L. Distant). This species resembles in the colouring of the Jower surface and legs the Madagascar form described by Dr. Lenz as L. melanogastra. ‘The vulva, however, is very different and the pattern of the dorsal surface distinct *. Lycosa Darlingit, sp. n. (Figs. 3, 3 a.) Colour black and grey ; carapace with median and mar- ginal greyish-yellow bands, the intervening black area traversed on the thoracic region with indistinct pale radiating stripes ; abdomen black above, the median dorsal black area defined on each side by a narrow yellow stripe which passes from the shoulder almost to the anus and posteriorly breaks up into narrow transverse stripes and spots; sides of abdomen narrowly greyish yellow; lower surface entirely black ; sternum, coxa, labium, and maxilla also black; mandible ornamented in front with red squamiform hairs; legs black and clothed with greyish-yellow hairs, tibie of third and fourth pairs black at base and apex. Carapace longer than patella and tibia and than tarsus and protarsus of first leg, about equal to patella and tibia of fourth, and to protarsus and half the tarsus of the fourth. yes of the anterior line slightly procurved, subequal, and subequally spaced, the medians separated from the edge of the clypeus by a space about equalling their diameter. Vulva as in fig. 3. g.—Smaller than female, with the pattern more pro- nounced. Carapace a little shorter than patella and tibia of first leg and shorter than protarsus of fourth. Palp as in fig. 3a. * I subjoin the description of an allied species :— Lycosa pachana, sp.n. (Fig. 2.) Resembling LZ. Spencert in coloration of legs and lower surface, but with the lateral bands of the carapace narrower; a continuous broad median dorsal dark band on the abdomen, extending from the shoulders to the anus and gradually narrowing behind ; also in having the eyes of the anterior line practically straight and the vulva formed as in fig. 2. Length 19 aii of first leg 21, of fourth 26, Loc. Karagesi (Emin Pasha). the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 315 Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 19; cara- pace 9°5; first leg 23; fourth leg 29. $- Total length 14°5; carapace 11; first leg 21°55; fourth eg 27. Loc. Barberton (P. Rendall); Estcourt, Natal, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall); Enkeldoorn in Mashunaland (J. ff. Darling), type. Fig. 1.—Lycosa Spencert. Vulva. Fig. 1 a.—Ditto. Palpal organ. Fig. 2.—Lycosa pachana. Vulva. Fig. 3.—Lycosa Darlingzt. Vulva. Fig. 3a.—Ditto. Palpal organ. This species is related to ZL. transvaalica, but differs in being much blacker in colour, the legs being in no sense “ fulvi,” as described by Simon. Moreover the median eyes of the anterior line in ¢ransvaalica are very distinctly larger than the laterals, and not subequal to them. It is also related apparently to L. capensis, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. 316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from p- 26, 1898) ; but the latter is described as having the lower side of the abdomen “ fulvum, crebre albo-roseo pubescens et antice ... lineolis binis. .. fuscis notatum.” ‘I'he femora, too, are black below at the apex. Family Theraphoside. Subfam. Harpacrierwz. Harpactira gigas, sp. 1. Colour. —Carapace black, covered with mouse-brown hairs, without a border of pale hairs and without radiating pale lines; for the rest the colouring is practically the same as in H, tigrina. Carapace about one fourth longer than broad, its length considerably exceeding the patella and tibia of the first and fourth legs, longer also than tarsus and protarsus of fourth and than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, nearly as long as tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of second and about as long as these segments in the third leg; length from fovea to anterior border excelling fourth protarsus, equal to tarsus and pro- tarsus of second ; width about equal to length of patella and tibia of fourth. Series of bristles below mandibular pad lying almost hori- zontally ; the inferior series close to the oral fringe and con- sisting of a single row of about a dozen stout bristles, short at the posterior end, long anteriorly where they merge with the bristles of the oral fringe. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 40; length of carapace 25, width 20; length of first leg 57, of second 51, of third 46, of fourth 62; patella and tibia of first 22, of fourth 21; protarsus of fourth 14. Loc. Barberton, Transvaal (Perey Rendall). Differs from //. tégrina in having the carapace without a pale border and pale radiating lines; also in the horizontal direction taken up by the row of bristles lying below the pad onthe mandible. In this respect it much resembles HZ, lineata, but in the latter the carapace is marked with lines, though less strongly than in tégrina, and is about equal to the pro- tarsus and tarsus of the fourth leg, and distinctly less than the tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of the third leg. Pterinochilus vorax, Pocock. Pterinochilus vorax, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soe, 1897, p. 752, pl. xliii. figs. 3, 3a. The original example of this species was obtained by the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 317 Mr. Carson at Fwambo, near Lake Tanganyika. The Mu- seum has recently received from Mr. Hinde an adult male from Machakos (British East Africa). The carapace in this example is unrubbed, and shows a radial arrangement of golden-yellow bands, not traceable in the original example. I have also seen two female examples which I refer to this species—one obtained by Mr. R. Crawshay at Kondiwe and the other by Dr. Perey Rendall at Zomba, both in Nyasaland, British Central Africa. Some of the differential features of the female are pointed out in the accompanying synopsis of the known species of the genus. Appended, however, are the measurements in milli- metres of the female obtained by Mr. Crawshay :— Total length 37; length of carapace 21, width 16, length from fovea to anterior border 13°5; length of patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp 19; length of first leg 47, of second 41°5, of third 35, of fourth 47; patella and tibia of first 17°8, of fourth 16; protarsus of fourth 11. The example from Zomba is smaller; its carapace measuring only 16 millim. is equal in length to the patella and tibia of the first leg, but distinctly longer than those of the fourth, which measure barely 15 millim. Pterinochilus nigrofulvus, sp. n. 6 -— Colour. Carapace black, with golden border and bands radiating from the fovea; legs covered with golden and black hairs intermixed; abdomen with golden-yellow or reddish hairs ; legs darker below; sternum and coxe deep chocolate- brown. Carapace convex, its width about three fourths of its length, length almost equal to patella and tibia of first and fourth legs, equal to protarsus and half the tarsus of fourth, scarcely exceeding patella and tibia of second, slightly less than tarsus and protarsus of third, about equal to patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; its width much greater than tibia of fourth and equal to protarsus and half the tarsus of first, much less than tibia of first, and about equal to patella and tibia of third leg; ocular tubercle subspherical ; clypeus wide, its width about one third the length of the tubercle; distance between lateral eye and edge of clypeus greater than its long diameter. Legs 4,1, 2, 8; patella and tibia of fourth and first sub- equal; patella and tibia of fourth distinctly greater than pro- tarsus and tarsus of first; tibia of first of normal size, not so wide as the femur, its width less than one third of its length, the spur small ; protarsus straight, without spine. 318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from Falpal organ with the spine stoutish, blunt at the apex, with a conspicuous crest or keel just above it. ? .—Colour the same as in the male; clypeus about half as long as the tubercle; carapace at least as long as patella and tibia of first and fourth legs, a little shorter than tarsus and protarsus of fourth, the width equal to the patella and tibia of the second, equal to the fourth protarsus and half the tarsus ; length from fovea to anterior margin a little less than fourth protarsus and than patella and tibia of third leg. Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 19; length of carapace 10, width 8; length of first leg 28°5, of second 26, of third 25, of fourth 32; patella and tibia of first 10:2, of fourth 10; protarsus of fourth 8°8. 2. Total length 26; length of carapace 11°5, width 9°5; length of first leg 28°5, of second 26°5, of fourth 32; patella and tibia of first 11, of fourth 11, of fourth protarsus 8°5. Loc. Barberton, Transvaal (Percy Rendall). This species may be recognized as follows from the only other male of the genus known :— a, Of small size (carap. 10 mm.); protarsus of first leg straight ; carapace not longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp; spine of palpal organ with a strong upstanding crest and a blunt point. nigrofulvus, sp. n. b. Of large size (carap. 16 mm.); protarsus of first leg basally sinuate ; carapace much longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp ; spine of palpal organ simple and attenuate ...........seeese vorax, Poe. The females of the three species in which this sex is known may be distinguished as follows :— a. Ocular tubercle rounder, not very much wider than long, and separated from the edge of the carapace by a space equalling quite half its length. a’, Carapace longer than patella and tibia and than tarsus and protarsus of fourth, almost as long as tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third leg; length from fovea to anterior border greater than fontth PrOtHraMs, “es. ce ens ves ewe voraxr, Poc. b*. Carapace as long as patella and tibia of fourth, shorter than tarsus and protarsus of fourth and than tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third leg; length from fovea to anterior border less than fourth Pprotareun sais gy isi »000 cance mays ons nigrofulvus, sp. 1. b. Ocular tubercle more transversely elongate, the clypeus less than half its length (carapace and leg-measurements as under b')....... 0.00 seers murinus, Poe. the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 319 Family Ctenizide. Acanthodon pretorie, sp. n. g.—Colour a uniform earthy red on the carapace and limbs; abdomen greyish black. Carapace granular, rugose, spinulose, longer than wide, its width equal to the length from the posterior border to the front border of the ocular tubercle ; length less than patella and tibia of all the legs, except of the third, longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of the palp, a little longer than the fourth protarsus, and about as long as the protarsus and half the tarsus of the first leg; length from fovea to anterior border slightly less than tibia of second leg; width a little exceeding the tibiz of first and fourth legs. Anterior median eyes (in alcohol) about a diameter apart; distance between anterior median and posterior lateral about twice the diameter of the former, the outer rim of the posterior medians on a level with those of the anterior medians; distance between posterior medians about one fourth greater than distance between posterior median and posterior lateral on each side. Legs 4,1, 2, 3, the fourth and first subequal; patella and tibia of the fourth a little longer than of first; tibia of first as wide as the femur, slightly incrassate, armed below with about twelve external spines and internally with about six, bearing two stout processes at its distal end, the distal of the two the largest, bluntly rounded, but with a sharp spiniform process above; the other a little higher up, behind it, and conically sharpened ; protarsus concave internally at the base, with a low process tipped with half a dozen strong spines, armed in addition with about a dozen inferior external spines and about six or seven in the distal half of the inner surface ; tarsus with an inner row of six spines and about a dozen inferior external spines ; lower surface of protarsus and tarsus covered with hairs and spinules below; second leg spined much as in the first; third leg with patella and tibia armed in front above with about twelve short spines; a few dorsal spines; the tibia, in addition, with a series of short spines behind and about two pairs of setiform spines below; pro- tarsus with numerous spines above, below, and at the sides ; tarsus with spinules in front and behind; fourth leg with patella armed with short spines in front; tibia with a few setiform spines below; protarsus with about twelve setiform spines below, three of them at the apex as on the third leg; tarsus spinulose in front, more scantily behind; all the tarsi scopulate below, the scopula increasing in thickness from the 320 Arachnida from the Transvaal and Nyasaland. first to the fourth; femora with a weak line of spinules above ; claws of first, second, and third armed with five to seven long teeth in a single series, those of the fourth with only two basal teeth and a few smaller ones. Falpus short, only just surpassing the apex of the femur of the first leg when the two are extended, unarmed except for one spine at the apex of the tarsus; tibia half as long again as the patella, more than twice as long as the tarsus, nearly three times as long as broad, not so broad as high, its upper edge strongly convex, thickly furnished with long hairs below ; a shallow depression or notch on its inner side for the reception of the tip of the palpal organ; tarsus strongly convex at the base, hooked at the apex; spine of palpal organ acute at the tip, spatulate above the tip, with a short spiral twist. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 16, of carapace 8, width 7; length from fovea to anterior border 4°7 ; width of ocular tubercle 2; length of palpus 11:5; length of first leg 30°5, second leg 27, third leg 22, fourth leg 31; patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp 6°5 ; patella and tibia of first leg 10°5, of fourth 11; protarsus of fourth 7°8. A single male example from Pretoria (W. L. Distant). The three African species of Acanthodon known to me and represented only by male specimens may be recognized as follows :— a. Tibia of palp with only a shallow external notch, furnished below externally and internally with long bristles ; protarsus of first leg concave at the base on the inner side, in front of the concavity a low prominence tipped with spines .......... pretori@, sp. n. b. Tibia of palp with a conspicuous external notch, pounded behind by a spine-tipped prominence or ridge ; no spine-tipped process on the base of the protarsus of the first leg. a’, Of large size (carap. nearly 12 mm, long); cara- ace coarsely granular; tibia of palp strongly inflated, with a deep notch and a large spine- tipped process on the outside ; protarsus of first lepidastmnctly eurved 6 dics Seal ddw side liegt Meadii, Cambr. 6‘, Of small size (carap. about 4°5 mm, long); cara- pace much less coarsely granular ; tibia of palp less inflated, with a shallower notch and a smaller spine-tipped prominence; protarsus of firstilep straighe ties). ids coe Beets Sees Thorellii, Cambr. A. Meadit, Cambr. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 152, pl. viii. fig. 4), from East Africa, further differs from pretorie in On Arachnida he. from Funafuti and Rotuma. 321 being much more granular on the carapace, and also in leg- measurements, the patella and tibia of the fourth being con- siderably longer than those of first; length from fovea to anterior border exceeding tibia of second leg, the width con- siderably exceeding tibia of first leg; the palpal organ is bifid at the tip. A. Thorellii, Cambr. (Joc. cit. p. 156, pl. viii. fig. 6), from South Africa, is a longer-legged species than pretorie, the carapace being about equal to the fourth tibia and less than its protarsus. LIII.—List of the Arachnida and “ Myriopoda” obtained in Funafuti by Prof. W. J. Sollas and Mr. Stanley Gar- diner, and in Rotuma by Mr. Stanley Gardiner. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History). THE specimens forming the subject-matter of the following pages were collected by Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner on the expedition sent out under the auspices of the Royal Society and British Association to Funafuti, in the Ellice Archipelago, to investigate the formation of coral atolls in the Pacific. Mr. Hedley was sent from the Australian Museum, Sydney, to joifP the expedition, and collections of the various forms of life observed in the island were obtained. Upon their return to England Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner kindly asked me to examine the Myriopod and Arachnid material they had brought back and to publish a list of the species should any forms amongst them prove to be of interest. Meanwhile the collections obtained by Mr. Hedley were without delay placed for determination in the hands of members of the staff of the Sydney Museum, and reports of the results were issued with startling, if injudicious, rapidity. The bulk of the terrestrial Arthropoda were entrusted to Mr, Rainbow, who quickly prepared a list * of the Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera, Orthoptera, Pseudo- neuroptera, Myriapoda (Chilopoda), and all the Arachnida referable to the orders Scorpiones, Chelonethi (Pseudoscor- piones), Acari, and Aranee. Of the Chilopoda but one species was recorded, namely Scolopendra platypus, Brandt, * Vide ‘Memoirs of the Australian Museum,’ iii., “The Atoll Funa- futi &c.,” pt. 2, pp. 89-124 (1897). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 24 322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida and the species to which the name morsicans is applied in this paper. Of the Arachnida, on the other hand, no fewer than twenty-five species, represented by eighty-eight specimens, were identified, and of these, fifteen—that is to say, 60 per cent.—were regarded as new. Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner were less fortunate, for although a larger number of specimens were obtained by them, the number of species amounts only to eight, and all of these, with the single possible exception of Garypus longi- digitatus, appear to me to be well-known Oriento-Australian forms. In fact the fauna bears exactly the character that one would venture on & priort grounds to prophesy for an atoll occupying the position of Funafuti. That anew scorpion should turn up in such a spot is in the highest degree im- probable ; and when it is seen that Mr. Rainbow’s so-called new species is placed in a genus and family to which it obviously does not belong, one’s confidence in its novelty is rudely shaken, and an unfavourable reflection is cast upon his determination of some of the other species of Arachnida. No doubt this scorpion, as well as most—possibly all—of the spiders, has been introduced by human agency either within or before historic times. Some of the spiders, however, may have reached the island by that means of distribution known as ‘ ballooning ’’—that is to say, floating on webs in early life, a habit which is so marked a characteristic of the smaller species. ‘he False Scorpions, too, may have been introduced by man; but the members of this order also have exceptional means of dispersal in connexion with flies, beetles, and other winged insects, to which, as is well known, they habitually cling. So that, although I am not sufficiently well acquainted with the Pseudoscorpion fauna of the Oriental and Australian regions to say whether the species described as Chelifer longi- digitatus by Rainbow has previously received a name or not, it is permissible to suppose that it will prove not to be peculiar to Funafuti. The same opinion may be held concerning the one and only species of Millipede obtained on the island, except that the species has certainly not been previously described. As for the Centipedes, they are notoriously widely distributed Oriento- Australian species, a remark which also applies to all the spiders that came into my hands for examination. The fauna of the island of Rotuma, which Mr. Gardiner took the opportunity of visiting, bears much the same stamp as that of Funafuti, except that it appears to be richer in species belonging to types which have perhaps scarcely so wide a range as those obtained in Funafuti. “ Myriopoda” from Funafuti and Rotuma. 323 It is interesting that in both islands a new species of Millipede belonging to widely distributed Oriental genera was obtained. ].—LIST OF THE SPECIES FROM FUNAFUTI. Class ARACHNIDA. SCORPIONES. (1) Hormurus australasie (Fabr.). To the many synonyms of this widely distributed Oriento- Australian species may be added :— Buthus brevicaudatus, Rainbow, op. cit. p. 107, pl. ii. fig. 1. Evidently abundant, as was to be expected, on the island, Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner obtaining a large number of examples. PSEUDOSCORPIONES, (2) Garypus longidigitatus (Rainbow). Chelifer longidigitatus, Rainbow, loc. cit. p. 108, pl. ii. fig. 2. Prof. Sollas obtained in Funafuti a few specimens of False Scorpions, which, though referable to the genus Garypus, appear to me to be specifically identical with the species Mr. Rainbow described as Chelifer longidigitatus, the figure and description of the latter being just sufficient to show that the form in question does not possess the characters of the family Cheliferide, but of the Garypide and of the genus Garypus. (3) Olpium longiventer, Keyserling. Prof. Sollas obtained many examples of a species of Olpium which appear to be identical with the form described as longiventer by Keyserling from Peack Downs in Queens- land. According to Mr. Rainbow, Mr. Hedley collected specimens of Obisium antipodum in Funafuti. I venture, however, to suggest that the specimens identified as O. antipodum may be cospecific with those here referred to Olpium longiventer. ARANES. (4) Araneus theis (Walck.). This species is exceedingly widely distributed over the o24 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida and Indo- and Austro-Malayan subregions, in the Polynesian Tslands, and Australia. The characters and the extent of their variation in this species have been repeatedly discussed by Thorell since 1877 (see Ann. Mus. Genova, x. pp. 390-396, 1877 ; op. cit. xii. p- 65, 1878; op. cit. xvii. pp. 114-116, 1881; op. cit. xxviii. p- 151, 1890). The following ‘species nove” described by Mr. Rainbow from Funafuti are, I believe, merely synonymsof thets:—pezra ventricosa, p. 110; longispina, p. 111; multispina, p. 112; Etheridget, p. 114; festiva, p. 115; obscura, p. 116; annu- lipes, p. 117; distincta, p. 118; Hoggi, p. 119; speciosa, t20. J Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner obtained a large number of specimens of this species, including adults and immature of both sexes. The male specimens agree with the male of multispina as described by Mr. Rainbow * and with the males of thetis as described by Dr. Thorell. (5) Tetragnatha ponapea, L. Koch. Specimens agreeing with the description of this species, which was recorded from Upolu, were collected by Prof, Sollas. Mr. Rainbow records 7. laqueata from Funafuti. (6) Uloborus geniculatus (Oliv.). Several examples (Sollas). Also recorded by Rainbow. Cosmopolitan in distribution, (7) Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.). Many specimens (Sollas and Gardiner). This is the species which Mr. Rainbow, following L. Koch, identifies as Sarotes regius. Mr. Rainbow also records Sarotes debilis of L. Koch from the island; but since no reasons for the identification are given, it is not possible to offer an opinion as to the accuracy of the determination. (8) Ascyltus pterygodes (L. Koch). A few specimens (Sollas and Gardiner). The two species described by Mr. Rainbow as Hyllus ferox and audax (p. 112, pl. v. fig. 8, and p. 124, fig. 4) appear to * PI. iii. fig. 4@ does not illustrate the lower side of the trochanter of this spider, as stated, but the lower side of the tibia. “ Myriopoda” from Funafuti and Rotuma. 325 be referable to this form recorded by Koch from Upolu and Tonga. Mr. Rainbow also records:—Araneus plebetus, Dictis striatipes, Clubiona alveolata, and Acompse suavis. Class CHILOPODA (CENTIPEDEs). (1) Scolopendra morsicans *, Linn. Obtained by Mr. Gardiner. Also recorded by Mr. Rainbow. (2) Otostigmus astenon (Kohlrausch). Obtained by Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner. (3) MMecistocephalus punctifrons, Newp. Obtained by Mr. Gardiner. (4) Orphneus phosphoreus (Linn.). Obtained by Prof. Sollas. Class DIPLOPODA (Mitiipepgs). ITULOIDEA., (1) Trichocambala Sollasii, sp. n. Colour of body a uniform dullish brown above, yellowish below ; a conspicuous black spot marking the position of the pores and a conspicuous reddish spot a little distance above the base of the legs; legs yellowish red; antennz and head ale. : Segments smooth, shining; the transverse sulcus strong and continued over the dorsum asa distinct groove; the pores situated near the middle of the posterior part of the segment, which is longitudinally grooved infero-laterally ; the striz on the anterior segments extend nearly up to the pore; the sete appear to be arranged in two transverse rows on the posterior part of the segments, one row just behind the sulcus, the other just in front of the posterior margin; the sterna are not striate. Length 14, width °8 millim, Number of segments 46, * Usually spelt morsitans, but Linné uses morsicans in the 10th ed, of the Syst. Nat. 326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida and A single female example was obtained by Prof. Sollas. The only other species of this genus, namely T. elongata, was described from Sumatra by Silvestri. The description of elongata applies to Soilasti except so far as colour and size are concerned, 7’. elongata being described as rufo-ferruginous, with pale antenne and legs, and as being 28 millim. in length. Thus, whatever may be the value of the colour-differences, there can be no doubt that elongata is, at all events, twice the size of Sollasit. II.—LIstT OF THE SPECIES TAKEN IN ROTUMA. Class ARACHNIDA. ScORPIONES (ScORPIONS). (1) Hormurus australasie (Fabr.). Ranging from Burma to Australia. (2) Isometrus europeus (L.) (=maculatus, auct.). Cosmopolitan. ARANEZ (SPIDERS). (3) Nephila venosa, L. Koch (=proliva, L. Koch). This species was recorded by Koch from the Tonga, Fiji, and Samoa Islands, and also from Rockhampton, Brisbane, Port Mackay, and by Thorell from Cape York. 4, Araneus (Cyrtophora) molluccensis (Dol.). Ranging at least from Ceylon to the Australian islands. (5) Araneus theis (Walck.). Widely distributed in the Oriental and Australian regions. (6) Heteropoda venatoria (L.). Cosmopolitan. (7) Plexippus Paykulli (Aud.). Cosmopolitan. (8) Plexippus foliatus (L. Koch). Recorded by Koch from Upolu, Huahine, Tahiti, &c. “ Myriopoda” from Funafuti and Rotuma. 327 (9) Hrasmia nigrovittata, L. Koch. Recorded by Koch from the Tonga Islands. Mr. Gardiner also obtained in Rotuma a few small spiders belonging to the families Pholcide and Theridiide, but I am not sufficiently well acquainted with the smaller representa- tives of these groups to assign names to them. Class CHILOPODA (CENTIPEDES). (1) Ethmostigmus* platycephalus (Newp.). Recorded from New Guinea, Tahiti, Halmahera, &c. (2) Otostigmus astenon (Kohl.). Apparently ranging from the Philippines to the Tonga Islands. (3) Scolopendra morsicans, Linn. Cosmopolitan. (4) Mectstocephalus castaneiceps, Haase. Previously known from Christmas Island, Pulo Edam off the north coast of Java, and the Andamans. Class DIPLOPODA (MILLIPEDES). IULOIDEA. (1) Trigoniulus Goési (Porat). Cosmopolitan. Carried everywhere by human agency. POLYDESMOIDEA, Family Strongylosomatida. (2) Orthomorpha coarctata (Sauss.). Cosmopolitan. Carried by human agency. * New name for Heterostoma, Newp. 1844, preoccupied by Hartmann in 1843, and Dacetum, C. Koch, 1847, preoccupied as Daceton by Perty, 1830, 328 On Arachnida ke. from Funafuti and Rotuma. Family Cylindrodesmidz, nom. nov. (= Haplosomide, Silvestri; Haplodesmide, Cook.) Genus CYLINDRODESMUS, Poc. Cylindrodesmus, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, pp. 558-560. Haplosoma, Verhoeft, Zool. Anzeiger, xvii. p. 8, 1894 (nom. przocc.). Haplodesmus, Cook, Ann. New York Acad. ix. p. 4. A re-examination of the type species of Cylindrodesmus, namely Adrsutus, from Christmas Island, has failed to reveal to me any satisfactory character by which this genus can be distinguished from the later-described form Haplodesmus, Cook (= Haplosoma, Verh.). An apparent discrepancy lies, it is true, in the fact that Verhoeff assigns nineteen body- segments to his form, while twenty were, by implication, assigned by me to Cylindrodesmus. As a matter of fact, the adult male of the latter has nineteen segments and the adult female twenty and thirty-one pairs of legs. But the female of Herr Verhoeff’s species is said to resemble the male in this character. I venture to think, however, that the presence of nineteen segments in the female of Strubell’, the type of Haplodesmus, is due to the immaturity of the specimens examined, an opinion which is borne out by the opening words of Verhoeft’s specific diagnosis :—‘ Kérper der Méinnchen hellbraun, der Weibchen weisslich.” In the specimens of the two species that I have examined the adult female is the same pale brown tint as the adult male, while the immature female is much paler. It may be added that, both in the figure and description of hirsutus, the prominence of the labrum is exaggerated. The cuticle of Airsutus is thickly covered with short hairs, amongst which are scattered here and there long bristles or short cylindrical blunt-tipped bristles, apparently repre- senting the basal segment of the longer sete, which persist especially along the hinder border of the segments or at the sides, where there is protection from rubbing. ‘The sternal surfaces are coxiform, being deeply grooved transversely and longitudinally. In the legs the trochanters (‘‘ femora,” Verhoeff) are about twice the length of the coxee and about two thirds the length of the femora (“ tibie,” Verhoeff) ; the patelle and tibiz are very short and subequal, taken together shorter than the femur ; the tarsus is the longest segment, being longer than the femur; the proportion varies, however, a little in different parts of the body. The anal sternite has two prominent angular tubercles, from each of which a long bristle emerges, On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes. 329 In the female the ventral area of the third segment is raised behind the sternal piece to which the legs are articu- lated, into a convexly margined plate. In the male the distal segment of the copulatory organ arises on the inner surface of the apex of the basal segment, and is curved inwards to meet its fellow of the opposite side, the two then running forwards closely in contact with each other, the apex being curled ventrally and very slightly bifid. (3) Cylindrodesmus villosus, sp. n. Colour of adult a pale yellowish brown, the sixth segment of the antenne infuscate; the forehead darker than the lower part of the head. The female of this species differs in scarcely anything, so far as I have noticed, from C, hirsutus; but the male may be at once recognized from the male of Airsutus and of Strubelli by the form of the copu- latory organ, which ends in two subsimilar ventrally turned branches, of which the proximal is much shorter than the distal, Length of female up to 5:5 millim. The males of the three known species may be recognized as follows :— a, Apex of copulatory organ simple or very slightly divided; length 7-8 millim. a', Apex of the copulatory organ bent ventrally PEM WCAREY SEH: 55 aa vrice b> sans ais viele sisis oss hirsutus, Poe. (Christmas Island.) b’, Apex of copulatory organ undivided and bent MeN crises Pease os ere os beens a ele Strubelli (Verh.). (Amboina.) b. Copulatory organ ending distally in two subsimilar branches directed ventrally ; length up to 55 UT en nn eee erner villosus, sp. 0. (Rotuma.) LIV.—On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes from the Altai Mountains. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. A SINGLE example of a remarkable Salmonoid from the south side of the Altai Mountains, on Chinese territory, was brought home by Mr. St. George Littledale from his recent expedition, and presented by him to the British Museum. The specimen was unfortunately dried, and reached the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 25 330 On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes. Museum in a mummified condition; but I have succeeded by careful soaking in restoring its appearance to a certain extent and rendering it fit for description. It is now preserved in spirit. It must be made the type of a new genus, which I propose to call PHYLOGEPHYRA. Mouth large, both jaws equal in front, the lower articu- lating with the suspensorium just behind the vertical of the orbit. Teeth strong, curved, close together, in one row in the premaxillary, maxillary, and mandible, in a large cardi- form patch on the head of the vomer, in another on the tongue, and in two series on the palatines. Branchiostegals 11. Dorsal rather elongate, with 20 rays, the four anterior adnate and unbranched ; anal moderate, with 15 rays, the three ante- rior adnate and unbranched. Scales moderate. Anterior ribs with epipleurals. Phylogephyra altaica. Side view of head, natural size. Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head 3¢ times. Snout rounded, not projecting, 1} diameter of eye, which is 5 times in length of head and 1} in interorbital width; maxillary 4 times as long as deep, 2? in length of head, extending to below posterior third of eye ; supplemental maxillary small. Gill-rakers moderately long, slender, 11 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal equally distant from the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its length equal to 3 that of the head, the longest rays } the latter length. Adipose fin small, more than twice as far from the dorsal Geological Society. 331 than from the base of the caudal. Pectorals 2 length of head. Ventrals inserted below posterior third of anal. Base of anal 3 that of dorsal. Caudal forked, scaly. Caudal pedunele twice as long as deep. Lateral line straight, along 72 scales, separated from the dorsal by 8 rows of scales. Total length 290 millim. The name chosen for this genus is intended to express the important fact that it completely bridges over the gap believed to exist at the present day between the two groups usually designated as Salmonine and Coregonine. Whilst agreeing with the former im the large mouth with long and narrow maxillary, the strong and complete dentition, and the man- dibular articulation behind the vertical of the orbit, it con- forms to the second as regards the other characters, and approaches the genus Thymallus in particular—so much so, that I have even for a moment entertained doubts as to the fish here described being distinct from Kessler’s Thymallus brevirostris, from the same district, and which is also stated to differ from the typical Thymallus in the longer maxillary bone, nearly reaching to below the posterior border of the eye. However, nothing is said of the dentition of this 7. brevirostris, an omission which, on the part of so able an ichthyologist as the late Dr. Kessler, implies practical identity with the species to which it is compared, and the shape of the snout and the number of anal rays (11-12) also point to specific difference. It is, however, probable that an examina- tion of T. brevirostris would show a certain approximation to the fish here described, and supply a further link in the chain connecting the extreme types of Salmonoids. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. November 3rd, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. W. W. Warts proceeded to give details of some interesting geological features recently exposed at the new Sewerage Works at Carshalton, Surrey, now being made by the Urban District Council, to which the attention of the Society had been directed by the Surveyor during the autumn recess. These excavations are situated at a spot which on the Geological Survey map is coloured as London Clay; and the features of the ground fully justified this colouring. The excavations, however, have shown that there are loamy and sandy beds of a light yellow 332 Miscellaneous. colour, some 14 or 15 feet in thickness, and apparently occupying a hollow in the London Clay. At the base these sandy beds become dark and clayey in some places, and include flints and pebbles, while below this is the London Clay. In the dark pebbly layer were found a large skull, a piece of a tusk, and a number of smaller bones, which Mr. E. T. Newron has determined to be a piece of elephant-tusk, the skull (31 inches long) of Rhinoceros antiquitatis with some of its limb-bones; while the smaller bones represent two or perhaps three horses. Although the teeth of the rhinoceros are wanting, the skull is otherwise very perfect; and, bearing this in mind, as well as the fact that certain of the limb- bones were also found, and that Elephas is represented by the tusk, and all three (it is said) at a depth of 14 or 15 feet, little room is left for doubting that we have here at Carshalton a Pleistocene deposit of a somewhat unusual character and at a spot where it was not before suspected, The following communication was read :— ‘ A Contribution to the Paleontology of the Decapod Crustacea of England.’ By the late James Carter, F.R.C.S., F.G.S. (Com- municated by Prof. T. McKenny Hughes, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S8.) This paper deals mainly with the Brachyura. The Author describes several new species, belonging to the genera Nephrops, Gebia, Homolopsis, Ranina, Mithracia, Neptunus, Actwopsis, and Goniocypoda. The genera Gebia, Ranina, and Neptunus have not been previously recorded from British rocks. Diaulax is for the first time identified from the Tertiary strata—a single specimen having been found in the Middle Headon. Platypodia Oweni, Bell, is now referred to the genus Diaulax ; and Paleocorystes Broderipi, Bell, to the genus Lucorystes. As a result of the careful study of large series of specimens iu various collections, the Author is able to give much additional information concerning the morphology of several species. MISCELLANEOUS. Slugs from “* Borneo”: a Correction, By Waxrer E. Cortina. In two recent papers of mine (P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 778, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1898, i. p. 191) an unfortunate error has crept in through the introduction of the term “ Borneo.” The slugs described in both of the above papers were collected in the island of Lombok opposite Bali; the habitat should therefore read “ Jsland of Lombok,” and not ‘“‘ Lombok, Borneo.” ‘SNACIG SAHLHOIIMVSdO EG IINOSIYaON SAHLHOIYVS dO V “WAIL? TOP weeag'¢ ‘hat som wte Ful ag 4S THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. (SEVENTH SERIES. ] No. 5. MAY 1898. LV.—On the Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda. By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S. &c. [Plate XVIL.] THE generic name Cypridina, proposed by Professor Henry Milne- Edwards in 1838 *, and first published by him in 1840, was adopted by paleontologists more than half a century agot as a modern representative of some small Bivalve Crustaceans found fossil in Devonian and Carboniferous strata, and others in the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations. ‘The figure given by H. Milne-Edwards in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Crustacés,’ vol. iii, (1840) p. 410, pl. xxxvi. figs. 5-9, unfortunately had no indication of the antero-ventral notch. By a letter, how- ever, dated January 11th, 1856, he definitely informed me that this notch (‘1’échancruse du bord antéro-inférieure ’’) was present, but had been inadvertently omitted in the drawing ¢. Owing to this omission of a characteristic feature * Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. édit. 2, vol. v. p. 178. + By De Koninck in 184]; Sandberger in 1845; subsequently by Richter, Rolle, F. A. Romer, Ferd. Romer, Ludwig, von Keyserling, von Eichwald, von Reuss, Bosquet, and others. t See “Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England,” Paleont. Soc. 1856, p. 9; and “ Monogr, British Fossil Bivalved Ento- mostraca from the Carboniferous Formations,” Pal. Soc. 1874, p. 11. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 26 334 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the the term “ Cypridina” was applied to various fossils, as referred to above. The greater number of these misnamed fossils belong to Cythere, some to Hntomis*, others to Cyprideila and Cyprella, and even to Isochilina and Leperditia. On the other hand, other fossils, more truly Cypridinal in cha- racter (such as Bosquet’s Cypre/le from the Cretaceous and Tertiary beds of Holland and Belgium), being possessed of the anterior notch and beak, were regarded as distinct on that account, and thus misunderstood. One of the best authorities on the biology of this group of lowly Crustacea, Dr. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S., has given the following interesting statement about them :— “The Cypridinide, owing to their considerable size and frequent capture in the surface-net, have attracted more general attention from zoologists than any other division of the Ostracoda ; but, compared with the Cypride and Cythe- ridz, the number both of species and individuals is very small. They appear to be most abundant in the warm surface-waters of the tropical seas, contributing largely to the phosphorescence of those regions. ‘The males only (at any rate of those species which have been thoroughly ex- amined) are endowed with swimming power, the females being non-natatory and passing their lives wholly at the bottom, a condition imposed upon them by the absence of the tuft of long filaments, attached to the first pair of antennae, which is characteristic of the males. The shape of the shell, too, is usually very different in the two sexes, the male being very long and slender in comparison with the female. “ Judging from the number of fossil species belonging to this family which have been found in the Coal-measures and other Paleozoic formations, we must suppose that the Cypri- dinidee were much more abundant in old times than now, So we may perhaps likewise infer that they were chiefly inhabi- tants of shallow warm water, possibly of brackish and estua- rine localities.” The abundance of Cypridinids in some beds of the Carboniferous or Mountain Limestone, which was formed in an open sea, indicates, however, that these bivalved Crusta- ceans were not confined to littoral areas fT. “« Some few species have been described from Cretaceous and Tertiary strata; but it would appear that the group attained the greatest development in the Carboniferous era, * Particularly in the case of the so-called “ Cypridinen-Schiefer” of Germany. + Some remarks on the fossil forms and their relationships were given in the ‘ Monthly Microscopical Journal,’ vol. x. (1875) pp. 71-76. Fossil Cypridinides and some Allied Ostracoda. 335 and has been gradually losing ground since that time, until it has in our days come to be almost swamped by the smaller, hardier, and doubtless also more prolific species of the families Cypride and Cytheride, animals evidently of much more plastic organization, and more capable of adaptation to varied conditions of environment.” (Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’—Part III. Report on the Ostracoda. By G. Stewardson Brady, M.D., F.L.S. 1880, Pp. 151, 152.) A full catalogue of the then known thirty-two species of five genera (Cypridina, Bradycinetus, Eurypylus, Philomedes, and Asterope), with references and synonyms, are given at pages 152-154 ; and descriptions of four new species, including one of a new genus (Crossophorus), follow, with illustrations. Thus we see that Cypridina is the type of a special group of Ostracods living in the open sea, some crawling on the sea-bed and some swimming free and coming to the surface mostly at night (crepuscular” in habit). Their bivalve test is usually larger than those of the Cyprids and Cytherids, often globose, or, at least, oval and tumid. A few fossil forms are known in the Tertiary and Chalk formations ; but in some of the Paleozoic rocks Cypridine and their relatives abound, making up the mass of the Carboniferous Limestone at some places (as in the Isle of Man, Lanarkshire, Bolland, Tenby, Cork, Belgium, and elsewhere), just as much as smaller Entomostraca constitute the mass of some Silurian limestones (Malvern, Sweden, Russia) and other limestones of Mesozoic age (at Mountfield in Sussex, Swanage in Dorset), and especially some Carboniferous Oil-shales in Lanarkshire. Necessarily there remains to the geologist only the hard portion of the structure of these little Crustaceans, such as the bivalve carapace or its separate moieties, all the locomo- tive and branchial limbs and maxillary apparatus having disappeared. He cannot therefore follow the zoologist closely or decidedly in the detailed study of Cypridina and its allies. The shape (outlines and contours) of the carapace and its valves, and occasionally its ornamentation and its muscle- spot, become his chief guides in the discrimination of differences. Since, however, bivalve tests recognizable as more or less closely resembling those of Cyprédina remain in the strata, it is evident that they should subserve as far as possible in the characterization of the geological formation to which they belong. Efforts made in this direction have resulted in the recognition of numerous generic forms which can be referred to that group of the Ostracoda which is eres as the ¥** Ke * Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the ser] ‘yuadayy See ‘AIv1}.49 J, "snOddRIAIL) 336 ‘ONRYY PUL svi], | UapTea AA pus yooqing “a i a ee ES ld ee aie err rae a a ET ne nes er re eee eee ca iets ee “eRplloe@youogd Too pee ee nessa) menue say Re eg eek OO vas wis IP oles oe ACO: sp gp some S'S SR ene eh ieee ie “8 paudhiy viminhohal OTe SRW @ sleka oyapredliy 2 eye oO, Oreo 8 purpapridhy avaue 'eguge eka vuen.e ce pyaupretdh? nice es nis s 6/6 Oe Aen. resereeeeses emauohpoag tee ect nents eeees gdotagep halsiionove heiress 5" eo MP LLO] ee Ty eA 6 6) 49s 6 ee Owe nuynidhy ‘eprops ~ ‘ VQOOVULSO ‘VaOOOCOA eR alayphy | ‘eputeyyAd 7 oy sudlig | ‘eeprpuds,) ‘ydo00aog ) 13g a “TRIO *saMsvaul-[BOK) "URIUOAE ‘ueLIntig teddq Soe *SNOIOFIUOGILD IAMO'T uBLM 337 dee and some Allied Ostracoda. . ypriaini Fossil C ‘sported [vorsojoes Buoy Sutnp usoq aavy (vuepeudi sepiseq) suBoouysnay) LaMOT oy} JO sLoyyO juajsis.od AoA MOY MOUs 0} uoxv} AYUotMeAUOD Sureq Aprungcoddo oy} ‘poonporzut otoy ote (4, ) spodorpAyg Jo ouo puv spoovsys¢c jo sdno13 0M} as0J, ¢ 4 "16g “d pu JET ‘d (L681) “AT [OA “AL “Oap “SBI ‘[09H 90g GE-GL ‘88y “ar td TTL “d “GOST Og “Pd “UISGL “S807 “AdouOTY “DLWY IST Yt “[izBtg_ JO spoq snovoejory oy} Wot , “BLIOGIG Wo ‘souor ‘ufiopueppiyy “T , T6-8T “83y ‘ux Td ‘ogg d zgT ‘uoszz0qoyy puv ‘Koyssory ‘Apeag, Aq “(‘v0g ‘Teq) *wLozUGP q10,[-480q ‘IdOUOW[ 99g ‘spsodep ArwysoL-Jsog UT , ‘0g ‘vg ‘say ‘ax “yd ‘Zop pur gog “dd (peg) “AEX "TOA “g “Los “WSIET “YUN “Suyy ZY uuy cag ‘vpeysny uy , ‘szisodap outa LuvMt UL snodouny ¢ ‘spisodop oulsnovy puv a[yviang ut snodaunyy ; ‘Z ‘d ‘LAX "JOA ‘90g ‘oar ‘Utnog? “yLENY 908 ‘OBYL Ul UMOUY vpooV.ysC 10z0@\vg a} JO oNsoLRyVo pozE[Nguyz v LOT , ,* oe oe we oe | 4 aH * . eS | | | | * oe * oo * ee 1) ve * *‘VG@OdOIHONVUGT ee ey DwWoT 7 eeee DUNMIY IST "8 yy artoy psy reese payer "9, BPIMYISHL on = “VdO0dO0TTAHd "'* puyjatayphig | vet pyanbsog Lene Weer Oday IAD eplyfauoyyAy *, VAOOALV TG Ricci ates bat) weir adoohjog ‘epidoodjog *, V4OD0aVI9 MAD eas: CALORIE) . "* snusapodajzo qT SNYIWOIOULOQUST "BP IUO IOLUOJUST 338 Prof, 'T. Rupert Jones on the Myopocopa, including the Cypridinide, Conchceciide, and the Entomoconchide. The next allied group is the CLADo- COPA, represented by the Polycopide only. Another group is the PLatycopa, having the Cytherellide only. See Dr. G. S. Brady’s memoir in the Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi. (1868) pp. 355 et seg., for the classification by Dr. G. O. Sars. : The geological distribution of these and other Ostracods, as well as some of the Phyllopods (as far as known), is approximately shown in the ‘Table on pp. 3836 & 337. My purpose is now to draw attention to the most noticeable of the fossil forms alluded to in the accompanying Table; beginning with those from the Lower Silurian rocks, and rising up through the Upper Silurian and Devonian to the Carboniferous and Permian formations (in the third of which Cypridinids abound), we shall have to pass by most of the Mesozoic series to reach the specimens from the Cretaceous and the Tertiary strata, of which we know something. As a knowledge, however, of the recent forms is necessary, the student is referred to Dr.G.S. Brady’s masterly expositions of the internal structure and external characters of the recent species so assiduously studied by himself, G. O. Sars, C. Claus, Fr. Miiller, and others. 1. The oldest rock in which Cypridina first appears in unmistakable form is C. Ratsinie, J., probably of Lower Silurian (Ordovician) age, as far as can be determined. It measures 9 by 5 millim. See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlix. (1893) pp. 163, 164, with a woodcut. Miss Raisin discovered the fossil ‘in an indurated argillite,” associated with the volcanic rocks of Pared-llech-y-menyn, on the south coast of the Lleyn promontory, North Wales. (Pl. XVII. fiz. 18.) “ Analogous features in various degrees, and associated with other characteristics, exist in Cypridina Reynaudit, Milne-Edwards, C. elongata, Brady, C. Bairdii, Brady, C. japonica, Brady, and other hooded and apiculate members of the genus; but none of these have the hinder end tapering away to so long and strong a point. A fossil form, however, from the Carboniferous series of Sicily, described and figured by Prof. G. G. Gemmellaro (Philomedes acanthoides, Gemm. Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. ser. 3, vol. viii. 1890, p. 37, pl. v. figs. 16 and 17), is very similar, but is too attenuate, and measures 6°5 by 3 millim.” Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda. 339 2. Another specimen, also of Lower Silurian age, is C. Graye, J., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlix. (1893) pp- 805, 806, pl. xiv. fig. 12. This is from the grey shales of Whitehouse Bay, near Girvan, Ayrshire. It measures 1:08 by *76 millim. In shape it nearly resembles the Carbon- iferous C, Youngiana, Jones and Kirkby. (Pl. XVII. fig. 17.) 3. Among his Silurian fossils from the River Ssrednjaja, in the New-Siberian Island of Kotelny, Baron Eduard von Toll has found a specimen which he has described and figured as “* Leperditia (?) sp.,” but which may possibly belong to the Cypridinids. In the ‘ Mémoires Acad. Impér. Science St.-Pétersbourg,’ sér. 7, vol. xxxvii. no. 2, 1889, p. 45, pl. ili. fig. 20, this doubtful little fossil appears to be a not well-preserved cast of a left valve that has a truncated front margin with a shallow notch. Some delicate wavy striz, passing obliquely backwards and downwards, mark the anterior moiety of this fossil as far as the relatively large oval subcentral muscle- spot. ‘The notch, though weak, and the muscle-spot suggest an alliance with Cypridina. The valve is 7 millim. long. (Pl. XVII. fig. 14.) 4, An Upper-Silurian form closely related to Cypridina is the Cyprosis Haswellii, J., Geol. Mag. dee. il. vol. viii. (1881) . 338, pl. ix. figs. 6a, 66. It measures 10 by 7 millim, The late Mr. G. C. Haswell found it in the Upper Silurian mudstones on the west side of the North-Esk Reservoir, in the Pentland Hills, Scotland. The strong broad vertical sulcus crossing the hinder third of the vaive is its distinguishing characteristic. (Pl. XVII. tig. 9.) “This has been referred by M. Barrande * to Bolbozoe, but it does not belong to that genus. 5. A bizarre form lately figured by G. Giirich, from the Cardiola-interrupta zone (UpperSilurian) in Poland, probably comes within the Cypridinid group. It is of a suboblong - form, notched and hooded apparently in front, and impressed with two deep, transverse, curved sulci, giving the surface the appearance of being raised into three unequal lobes. An oval muscle-spot, with twelve radiate marks on each side, is visible near the middle of the valve. ‘lhe notch and muscle- * Syst. Silur, Bohéme, part i. vol. i, Supplem, (1872) p. 501. 340 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the spot remind us of Cypridinal characters (as, indeed, the author himself seems to have thought); but, though some recent species are deeply sculptured, there are none just like this. This Cypridina(?) has been described and figured by Dr. Georg Giirich, of Breslau, in his “ Das Palzeozoicum im Polonischen Mittelgebirge,” in the Verhandl. Russisch- Kaiserl. Mineralog. Gesellschaft zu St.-Petersburg, ser. 2, vol. xxxii. (1896) p. 378, pl. xv. figs. 12 a, 6, c, as Bolbozoe polonica. He found it at Niestachow, Kleczanas, Zalesic, and Brzezinki, in Poland. Specimens vary trom 8 to 8 millim. in length. (Pl. XVII. fig. 16.) 6. In one of the pebbles (consisting of a quartzite doubt- fully of either Silurian or Devonion age) from the Triassic Conglomerate at Budleigh-Salterton in Devonshire, the late Mr. J. W. Salter found a Cypridinal specimen, which was subsequently figured and described (but not specially named) in the Geol. Mag. dec. 11. vol. vill. (1881) p. 337, pl. ix. figs. 7a, 7b. It measured 7 by 4:2 millim. Being a mere cast in granular quartzite, with a part of its edge still imbedded, its real outline could not be determined ; but it somewhat resembled certain forms of Cypridina brevi- mentum and Polycope simplex, figured in the Monogr. Car- bonif. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1874... (Pl. XVII. fig. 15.) 7. Cyprosina Whidbornet, J., is a Cypridinid peculiar to the Devonian Limestone at Lummaton, near Torquay, Devon- shire, as far as known at present. It was described and figured in the Geol. Mag. dee. il. vol. vill. (1881) pp. 338- 340, pl. ix. figs. 1-3 and 5; see also the Rev. G. F. Whid- borne’s Monogr. Devon. Fauna South England, Pal. Soe. part i. (1889) p. 53, pl. iv. figs. 1-4. Its beak is small, and it has ‘¢a short transverse (vertical) sulcus at or near the middle of the ventral region.” It occurs of different sizes, the largest measuring about 18 by 12 millim, (PI. XVII. fig. 8.) 8. In his Monograph on the Devonian Fauna of the South of England, vol. 1. part 1. (1889), the Rev. G. F. Whidborne describes and figures some rather obscure casts of carapace- valves referable in all probability to Cypridina (pp. 45, 46, pl. iv. figs. 6, 10, and 18) ; Cypridella (p. 47, pl. iv. fig. 5) ; and a new species, Cypridinella ceca (p. 46, pl. iv. fig. 16), These range from 3°5 to 10 millim. in length, and were all obtained from the old Lummaton quarries, near St.-Mary- Church, not far from Torquay. Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda. 341 9. From the extensive calcareous formation known as the Mountain-limestone, including the Lower Carboniferous series in Scotland, numerous genera and species allied to Cypridina were described and illustrated in 1874 and 1884 in the Paleontographical Society’s Monographs, by 'T. Rupert Jones, J. W. Kirkby, and G. 8. Brady. Thus :— Number of Leading Characteristics in the Genera. Species. Fossil Forms. Cypridina........ 3 Notch and beak, slight in some, more pro- nounced in others. Bradycinetus .... 1 Beak produced and truncate. Philomedes (?).... 1 Notch deep and broad. Cypridinella...... Ovate, produced at each end; more or less apiculate behind; antero-ventral region projecting and prow-like. Cypridellina...... 8 Like Cypridinella, but bearing a tubercle or hump above the median line. Cypridella ...... 6 Like Cypridellina, but having a dorsal sulcus behind the tubercle. Cagrelia. <2 4. », 5 2 Nearly like Cypridella, but annulate. BUICUNE 0.600 as 2 Subovate, with a deep and oblique sulcus modifying the dorsal region; front truncate ; notch obsolete. Rhombina ...... 2 Oblique-oblong; notch obsolete on the front slope. Polycope ........ 3 Round or oval, with faint indication of the notch. a pear ] Subglobose; front edge truncate and im- pressed by a nearly central slight in- turning of the margins of the valves. Entomoconchus.... 8 Subglobose ; front edge truncate and modi- fied by the margins being pressed in- wards, and each forming a sinuous curve, which leaves a long-oval opening below a short beak, and a narrower and shorter slit in the ventral region. 10. From the Coal-measures only a few Cypridinids have been obtained. Cypridina radiata, Monogr. Carb. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1874, p. 14, pl. v. figs. 6a-6.7; and Philomedes elongata, Monogr. Carb. Entom. 1884, p. 81, pl. vi. figs. 1 a— lc. The former from Scotland, and the latter from England, have both a peculiar radiate structure of the test. 11. In a memoir by Professor G. G. Gemmellaro, “ On the Crustacea of the Husulina-limestone of the Valley of the Sosio River, in the Province of Palermo, Sicily,” Mem. Soc. Italiana delle Scienze fiss, e nat. vol. vill. ser. 3, no. 1, AQ pages, with 5 plates (4to, Naples, 1890), he refers to this limestone as being a ‘‘ Permo-Carboniferous’’ formation ; 342 Prof. 'T’. Rupert Jones on the and, besides other Crustaceans—Macrurous, Brachyurous, and of doubtful affinities—he describes (pp. 30-40) and figures (pl. v. figs 3-46) numerous Ostracoda, including :— Cypridinella, J. & K., 2 new species; Cypridellina, J. & K., 1 new species; Cypridella, De Koninck, 2 new species ; Cypridina, Milne-Edwards, 2 new species ; Philomedes, Lill- jeborg, 1 new species ; Entomoconchus, M‘Coy, 1 new species ; Entomis, Jones, 2 new species. All these have an exceed- ingly close resemblance to the true Carboniferous species of Britain and Belgium, and at first sight might in most in- stances be taken for them. 12. Two small specimens of a true Cypridinal form have been met with in the Permian Limestone of Sunderland (Monogr. Carbonif. Entom. 1874, p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 28). They closcly resemble Cypridina primeva (Daphnia, M‘Coy), in the Carboniferous Limestone. (Pl. XVII. fig. 5.) 13. Having nothing definite to record as to the Cypridinids that may have existed in the seas of the early Mesozoic period, we arrive at the Upper Mesozoic series, certain Cretaceous deposits of which, in Limbourg and Belgium, yielded to the researches of the late M. J. A. H. Bosquet, of Liége, some small, rare, and fragile specimens, which he referred to De Koninck’s Cyprella, because Milne-Edwards’s figure of Cypridina Reynaudi showed no beak and notch. See ‘Mémoires de ]la Commission pour la Description de la Carte Géologique de la Neerlande,’ vol. ii. (1854), p. 124; they had been referred to Cypridina in the Monogr. Cretac. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1849, pp. 3 and 36. Cypridina ovulata (Cyprella, Bosquet), ‘ Descript. Entom. foss. Craie de Maestricht,” Mém. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liége, vol. iv. (1847) p. 373, pl. iv. figs. 4a, b,¢. Carapace gib- bose, boldly pitted, and bearing a large subradiate muscle- spot. Length 2 millim., height 14 millim., and 1:2 in thickness. From the whitish Maestricht Chalk between Mont St. Pierre and Petit Lanaye, and at Sichen, in Belgium. Also in his “f Monographie des Crustacées fossiles du Terrain Crétacé du Duché de Limbourg” (Mém. Comm. Descrip. Carte géol. Neerlande, vol. ii.), p. 124, pl. ix. figs. Ll a, , ¢. (Pl. XVII. figs. 3a, d.) Cypridina Koninckiana (Cyprella, Bosquet), ibid. 1847, p. 373, pl. iv. figs. da, b,c. Surface showing a large and partly radiate muscle-spot, and on its hinder moiety a trian- gular area of radiate punctation. Size 1:2 by ‘7 millim. From the Maestrichian Chalk at Mont St. Pierre, Gronsveld, Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda, 348 Keer, and Bemelen; and in the same series at Petit Lanaye and at Sichen in Belgium. Jb¢d. 1854, p. 125, pl. ix. figs. 12 a, b,c. (Pl. XVII. figs. 4 a, 0.) 14. M. J. Bosquet also found some specimens of a Tertiary Cypridinid in the Eocene beds of France, and he described it as a Cyprella, with illustrations. ‘“ Descript. Entomost. foss Terr. Tert. France et Belgique” (Mém. cour, Acad. Roy. Belgique, 1852, p. 182, pl. vi. figs. 144, b,c, d). This is the neatly punctate, oval Cypr idina Edwardsiana (Cyprella, Bosquet), doc. ct. Length 1:2, height °75, and thickness ‘7 millim. It was obtained from the ‘Sables Moyens” of Ver (Oise) and of Tancrou (Seine-et-Marne), also from the “ Calcaire Grossier ” of Chateaurouge, of Parnes and Chau- mont (Oise), and of Orme and Grignon (Seine-et-Oise). (Pl. XVII. fig. 2.) 15. While sorting and examining, several years ago, some material of a friable calcareous deposit of Eocene age from Orglandes, Dép. Manche, France, procured by Sir C. Lyell in 1851, the writer met with a broken valve of a symmetrical little Cypridina of the not unusual broad oval shape, with a small neat hood and notch. Surface smooth, but bearing a rather obscure radiate muscle-mark. ‘The fragment (fig. 1 a) is 6 millim. long, the smaller moiety of a valve probably 9 millim. long; the height of the valve is 6 millim. and the thickness of the carapace was 5 millim., the valve being 24 millim. in depth or thickness. (Pl. XVII. figs. 1 a, d,c.) EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. Fig. 1. Cypridina from the Tertiary of Orglandes, France. a, anterior moiety of a left valve; 4, outline of end view; c, outline of edge view. Fig. 2. Cypridina Edwardsiana (Bosquet). Eocene, France. Fig. 3. Cypridina ovulata (Bosquet). Maestricht Chalk Series. a, left valve; b, ventral aspect . Cypridina Koninckiana (Bosquet). Maestricht Chalk Series. a, left valve; 6, aspect of the inside with the hinge. . Cypr idina primeva (M‘Coy). Carboniferous Limestone (and Permian). Left valve. Fig. 6. Bradycinetus Rankinianus, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous Limestone. Right valve. Fig. 4 5 6 Fig. 7. Philomedes (?) Bairdiana, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous 8 9 0. Fig. Limestone. Right valve, Fig. 8. Cyprosina WV “hidbor net, Jones. Devonian. Left valve. Fig. 9. Cyprosis Ilaswellit, Jones. Upper Silurian. Left valve. Fig. 10. Cypridinella Maccoyiana, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous Lime- stone. Right valve. 344 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera Fig. 11. Cypridellina Burrovit, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous Lime- stone. Right valve. Fig. 12. Cypridella Koninckiana, Jones. Carboniferous Limestone. Right valve. Fig. 13. Cyprella annulata, De Koninck. Carboniferous Limestone. Left valve. Fig. 14. Cypridina? (Leperditia?, von Toll). Silurian. Left valve. Fig. 15. Cypridina? Devonian or Silurian? Right valve. Fig. 16. Cypridina? polonica (Bolbozoe, Giirich). Upper Silurian. Right valve. Fig. 17. Cypridina Graye, Jones. Lower Silurian. Left valve. Fig. 18. Cypridina Raisinie, Jones. Lower Silurian. Left valve. LVI.—List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal, with Descriptions of the new Species. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. SAGRINE. Sagra bicolor, Lac. Barberton. CRrIOCERINZ. Lema crasstpes, Oliv. The single specimen obtained at Rustenburg does not differ in any way from the typical forms from Madagascar, which is interesting, as the latter island has but few species in common with Africa. Lema hottentotta, Lac. Barberton. Lema australis, Lac. Barberton. Lema rufipennis, Lac. Pretoria. Lema Drege’, Lac. Barberton. Lema bipunctata, Baly. Natal, Durban. Crioceris puncticollis, Lac. Barberton. MErGALOPODINE. Pecilomorpha afra, Klug. Pretoria, Barberton. CRYPTOCEPHALINE. Cryptocephalus Distanti, sp. n. Black, the clypeus flavous; head finely pubescent ; thorax fulvous, with two black semicrescentic bands, minutely punc- tured ; elytra rather strongly punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, flavous; a transverse band at the base, from the Transvaal. 345 nearly connected at the sides with another band below the middle, and the suture black. Length 4-5 millim. Head closely and finely punctured, black, clothed with fine yellowish pubescence, the space between the eyes depressed, the clypeus flavous, the labrum and palpi black; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the lower five joints flavous, the upper joints rather robust and _ thick- ened; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight, narrowed towards the apex, the posterior angles acutely pointed, the basal margin with some distinct teeth near the angles, the surface nearly impunctate or with some minute punctures only visible under a strong lens, fulvous, the angles and the margins sometimes pale flavous, the sides with a broad semicrescentic black band of irregular shape, consisting in some specimens of two spots joined together ; scutellum short and broad, its apex truncate, black, the middle with a pale flavous spot; elytra with rather strong rows of punctures, the interstices finely and sparingly punctured, flavous, with a broad transverse black band at the base, deeply concave or sinuate at its posterior edge and connected along the suture with another band below the middle, which extends to the lateral margin and nearly joins the anterior band at the sides, the extreme lateral and apical margin likewise black : underside black, finely pubescent; legs fulvous; prosternum broad, truncate at its base and pubescent. Hab. Johannesburg. From the black-banded species of Africa the present one may be known by the pubescent head and the crescent-shaped thoracic bands, colour of the scutellum, and the nearly con- nected elytral bands; the elytra in all the specimens (three) have also the sutural margin round the scutellum marked with pale flavous, Cryptocephalus decemnotatus, Suftr. Pretoria, Johannesburg, Pinetown, Many specimens, mostly varieties with a single elytral humeral spot, the thorax with four or two spots. Cryptocephalus angustofasciatus, Jac. Pretoria. Cryptocephalus erythromelas, Suffr. Barberton. Cryptocephalus epipleuralis, Jac. Pretoria. Cryptocephalus mandibularis, Suffr. Pretoria. Acolastus nigroplagiatus, Jac. Barberton. I have also received this species from Kstcourt, Natal. 346 Mr. M, Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera CLYTRINZ. Miopristis Distanti, sp. n. Black, labrum and mandibles flavous; head closely punc- tured; thorax transverse, impunctate, flavous, with two large black patches; elytra pale testaceous, finely punctured, the sutural and lateral margins posteriorly and a spot on the shoulders black. Length 7 millim. Head closely punctured at the vertex, finely rugose at the lower portion, the clypeus triangularly emarginate, its lower edge flavous as well as the labrum and the mandibles ; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, twelve-jointed, black, the lower two joints flavous, the intermediate joints more strongly widened than the others, apical joint very narrow; thorax about one and a half times broader than long, convex, the sides strongly rounded as well as all the angles, the anterior margin preceded at the middle by a short but deep and strongly punctured transverse groove, posterior margin scarcely lobed at the middle, the surface entirely im- punctate, flavous, the entire sides occupied by a large black ovate patch not extending to the lateral margins ; scutellum black ; elytra pale testaceous, finely punctured in semiregular rows; asutural and lateral narrow stripe, abbreviated ante- riorly and posteriorly, and a small humeral spot black; the breast and abdomen black, clothed with silvery pubescence ; legs flavous, the anterior ones very elongate, their tibie curved, with a piceous upper margin, the apex mucronate ; the anterior tarsi elongate, piceous. Hab. Pretoria, A single specimen. A typical representative of the genus and closely allied to M. natalensis, Jac., but at once distinguished by the smooth, shining, and impunctate thorax and the semiregular elytral punctuation, Clytra impressicollis, sp. n. Elongate, parallel, black; thorax finely punctured, the sides with a deep sinuate fovea; elytra finely and rather closely punctured, fulvous. Length 11 millim. Head deeply depressed between the eyes, black, the latter surrounded by some fulvous pubescence, the vertex with a deep central groove swollen, finely punctured, and strigose ; anterior edge of the clypeus semicircularly emarginate ; an- tenne black, extending to the base of the thorax, the fourth and following joints transversely serrate; thorax about two from the Transvaal. 347 and a half times broader than long, black, the sides nearly straight, the posterior angles rounded, the basal margin very slightly and broadly produced at the middle, the surface very finely and closely punctured, partly shining, the sides with _ a very deep, transverse, sinuate fovea, the base with a trans- verse groove at the middle; scutellum black, its apex trun- cate; elytra parallel and very elongate, uniformly fulvous, finely punctured, the punctures here and there arranged in rows ; the shoulders rounded, the sides slightly lobed at the base: underside and legs black, clothed with fulvous pubes- cence; tarsi short and robust, the first joint of the posterior tarsi one half longer than the second joint. Hab. Zoutpansberg. I know of no other African species which has the thorax so deeply foveolate at the sides in connexion with the uniformly coloured elytra; only a single (apparently female) specimen is before me. Titubea pretorie, sp. n. Black, the head finely pubescent ; thorax closely punctured and finely rugose throughout ; elytra opaque fulvous, deeply and closely punctured, the apical margin and two broad trans- verse bands, one before, the other below the middle, bluish black. Length 11 millim. Head finely pubescent, black, the vertex swollen, finely punctured, the other portion finely longitudinally strigose, the epistome triangularly emarginate at the apex; mandibles robust; antenne short, not extending to the base of the thorax, transversely serrate from the fourth joint, the second and third joints small, fulvous; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides obliquely narrowed towards the apex, straight, rounded near the posterior angles, the latter obtuse, the median lobe broad, moderately produced, the disk with a narrow transverse depression at the sides, closely and strongly punctured and irregularly rugose and finely wrinkled, black; scutellum triangular, black, rugosely punctured; elytra very deeply and closely punctured, especially so at the lighter-coloured parts, the interstices at the apex tuberculate, the basal margin in shape of a ridge, the colour fulvous; a broad, transverse, medially narrowed band before the middle, another below the latter, not extending to the lateral margins as well as these posteriorly, and the apical margins bluish black: underside and legs densely clothed with silvery pubescence ; legs elongate, the first joint of the tarsi as long 348 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera as the following two joints together, third joint divided to the middle. Hab. Pretoria. Of this species a single (apparently female) specimen was obtained, which in its system of coloration entirely resembles several other African species of the same genus, notably Lachnea equestris, Lac., and L. nigrofasctatus, Lac. ; but the sculpturing of the thorax and the elytra is so entirely ditferent that I think there will not be much difficulty in recognizing the insect. It agrees in the latter respect far better with Tvtubea thoracica, Jac., but in that species the anterior portion of the thorax is flavous, the elytra are much more finely punctured (although similarly sculptured) and shining, and the tibie are fulvous. Clytra bifasciata, De Geer. Pretoria. Clytra Wahibergi, Lac. Waterberg, Pretoria, Pienaar’s River, Pietersburg. Clytra interrupta, Lac. Pretoria. Antipus fulveola, sp. n. Black below, above fulvous ; head and thorax impunctate ; elytra very closely and finely punctured, semiopaque. Length 7 millim. Head impunctate, fulvous, with a small fovea at the middle, the anterior edge of the clypeus feebly concave; mandibles robust, black, margined with rufous, the left mandible curved strongly inwards at the apex; eyes rather small, oblong, slightly sinuate ; antenne very short, fuscous, the lower three joints fulvous, the fourth and following joints triangularly widened, but not serrate ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the posterior angles evenl rounded, the posterior margin scarcely lobed at the middle, the surface entirely impunctate, fulvous, shining, the base with a slight transverse sulcus at the middle; scutellum triangular; elytra feebly lobed below the shoulders, extremely finely and closely punctured: underside and legs black, finely pubescent, anterior legs elongate as well as the tarsi, the first joint of the latter as long as the following two joints together. Hab. Pretoria. There are two males and one female of this species before me which, on account of reproducing the principal structural characters of Antipus on a smaller scale, I have placed in this genus; but the exact position of the insect is, like so many others of this difficult group, a matter of opinion, from the Transvaal. 349 At any rate, we have here the same construction of the head as in Antipus—that is, there is no distinct epistome and the mandibles are robust and angular. The present species resembles almost entirely the type of the genus, A. mazillosa, Lac., but is much smaller; the epistome is of entirely different shape and the mandibles are much less robust; the female does not differ from the male except in the mandibles, which are of normal size and much smaller. Antipus rufus, De Geer. Barberton and Pretoria. Peploptera cylindriformis, Lac. Pretoria, Rustenburg. Another variety in which the thorax has a longitudinal central black stripe was obtained by Mr. Distant; this variety is not mentioned by Lacordaire, although the insect is one of the most variable of the group. Peploptera dorsata, Lac. Pretoria. Peploptera trilineata, Lac. Pretoria. Gynandrophthalma abdominalis, sp. n. Black, the antenne, the tibie and tarsi, and the last abdo- minal segment fulvous ; thorax impunctate, fulvous; elytra finely and semiregularly punctured, flavous, the suture narrowly and a broader longitudinal band at the middle of the disk, abbreviated before the apex, black. Length 7-8 millim. Subcylindrical and parallel; the head black, rather closely punctured at the vertex, with a central longitudinal groove and a deeper fovea at the middle; clypeus more sparingly punctured, black, shining, its anterior margin subtriangularly emarginate ; labrum black, margined with fulvous; palpi and antenne fulvous, the latter very short, the basal joiut piceous above, the fifth and following joints transversely widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rather strongly rounded near the base, the basal margin but slightly pro- duced at the middle, the disk impunctate or with a few minute punctures here and there, reddish fulvous; scutellum black, its apex truncate; elytra not lobed at the base laterally, flavous, finely punctured in very irregular rows, the suture narrowly black, the sides with another broader black stripe, extending from the middle of the base nearly to the apex: underside black, finely pubescent, the last abdominal segment Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 27 350 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera more or less fulvous; the tibie and tarsi flavous, the latter broad, their first joint not much longer than the second. Hab. Pretoria. Of this species seven specimens were obtained by Mr. Dis- tant ; it is another addition to the little group of black-striped species described by Lacordaire and Lefévre, but is much larger than either of them, and differs in the colour of the an- tenn, and that of the legs and abdomen ; in some specimens there is an indication of three blackish spots on the thorax, placed triangularly. Gynandrophthalma atripennis, Lac. Pretoria. All the specimens obtained by Mr. Distant belong to the variety in which the apex of the elytra is fulvous; this is probably the normal form, and the one with entirely black elytra which served Lacordaire for the type is the variety. Melitonoma pictipennis, sp. n. Black, the labrum and the basal joints of the antenne fulvous ; thorax with the anterior and lateral margins and a central stripe flavous; elytra closely punctured, flavous, a broad lateral stripe from the base to below the middle, two spots near the suture, and a ring-shaped mark near the apex black ; legs fulvoas. Length 5 millim. Head black, closely rugose, the vertex finely punctured, the interstices sparingly clothed with very short silvery pubescence, the anterior margin of the clypeus triangulafly emarginate; labrum and palpi fulvous; antenne not ex- tending to the base of the thorax, the lower five joints fulvous, the others black, the fifth and following joints transversely widened ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides rather strongly rounded near the base, narrowed towards the apex; posterior angles rounded, the surface rather closely impressed with larger and smaller punctures, black, the ante- rior and lateral margins narrowly flavous, this colour also divides the black portion at the middle in shape of a narrow short stripe; scutellum black, shining, triangular, its apex rounded ; elytra closely and rather strongly punctured, the interstices very minutely granulate, flavous; a narrow lateral stripe, not extending to the apex, a spot before and another below the middle placed near the suture, as well as an annular mark near the apex, black: underside black, finely pubescent ; legs fulvous, the upper edge of the femora with a piceous from the Transvaal. 351 stripe, the first joint of the tarsi as long as the following two joints together. flab. Pretoria. The markings and shape of the elytra in this species are quite distinct from any other contained in this genus; the lateral long stripe and the ring-like mark near the apex will at once assist in the recognition of the insect, of which two specimens were obtained; the thorax may also be described as flavous, with two large basal black patches, between which in one specimen there is another small spot, a design which is very frequently met with in species of this and other genera of Clythrine. Melitonoma sobrina, Lac. Waterberg. A single specimen belonging to the variety in which the elytra have four spots instead of five. Melitonoma duodecimpunctata, sp. n. Black, the thorax flavous, with two lateral and a medial black spot; elytra very finely punctured, flavous, each with six black spots (1.2.2. 1); tibie and tarsi fulvous. Length 7 millim. Head black, shining, the vertex impunctate, the space between the eyes with some fine punctures and irregular depressions, slightly rugose near the eyes; anterior edge of the clypeus slightly emarginate ; antenne scarcely extending to the base of the thorax, fuscous, the lower four joints fulvous; thorax three times broader than long, the sides straight, the posterior angles rounded, the surface impunc- tate, flavous, shining, the base with a subquadrate black patch at each side which sends off a short branch upwards at its anterior edge; a small spot is also placed at the middle of the base; scutellum piceous, triangular, its apex slightly truncate; elytra very finely punctured in closely approached irregular rows, flavous, with a black spot on the shoulders, two placed slightly obliquely at the middle, two others below the latter placed similarly, and a sixth spot at the extreme apex, all the spots rather large and of subquadrate shape: the underside and the femora black; the tibie and tarsi fulvous, the last rather short and broad, the first joint shorter than the following two joints together. Hab. Barberton. The single (apparently female) specimen before me seems closely allied to I. Simoni, Weise (Insekt. Deutschl. p. 112), inasmuch as the elytra have six spots on each instead of the 27* 352 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera usual five, but the markings of the thorax seem to be of different shape, according to the description, and the legs are given as black ; the locality (Ashantee) also differs ; but for all that it is possible that the present species is but a variety of M. Simon?. Mr. Peringuey has described another six- spotted species, but gives the colour as “ olivaceous”’ and the size as 44 millim.; the legs are not mentioned. Lastly, M. galla, Gestro (Annali d. Mus. Civico d. Genova, 1895), has the elytral spots differently placed and arranged in pairs. Melitonoma litigiosa, Lac. Pretoria. Eumorrin®. Colasposoma fulgidum, Lefév. Barberton, Pretoria. The totally insufficient diagnosis given by Lefévre of this and of the many closely allied species, in which no mention is made of the sexes, which differ so much in sculpturing, nor of other details, does not enable the student to determine with certainty the greater number of African species of Colasposoma, which are frequently only separated by small but evidently con- stant structural characters. Of C. fulgidum I possess a typical specimen named by Lefévre, which agrees in the main points with his description ; but the author was evidently not aware of the many colour-varieties which this species represents and which cannot be separated in any way from the type. The latter is of bright cupreous colour above, with all the margins of the thorax and that of the elytra narrowly dark blue, the underside and legs of the latter colour entirely ; but in the varieties, and they are the ones obtained by Mr. Distant, the colour above is either metallic green, dark cupreous, or blue ; the legs and the antenne in all specimens are dark or pale fulvous, and the underside more or less neous and pubescent. ‘These differences seem at first sight sutficient to consider them specifically distinct, but the same variations in coloration take place in nearly all other species of the genus, and the sculpturing shows no such difference; all the green- coloured individuals have the margins of the thorax and of the elytra narrowly cupreous, analogous to the blue margins of the typical form. The principal character of distinction, however, is to be found in the transverse rugosities of the elytra, which in both sexes occupy the entire disk nearly to the suture instead of the sides only, as is the case in many other species ; the interstices and the thorax are distinctly and closely punctured, but not “ subconfluenter punctatus,” as from the Transvaal. 303 Lefévre says. The punctures, although closely placed, are everywhere separated. Colasposoma scutellare, Lefév. Zoutpansberg. I refer a specimen of cupreous and another of metallic green upper surface to this species; Lefévre’s totally insufficient description applies equally well to dozens of other species, and no sex is mentioned. In my specimens the colour of the upper surface is rather opaque and silky; the thorax in the male insect is broad, with strongly rounded sides, finely and rather closely but irregularly punctured, in the green-coloured specimens narrowly margined with cupreous, like the sides and apex of the epistome; the scutellum is entirely of the latter colour; the elytra are very finely punctured indeed, except below the base, where there is a very feeble transverse depression, and of the same colour as the thorax, of silky appearance ; the underside and legs are entirely cupreous: a variety is of opaque reddish-cupreous colour above and below. I also possess this species from Delagoa Bay. It remains, however, doubtful whether the determination is correct, although it fairly agrees with the description. Colasposoma transvaalense, Jac. Pretoria. Euryope megacephala, Thoms. Delagoa Bay. Euryope terminalis, Baly. Pretoria. Pseudocolaspis halyporphyrea, Marsh. Barberton. A single specimen with dark blue elytra, the latter with a bright cupreous transverse basal band and a similarly coloured elongate patch below the middle, but agreeing in all other respects with the typical form. Syagrus puncticollis, Lefév. Pretoria. Syagrus mashonanus, Jac. Zoutpansberg. Menius Distant, Jac. Pretoria and Waterberg. Rhembastus variabilis, Har. Pretoria. Mecistes seriatus, Lefév. Zoutpansberg. Corynodes compressicornis, Fabry. Barberton. Rhembastus insiynitus, sp. n. Testaceous, the apical joints of the antennze fuscous ; head and thorax pale flavous, impunctate; elytra strongly punc- 354 My. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera tate-striate, the punctures distinct to the apex; femora with a small tooth. Length 4 millim. Head impunctate, the clypeus not separated from the face, finely punctured, its anterior margin concave; eyes sur- rounded by a very narrow sulcus ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the last five joints fuscous, the second joint as long as the third but thicker, terminal joints slightly thickened ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles distinct, the surface entirely im- punctate, flavous, shining; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, with avery slight depression below the base, strongly punctate-striate, the punctures distinct to the apex: the underside slightly darker, impunctate ; the legs pale testa- ceous, the femora with a small tooth; prosternum slightly narrowed between the cox, impunctate. Hab. Pretoria. Separated from any of its allies by the entirely testaceous uniform coloration and by the impunctate head and thorax ; the shape of this insect is less broad and the thorax less transverse than in many other species of this genus, notably Rh. variabilis, Har., but the structural characters are the same. CHRYSOMELINE. Chrysomela metallica, De Geer. Cape Colony: Grahams- town. Chrysomela plagioderoides, Vogel (?). Cape Colony: Brak Kloof. Atechna 20-maculata, Clark. Natal: Pine Town. Atechna 20-pustulata, Thunb. Barberton. Atechna confluens, Gerst. Waterberg. Atechna fasciata, De Geer. Cape Colony: Grahamstown. Centroscelis macularis, Clark. Cape Colony: Brak Kloof, Grahamstown. Centroscelis notata, Fabr. Barberton. Plagiodera cuprea, Baly. Pretoria. Lina discolor. Pretoria. Mesoplatys ochroptera, Stal. Pretoria, Nyassaland, Fort Johnston. Many specimens. From the Transvaal. 3959 HaxticinZ. Cladocera femoralis, Gerst. Rustenburg. Haltica pyritosa, Erichs. Pretoria. Cheetocnema natalensis, Baly. Natal: Pine Town. Gidionychis natalensis, Baly. Barberton. Decaria abdominalis, Jac. Barberton. This Halticide is the second known genus possessing ten- jointed antennz only ; the specimens in this collection have the entire underside black ; in the type from Mashonaland the abdomen is fulvous, but I cannot find any other distinctive characters. Blepharida reticulata, Baly. Waterberg, Zoutpansberg Pretoria. A more strongly marked variety of this species has been described by myself as B. Holub. ? Blepharida ornata, Baly. Barberton. Blepharida inornata, Jac. Barberton. Eriotica fuscipennis, Har. Barberton. Phygasia pallida, sp. n. Entirely pale flavous; head and thorax impunctate, the latter with a shallow transverse sulcus; elytra finely and closely punctured. Length 43 millim. Head rather broad, impunctate, the frontal elevations broadly subquadrate, feebly raised; clypeus not strongly convex, rather broad, impunctate ; palpi thickened ; antenne robust, flavous, not extending to the middle of the elytra, the second joint very short, rounded, the third rather longer than the fourth joint, all the others thickened, the terminal one elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded at the middle, constricted at the base, anterior angles obtuse, posterior angles dentiform, the disk impunctate, shining, with a shallow sulcus near the base, bounded at the sides by a perpendicular obsolete groove ; scutellum broad ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, finely and closely punctured: underside and legs flavous; prosternum ex- tremely narrow; tibiae mucronate; the first joint of the poste- rior tarsi as long as the following joints together. Hab. Pretoria. 356 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera Chapuis has given a four-lined description of Lactica afri- cana from Abyssinia (Annali di Mus. Civ. Genova, 1879), which probably belongs to Phygasia. This insect agrees in the main point with the present species, but is larger, and the antennz and tarsi are more or less stained with fuscous; as no other details are given, which, in my opinion, is worse than no description at all, it is impossible to say whether the species described here is identical with that of Chapuis or not ; but probably it is distinct, as several closely allied African species of the genus exist. Phygasia limbata, Baly. Pretoria. Podagrica indica, Fabr. Pretoria. This apparently not uncommon species has been described by Fabricius from India, from which country I have seen no specimens as yet, although it is not impossible that the insect has this wide distribution, as the same is the case with Crypto- cephalus sanguinolentus, Oliv. At all events, the species is not a Spheroderma, where it is placed in Gemminger’s Cata- logue, but a true Podagrica, with which it agrees in structural characters and in the closed, not open, anterior coxal cavities. G ALERUCINE. Aulacophora joveicollis, Kiist. Nyassaland, Fort Johnston. Aulacophora sexplagiata, Jac. Cape Colony: Port Alfred. Hyperacantha abdominalis, Jac. Barberton. Lyperacantha fenestrata, Chap. Barberton. Hyperacantha pectoralis, Jac. (nec Fairmaire). Pretoria, Johannesburg, Waterberg. Hyperacantha bituberculata, abr. Barberton. Diacantha conifera, Fairm. Waterberg, Rustenburg. Laetana histrio, Baly. Barberton. Malacosoma (Sermyla) suturalis, Alld. Zoutpansberg. Malacosoma bimaculata, Bert. Barberton. Cerochroa brachialis, Stal. Rustenburg. Galerucella triloba, Faby. Pretoria. Megalognatha ventricosa, Baly. Zoutpansberg. Asbecesta cyantpennis, Har. Pretoria. from the Transvaal. 357 Malacosoma transvaalensis, sp. n. Black, the head impunctate; thorax fulvous, extremely minutely punctured ; elytra more strongly and closely punc- tate; legs black. Length 4 millim. Head black, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly raised, trigonate; the clypeus narrowly transverse, with a broad and highly raised central ridge; anterior edge of the labrum testaceous ; antenne short and robust, scarcely ex- tending to the middle of the elytra, black, the second joint not much shorter than the third, which is very nearly as long as the fourth, all the joints somewhat triangularly thickened, the apical one more elongate ; thorax subquadrate, the sides slightly constricted near the base, more rounded at the middle, the angles distinct, slightly tuberculiform, the surface with a few very minute punctures, pale fulvous; scutellum small, black ; elytra much broader at the base than the thorax, much more distinctly although finely and closely punctured, of the same colour as the thorax, their epipleure broad, continued below the middle: underside and legs black. Hab, Goutpansberg. Very closely allied to M/. capitatum, Jac., but the entire underside and legs black, the antenne of the latter colour and with shorter joints, the general size of the insect smaller; in the female the antenne are shorter still and only reach to the base of the elytra. LEinidea imitans, sp. n. Black, the femora and the tibizw fulvous ; head and thorax greenish, the latter deeply transversely sulcate, nearly im- punctate ; elytra finely punctured, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins metallic dark green. Var.—T he lower part of the face, the basal joints of the antenne, the thorax, elytra, and legs flavous. Mas.—Head deeply excavated below the antenne; the base with a thorn-like projection. Length 5 millim. Mas.—Narrowly parallel, the head broad, greenish black, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly raised, triangular and pointed, divided by a deep longitudinal groove, the lower portion of the face thickened below the eyes, deeply exca- vated above the clypeus, the cavity furnished with some hairs and a tooth or thorn-like lamina at the upper portion ; palpi thickened; eyes globular and rather iarge; antenne long and slender, black, the first joint very robust, strongly 358 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera thickened and elongate, the second short, moniliform, the following joints elongate, nearly equal in length; thorax transverse, the sides narrowed near the base, widened ante- riorly, the angles acute, the surface deeply transversely sulcate, minutely granulate, dark greenish, with a few punc- tures near the anterior angles; scutellum broad, blackish ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, very finely punc- tured, flavous; a sutural and lateral narrow band, not ex- tending to the apex, dark green, their epipleure continued to the apex: underside black, shining; legs fulvous, the apex of the tibiez and the tarsi fuscous; tibiae unarmed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together ; claws appendiculate; the anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab. Barberton, Pretoria. This species, which is the second representative in Africa of the genus, with which it seems to agree in every respect, bears a very strong resemblance in shape and coloration to the genus Sardoides, Jac. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895), for which it might be easily mistaken, as tie only difference of importance seems to be the state of the anterior coxal cavities, which in the present insect are closed, but open in Sardozdes ; the male differs besides this in the deeply excavate lower portion of the head, frequently found in Anidea, while the antenne show minor differences in structure and colour; the female has a simple head and less thickened antenne. ‘The variety or aberration, of which many more specimens were obtained than of the form which I look upon as typical, at first sight seems to represent another species ; in this variety the lower portion of the head, the greater number of the lower joints of the antenne, the thorax, elytra, and legs are entirely flavous, but in a single specimen the elytra have the sutural and lateral stripes, thus showing its identity with the type, with which it has otherwise all structural details in common as well as the locality. AGELACIDA, gen. nov. Elongate; antenne filiform; thorax transverse, without depressions; elytra irregularly punctured, their epipleure broad anteriorly, disappearing below the middle; tibie un- armed, not channelled, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together, claws appendicu- late; prosternum extremely narrow and convex between the coxe, the anterior cavities closed. On account of the want of the elytral epipleure below the middle and the closed anterior coxal cavities, this genus will from the Transvaal. 359 enter the group Monoleptine. It differs from any genera contained in it by the unarmed femora and the different shape of the thorax. The single species obtained bears some resemblance to the genus Antipha, Baly, with which it agrees in most structural characters, but not in the structure of the elytral epipleure. Agelacida marginata, sp. n. Black ; head fulvous, with an eneous spot; thorax finely punctured, metallic green, the sides fulvous; elytra very finely and closely punctured and finely wrinkled, metallic green, the lateral margins narrowly and the apex broadly fulvous. Length 7-8 millim. Head broad, impunctate, fulvous, the vertex with an oblong greenish-gneous spot, the frontal elevations narrowly trans- verse, deeply grooved behind, the clypeus triangular, narrow ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, black, nearly all the joints, with the exception of the second, of equal length, the intermediate joints slightly widened ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the anterior margin straight, its angles slightly tuberculiform, the sides very little rounded, the posterior angles obsolete, slightly oblique, the setiferous pore placed in front of the posterior margin, the surface very closely and finely punctured, with some larger punctures intermixed, the disk (in shape of a broad transverse patch) metallic green, the sides fulvous; an obsolete transverse de- pression is placed below the anterior margin; scutellum broad, black; elytra very closely and finely punctured, with finely wrinkled interstices, metallic green, the lateral margins and the apex more broadly fulvous: underside and legs black, finely pubescent. Hab. Johannesburg, Pretoria. Platyxantha scutellata, Jac. Pretoria. Candezea flaveola, Gerst. Delagoa Bay. Monolepta bioculata, Fabr. Cape Colony: Wynberg. Monolepta intermedia, Rits. Johannesburg, Zoutpansberg. Monolepta bifasciata, Fabr. Barberton, Durban. Monolepta 8-maculata, Jac. Barberton. Monolepta dichroa, Alld. Barberton, Durban. Monolepta pauperata, Erichs. Natal: Maritzburg. 360 Mr. O. Thomas on a APPENDIX. [The following species, not included in this list, were obtained during my first visit to the Transvaal (1890-91) and identified by Messrs Martin Jacoby and C. J. Gahan. They were enumerated in my ‘ Naturalist in the Transvaal,’ and may, perhaps, properly be added here to bring the list of Transvaal Coleoptera up to date of present knowledge.— W. L. Distant. ] CRYPTOCEPHALIN. Gyandrophthalma anisogramma, Lac., var. Pretoria. Camptolenes cribraria, Lac. Pretoria. Cryptocephalus pustulatus, Fabr. Pretoria. Dregei, Boh. Pretoria. pardalis, Suffr. Pretoria. Melitonoma epistomata, Fabr. Pretoria. Achenops facialis, Jacoby. Pretoria. EUMOLPIN2. Colasposoma pubescens, Leféy. Pretoria. Pseudocolaspis sericata, Marsh. Pretoria. CHRYSOMELIN2. Chrysomela opulenta, Reiche. Pretoria. Polysticta Clarkii, Baly. Pretoria. Podontia nigrotessellata, Baly. Pretoria. GALERUCIN2E. Aulacophora vinula, Erichs. Pretoria. Hyperacantha oculata, Karsch, Pretoria. Spheroderma indica, Fabr. Pretoria. Ainidea pretorie, Gahan, Pretoria. Spilocephalus viridipennis, Jacoby. Pretoria. Ootheca modesta, Gahati Pretoria. Transvaal Species in British Museum. Spilocephalus Distanti, Gahan. LVII.— Description of a new Bat from Selangore. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Tue British Museum owes to Mr. H. N. Ridley, formerly on its staff, and now Director of the Botanical Gardens at Singapore, a number of small mammals collected at different times on Singapore Island and the neighbouring parts of the new Bat from Selangore. 361 Malay Peninsula. Among the specimens so obtained may be specially mentioned examples of the rare Cynopterus Lucast, Dobs., only hitherto recorded from Borneo, but of which Mr. Ridley has sent several specimens from Singapore Island. In the most recent consignment, obtained during an expedition to explore the caves of Selangore, besides specimens of Rhinolophus afjints and minor, there occur two examples of a Pipistrelle which appears to be new, and which may be called Pipistrellus Ridley, sp. n. Size about as in P. abramus, although the forearm is markedly shorter. Ears of medium length, narrow, their inner margin evenly but slightly convex, except just below the tip, where there is a slight concavity; tip narrowly rounded off; outer margin faintly concave above, convex below. Tragus fairly long, reaching its greatest breadth rather below the centre of its inner margin; inner margin straight or faintly concave, tip sharply pointed, outer margin evenly convex, with a distinct rounded basal lobule. Wings attached to the metatarsus, near the base of the toes. No adhesive disks on wrists or soles ; hind feet large and clumsy ; calcars long, reaching two thirds of the distance towards the tip of the tail; no postcalcareal lobules. Fur almost restricted to the trunk, the arms, wings, and legs naked, but the toes well covered with hairs. Colour smoky brown above and below. Skull, as compared with that of P. abramus, rather nar- rower, less flattened above, and with a narrower and more elongated muzzle. Bulle smaller. Lower jaw not so thick- ened anteriorly. Incisors quite different from those of other species; the inner one extremely short, scarcely longer than broad, its main cusp directed rather inwards than forwards, and not hiding the well-marked though low accessory cusp; outer incisor about equal in length to the main cusp of the inner incisor, and with a small accessory inner cusp, not visible from the outer side. Canines rather short, without accessory basal processes behind. Anterior premolar well-developed, standing in the tooth-row, and wholly visible from the side, owing to the unusual distance which separates the posterior premolar from the canine. Lower incisors in the direction of the jaw, the third longer (horizontally) and markedly thicker than the other two; lower canine very short and conical ; anterior premolar not crowded out of the tooth-row, much shorter than in P. abramus, 362 Prof. C. C. Nutting on Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :— Forearm 28 millim. Head and body 38; tail 32; ear 11; tragus on inner edge 4:2; lower leg 13; calcar 12°5. Greatest length of skull 12:1. Hab. Selangore, Malay Peninsula. ‘Caught under a railway-arch.” Type B.M. no. 98.3.13.5. Collected and presented by Mr. H. N. Ridley. This little Pipistrelle is readily distinguishable from all others by its short and peculiarly-shaped incisors, for all the ordinary members of the genus have long styliform incisors, which may or may not have a small supplementary cusp near their tips, but which are never short, broad, and separated into two almost subequal cusps, as is the case in P. Ridleyt. The unusually short forearms, the wide space between the canines and posterior premolars, in the centre of which the small premolar stands, and the disproportionate size of the last lower incisor are also all points distinguishing P. Ridley from any other species known to me. In some respects, notably in the shortness of the forearm, P. Ridleyi is approached by Temminck’s “ Vespertilio tenuis,’ of which no authentic specimens are in the Museum collection; but Dobson’s deseription of the teeth of that animal, based on the types, shows conclusively that, whatever else it may be, it is not the little species discovered by Mr. Ridley. LVIII.—On Three new Species of Hydroids and One new to Britain*. By C.C. Nutrine, Professor of Systematic Zoology in the University of Iowa. [Plates XIV.-XVI.] THE material upon which the following descriptions are based was obtained by me during April and May, 1895, whilst occupying a table at the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association at Plymouth, the observations being made for the most part on the living animal. Eudendrium album, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 1.) Trophosome.—Colony minute for this genus, matured speci- mens measuring from 4 to # inch in height. Hydrocaulus * Cf. ‘Journal of the Marine Biological Association,’ vol. iv. new Species of Hydroids. 363 irregularly and loosely branching, the branches being slender and giving rise to very long ultimate ramuli, which are often many times the length of the hydranths. Proximal branches with a series of distinct annulations above their origin; distal branches and ultimate ramuli with the annulations indistinct or wanting. Hydranths white, minute, with large trumpet- shaped proboscis and 26 to 32 tentacles. Gonosome.—Male gonophores borne in bithalamic verticils below the bases of the tentacles of the hydranths; female gonophores arranged in a somewhat irregular monothalamic verticil in the same position. The hydranths bearing gono- phores are not so generally aborted as in the case of £. ca- pillare. Colour.—Main stem and branches distinctly dark brown, fading to pale horn-colour and whitish in the ultimate ramuli. Hydranths white, with little, if any, brownish or pinkish tint to the body or proboscis, although the contents of the body- cavity may show through and impart an effect of faint colora- tion. Habitat.—On stones in shallow water near Millbay Channel. The stones are often covered with a dense growth of this hydroid, which appears to the unaided eye like white cottony tufts or downy patches. ‘The gonophores were abundant in April. "The distinguishing features of this species are the minute- ness of the colony and of the individual hydranths, both of which are less than half the height of any other Hudendrium from British waters, and the very striking white colour of the hydranths—a feature not found in any other Hudendrium in- habiting those waters. Opercularella hispida, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 2.) Trophosome.—Hydrothecze borne on very short pedicels springing from a creeping root-stalk, almost tubular, with slightly swelling sides, about three times as deep as wide. Margin divided into a number (10 to 12) of long slender teeth, whose points converge over the centre of the hydro- theca and form an operculum when the hydranth is retracted. Hydranth cylindrical, capable of great protrusion, with a conical proboscis and about 16 strongly serrated tentacles, the serrated appearance being due to very large nematocysts. Gonosome not known. Habitat.— Found growing over a stone, together with a colony of Clava multicornis. Locality.—Plymouth, England. This species bears some resemblance to Calycella syringa, 364 Prof. C. C. Nutting on Linn., trom which it differs in having a much shorter pedicel, a not strictly tubular hydrotheca, a greater number of segments to the operculum, in the absence of the tubular extension of the operculum, and in a much thinner structure, the hydro- thecee being of glassy transparency in O. hispida, but of a decided brownish or yellowish horn-colour in C. syringa. The most striking feature, however, of the present species is the remarkably hispid appearance of the tentacles, which appear to be made up of a series of triangular segments, on account of the formidable array of large nematocysts with which they are armed. Whilst examining the expanded tentacles with a $ objective I was so fortunate as to see these batteries of projectiles suddenly explode, sending out a perfect maze of barbed threads, which appeared to be larger and longer than those of any hydroid that I have seen except Nematophorus grandis, Clarke. In the absence of the gonosome it is impossible to say with any certainty to which genus this interesting little species belongs. The general form of the hydrotheca, the cylindrical hydranth with conical proboscis, together with the convergent teeth, give a facies like that of the genus Opercularella, in which it is provisionally placed. Plumularia Alleni*, sp.n. (Pl. XV. figs. 1-6.) Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of 4 to 2 inch. Stem simple, monosiphonic, divided into regular internodes, each of which bears a hydrocladium on a process springing from near its distal end. Hydrocladia divided into alter- nating hydrothecate and intervening internodes, the former being the longer, with deep annulations occasionally appear- ing near the nodes. Hydrothece rather shallow, cup-shaped, borne near the distal ends of the internodes. Nematophores small, bithalamic ; a supracalycine pair reaching just above the top of the hydrotheca, a mesial nematophore some distance below the hydrotheca, and another in the middle of each intervening internode; a pair of cauline nematophores in the axil of each hydrocladium and one just below the middle of each cauline internode on the side opposite the hydrocladium borne by that internode. Hydrotheca with about 16 ten- tacles and a conical proboscis. Gonosome.—Gonangia borne singly at the bases of the hydrocladia, of two kinds, one (female ?) obconic, curved like a horn, narrowing rapidly to the very short pedicel. In * Named after the Director of the Plymouth Laboratory, an enthusi- astie worker in marine zoology. new Species of Hydroids. 365 several cases round bodies greatly resembling acrocysts were seen resting on the top of these gonangia. ‘The other kind of gonangia (male?) was much longer, more slender, and but slightly curved. None of the gonangia were annulated. Locality.—Plymouth Sound. Habitat.—Found growing on Antennularia ramosa. This delicate species bears considerable general resem- blance in size, form, and parasitic habit to P. halecioddes, It differs, however, in having a non-fascicled stem, smaller hydrothece, more numerous nematophores, and especially in the gonangia, which are greatly unlike the annulated struc- ture of P. halecioides. Aglaophenia Helleri, Marktanner-Turneretscher *. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-4.) This species was collected by Mr. Allen on May 8th from beneath the overhanging shelf of rock below the remains of the old lighthouse at the Eddystone, where it was growing in considerable quantity ¢. This is the first record of A. Helleri on British shores. Trophosome.—Colony unbranched, attaining a height of 3 inch. Stem monosiphonic, divided by very deep nodes into short internodes, each bearing a hydrocladium springing from its antero-lateral aspect. Hydrocladia alternate, closely set, divided into internodes, each bearing a hydrotheca and partly divided by two imperfect transverse septa. Nodes very distinct. Hydrothece obconic, about as deep as the aperture is wide. Marginal teeth 9, unequal in size, the anterior one often being slightly incurved and rather longer and more pointed than the others ; the second and fourth teeth counting from behind are larger than the first and third. There is no apparent intrathecal ridge. Supracalycine nema- tophores rather small, stout, reaching to the level of the hydrothecal margin; the mesial nematophore springs from just below the margin of the hydrotheca and projects straight upwards and outwards, its truncated end reaching to the level ot the longest marginal teeth. There are two modified nema- tophores on each hydrocladium near its base. Gonosome (description from Naples specimen).—Corbula thick and short, with the leaves or ribs more closely soldered together than in the other small British species. Hibs six on each side, with a row of nematophores on their distal edges. * ‘Die Hydroiden des k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums,’ Vienna, 1890, p. 271, pl. vii. + ‘Journal of the Marine Biological Association,’ n. s. iv. p. 49. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 28 366 Mr. W. L. Distant on Habitat—Found growing on thick roots of marine plants from Eddystone rocks. Distribution.—Naples and Rovigno (Marktunner- Turner- etscher), and Plymouth, England. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. [The figures were made by Miss Mary MacBride from sketches by the author. | PLATE XIV. Fig.1. Eudendrium album. Fig. 2. Opercularella hisprda. PLATE XV. Fig... Plumularia Alient. Part of colony with gonangia. Fig. 2. Ditto. Hydrocladium, enlarged. Fig. 3. Ditto. Hydrotheta and hydranth. Fig. 4. Ditto. Gonangium (9?). Fig. 5. Ditto. Gonangium with apparent acrocyst. Fig. 6. Ditto. Gonangium (6°). PuaTE XVI. Fig. 1. Aglaophenia Helleri*, Two hydrothece and internodes. Fig. 2. Ditto. Single hydrotheca, enlarged, Fig. 3. Ditto. Expanded hydranth. Fig. 4. Ditto. Corbula. LIX .— Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal. By W. L. Disranr. LONGICORNIA. DuRING my sojourn in the Transvaal I made every effort to form a collection of these interesting beetles; but they abound more in numbers than in species on the high and little-wooded veld around Pretoria and Johannesburg, and are there princi- pally floral members of the family Cerambycids. The warmer and better-wooded regions are more productive, as might be expected, but in the ‘Transvaal I always found the capture of a Longicorn, beyond the usual predominant species, somewhat uncommon in collecting experience. Many species come to light, as does the fine Prosphilus serricornis, which, as in many other known species, emits a loud squeaking noise on * The polyp and corbula of Aglaophenia Helleri have not before been ticured, Coleoptera from the Transvaal, 357 being handled. The appearance of some species is extremely local and spasmodic. As an example I may mention that on my first visit | procured a single example of a new species— Paroeme Gahant. During a subsequent three years’ collecting I never saw another specimen, till | found it one day literally swarming in an old lumber-room, which was also my last acquaintance with the species, and affords an illustration of the difficulty in learning much as to habits or time of appear- ance. Alphitopola maculosa is, in Barberton at least, destruc- tive to the leaves of orange-trees, as I was informed by my friend Mr. Harrison, who spoke from experience. thoes confinis, the largest Prionid found in the ‘l’ransvaal, is not altogether scarce at Rustenburg, and is found under the bark of decaying or dead trees. It varies immensely in size—my largest specimen (from Rustenburg) measures 80 millim., my smallest example (from Barberton) only attains a length of 84 millim. By the aid of my collection I am able to enumerate 100 species as found in the Transvaal, and, as might be expected, many of the smaller ones appear to be undescribed. Through the assistance of the Rev. H. A. Junod I received from time to time 47 species collected in the neighbourhood of Delagoa Bay. ‘The enumeration and description of these I have added as an appendix, for many of the species are common to the two regions, and more will no doubt be subse- quently proved to be distributed over what—the eastern Transvaal and Mozambique—is practically one entomological fauna, especially so far as these beetles are concerned, I have received the greatest assistance from Mr. J. C. Gahan in the preparation of this paper, particularly in the generic identifications. The description of Pdcodarus of Prionide he also obligingly made at my request. Where not otherwise designated, the captures were my own; several friends who visited other districts of the Trans- vaal helped my quest for Longicorns, and their aid is here gratefully acknowledged. Fam. Prionide. Cacosceles Lacordairei, Bates. Zoutpansherg (Kessner), Pretoria. Pixodarus pretorius, sp. nu. Pretoria. Tithoes confinis, Lap. Rustenburg (W. Ayres), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren- dail), Pretoria. Macrotoma natala, Thoms. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). palmata, Fabry. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Pretoria. Mallodon Downesi, Hope. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). 28* 368 Mr. W. L. Distant on PIXODARUS. (Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, p. 325.) ““Mandibles short. Eyes widely separated from one another above, coarsely facetted, and rather deeply emarginate. An- tenne of the male reaching to a little beyond the apex of the elytra; first joint rather short and stout, third nearly twice as long as first and about one third longer than the fourth ; fifth to tenth joints subequal in length, each slightly longer than the fourth; eleventh joint almost half as long again as the tenth. “‘ Prothorax transverse, armed on each side with five or more spines, abruptly and strongly narrowed to the base behind the posterior spine. Hlytra rounded at the apex, epipleures broad at the shoulder. Metathoracic episterna parallel-sided, broadly truncate behind. Legs unarmed, except at the apices of the tibie, where each is furnished with two terminal spurs underneath, and with a small spine-like terminal process ou the upperside. “This genus, though not fitting well into any of the minor groups defined by Lacordaire, seems to come nearest tlie group Hopliderides, which is made up of the single genus Hoplideres, Serv.” (J. C. Gahan.) Pixodarus pretorius, sp. n. Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ; elytra ferruginous. Head rugose, very coarsely reticulate, front transversely sulcate ; antenne with the basal joint ‘stout and coarsely punctate ; remaining joints more finely and sparingly punc- tate, gradually becoming more slender, and, with the excep- tion of the very short second and the apical joint, with their apices clavate. Pronotum transverse, wider than long, very coarsely punctate, roughly rugose and intricate, lateral margins laminately produced, prominently spined at anterior and posterior angles, between which are about three very small and obscure tubercles or spines ; anterior margin finely aud ochraceously pilose, with a prominent tuft of ochraceous hairs near the lateral angles. Scutellum convexly rounded, obscurely tessellate. Elytra very finely and thickly punctate aud slightly scabrous; humeral angles rounded, apices rounded, lateral and sutural margins very narrowly black. Apices of the tibiz and the whole of the tarsi beneath ochra- ceously pilose. Body beneath thickly and finely punctate and sparingly pilose ; head beneath rugose. Long. 35 millim.; max. lat. elytr. 15 millim, Hab. Vransvaal, Pretoria (Distant). ‘The description is that of a single male specimen. Coleoptera jrom the Transvaal. 369 Fam. Cerambycide. Zamium incultum, Pasc. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). procidium, Pase. ? + x bicolor, sp.n. Pienaars River (W. LZ. D.), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren- dail). Xystrocera globosa, Oliv. Pretoria, Pienaars River. marginalis, Goldf. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Rustenburg (Ayres), Pretoria, Pienaars River. erosa, Pasc.,=juvenca, Pase. Pretoria. Taurotagus Klugi, Lacord. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria. Prosphilus serricornis, Dalm. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria. Plocederus denticornis, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Tapinolachnus Gyllenhali, Fahy. Pretoria, Pienaars River. furvus, Fibr. Pretoria (Donov.). Pachydissus natalensis, White. Lydenburg District (Zufrzenka). Hesperophanes amicus, White. Pienaars River, Pretoria. picicornis, Fairm. Pretoria. bimaculatus, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pienaars River (Thomsen). Ossibia fuscatum, Chevy. Pretoria, Pienaars River, Lygrus apicalis, Fihr. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Waterberg ( Wilde). Eugoa Dalmanni, Fahy. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pretoria, Warm Baths— Waterberg. Compsomera elegantissina, White. Lydenburg District (Zufrzenka), Pretoria. Phyllocnema Gueinzii, White. Pretoria. latipes, De Geer. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pretoria. pretiosa, Pering. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Callichroma(?) cupreum, Fahr. Waterberg (Wilde), Rustenburg (Krantz), Pienaars River. Litopus dispar, Thoms. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Promeces clavicornis, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). viridis, Pase. Pretoria, Waterberg. Anubis Mellyi, White. Pretoria. scalaris, Pase. Rustenberg, Pretoria. Hypocrites Dejeant, sp.u. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Paroeme Gahani, Dist. Pretoria. Callidium Krantz, sp. n. Rustenburg (Krantz). Clytanthus capensis, Lap. & Gory. Pretoria. Plagionotulus cinereus, Jordan. Near Pretoria. Amphidesmus analis, Oliv. Pretoria. Philagathes letus, Thoms. Pretoria. Eleanor Dohrni, Fihr. Near Pretoria. Zamium bicolor, sp. n. Head and thorax fuscous ; antenne, elytra, abdomen, and legs castaneous. Head sparsely and coarsely punctate, with a central sulca- tion extending to front—in one specimen terminating between the eyes; antenne sparingly pilose, with the basal joint clavate, about the six apical joints ochraceously pubescent. Pronotum broader than long, lateral margins convexly 370 Mr. W. L. Distant on ampliated, lateral areas and margins ochraceously pilose, coarsely punctate, very slightly rugulose, disk sparingly levigate. Scutellum with a foveate impression. LHlytra entire, humeral angles subprominent, apices convex, thickly ochraceously hirsute, thickly and coarsely punctate; each elytron with two longitudinal raised lines, sutural margins shghtly prominent. Body beneath and legs sparingly pilose. Long. 138-15 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant); Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Hypocrites Dejeani, sp. n. Hypocrites femoratus, Dejean, MS. Cyaneous; antenne and legs black, anterior and inter- mediate femora and about basal half of posterior femora croceous, apices of anterior and intermediate femora black. Head coarsely punctate, with a narrow central sulcation in front. Antenne shorter than the body ; basal joint incrassate and clavate, second joint very short, six apical joints thick- ened and sordid. Pronotum longer than broad, thickly and coarsely punctate, lateral margins ampliated and obtusely angulated, anterior and posterior margins raised and promi- nent. Elytra very coarsely and thickly punctate, humeral angles prominent and subnodulose, lateral margins slightly concavely sinuate, apices convex. Anterior and intermediate femora clavately incrassate; posterior femora extending beyond apex of abdomen, with their apical halves moderately incrassate. Long. 11-12 millim. Hab. ‘Vyansvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Callidium Krantzt, sp. n. Head and basal joint of antenne luteous; antenna, eyes, and two eye-like spots near anterior margin black; thorax dark orange-yellow; elytra black, basal and apical areas and a large central spot on each elytron stramineous ; abdomen beneath and femora luteous; tibia and tarsi black. Head large, subquadrate, about as long as broad, very finely and obscurely punctate, with a narrow central striation extending to front, the two black spots situate near antenni- ferous tubercles oblique, raised, and tessellate; antennae a little longer than the body, basal joint much thickened, re- maining joints longly pilose. Pronotum about as long as broad, ovate, lateral margins convex, lateral areas coarsely Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 371 punctate and rugulose. Scutellum sulcate, subangulate posteriorly. Hlytra thickly and finely punctate and thickly and finely pilose, humeral angles subnodulose, concavely sinuate before middle, widened and rounded posteriorly. Femora and tibiz pilose. Long. 10 millim. Hiab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Krantz). The genus Callidium will serve to contain this species until further generic subdivision is made amongst other allied species. The species here described is allied to C. depressum, Klug. Fam. Lamiida. Phantasis gigantea, Guér.(?). Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). sp. (?). Rustenburg (Ayres), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). Brimus Rendalli, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Hepomidion stygicum, Thoms. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Lasiopezus marmoratus, Fabr. Pienaars River ( Thomsen). Prosopocera falcata, sp.n. Rustenburg (Krantz). Alphitopola maculosa, Pase. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall and J. R. Harrison). reticulata, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). —— murrea, sp.n. Rustenburg ( Arantz). lapidaria, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria. Anoplostetha lactator, Faby. Pretoria, Pienaars River. Timoreticus aspersa, Gahan. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Dejeani, Gahan. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pienaars River. armaticeps, Pering.(?). Rustenburg (Krantz), Tragocephala vittata, Fahr. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria. Tragiscoschema Wahlberg?, Fahr. Pretoria. Ceroplesis bicincta, Fabr. Pretoria. milttaris, Gerst. Pretoria. hottentotta. Fabr. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Thunbergi, Fihr. Barberton. Ceroplesis capensis, Linn., var. DPienaars River (Thomsen), Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria. quinquefasciata, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pycnopsis brachyptera, Thoms. Rustenburg (Ayres), Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria, Pienaars River, Waterberg, Zoutpansberg. Cochliopselaphus catherina, White. Pretoria. Phryneta spinator, Fabry. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria. Chreostes obesa, Westw. Rustenburg (Krantz), Waterberg (Wilde), Zoutpansberg (Kessner’). cinereola, White. Middelburg (Kessner). Mollonia granulata, Dist. Pretoria. Nemotragus helvolus, Westw. Pienaars River ( Thomsen). Psathyrus modestus, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pienaars River ( Thomsen). lineatus, sp. n. Pienaars River (Thomsen). Eumimetes barbertoni, sp. n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). 372 Mr. W. L. Distant oz Crossotus Klugit, Dist. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pretoria. plumicornis, Serv. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Rustenburg (Krantz. @thiops, sp. nu. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Dichostates Ayresi, sp.n. Rustenburg. 4 Tetradia fasciatocollis, Thoms. Pretoria. Hecyrida terrea, Bertol. Pretoria, Rustenburg. Alyattes rustenburgi, sp.n. Rustenburg. Apomecyna binubila, Pase. Pretoria. Eunidia maculiventris, Thoms. Pienaars River. Thomseni, sp.n. Pienaars River. Syessita divisa, Pasc. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Thercladodes Krausst, White. Waterberg (Wilde), Zoutpansberg (Kessner). Amblesthis insignis, sp. n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Amblesthidus plagiatus, Fihr. Rustenburg. A podasya pilosa, Pasc. Pretoria. Hyllisia stenideoides, Pase. Pretoria. subvirgata, Fairm. Pienaars River. Tetraglenes pienaari, sp.u. Pienaars River. ; ; Volumma Westermanni, Thoms. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria, Barberton, Rustenburg. Moregamus globiceps, Harold. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria. Oberea scutellaris, Gerst. Middelburg (Kessner), Pretoria, Rustenburg. Kessneri, sp. n. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria. Nitocris nigricornis, Oliv. Pretoria, Zoutpansberg. Blepisanis Bohemani, Pasc. Pretoria, Rustenberg. porosa, Pasc. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), —— exilis, Pasc., var. Pretoria. Brimus Rendalli, sp. ui. Ochraceous, mottled with dark chocolate-brown ; antennz, body beneath, and legs dark chocolate-brown. Head coarsely punctate, with a narrow central striation and profoundly sulcate between the antenniferous tubercles; an- tenne about as long as the body, basal joint very robust and pilose. Pronotum broader than long, with a broad anterior eollar, the lateral margins slightly ampliated and armed with a strong robust spine on each side. Elytra somewhat gibbous, narrowed and deflexed posteriorly, apices rounded, four very strong tubercles at base—two on each elytron, one at humeral angle, and one between that and suture—very coarsely punc~ tate on anterior area. The dark brown shadings on pronotum tend in the direction of each lateral area, with anterior central scattered markings ; on elytra they are small and scattered on anterior half, then almost form a wide transverse fascia, and two large irregular spots near apex. Long. 16 millim. ; max. lat. elytr. 8 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Voleoptera from the Transvaal. 373 Prosopocera falcata, sp. n. Chocolate-brown, almost completely covered with dull greyish pubescence. Head very short, foveately sulcate in front, a long, robust, slightly incurved spine on each antenniferous tubercle; an- tenn considerably longer than the body, basal joint robust, gradually thickened to apex, third joint longer than first. Pronotum about as broad as long, with a broad anterior collar, the frontal margin of which is convexly rounded ; behind this collar is a transverse central suleation; disk strongly rugose, basal margin distinct, sinuate, and with a central transverse striation ; a long robust spinous tubercle on each lateral margin. Elytra with the humeral angles very prominent and ornamented with small scattered tubercles; apices moderately rounded. Scutellum broad and rounded. Long. 24 millim. Hab. ‘Transvaal, Rustenburg (Krantz). The peculiar character of this species is to be found in the strong spines to the antenniferous tubercles, which will probably serve as the distinguishing points for a new genus. Tn all other respects it seems a true Prosopocera. Alphitopola reticulata, sp. n. Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs greyishly pubescent ; the head and pronotum with five longitudinal black fasciae— three discal and one on each lateral area—on the pronotum the two outer discal fasciz have a short, transverse, inwardly directed continuation, and between the two outer fascie is a small black spot ; mesosternum with a short lateral oblique black fascia. Elytra black, covered with large greyish pubescent spots. Head broad, moderately convex, front with a narrow central striation; antenne longer than the body, fuscous, basal half of fourth joint greyishly pubescent. Pronotum longer than broad, constricted posteriorly, transversely sulcate before the anterior and posterior margins. Elytra with the lateral margins subparallel, apices obliquely rounded. Long. 13 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Alphitopola murrea, sp. n. Fulvous; a broad central fascia, narrowed anteriorly, to pronotum ; scutellum, a cordate spot beneath same, a long irregular fascia, constricted at middle, on each elytron, and 374 Mr. W. L. Distant on lateral margins to sternum and abdomen cretaceous ; a small black spot near base of the elytral fasciz. Head with a distinct striation from base to apex of front; antenne fulvous, greyishly pubescent, a little longer than the body. Pronotum about as broad as long, transversely sulcate near anterior and posterior margins, lateral margins mode- rately convex. Elytra with the humeral angles prominent and their area ornamented with coarse black punctures ; beyond this area the elytra are narrowed, their apices obliquely rounded. A central fascia to sternum and the legs more or less greyishly pubescent. Long. 17 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Krantz). Alphitopola lapidaria, sp. n. Fulvous ; a central fascia to pronotum, narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly, two irregular elongate fasciw to each elytron and lateral margins to sternum cretaceous; a black spot in the centre of the upper elytral fascia. Head with a distinct striation from base to apex of front ; antenne fulvous, greyishly pubescent, a little longer than the body. Pronotum about as broad as long, transversely suleated near anterior and posterior margins. Hlytra with coarse brown punctures at base, humeral angles prominent, apices obliquely rounded. Abdomen beneath greyishly pubescent. Long. 18-21 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka). Psathyrus modestus, sp. n. Strongly pilose, head and pronotum castaneous; elytra dark ochraceous, irregularly streaked with castaneous. Head thickly and coarsely punctate, deeply suleate between the antenniferous tubercles; antenne shorter than the body, very strongly pilose, basal joint coarsely punctate and rugu- lose, with a tubercle on outer margin a little before apex, second and third joints distinctly nodulose at apex. Pro- notum a little longer than broad, coarsely punctate, rugulose. Elytra elongate, thickly punctate, margins subparallel, apices rounded, marked by apparently four very much broken fascia on each elytron—two discal, the others at suture and lateral margin. Body beneath castaneous, legs dark ochra- ceous. Long. 15 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P, Rendall). Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 375 Psathyrus lineatus, sp. 0. Head and pronotum dark castaneous, thickly covered with greyish pubescence ; elytra greyish pubescent, each elytron with three longivudinal pale castaneous fascize extending from base to apex. Head triangular from eyes, with a slight central longitu- dinal ridge, suleate between antenniferous tubercles ; antenne castaneous, lonely pilose, longer than the body, basal joint very short and thickened. Pronotum longer than broad, lateral margins convexly deflexed, subparallel, a slight central dorsal ridge. Elytra very elongate, narrowed towards apex, apices subangulate. Abdomen beneath and legs dark casta- neous, greyishly pubescent. Long. 15 millim. Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pienaars River ( Thomsen), Eumimetes barbertoni, sp. n. Dull brownish, more or less griseously pubescent. Head very widely sulcate between antenniferous tubercles, front truncate; antenne about as long as the body, second joint about one third the length of the first, fourth and suc- ceeding joints with their bases griseous. Pronotum about as long or a little longer than broad, griseously pubescent, ante- rior half coarsely punctate, posterior half with three blunt obscure tubercles, lateral areas sparingly coarsely punctate. Elytra wide at humeral angles, narrowed to apices, which are obliquely rounded, coarsely punctate, especially on anterior half, three tufts or hairy tubercles on each elytron situate on posterior half, griseously pubescent, but much less so at apical area. Body beneath and legs griseously pubescent, with brown punctures. Long. 11 millim.; lat. hum. angl. 5 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Crossotus ethiops, sp. n. Dull greyish, base of elytra brownish, tomentose. Head with three narrow blackish striew, broad, short, front narrowly but deeply sulcate. Antenne shorter than the body, robust, longly pilose beneath, apical joints sparingly pilose. Pronotum about as long as broad, armed with eight strong tubercles, of which four are discal, and two on each lateral margin, one of the last being long and spinous ; thickly pubescent, strongly transversely suleated before ante- rior and posterior margins. Elytra broad at base, the humeral 376 Mr. W. L. Distant on angles prominent, narrowing to apices, which are rounded, thickly pubescent, brownishly tomentose on basal area; a short blackish tuft or hairy tubercle on each elytron a little beyond middle. Body beneath and legs greyishly pubescent ; legs mottled with brownish spots; abdominal segments fringed with ochraceous hairs. Long. 16-18 millim. ; lat. hum. angl. 8-9 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). Dichostates Ayrest, sp. n. Broad, griseous, pubescent, each elytron ornamented with three tufts or hairy tubercles at base, situate transversely, and two on disk, placed longitudinally. Head broad, short, mottled with fuscous, thickly pubescent, with a central narrow striation, somewhat foveate at anterior margin ; antenne longer than the body, shortly pilose, third joint nearly equal in length to the first, apices of the joints fringed with pale hairs. Pronotum broad, pilose, mottled with brown; lateral margins oblique, much broader at base, basal angles produced into a prominent blunt tooth. Elytra broadest at base, narrowing to apices, which are rounded, thickly and coarsely punctate, the tufts ochraceous. Body beneath and legs griseous, pubescent, the last spotted with brownish. Long. 10 millim.; lat. hum. angl. 7 millim. Hab. Yransvaal, Rustenburg (Distant). Near D. caffer, Fahr., but differing by arrangement of tufts to elytra. Alyattes rustenburg?, sp. n. Griseous, rather thickly covered with brownish pubescence. Head broad, with a central longitudinal striation and a transverse striation between the antenniferous tubercles; antenne shorter than the body, castaneous, with pale ochra- ceous pubescence, basal joint very robust, third about twice as long as first. Pronotum long, subquadrate; lateral margins deflexed and moderately convexly rounded, anterior margin slightly convex and very prominent; two robust central tubercles on disk. Elytra with the humeral angles very prominent, beyond which the lateral margins are mode- rately concavely sinuate to about centre, when they are again ampliated and obliquely rounded to apices ; each elytron with a very large compressed tubercle at base, and with a long compressed tuberculous elevation beyond middle; between these tubercles and outer margin a raised tuberculous line; Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 377 ochraceously and fuscously pubescent, coarsely punctate on about anterior half. Long. 7 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg. Eunidea Thomseni, sp. n. Very pale brown, greyishly tomentose, elytra spotted with greyish. Head broad, its posterior area gibbous, transversely pilose between antenniferous tubercles; tront longitudinally pilose, with a narrow central striation, greyishly pubescent behind eyes ; antenne a little longer than the body, basal joint long, gradually clavate, third only slightly longer than first, third and following joints mostly greyish pubescent, excepting their apices, which are brown, Pronotum subquadrate ; lateral margins slightly constricted towards base, anterior and posterior margins raised, prominent, posterior margin preceded by a transverse striation; two broad greyish pubescent fascia on each lateral area. Scutellum greyishly pubescent. Elytra thickly punctate, broadly greyishly pubescent on each lateral margin ; three or four small greyish spots on each elytron and a large spot near apex joining lateral fascia at suture; humeral angles prominent and furcate. Body beneath and legs greyish, pubescent. Long. 10-18 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Zhomsen and Distant). Amblesthis insignis, sp. n. Head brownish ochraceous, pubescent ; two oblique fascia beneath eyes and a short narrow central fascia, black ; an- tennz about as long as the body, first and second joints pale castaneous, remaining joints brownish ochraceous, with their apices fuscous, their bases narrowly pale greyish; basal joint strongly thickened, first and third joints about equal in length. Pronotum considerably longer than broad, ochra- ceous, moderately pilose, indications of two pale tubercles on disk ; lateral margins produced into a prominent tubercular spine, which, with their whole basal area, are pale strami- neous ; behind disk the surface is somewhat foveate. Scu- tellum ochraceous, elongate, its apex rounded, centrally sulcate, and black. Elytra ochraceous, mottled with fuscous, pilose, coarsely punctate, rugulose, the apex pale ochraceous, with a few inner and outer marginal black spots, and preceded by a broad black fascia interspersed with griseous pubes- cence. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous and pilose. Long. 10 millim. - Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall). 378 - Mr. W. L. Distant on Tetraglenes pienaari, sp. n. Brownish ochraceous, strongly pilose. Head about as broad as long, coarsely punctate, with an arcuate, black, strongly punctate, and slightly raised fascia between the eyes; antennz about as long as the body, very strongly pilose, basal joint incrassated, longer than the third. Pronotum long, pilose, with two dark central longitudinal fascie, between and beyond which the colour is ochracéously pubescent, extreme lateral margins dark castaneous ; narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly, the lateral margins moderately convex. Scutellum small, ochraceous, centrally sulcate. Elytra strongly punctate and pilose, their apices narrowed and rounded ; each elytron with a broad, central, longitudinal, castaneous fascia, which is much mottled with ochraceous pubescence. Body beneath thickly and palely pubescent ; legs brownish ochraceous. Long. 8 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant). Oberea Kessnert, sp. n. Head and pronotum ochraceous; elytra luteous, their apices broadly cinereous; body beneath and legs cinereous. Head about as broad as long, with a central incision; an- tenne pilose, a little longer than the body, joints 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11 fuscous, remaining joints ochraceous, with their apices fuscous. Pronotum subquadrate, lateral margins convexly deflected. Scutellum small, cinereous. Elytra very coarsely punctate, pubescent, humeral angles prominent, apices some- what obliquely truncate. Long. 10-11 millim. Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Zoutpansberg (Kess- ner). APPENDIX. Longicornia from Delagoa Bay. Fam. Prionida. Pivodarus nyasse, Bates. Macrotoma natala, Thoms. Aulacopus (?) mossambicus, sp. n. Pixodarus nyasse, Bates. Pixodarus nyasse, Bates, Ent. Month, Mag. xiv. p. 272 (1878). Llead, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black, elytra ferruginous, Coleoptera from Delagoa Bay. 379 Head rugose, very coarsely reticulate, front transversely sulcate; antenne with the basal joint stout and coarsely punctate, remaining joints more finely and sparingly punc- tate, gradually becoming more slender, and, with the excep- tion of the very short second and the apical joint, with their apices clavate. Pronotum transverse, wider than long, very coarsely punctate, roughly rugose and intricate; lateral margins laminately produced, armed with five strong spines, which on the right-hand margin are less strongly produced, and where there is an additional small central spine, making six in all; anterior margin finely and ochraceously pilose, with a prominent tuft of ochraceous hairs near the lateral angles. Scutellum obtusely triangular, the margins coarsely punctate. Elytra very finely and thickly punctate and slightly scabrous ; humeral angles rounded, apices rounded, lateral and sutural margins very narrowly black. Apices of the tibiz and the whole of the tarsi beneath ochraceously pilose. Body beneath thickly and finely punctate and sparingly pilose ; head beneath rugose. Long. 30 millim.; max. lat. elytr. 13 millim. flab. Delagoa Bay. A single male specimen. Very closely allied to P. pretortus, Dist., from the Transvaal, but differing by the strongly spined lateral margins of the pronotum and the more trian- gulated scutellum. Aulacopus (?) mossambicus, sp. n. Dull reddish; abdomen beneath, scutellum, and eyes piceous. Head coarsely punctate and rugulose, with a central linear levigate impression, the front transversely sulcate ; antenne about as long as the body, somewhat coarsely punctate, basal joint stout and clavate, second joint very short, its apical margin gibbous, third joint about twice as long as first. Pronotum transverse, wider than long, coarsely punctate and rugulose, lateral margins obtusely serrated, widened poste- riorly, lateral posterior angles prominent. Scutellum coarsely punctate and rounded. LKlytra slightly widened posteriorly, slightly sinuate betore middle, apices obliquely rounded and overlapping ; each elytron with seven raised longitudinal lines, Long. 15 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. The head and pronotum are much duller red than the antenne and elytra. 380 Mr. W. L. Distant on Fam. Cerambycide. Xystrocera marginalis, Goldf. Plocederus hamifer, Bates. Cordylomera Schénherri, Fahy. principalis, sp. 0. Eugoa Dalmanni, Fihr. Compsomera elegantissima, \V hite. Callichroma auricolle, Thoms. melanianthe, White. Philematium natalense, Bates. Oxyprosopus Junodi, sp. n. Lugenius plumatus, Faby. Promeces sp.(?) (Iwo imperfect specimens of an apparently undescribed species.) Promecidus chalyhbeatus, White. Anubis scalaris, Pasc. Hypocrites tenuis, Bates. Closteromerus sexpunctatus, Fabr. Helymeus albicornis, sp. n. Calanthemis myops, Thoms. Apogaster mahota, sp. 0. Cordylomera principalis, sp. n. Antenne, body beneath, and legs ochraceous; head, pro- notum, scutellum, and clavate apices of the femora casta- neous ; eyes black ; elytra violaceous. Head with the front transversely suleate; antenne with the basal joint strongly clavate. Pronotum much longer than broad, lateral margins slightly emarginate, subangularly ampliated a little behind middle; posterior margin raised and prominent, surface very coarsely punctate and finely tessellate. Scutellumconcavely sulcate. Hlytra not reaching apex of abdomen, their apices emarginate and obtusely angu- late; surface very coarsely punctate and tessellate, each elytron with two raised longitudinal lines. Long. 15 millim. Hab. Velagoa Bay. Oxyprosopus Junodi, sp. n. Body above and beneath cyaneous ; legs pale castaneous, bases and apices of femora, the tibia, and antenne black; tarsi fulvous. Head sparingly and coarsely punctate, strongly foveate at base of antenne and inner margin of eyes; anterior margin strongly incrassated, front with a longitudinal striation. Pronotum coarsely punctate, much longer than broad, lateral margins convexly ampliated behind middle; two distinct fovee transversely situate on disk. Scutellum concavely Coleoptera from Delagoa Bay. 381 suleate. Elytra entire, thickly and somewhat finely punctate ; humeral angles prominent and subnodulose ; lateral margins slightly concave towards middle, narrowed towards apices. Posterior tibie inwardly bispinous at apices; anterior and intermediate femora coarsely punctate, posterior femora finely and sparingly punctate. Long. 20 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Helymeus allicornis, sp. n. Helymeus cyanipennis, MS., De}. (nom. przeoce. by Thomson), Black ; elytra cyaneous, in one specimen olivaceous; pro- notal angles cretaceous. Head, including front, coarsely punctate and subrugulose, anterior margin strongly incrassated ; antennz with the basal joint incrassated and coarsely punctate. Pronotum about as broad as long, very thickly and coarsely punctate and tessel- late, lateral margins ampliated, obtusely angulate, and creta- ceously hirsute. Scutellum triangular and sulcate. Elytra very thickly and coarsely punctate, the humeral angles sub- nodulose, lateral margins slightly concavely sinuate, apices truncate. Lateral margins of pro-, meso-, and metanotum, and margins of abdomen beneath cretaceously hirsute. Femora apically clavate, posterior femora extending a little beyond apex of abdomen. Long. 13-15 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. The markings of the pronotum resemble those of the species described and figured by Gerstaecker under the name of Closteromerus insignis. Apiogaster mahota, sp. n. Black ; clavate portion of anterior femora and rather more than basal half of elytra orange-yellow. Head coarsely punctate and scabrous; antenne shorter than the body, joints 1 to 4 coarsely punctate, remaining joints tomentose. Pronotum much longer than broad, rugn- lose, constricted anteriorly. Hlytra very coarsely and thickly punctate, their bases narrowly convex, levigate and subnodu- lose, lateral margins moderately concavely sinuate, apices angulate ; each elytron with a prominent raised longitudinal line. Sternum very coarsely punctate; body beneath very finely pilose. Long. 10 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. i. 29 382 Mr. W. L. Distant on Fam. Lamiide. Anthores leuconotus, Pase. Coptops fusca, Oliv. Lasiopezus longimanus, Thoms.,= White, Pasc. marmoratus, Fabr. Alphitopola sofala, sp. 0. Timoreticus aspersa, Gahan. Zographus aulicus, Bertol. Tragocephala variegata, Bertol. Chevrolati, White. mashenga, sp. 0. Rhaphidopsis melaleuca, Gerst. Tragiscoschema amicta, sp. 0. Ceroplesis militaris, Gerst. quinquefasciata, Fabr. Pycnopsis brachyptera, Thoms. Cymatura bifasciata, Gerst. Olenecamptus tessellata, sp. Nn. Crossotus ethiops, Dist. Dichostates concretus, Pasc. Hercyrida terrea, Bertol. Eunidia sp. (?). Apheniastus bella, Dalm. Volumnia Westermanni, Thoms. Nitocris nigricornis, Oliv. Blepisanis exilis, Pase., var. Alphitopola sofala, sp. n. Head and pronotum pale ochraceous, with five longitudinal cinereous fascie—-three discal and one on each lateral area— which on the pronotum are more or less united at about centre. LElytra ochraceous, with broad reticulate cinereous markings, enclosing ochraceous spots. Body beneath and legs cinereous, sternal and abdominal margins spotted or streaked with ochraceous. Head with a distinct central striation in front; antenne very much longer than the body, pale cinereous, becoming fuscous towards apices, basal joint thickened and wholly pale cinereous, third joint very long, twice as long as first, fourth a little shorter than third. Pronotum rather longer than broad, constricted posteriorly, transversely sulcate before anterior and posterior margins, lateral margins moderately convex. LElytra pubescent, coarsely and sparingly punctate, humeral angles prominent, apices obliquely rounded. Long. 10 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Tragocephala mashenga, sp. n. Densely covered with a short ochraceous pubescence, and Coleoptera from Delagoa Bay. 383 with the following black markings, all edged with yellowish white, viz.:—head with the frontal margin, continued be- tween antenniferous tubercles, and a central longitudinal fascia; pronotum with a broad central fascia, a little convex at centre and then concavely sinuate ; elytra with three trans- verse fascie, the first on basal margin, the second at about centre, both connected along the suture, third fascia a little before apex, broad and reticulate, enclosing two ochraceous spots, and continued to near apex along thesuture. Antenne black; legs broadly streaked with griseous; a lateral black stripe on sternum from behind eyes; central sternal area, basal lateral margins of abdomen, coxe, and trochanters griseous. Abdominal segmental margins, widened laterally and centrally, black, margined with yellowish white. Head with a central narrow striation; antenne much shorter than the body. Pronotum longer than broad, mode- rately rugulose, with a wide anterior collar, at the posterior margin of which is a transverse sulcation; a long, robust, spinous tubercle on each lateral margin, constricted at base. Scutellum black, its centre yellowish white, pubescent, sub- triangular, apex obliquely rounded. Elytra with the humeral angles somewhat prominent. Long. 23 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Tragiscoschema amicta, sp. n. Sulphureous, with black and griseous markings. Head with a fine narrow central striation; the anterior and lateral margins, a narrow fascia extending from eyes to base, and a broad central triangular fascia, black; antenne a little longer than the body, griseously pubescent. Pronotum longer than broad, the lateral areas depressed and rounded, a small tubercle on lateral margins, anterior margin convexly rounded, transversely sulcated near anterior and posterior margins, and with a broad central black fascia with griseous tints, the margins of which are moderately sinuate and angulate. Scutellum black, rounded, LElytra with a broad and much waved black fascia, griseous internally, extending from base to apex along the suture, and emitting three waved and angulated transverse fascie, one at base enclosing two rounded yellow spots, second a little beyond middle, third occupying apex and enclosing two rounded yellow spots ; humeral angles somewhat oblique, apices obliquely rounded. Body beneath dark griseous, with a marginal series of 29* 384 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new yellow spots to both sternum and abdomen; legs pale reddish brown. Long. 12 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Olenecamptus tessellata, sp. n. Ferruginous, marked and spotted with cretaceous. Head long, with a distinct central striation; a prominent marginal ridge between antenniferous tubercles, with a narrow central and two broad lateral cretaceous fasciz, all united in front; antenne much longer than the body, basal joint robust and very coarsely punctate, third joint more than three times as long as the first, apex of fourth joint and the whole of remaining joints darker brown. Pronotum longer than broad, transversely striate, constricted posteriorly, profoundly sulcate before anterior and posterior margins, with a broad cretaceous fascia on each lateral margin. Scutellum sub- quadrate, impunctate. Elytra densely and coarsely punctate ; each elytron ornamented with four large, irregularly-shaped, cretaceous pubescent spots—one at base, second longest, about middle, third deeply notched, fourth smallest, near apex ; humeral angles subprominent, lateral margins slightly con- cavely sinuate, apices very obliquely rounded. Body beneath griseously pubescent. Long. 13 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. LX.—Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Central and South America. By R. I. Pocock. THE species from Central America recorded in this paper will be redescribed and fully figured in the ‘ Biologia Cen- trali-Americana.’ Family Buthide. Genus Tityus, C. Koch. Tityus Championt, sp. n. ? .— Colour yellow, indistinctly variegated with black ; mandibles and frontal portion of carapace, as well as its lateral margin, infuscate ; tergites indistinctly mottled, blackish laterally, with a bright yellow posterior spot, in addition to this spot there are four similar spots on each side ot the middle line ; posterior median portion of tergites with Scorpions from Central and South America. 385 a broad fuscous patch relieved by the pale keel and a pair of yellow spots; sterna rather thickly clouded with fuscous ; lower side of tail clouded with fuscous, more thickly at the posterior end, the lower side of the fifth segment being mostly black ; sides of tail also clouded with black, vesicle almost wholly infuscate, aculeus pale; chele and legs mostly yel- lowish red, indistinctly mottled, digits black, with flavous tips; coxe of legs pale. Upperside of trunk weakly granular in the intercarinal spaces; lower side of abdomen coriaceous, with a smooth triangular area in the middle of the third sternite, the fifth sternite with the keels finely granular, the external ones very short. Tazl about six times as long as the carapace, which is a little shorter than its fifth segment, its fourth segment a little more than twice as long as wide (6:2: 3); vesicle slightly wider than brachium, about as wide as hand ; the intercarinal spaces finely granular ; median lateral keel represented by a few posterior granules ; the normal keels strong and coarsely granular, the superior subdenticulate and ending posteriorly in an elongated denticle, those on the fifth strongly granular; vesicle strongly granular ; the tooth large, with conspicuous accessory denticle. Chele of medium length, keels and granulation normal, hand only very slightly thicker than brachium, narrow, weakly keeled, the keelssubgranular; digits in contact, weakly lobate and sinuate at the base, the movable about twice as long as the hand-back, furnished with 15 rows of teeth. Pectinal teeth 18; no lobate expansion at the base of the shaft. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62; length of carapace 6°5, of tail 39; width of the first segment 3°5, of the fifth 3, length of latter 7; width of vesicle 2°6, of brachium 2°3, of hand 2°5; length of hand-back 4°5, of movable digit 9. Loc. Bugaba in Panama (G. C. Champion). I am doubtful as to the sex of this specimen. The short- ness and slenderness of the tail, coupled with slender un- modified chelz, are evidence of its being a female, If this be the case, the absence of the pectinal lobe removes the species from the vicinity of the so-called americanus section of the genus, and points to relationship between it and the Brazilian species stigmurus, bahiensis, and rufofuscus, especially stig- murus. But from these it differs in having the caudal crests stronger and more strongly denticulated, especially the superior. 386 Mr. R. J. Pocock on new Genus Centrurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Centrurus barbudensis, sp. n. 2 .—Colour. Trunk banded as in C. insulanus of Thorell, from Jamaica ; legs, palpi, and lower surface of tail thickly spotted with black. More coarsely granular than ¢nsulanus, but with the vesicle neither so wide, so high, nor the aculeus so curved. Hand broader, its width nearly half the length of the movable digit, with its inner surface rather coarsely granular. Pectinal teeth 21. 3 .—More different from the male of dnsulanus than is the female, the tail being very long, about eight times the length of the carapace, which is shorter than its first segment ; vesicle long and piriform, In ¢nsulanus the tail is less than seven times the length of the carapace, which is longer than its first segment; the vesicle is subspherical. Pectinal teeth 23. Measurements in millimetres.— 9. Total length 59, cara- pace 6, tail 88°5; width of hand 3; length of movable digit 7°5 (in a female of ¢nsulanus the digit measures 7-5 and the width of the hand 275). g. Total length 68, of carapace 5:5, of tail 47. Loc. Barbuda and Bird’s Island (W. R. Forrest coll.). Centrurus ochraceus, sp. n. ? .—Colour a uniform ochre-brown on the upperside of the trunk (the very edges of the tergites alone infuscate) ; palpi and tail a uniform ochre-yellow ; legs paler yellow. Trunk less coarsely and less closely granular than in R. margaritatus ; keels on tail and last abdominal sternite as in margaritatus, but less strongly granular, those on the sternite quite smooth; spine beneath aculeus of vesicle large, broader at base than in margaritatus ; chele carinate as in the latter; the external finger-keel complete, but, like the middle finger-keel, smooth ; eight rows of teeth on the movable digit. é .—Ditfering from the male of margaritatus in the same characters as the female from the female of margaritatus, but further recognizable by the different form of the vesicle, which, when viewed from below, is evenly oval and not broad, and strongly shouldered at the base of the aculeus. Pectinal teeth, 9 27; & 27-28. Scorpions from Central and South America. 387 Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 72, cara- pace 7°2, tail 42. @. Total length 67, carapace 6, tail 43. Loc. Yucatan (in Keyserling’s coll.). Centrurus nigrovariatus, sp. n. ¢- Allied to C. infamatus of C. Koch in colour and most structural features, but differing in the formation of the posterior segments of the tail, the fifth segment being wider than the first, with its upper surface much elevated in the middle, with a deep median groove expanding posteriorly into an oval depression. Measurements in millimetres——Total length 52, carapace 4°5, tail 33, width of its first segment 2°3, of its fifth 2-7, height of latter 2°5. Loc. Oaxaca, Mexico. Centrurus flavopictus, sp. 0. Colour reddish or brownish black, with a narrow median dorsal yellow stripe on the tergites, and a yellow spot on the posterior angle; tail reddish brown, darker beneath and posteriorly, vesicle red; humerus and brachium of chelz blackish red, the trochanter and hand clear yellowish red, digits black, with distal third pale reddish; legs entirely yellow, mandibles infuscate distally. External finger-keel of hand nearly obsolete, internal granular ; eight rows of teeth on digit. Pectinal teeth 22 (3 9). Measurements in millimetres.— 2 . Total length 62, tail 37, carapace 6°7 ; width of hand and brachium 2°5, movable digit 75. &. Total length 69; length of tail 46, of carapace 7 ; width of hand 3:3, of brachium 2:5, length of finger 8. Loc. Jalapa in Mexico. Centrurus limbatus, sp. n. g —Allied to C. gracilis, but strikingly different in colour as well asin some structural features. Carapace and tergites yellow or reddish, narrowly margined with black; ocular tubercle black ; tail also yellow, with its fifth segment and vesicle uniformly brown or black; keels spotted black, especially those on the lower side of the segments; legs entirely pale yellow; palpi also pale yellow, digits quite black with reddish tips; mandibles distally infuscate. Nine rows of teeth on the digits. Pectinal teeth 25. 388 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 100; length of carapace 9, of tail 70; width of hand 4, of brachium 3, length of movable digit 11:5. Loc. Sirires, Talamanca (H. Pittier coll.). Centrurus bicolor, sp. n. ° — Colour of trunk a brownish black above ; sterna ochre- yellow, mesially and marginally infuscate ; first four segments of tail yellow above and at the sides, tinted with fuscous below, the keels black; fifth segment, vesicle, and lower surface of fourth infuscate; mandibles infuscate; chele yellow, with the exception of afuscous spot at the apex of the brachium; hands reddish black, with black keel, fingers black with reddish tips; legs entirely rich yellow, the maxillary processes of chele and anterior legs infuscate ; pectines pale. Carapace sparsely granular as in rubricauda. Tail almost as in the latter, but the crests more numerously granular, there being upwards of 25 granules on the infero-lateral crest of the third segment; sterna 2—4 coriaceous and punc- tured, the fourth distinctly rugose and granular. Crests on hand strong. Pectinal teeth 26-28. g .—Like female in colour, and differing structurally in the ordinary characters; sterna not granular. Pectinal teeth 28-29. Measurements in millimetres.— 3 . Total length 109; length of carapace 10, of tail 63. ¢. Total length 120; length of carapace 11, of tail 82. Loc. 9. Poyo azul de Pirris (Atlantic) (7. Zeledon coll.). g. Santo Domingo de Golfo Dulce (H. Pittier). Centrurus nigrimanus, sp. n. g.—Resembling C. bicolor in colour, but more closely and coarsely granular above; the fifth caudal segment having its crests distinctly granular, and also the inferior and lateral surfaces; the vesicle on the other hand, instead of being granular, is smooth below, and the tooth is much closer to the aculeus ; the infero-lateral crests of the third caudal segment are furnished with about 30 granules. Pectinal teeth 32-33. Loc, Oaxaca (type) (68.74) : also a younger specimen of apparently the same species from Honduras (Indo- Colonial Exhibition). Scorpions from Central and South America. 389 Centrurus rubricauda, sp. n. ? .—Colour almost a uniform reddish black all over; the hands redder than the rest of the chele; tarsi and pectines yellow; tail reddish ochre-brown. Granular crests on hand evident and finely granular; crests on tail rather coarsely granular, but the granules few in number and more spaced than in allied forms; on the infero-lateral keel of the third segment, for example, the granules are fewer than twenty (15-19); vesicle granular; the spine not close up to the aculeus. Sterna 2-4 smooth, punctured, especially number 3. Pectinal teeth 20-21. g.—Differing from the female in the normal sexual features, but in addition with the legs bright yellow ; crests on hand scarcely perceptible; crest on tail weakly and sparsely granular as in female; vesicle parallel-sided when viewed from below, bulging on each side at right angles at the base of the aculeus. Pectinal teeth 21-23. Measurements in millimetres.— ¢ . Total length 80 ; length of carapace 8°5, of tail 51. @. Total length 103; length of carapace 9, of tail 71. Loc. Managua in Costa Rica (Dr. Rothschuh). Four male and four female specimens. Centrurus nigrescens, sp. 0. ? .— Colour a uniform blackish green ; tarsi and distal half of fingers ferruginous; pectines flavous; coxz and sternal areas mesially ochraceous. Coarsely and thickly granular ; middle finger-keel or hand strong, all the crests on the tail strongly granular ; vesicle weakly granular; the spine close up to the base of the vesicle. Pectinal teeth 25-27. ¢ .—Like female in colour. Inferior crests on fifth caudal segment distinct and granular; vesicle about twice as long as wide, almost smooth, its shoulders not very strongly ex- panded. Pectinal teeth 28-30. Measurements in millimetres— 2. Total length 89, of carapace 9, of tail 53°5. g. Total length 105, carapace 9, tail 73. Loc. Xantipu (5500 feet alt.) (type); also Amula and Orizaba. In colouring the female of this species resembles that of rubricauda, except that the reddish tint upon the palpi and 390 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new tail of the latter is not noticeable. But the granulation of the carapace is much closer, the interstices between the series of larger granules being filled in with fine granules, and the crests on the tail much more numerously granular, there being about 35 granules on the infero-lateral crest of the third segment ; lastly, the spine is much closer to the base of the aculeus. Centrurus fulvipes, sp. n. 9.—Appareatly differing from nigrescens only in colour, the humerus of the palp and the entire legs being a clear reddish yellow, also the basal segments of the tail reddish brown above. Spine on vesicle as in négrescens, close to base of aculeus. Pectinal teeth 28-29. Loc. Xantipu in Mexico. Family Scorpionide. Genus DipLocentruS, Pet. Diplocentrus rectimanus, sp. 0. Differing from the male of Waited in the characters pointed out in the annexed table of species. Measurements in millimetres —TYotal length 55; length of carapace 6, of tail 30 ; width of hand 5°53; length of movable digit 7. Loc. Jalapa (Mexico). Diplocentrus politus, sp. n. The essential characters of this species are set forth in the subjoined synoptical table. Colour yellowish brown. Upper- side of trunk smooth and polished ; carapace granular laterally and with a few granules on the frontal lobes; tergites with a few scattered granules posteriorly and laterally ; the last more coarsely granular. ail robust, with intercarinal spaces smooth, the normal keels coarsely granular; the median lateral and inferior medians represented by a few granules on the fourth segment ; median keel on fifth weak ; sides of these segments with a few coarse granules ; vesicle granular. Chel robust ; humerus with irregular coarse granulation above, not distinctly keeled, smooth behind and below ; brachium almost wholly smooth, a little granular in front above ; hand smooth above, marked with scattered punctures, its inner edge and Scorpions from Central and South America. 391 lower surface towards the base of the immovable digit granular, Legs smooth. Pectinal teeth 7. Length 36 millim., of carapace 4:5, of tail 18°5. Loc, Brazil. Three female examples in the Museum Collection. The species of this genus known to me may be distinguished as follows :— a. Lateral margin of distal extremity of tarsus lobate, its inferior angle rounded, the terminal spine elevated above the level of the rest, forming a curved series. strongly converging ; pectinal teeth 12-14... Whitei, Ger. A Mole peetinal teethlOs 40322. eecd. ok Saves rectimanus, sp.n., d. spines on each side of the posterior tarsi . ... antillanus, Poc., 2. strong on the first and second segments and visible on the third ; vesicle granular. 3892 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new a°®, Upperside of trunk, intercarinal spaces of tail, and outer surface of legs densely and closely granular ; hands finely and closely punctured, furnished with one keel; 5-6 spines on posterior tarsi.........(..... scaber, Poc., 2. 6°, Upperside of trunk, intercarinal spacesof tail, and outer side of legs not closely granular, nor finely punctured as in antillanus, but smooth, polished, and beset with a few larger scattered granules; hands not clesely and finely punctured as in scaber and antillanus; hands not keeled ; 6-7 spines on posterior tarsl ......+......005 politus, sp. n. The following brief criticisms may be made respecting Prof. Kraepelin’s determinations of the species of this genus :— Diplocentrus Hasethi, Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xiii. p. 130, 1896), from Curagao, is closely allied to D. antillanus, Poc., not to D. Whitei, Gervais; but, judging from the description, it differs in having the vesicle granular and the caudal keels better developed. Diplocentrus Whitei, Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xi. p. 13, 1894), is not the same as White? of Gervais, whatever else it may be. Prof. Kraepelin quotes D. meai- canus, Peters, and D. Gundlachi, Karsch, as undoubtedly syno- nymous with it, and Ozelus Purvesi, Becker, and D. Keyser- lingit, Karsch, as doubtfully so. So far as Ovelus Purves? is concerned, this view is quite untenable. The British Museum has recently received from Mr. Forrest specimens of the latter species from Antigua, and I have been able to establish the accuracy of Mons. Simon’s observations as to the presence of but two lateral eyes on each side, the feature upon which the genus Ozclus was based. In addition to this the species is characterized by sundry well-marked specific features, sufficient, apart from the eyes, to differentiate it from all the members of the genus Diplocentrus known to me. Diplocentrus antillanus, Kraepelin (loc. cit. p. 16), is not identical with D. antillanus, Pocock, but is either the same as, or closely allied to, D. White’, Gervais, and D. rectimanus, Poe. Family Bothriuride. Genus UropHontvs, Poe. Urophonius granulatus, sp. n. @ .—Colour (faded) yellow, indistinctly variegated with Scorpions from Central and South America. 393 black, a continuous pale band on the median dorsal area of the tergites ; femora and tibize of legs variegated ; sides and lower surface of tail lined with black. Carapace finely granular, frontal portionsmooth. Tergites finely granular; the last more coarsely, with two granular crests on each side. Sterna smooth, finely punctulate, the last granular in the middle posteriorly. Zazl of normal thickness, nearly parallel-sided ; superior and supero-lateral keel present and granular on segments 1-3, the superior also traceable on segment 4, the lower side of segments 1 and 2 coarsely granular, the granules arranged along the four crests, those in the middle irregularly disposed ; the inferior lateral crests very weak on the second segment; third and fourth segments smooth laterally and below, without crests; fifth segment with three inferior granular keels extending along the posterior two-thirds of the segment, the area between them irregularly granular in its posterior half; vesicle finely granular laterally and below, as wide as segment 5. Chele : humerus weakly granular and keeled above at the base and in front; brachium and hand smooth, not keeled, punctured ; hand slender, a little wider than brachium, nar- rower than vesicle, its width considerably less than half the length of the movable digit, the median teeth of which are arranged in two irregular rows only in the basal half. Legs with femora externally finely granular, especially on third and fourth pairs; tarsus 4 with 6—6 spines, tarsus 3 with 5—5 spines, tarsus 2 with 2—2 spines, tarsus 1 with 1—1 spines. Pectinal teeth 17 ; apices of each half of genital operculum rounded, Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 33-5; length of carapace 4°3, of tail 19°5; width of vesicle 2, of hand 1°5, of brachium 1°3 ; length of movable digit 4. Exact locality doubtful, probably Chili, the specimen being contained in a tube with examples of Bothriurus coriaceus, a species which has been recorded from Coquimbo, &e. The female of this species may be recognized from that of brachycentrus (=Jheringit, Poc.) by the following features :— a. Third segment of tail entirely smooth and keel- less below, smooth tuberclesor granules on lower side of first segment arranged in four longi- tudinal lines, the medians more coarsely and irregularly granular; second segment with two irregular rows of rounded tubercles below ; superior crests present and granular on seg- ments 1-4, supero-lateral present and granular 394 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions on segments 1-3; vesicle granular to the base of aculeus; carapace and terga finely granular. granulatus, sp. n. b, Third segment of tail granular below, superior and supero-lateral crests obsolete on segments 1-4; segments 1 and 2 more coarsely and irregularly tubercular below, the first with an anterior transverse crest of tubercles; vesicle punctured ; tergites and carapace smooth and POUSHOG, JAG Fase sia lode els hited «a ent hetae tev eNO brachycentrus, Thor. LXI.—The Scorpions of the Genus Vejovis contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock. Genus Vasovis, C. Koch. Vajovis variegatus, sp. n. ? .— Colour reddish ochre-yellow orreddish brown; carapace with black tubercle and irregular lateral blackish patches ; tergites regularly marked, lateral margin black, with a yellow stripe separating it from a broad black patch; the median keel marked with a very narrow black stripe which sometimes expands in front and behind; between this and the large lateral patch there is a deep black spot, narrowed and pro- jecting inwards in front, where it sometimes fuses with the expanded portion of the keel-stripe ; tail clouded below and laterally with black, the position of the lower keel emphasized by black stripes; vesicle and upper surface of tail clear reddish brown. Palpi reddish brown, scarcely at all infuscate ; legs strongly striped externally, with pale tarsi and protarsi; lower surface pale, last sternite infuscate at the sides. Upper surface of trunk coarsely granular. Tail more than four times length of carapace, which equals its first and second segments in length ; anterior segments granular above and laterally ; fourth and fifth segments smooth above and laterally ; superior and supero-lateral keels strongly developed, granular, dentate posteriorly, except the supero-lateral on the fourth segment ; segments 1 to 4 entirely smooth and polished below, the median keels entirely obsolete, the lateral merely represented by a low, indistinct, smooth ridge; fifth segment with its lower surface finely and closely granular throughout ; vesicle entirely smooth and, like the lower side of the tail, punctured. Chele: humerus granular above, in front, and finely below, with well-developed superior and anterior crests ; brachium with the upper and lower anterior crests well of the Genus Vejovis. 395 developed and granular, with a few large granules above and below, smooth on its upper and posterior surfaces ; hand entirely smooth, without crests, punctured, hand-back about three quarters the length of the movable digit, which has 7 teeth on the inner row. Legs with trochanteres and femora finely granular exter- nally ; patella weakly granular also. Sterna quite smooth, punctured. Pectines with 16-17 teeth. Measurements of type.—Total length 45 millim. ; length of carapace 5°5, tail 25. 6 .—Smaller than female ; more coarsely granular; lower side of fourth caudal segment more distinctly granular poste- riorly, and the sides of the fourth and fifth caudal segments finely granular. Hand subcostate above, but not granular. Pectines larger, with 17-18 teeth. Measurements in millimetres Total length 36; length of carapace 4°5, tail 23. Loe. Amula in Guerrero, Mexico (H. H. Smith). Vajovis nigropictus, sp. 1. Colour much as in variegatus, the tergites marked with four black bands, one on each side close to the middle line and one close up to the margin, leaving a wide yellow space between; tail mostly pale, the keels of the lower surface nigro-lineate ; legs and palpi pale. Lower surface of fifth caudal segment more coarsely and less closely granular than in variegatus. Pectinal teeth 17-18. Loc. Jalisco, Mexico (Schumann). Vajovis bilineatus, sp. n. Colour a uniform yellowish red; carapace variegated ; terga with a large black patch on each side of the middle line, forming a pair of black stripes. Closely allied to V. vardegatus in having the inferior caudal keels absent and infero-lateral scarcely visible and entirely smooth ; the hand smooth, punctured, without crests ; brachium also scarcely crested. Pectinal teeth 15. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 25; length of carapace 4, tail 15. Loc. San Diego, Texas (Wm. Taylor). 396 . Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions Vajovis nigrescens, sp. n. Colour of trunk, limbs, and tail a tolerably uniform brown, tips of fingers reddish. Carapace rather coarsely granular, but not closely on the interocular frontal area. Terga coarsely but sparsely granular, the granules forming distinct lateral keels. Tail thick and longish, more than four times the iength of the carapace, second segment broader than long, third as broad as long; superior and supero-lateral keels granular, posteriorly dentate; infero-lateral low, but quite smooth, infero-median obsolete, only just traceable; upper surface of segments 1 and 2 granular, of the rest almost entirely smooth ; keels of fifth segment only crenulate, its lateral surface very weakly and obsoletely granular above, the median keel repre- sented merely by a low ridge; vesicle punctured, also weakly granular. Chele: humerus weakly granular above and below, coarsely granular in front, furnished with four strong granular crests ; brachium also furnished with four strong granular crests, with a row of strong granules on its anterior surface; hand costate, the finger-keels distinct and smooth, the three inner crests strong and strongly granular; fingers long, the movable longer than the carapace and longer than the fifth caudal segment, at least twice the length of the hand-back. Legs externally granular. Sterna smooth, the last with a distinct crest and a few granules on each side. Pectines short, teeth 18-19. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 58; length of carapace 7, of tail 34, of hand-back 4, of movable digit 8°8. Loc. Mexico (54. 76). Vajovis subcristatus, sp. n. g .— Colour reddish yellow ; ocular tubercle black ; tergites with a V-shaped black patch and a badly defined submarginal black spot ; tail nigro-lineate beneath. Carapace somewhat coarsely granular ; terga also furnished with coarse granules ; sterna smooth, the last with a smooth crest on each side. Tail long, at least five times the length of the carapace, which is shorter than the fifth segment; the inferior and infero-lateral keels of segments 1 to 4 visible as distinct smooth punctured ridges, the laterals at most very slightly crenulate on segments 3 to 4; lateral keel of fifth of the Genus Veejovis. 397 segment forming a weakly crenulate ridge; lower surface of fifth sparsely granular, lateral intercarinal spaces of segments 1 to 4 practically smooth; vesicle smooth, punctured. Chele: the posterior crests on brachium developed, but smooth ; hand wide, entirely smooth, punctured, and scarcely visibly crested ; the width about two thirds the length of the hand-back, which is almost as long as the movable digit, the latter about as long as the fourth caudal segment. Pectinal teeth 18. ? .—Resembling the male, but less granular, the anteocular area being nearly smooth; tail shorter; hand narrower, its width about half the length of the movable digit. Pectinal teeth 16-17. Measurements in millimetres—¢. Total length 51:5; length of carapace 5:5, tail 31; width of hand 3; length of movable finger 4:5. 9. Totallength 52; length of carapace 6, tail 29; width of hand 2°8; length of movable digit 5 Loc. St. Andres, Mexico. In the collection of Count Keyserling. Differs from the species belonging to the V. mexicanus section in having the four inferior caudal keels smooth, also the hand in both sexes entirely smooth and keelless. Vejovis cristimanus, sp. n. 2 .— Colour a uniform reddish brown, not variegated ; legs yellower. Closely allied to V. subcristatus, but, apart from the colour- differences, recognizable by having the palpi more strongly crested, the posterior surface of the brachium being weakly granular and its inferior crest distinctly crenulate; the hand is also distinctly crested, the crests on its inner surface being granular. Terga visibly tricostate; upper surface of fifth caudal segment smooth; superior and supero-lateral crest on the fifth segment granular; vesicle granular below and more coarsely punctured. Pectinal teeth 18-19. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 63; length of carapace 7°3, tail 36. Loc. Zacatecas, Mexico (85. 40). Vejovis crassimanus, sp. ni. $.—Oolour a tolerably uniform palish yellow, lightly infuscate in parts; an indistinct fuscous patch on each side of the middle line on the tergite. Trunk coarsely granular above ; smooth below, except for Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 30 398 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions a few granules and a pair of weakly granular keels. Tail long and slender, nearly five times the length of the carapace, which is shorter than its fifth segment; first segment about as wide as long, second distinctly longer than wide, fifth nearly three times as long as wide; keels as in V. meaicanus, but the terminal tooth of the superior and supero-laterals not so large, being scarcely noticeably enlarged on the first and fourth segments; fifth with a strong median lateral crest extending over half the segment; the intercarinal spaces coriaceous, but almost entirely devoid of granules; vesicle smooth. Chele with keels and granules as in mewicanus ; hand very large, keeled, the keels weakly granular, the width almost equal to the length of the hand-back and excelling the width of the first segment of the tail. Pectinal teeth 15. 9 .—Differs from the male in its shorter thicker tail, the inferior keels of which are less well developed, the medians on the first being obsolete and on the second weak and seareely granular; hand smaller and quite smooth, practically without crests and without granules, shining and punetured ; hand narrower than the fifth caudal segment. Measurements in millimetres. — 'Yotal length (¢) 58; length of carapace 5'8, tail 36 (width of its fifth segment 3, length 8°8) ; width of hand 42, length of movable digit 6:5. Total length (9) 435; length of carapace 5, tail 24 ; width of hand 2, of fifth caudal segment 2°5, length of latter 5°5. Loc. San Diego, Texas (William Taylor). Vejovis granulatus, sp. n. Colour variegated black and reddish brown; external surface of legs also variegated ; sterna and coxe sparsely spotted. Trunk granular above, as in V. mexicanus. Upperside of tail rather coarsely granular, its lateral and inferior surfaces very coarsely granular between the keels; keels developed and granular, as in V’, mevicanus ; vesicle granular below. Tail short and thick, about four times as long as the carapace, which is as long as its fifth segment ; fourth segment almost as wide as long, third much wider than long, fifth about two- thirds as wide as long. Chele asin V. mexicanus, but the hand thicker and the digits shorter, the width of the hand about two thirds the length of the movable digit. Pectinal teeth 15. of the Genus Vejovis. 399 Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 33; length of carapace 4, tail 17. Loc. Mexico (Patrick Geddes). Belonging to the same category as V. mexicanus, C. Koch (‘Die Arachniden,’ ii. p. 51, 1836), of which the British Museum has several examples from the city of Mexico and the Lake of Chalco, with the inferior caudal keels granular ; but differs in having the tail thicker, and the intercarinal spaces coarsely and closely granular. In V. mexicanus the intercarinal spaces are at most weakly granular, the inferior being almost wholly smooth, and the fifth segment of the tail is longer than the carapace, the third caudal segment is longer than wide. Vejovis pusillus, sp. n. Colour : densely variegated above and below and on the legs and palpi; tergites with a median triangular reddish patch, a V-shaped mark of the same colour, a submarginal yellow stripe, and a clear yellowish-red spot on each side of the middle line; the general pattern of coloration being describable as consisting of a fine yellow band separated by four black bands. Belonging to the same category as V. mexicanus of Koch ; with the inferior and infero-lateral caudal crests developed and granular; the lateral and inferior intercarinal spaces very finely and closely granular or coriaceous, also furnished with a few larger granules ; vesicle granular below, fifth segment of tail with a very distinct and long median lateral crest. Palpi constructed very much as in V. mexicanus ; but the crests, especially on the brachium, much weaker, the posterior crest of the upper and under surfaces very little pronounced. Pectinal teeth 11-12. Total length 20-25 millim. Loc. Omilteme, in Guerrero, 7000 to 9000 feet, under rotten logs (H. H/. Smith). The species described in the preceding pages may be deter- mined as follows :— 1. Tail thicker; the inferior and usually the infero- lateral crests of segments 1-4 obsolete, entirely smooth, marked with large punctures ; last abdo- minal sternite smooth, not crested; hand (except in nigrescens) smooth, scarcely crested in ¢ ; brachium with posterior crests weak. a. Hand without crests and granules, at least the posterior crests of brachium smooth or almost obsolete; movable digit shorter, the fifth caudal segment variegated black and yellow. 30* 400 On Scorpions of the Genus Vejovis. a’. Terga yellow, marked with only one black patch on each side; the rest of the body not WAMLCRALCEL eaiale ser Gbinin& Meee oe lei e ee b'. Terga yellow or red, but marked with two distinct blaek patches on each side of the middle line. a*, The lateral tergal patch closer to the margin, leaving a broader yellow band; legs entirely pale ; tail with only the lower keels lined With) Black 3h cos tis. shh aety cot eeee b*. The lateral tergal patch more remote from the margin; legs and lower side of tail stronely blackened. .....\c0a..+.-> «pits ce b. Hand with inner surface erested and strongly granular; crests on brachium all strong and granular; movable digit longer than fifth caudal segment, uniformly blackish ................ 2. Four inferior keels on caudal segments 1-4 visible as smooth upstanding ridges, of which only the infero-lateral keels on the third and fourth are at most indistinctly crenulate. a. Trunk banded black and yellow; hand m both sexes Without crests and entirely smooth: posterior surface and posterior inferior crest of brachium, as well as lower surface of vesicle, punctured, not granular [25 .--..--s0-e c++ 6. Trunk not banded; hand distinctly crested, the inner crests granular; posterior surface and posterior inferior crest on brachium, as well as lower side of vesicle, granular’.............. 3. Inferior and infero-lateral caudal keels developed and granular, sometimes the medians on segments 1-2 smooth; hand and brachium usually crested and granular. a. Inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces of tail coarsely and closely granular; tail short and robust; distinctly variegated .............. 6. Inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces either smooth or at most marked with a few granules. a‘, Of small size (20-25 mm.); pectinal teeth 11-12; distinctly variegated above and on the legs ; also the coxe, pectines, and sterna diversified with blackish spots ............ b'. Larger size, adults not less than about 45 mm.; ee teeth not less than 15; palpi and egs not distinctly variegated ; lower surface of trunk without fuscous spots. a’, Lateral intercarinal spaces of tail without granules; upper keel of fourth without enlarged terminal denticle; hand in 2 not crested nor granular , iesids.u ss lekene't b?, Lateral intercarinal spaces of tail granular ; upper keel of fourth with terminal denticle much enlarged; hand in Q crested and granular bilineatus, sp. Ti. nigropretus, sp. TN. variegatus, sp. 0. nigrescens, Sp. Tt. subcristatus, sp. Tt cristimanus, sp. N- granulatus, sp. B. pusillus, sp. 0. crassimanus, sp. 0. mexicanus, Koch. On some new Species of Syntomide. 401 LXII —Descriptions of some new Species of Syntomide, chiefly in the Oxford Museum. By HERBERT DRUCE, F.L.S. &c. Pseudopompilia mimica, sp. n. Female.—Primaries and secondaries brownish black: pri- maries shot with greenish blue beyond the cell and along the inner margin; a tuft of greenish-white scales at the base, the fringe black: secondaries with a small semihyaline spot at the base. The underside of both wings very similar to the upperside; the primaries with a reddish-brown streak at the apex and along the inner margin. The head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the legs with a yellowish- white streak on the upperside; the antenne black, with the shaft sordid white from the base to the middle. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Amazons (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). This very remarkable species closely resembles Myrmecopsis vespa, Herr.-Schiiffer, also from the Amazon region. Calonotos tripunctata, sp. 0. Yale.—Primaries and secondaries black ; a small green spot at the base and a green streak partly along the costal margin; an elongated white spot below the cell about the middle of the wing, and a rather large round white spot at the end of the cell nearer the apex: secondaries with a white spot on the middle of the costal margin. Underside very similar to the upperside ; the costal margin of the secondaries streaked with green at the base. ‘The head, antenna, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; the abdomen striped trom the base to the anus with three wide, greenish-white lines, one down the middle, and one on each side. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. Trinidad (Lowsley, in Mus. Druce). Calonotos chryseis, sp. n. Female.— Primaries above dark golden green; underside much paler, with the veins black: secondaries black, with a few green scales in the cell ; underside pale green, with black veins. Autenne and front of the head black, with two small white spots between the eyes; palpi black. Collar golden green, edged with black and three small white dots, one in 402 Mr. H. Druce on some the middle and one on each side; tegule black, golden green at the base; thorax golden green; abdomen black, with three white spots close to the base and three rows of golden- green spots extending from the base to the anal angle; legs black ; the underside of the abdomen with a row of white spots. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Bolivia (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). This species somewhat resembles Hupyra bacchaus, Schaus. Homeocera lophocera, sp. n. Male,—Primaries and secondaries hyaline: primaries, the base, costal, outer, and inner margins broadly black ; a rather wide black band crosses the wing at the end of the cell, extending from the costal margin to the anal angle; two small blue dots at the base of the wing: secondaries broadly edged with black from the apex to the anal angle; the veins of both wings black. The head, antenne, tegule, thorax, part of the abdomen, and legs black ; a large white spot on each side of the thorax and one at the base of each leg; the last three segments of the abdomen and the anal tuft orange- red, Expanse 23 inches. Hab. Brazil (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). fomeosoma stictosoma, sp. n. Female.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, the veins all black ; primaries, the base black, the apex broadly black, the outer and inner margins black : secondaries edged with black from the apex to the anal angle, where it is broadest. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; a white spot on each side of the head, a metallic-blue spot on both the tegule; a white spot at the base of the thorax ; two white and two blue dots on the first segment, and a central row of four white spots down the abdomen, also a row of white spots on each side of the abdomen. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Colombia (Chesterton, in the Hope Collection, Mus. Ozford) . Trichura mathina, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; the outer and part of the inner margin edged with black; the veins yellow: secondaries edged with black from the apex to new Species of Syntomide. 403 the anal angle ; the end of the cell black. The head, collar, tegule, and thorax black, the collar and tegule edged with yellow ; the base of the thorax and the first and third segments of the abdomen yellow; the abdomen black ; antenne yellow-black near the base; the legs brownish yellow. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. Amazons, Pardé (Bates, Mus. Druce). This species is allied to 7. aurifera, Butler. Sarosa xanthobasis, sp. n. Female.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins, costal margin, outer and inner margins edged with black, the apex broadly black: secondaries edged with black. The head, antenne, and palpi black, the front of the head and the collar metallic blue; the thorax, tegule, abdomen, and hind legs bright chrome-yellow, the first and second pair of legs brownish black ; the anal segments of the abdomen bluish black. Expanse 2,3, inches. Hab. Ecuador (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Mallodeta sanguipuncta, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins black ; the base, apex, outer and inner margins broadly black, a wide black band at the end of the cell: the secondaries edged with black from the apex to the base. Antenne black, tipped with white on the upperside; the head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; two small spots at the back of the head, two at the base of the abdomen, and a row on each side white; the tegule edged with red; two red spots at the base of the abdomen, and two on the third segment somewhat indistinct. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Paraguay (in the Hope Collection, Mus. O.cford). Mesothen ignea, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all black ; the apex of the primaries broadly bordered with black ; the outer and inner margins edged with black : secondaries with the apex, outer and inner margins edged with black. The head, antennez, palpi, and legs black ; the collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen dark chrome-yellow ; the tegule spotted with black and a central black spot on each segment of the abdomen, the first three being the largest. Expanse 1,/5 inch. Hab. Merida (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). 404 Mr. H. Druce on some Phenicoprocta metachrysea, sp. n. Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins, costal margin, apex, outer and inner margins of both wings black. The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; front of the head metallic blue, the collar and tegule edged with blue, a central row of greyish-white spots on. the abdomen, the anal segments and anal tuft yellow. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Urolosia opalocincta, sp. u. Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline ; the veins all black ; the costal, outer, and inner margins narrowly edged with black, widest at the anal angle: secondaries broadly bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle. The head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the collar, tegule, and base of the primaries irrorated with a few metallic-green scales; the second and third segments of the abdomen opalescent white, more so in the female than the male; the anal tuft black. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Cayeune (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Herea xanthogaster, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries brownish hyaline, with the veins and margins all black. The head, antenna, thorax, abdomen, and legs all black ; the underside of the abdomen from the base to the anus bright chrome-yellow. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Chrysostola fulvisphex, sp. n. Male.— Primaries and_ secondaries hyaline, the veins brownish black : primaries, the costal and inner margins yel- lowish brown, the apex and outer margin edged with black : secondaries edged with black. Antenne black ; the head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown, the anal half of the abdomen the darkest; the collar and tegule black, edged with yellow ; the legs yellowish brown. Expause 1,!5 inch. Hab, Cayeune (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). new Species of Syntomide. 405 Chrysostola sanguiceps, sp. n. Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline : primaries broadly black at the apex, the outer and inner margins black, the veins black: secondaries edged with black from the apex to the anal angle, the veins yellow. The head, thorax, and basal half of the abdomen chrome-yellow, the anal half of the abdomen black ; antennz black; legs chrome-yellow. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Paramya picta, sp. n. Male.—Primaries semihyaline, the base and partly along the inner margin chrome-yellow, the apex broadly brownish black; a large black spot at the end of the cell, beyond which the wing is crossed by a rather indistinct pale yellow band; a small black streak on the inner margin close to the anal angle: secondaries chrome-yellow, the apex black. The head, antenne, last three segments of the abdomen, and legs black ; the thorax and abdomen chrome-yellow. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Cayenne (tn the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Cosmosoma orathidia, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline: primaries, the base, apex, outer and inner margins broadly black; a wide zigzag black band crosses the wing at the end of the cell irom the costal margin to the anal angle: secondaries, the costal, outer, and inner margins edged with black. The veins of both wings black. The head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the tegule black, edged with metallic blue; a large red spot on both sides of the abdomen at the base and a row of metallic-blue spots extending from the base to the anus on each side, Expanse 1,%, inch. Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (7. Belt, in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Histiwa glaucozona, sp. n. Male.— Primaries brown, slightly shaded with pink in the cell; two minute blue dots at the end of the cell, beyond which is a very indistinct brownish-white band, similar in shape to the yellow band on the primaries of //. amazonica: second- aries brown, with a large square-shaped red spot beyond the 405 Mr. H. Druce on some middle. Underside: primaries brown, bright pink in the cell, two small spots beyond and one large spot at the anal angle cream-colour ; the spot on the secondaries is quite small and slightly reddish in colour. The head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs brown; a row of metallic-blue spots on each side of the abdomen. Expanse 24 inches. Hab. Amazons (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). This species is closely allied to H. amazonica, Butler. Cyanopepla obscura, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries dull brown, a small red spot and a metallic-green dot close to the base of the primaries and a small red spot on the costal margin of the secondaries near the apex; on the underside both wings are shot with bright metallic blue from the base to beyond the middle. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black, the collar metallic blue, each segment of the abdomen edged with metallic-blue scales ; legs black. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Peru (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Neacerea albiventus, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries black : primaries with a small, transverse, white band about the middle, not reaching either margin: secondaries, the inner margin broadly greyish white ; the fringe white at the apex of the primaries. Under- side very similar to the upperside, but with the marking much whiter. The head, antenna, collar, tegule, and thorax black; abdomen above dark glossy blue, on the underside white. Legs black above, white on the underside. Expanse 1} inch. Hab. South Brazil, Minas Garaes (Rogers, in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Neacerea dizona, sp. n. Male.—Primaries black, crossed by two semihyaline bands, neither of which extends to the margins of the wing; the first band before the end of the cell, the second beyond nearer the apex : secondaries hyaline, broadly bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle. The head, antenna, palpi, tecule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; collar red; the underside of the thorax and abdomen white. Expanse 1,3; inch. Hab. Cayenne (én the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). new Species of Syntomide. 407 Loxophlebia postflavia, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all black : primaries, the base and apex broadly black, the outer and inner margins edged with black: the secondaries edged with black from the apex to the anal angle. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; the three anal segments of the abdomen sordid yellow; the legs black. Eixpanse 1,), inch. Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Lymire strigivenia, sp. n. Male.—Primaries smoky black, the veins rather darker: secondaries hyaline dusky black along the costal margin, and broadly so along the inner margin. The head, antenna, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black. Expanse 1 inch. Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Psilopleura polia, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline: pri- maries, the base of the cell, a spot at the end of the cell, the apex, anal angle, and imner margin shaded with dark and light brown, darkest along the inner margin: secondaries edged with brown. ‘The head and thorax pale brown; an- tenne pale brown, tipped with white; tegule dark brown, with a pale brown streak down the middle; abdomen black above, with the base and sides yellow ; legs brown. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Espiritu Santo (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). Teucer albapese, sp. n. Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all black ; a large spot at the end of the cell black; the apex, outer and inner margins broadly black, the fringe at the apex white: secondaries, the costal, outer margin, and anal angle broadly black. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the front of the head and the underside of the thorax and abdomen white. Expanse I inch. Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). This species 13 closely allied to Anaphlebia caudatula, Felder. 408 M. E. Perrier on the Holophea cerulea, sp. n. Female.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly dark bluish black. The head, antenne, thorax, and legs black; abdomen dark glossy blue-black ; the collar and the edges of the tegule bright red. Expanse 12 inch. Hab, Kcuador (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). . Atyphopsis roseiceps, sp. ni. Male.—Primaries and_ secondaries semihyaline greyish white, the veins all dark brown, the apex dark brown. The head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale greyish brown; the top of the head and the fourth and fifth segments of the abdomen pale red; the anus black. Expanse 13 inch. Hab, 8.E. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford). The specimen is in very poor condition and much faded. LXIII.—On the Place of the Sponges in the Classificatory System and on the Significance attributed to the Embryonic Layers. By EDMOND PERRIER*. In a note published in the last number of the ‘ Comptes Rendus’ M. Yves Delage proposes “ to raise the Spongiarize to the rank of a branch by contrasting them, under the name Enantioderma (€vaytios, contrary), with the Ccelenterata, if not, indeed, under the title Enantiozoa, with all other animals, Protozoa, Mesozoa, and Metazoa, in which the invagination of the layers, when they exist, takes place in the normal way.” Since as early as 1881, in the first edition of my book ‘ Les Colonies animales et la Formation des Organ- ismes’ (p. 764), I laid claim to a distinct series in the animal kingdom on behalf of the Sponges, and as, since then, I have not ceased to detend this manner of regarding them f, I cannot but congratulate myself on seeing, after the lapse of sixteen years, my opinion embraced by the industrious professor of the Sorbonne. Since the Sponges were already called by this name, and were also termed Spongiariz, Spongozoa, Puritera, Polystomata, &c., 1 did not, indeed, consider it advisable to add a new number to this already copious list. * Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxvi. no. 8 (February 21, 1898), pp. 579-583. + Cf. my ‘ Traité de Zoologie,’ pp. 407 and 537. Huxley, in 1874, in his embryogenic classification, already separated the Sponges from the Coelenterata under the name PoLtystoMaTa; Milne-Edwards, in 1855, and de Blainville, in 1822, had treated them in the same way. But the former associated them with the Infusoria, the latter with the Infusoria and the Corallina. Classification of Sponges. . 409 The characters upon which I had relied for establishing the Sponges as a distinct series—ramified or irregular shape, absence of general cavity, great development of mesoderm, ciliated chambers lined with choanocytes, absence of nemato- cysts and of tentacles—were known already ; but having taken care to define strictly the starting-points of the nomenclature that I adopted, and to explain clearly what I meant by the terms series, branch, class, &c.*, they were amply suflicient to establish a due conception of Sponges. The apparently new character invoked by M. Delage would therefore only serve to justify the importance of those upon which I had dwelt, even though it should be found not to be open to criticism and were freed from the, at the very least, debatable interpretations with which it has been surrounded. For anyone who reflects that the organization of animals is dominated by general rules, it is difficult to admit that a zoological group can be opposed to another, and especially to the remaining groups as a whole; in truth the idea would appear to be but a metaphor to be added to those with which the language of zoology is already obscured, if the author did not take care to tell us that ‘én the Spongiarie, alone among all creatures, the normal invagination of the layers is reversed, the endoderm passing to the surface to form the epidermis, and the ectoderm sinking into the interior to form the digestive cavities.” Of the causes which could have produced so extra- ordinary a reversal M. Delage tells us nothing, and yet zoology is to-day too rich in materials for it to be still possible to suppose, if we take our stand on the ground of transmutation, that reversals of layers and transformations of organs occur which could not be connected with causes that are at least probable. But in order to arrive at the conclusion that the Sponges are the reverse of the rest of the animal kingdom, M. Delage has recourse to processes of argument and to generalizations the value of which it is important to determine. If we were ignorant, he remarks, of the development of Sponges, and the larve of these animals were presented to embryogenists with the request that they should name the layers and predict their development, there ts not one of them who would not say that the flagellate cells are the ectoderm, that the granular cells are the endoderm, and that the invagi- nation of the latter within the former will ensue. ‘There is therefore no doubt as to the homologization of the larval layers. The definition of the homologies is due to Geoffroy Saint- * ‘Colonies animales,’ p, 744, and ‘Traité de Zoologie,’ p. 403. 410 M. E. Perrier on the Hilaire, who termed them analogies ; it is based on the prin- ciple of connexions—that is to say, that it rests on the relative position of the organs in the adult state and on the identity of their mode of succession during the embryonic period, to the exclusion of all consideration of function or of structure. The endoderm being essentially that which is within, the ectoderm that which is without, as indicated by their names, it is clear that there is neither endoderm nor ectoderm-in a hollow body, such as the most simple form of sponge-larva, formed of a single layer of cells, and that, in order to remain in conformity with the precise language of compara- tive anatomy and embryogeny, it will be necessary, if one half of this body is invaginated within the other, to apply the designation entoderm to that which becomes internal and to term evoderm that which remains external. ‘The propo- sition of M. Delage might therefore be enunciated simply as follows :— The larva of Sponges is an ellipsoid, one cap of which 7s Sormed by flagelliferous, the other by granular cells ; the cap of flagelliferous cells is invaginated into the other and constitutes the entoderm. In designating this cap by the name exoderm, in homolo- gizing it with the exoderm of the rest of animals, we run counter to the very definition of homologies, for it is implicitly agreed that the character of the exoderm is derived not from its position, but from the form of the anatomical elements composing it. ‘Lhe character invoked by M. Delage amounts therefore to saying that the entoderm of Sponges is formed of flagellife- rous and their exoderm of granular elements; it is a Aisto- logical character, like that which is derived from the presence ot the choanocytes in the ciliated chambers—nay, more, ¢ is exactly the same character, since M. Delage recognizes that the ciliated chambers originate from his supposed exoderm, and the question of the position of the Sponges remains pre- cisely at the point at which it had been left by his prede- cessors. ‘The apparent progress results simply from the credence once more accorded to the metaphysical theory of the embryonic layers and of their predestination—a theory in some sort retroactive, like all those which claim to apply to the lower animals conceptions derived from the study of the higher animals, often even of single vertebrates, and based upon structural features which are the result of the activity of primitive animal forms, or are considered as such, but are not yet realized in them. very animal, it is said, is at first a gastrula, composed of an exoderm and an entoderm: the generalization is gratuitous; the exoderm and entoderm are Classification of Sponges. 411 recognized by this or that histological structure : it isa propo- sition contrary to the very definition of homologies ; they are predestined to play such and such a réle in development: this is metaphysics. The circumstances appear under a_ totally different aspect, and no longer lend themselves to any obscurity, if, tollowing the facts without attributing to them any mysterious significance, we remember that the primitive form of every embryo* is not a gastrula composed of two layers, as is gratuitously supposed, but a b/astula more or less approaching the ellipsoidal shape, and constituted by a single layer of cells. This larva is ciliated, and the strokes of the cilia impel it in a fixed direction; it therefore possesses an anterior and a posterior pole. From the moment at which locomotion is accomplished in a definite direction the cilia of the anterior region of the d/astu/a are necessarily those which exhibit the maximum of activity ; their activity exhausts the alimentary reserves of the elements which bear them, while the elements of the posterior region remain crammed with these reserves. ‘lhe elements which are disburdened of these reserves are always those the multiplication of which is the most active. This being granted, the dastula can follow only two courses in its evolution—either it remains free or else it becomes fixed. If it remains free its locomotor anterior region, by reason of its rapid growth, necessarily induces the invagina- tion of the posterior region, which is essentially nutritive, and this is why the orifice of invagination, which has for so long been erroneously considered as a primitive mouth, is very generally posterior in the Nephridiate series (‘‘ dans la série des Néphridiés”’). If, on the contrary, the blastula becomes fixed, it does so necessarily (the exceptions to the rule in the animal kingdom are only apparent) by its anterior locomotor region. Indeed, an animal cannot adhere to an obstacle except by pressing against it—that is to say, by applying against it the region which, in its habitual mode ot loco- motion, it carries in front. It is therefore the ciliated region of the blastula that in this case will be covered by the granular region, will proliferate, multiplying its anfractuosities on the inside of its envelope, and will constitute the entoderm: thus is to be explained the particular case of the Sponges, which henceforth there is no need to contrast with the rest of the animal kingdom; they detach themselves from the common branch because they become fixed in the b/astula state; in respect to this they diverge from the Polyps, since in the latter the cavity of the b/astula, already filled with elements, * Except in the Arthropod series, where the vibratile cilia are absent, 412 Geological Society. has become a parenchymella at the moment of fixation ; here, therefore, no invagination takes place. This, of course, applies in each series only to the primitive larval forms, and not to those which have been modified by tachygenesis. ~M. Delage’s remark, therefore, does not throw any particular light on the problem of the place of the Sponges in classifica- tion, and the terms that he employs to designate a group of the animal kingdom already named by the Greeks might lead to error with reference to the signification of what it has been agreed to call the embryonic layers. It remains to be learnt whether the histological characters have as little value as is apparently sometimes believed. Remembering that the entire vegetable kingdom owes its essential characters to the fact that the elements of the plant shut themselves up in an envelope of cellulose, that the faculty of charging themselves with chitin possessed by the free region of the epithelia of Arthropods has suppressed in these animals the vibratile cilia, orientated their organization in an altogether peculiar direction, and justified the creation of a branch for them—it will not appear to be immaterial that the Sponges and the Polyps possess respectively, and each in an exclusive manner as regards the other group, choanocytes or nematoblasts. This is also a consequence of the properties in their protoplasm. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. November 17th, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘Observations on the Genus Aclisina, de Koninck, with De- scriptions of British Species, and of some other Carboniferous Gastropoda.’ By Miss J. Donald, of Carlisle. The Author makes some preliminary observations on the genus Aclisina, and considers it advisable to regard A. pulchra as the type of the genus, while the so-called A. striatula must be placed among the Murchisoniv, and A. nana is placed in a new genus. The Author gives a diagnosis of Aclisina, de Kon., belonging to the family Turritellide, and describes the British species, twelve of which are new, including two new forms placed in a subgenus. Of the family Murchisonide, and in the section Aclisoides of the genus Murchisonia, the form A. striatula, de Kon., and a variety are described ; and a diagnosis of the new genus, in which A. nana of de Koninck is placed, is given, followed by a description of the species. % YM DY Tt NI Dy. Ry Ste GIT IS IIR my Arav.& Mag. Nat. Hist. S.7.Vol.1.PL. XIV. ee Fe e) or 2 ERY yng fy Pgs Fo e £48 NMantern Bros hth. 2.0PE RCULARELLA HISPIDA. Mary Vac Bride del 1EUDENDRIUM ALBUM. | Arav. & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol. I.PUXV. Mary MacBride del. : Mintern Bros lith. PLUMULARIA ALLENI. rr r ‘ en c pe iy bo te ri i 2h = ; ae 2 con Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.§.7Vol I. Pu. XVI. Mary Mac Bride del Mintern Bros. ith. AGLAOPHENIA HELLERI. » Fa! C.R.J. Anw.& Mag. Nat.Hist.$.7 Vol.1.PUXVIL, Mintern Bros. lith. FOSSIL CYPRIDINADS. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 6. JUNE 1898. LXIV.— Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Ecuador. By R. I. Pocock. Family Buthide. Genus Tityus, C. Koch, Tityus pugilator, sp.n. (Fig. 1, p. 419.) 3g .— Colour of trunk black, of tail greenish black, legs and chele yellowish brown. Carapace and tergites normally granular; sterna very closely and very distinctly granular throughout, except for the usual smooth area on the posterior portion of the third, lateral keels on the last abbreviated. Tail a little more than five times as long as the carapace, which about equals its fourth segment in length; posteriorly incrassate, the segments increasing in width to the middle of the fifth segment, the fourth very deeply excavated above, its width almost equal to the length of the second segment ; the keels normal in number and granulation, the superior keels not ending posteriorly with noticeably enlarged denticles, the intercarinal spaces weakly granular, median lateral crest on second segment represented by a series of four granules, fifth segment about one third longer than wide, width of the fourth about three quarters its length; vesicle very weakly granular, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 31 414 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new its width about half the length of the carapace, greater than that of brachium, and nearly equal to length of first caudal segment ; tooth not close to base of aculeus, as in forcipula. Chele with normal crests and granules; hand smooth, normally crested, wide, its inner surface very strongly pro- duced, its width equal to about half the length of the movable digit, less than that part of the immovable which is distal to the tooth ; digits not widely separated basally, but the movable strongly lobate, the immovable correspondingly sinuate; 13 rows of teeth on the movable. Legs granular. Pectinal teeth 15-16; an angular expansion at the base of the teeth. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 51, of cara- pace 5'5, of tail 80; width of first segment 3, of fifth 4, of vesicle 2°5, of hand 3°3, of brachium 2; length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 6:5. Loc. Cachavi, N.W. Ecuador, 500 feet (Rosenberg coll.). In thickness of tail and width of hand this species approaches both T. forcipula, Gerv., and T. pachyurus, Poc., from Colombia, but differs from both in having the chele and legs of a much paler colour than the trunk and tail and the digits basally adjacent. From pachyurus it further differs in having the abdominal sternal plates coarsely and closely granular, the tergites more closely granular, and the vesicle wider ; and from forcipula in its less coarsely granular tail, with the superior crests weak and not denticulate, the vesicular tooth further from the base of the aculeus, &e. Tityus timendus, sp. n. 3 .— Colour a uniform black, pectines flavous. Carapace about as long as fourth caudal segment, like the terga normally crested and granular. Tail about six times the length of carapace, parallel-sided, first segment as wide as fourth and a little wider than fifth ; all the keels strong and coarsely granular, but the terminal granules of the upper crests not enlarged; median lateral crests complete on second segment and represented by about 6 granules lying in the middle of the segment; fourth segment considerably less than twice as long as wide (44: 74), width of fifth about half its length and considerably less than length of second; vesicle coarsely granular, its width a little greater than that of brachium, very nearly equal to that of hand; tooth at-normal distance from aculeus. Chele normally granular and crested; hand nearly smooth, Scorpions from Ecuador. 415 crests smooth, of medium strength; width a little greater than that of brachium, equal to area lying between ocular tubercle and posterior border of carapace; digits in contact weakly lobate and sinuate; movable digit less than three times length of width of hand and rather less than twice as great as length of hand-back ; 13 rows of teeth. Legs normally granular and crested. Sterna granular, fifth much more closely than the fourth, fourth than third, &c., the fifth with coarsely granular keels ; second, third, and fourth smooth, shining posteriorly, the smooth patch largest on the third. Pectinal teeth 19-21; no angular expansion of shaft at base of pecten. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 70, of carapace 73, of tail 43; width of first segment 4°5, of fifth 4°5; length of latter 8°5; width of vesicle 3:2, of brachium 3, of hand 3°5 ; length of hand-back 5, of movable digit 9. Loe. Cachavi, Ecuador (Rosenberg coll.). Judged by the table of species of Tityus of the so-called americanus-type that 1 published last year (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. pp. 516-517), this new form will fall under heading 6* of the section devoted to the males alongside of metuendus, Poc., which it approaches in dimensions of tail-segments. But the secondary sexual characters are much less strongly pronounced, the tail being less incrassate, the chelz shorter, the hand narrower, and the digits adjacent. Moreover, in the tail the intercarinal spaces are much smoother, the keels stronger and marked with fewer larger granules, the median lateral keel being complete, though anteriorly weak upon the second segment, while in metwendus it is merely represented by a few posterior granules. Tityus Rosenbergi, sp.n. (Fig. 2, p. 419.) ¢.—Colour a uniform black, pectines and tips of digits flavous. Upper and lower sides of trunk carinate and granular, almost as in 7’. Cambridge. ‘ail _with its keels and intercarinal spaces much less coarsely granular than in 7. Cambridgei, of medium length, slender, a little narrowed posteriorly, width of fourth segment a little less than half its length (3:7); fifth segment a little longer than carapace ; vesicle a little narrower than brachium and slightly wider than hand ; tooth not close to aculeus. Chele long and slender; hand narrower than brachium, strongly keeled, the keels finely granular ; digits very long, 31* 416 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new the movable more than twice the length of the hand-back, very weakly lobate, furnished with 15 rows of teeth. Sterna weakly granular, the middle and posterior portions of sterna 1-4 smooth. Pectinal teeth 21. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 69, of cara- pace 7, of tail 40°5; width of first segment 3°3, of fifth 3°2, length of latter 7°5; width of vesicle 2:5, of brachium 2°6, of hand 2:3; length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 10°2. Loe. Cachavi, Ecuador (Rosenberg). Falling under heading 5° of my synopsis of species based upon females (op. cit. p. 518), alongside of 7. Cambridget, but differing from the latter in having the intercarinal spaces of the tail and its keels much less strongly granular, the hand narrower and shorter as compared with the movable digit, with the external finger-keel of the hand complete and not mesially broken. Tityus spinatus, sp. n. Belonging to the americanus section and nearly allied to T. forcipula, Gervais, from Ibaque in Colombia. Colour uniform black or brownish black. Trunk coarsely granular above; sterna and coxe closely granular throughout below, with the exception of a small smooth triangular area in the middle of the third sternite. Tail incrassate to the middle of the fourth and fifth seg- ments, the intercarinal spaces thickly and coarsely granular, the superior more finely so; all the keels coarsely granular, the superior denticulate and ending on the second to fourth segments in an enlarged tooth; granules on upper edge of fitth segment forming a denticulate crest ; vesicle granular below, tooth close to base of aculeus ; vesicle distinctly wider than brachium, a little wider than hand; fifth caudal segment about as long as carapace, its width about two thirds its length ; width of fourth about three quarters its own length and almost equal to length of second segment. Chele closely granular, normally costate; hand very slightly wider than brachium; hand-keels not strong, the external finger-keel weak, but not divided ; movable digit a little more than twice as long as hand-back, weakly lobate basally, with 15 rows of teeth. Pectinal teeth 15. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 58; length of carapace 6°5, of tail 35; width of its first segment 4, of its Scorpions from Ecuador. 417 fifth 4°S, length of latter 7; width of vesicle 3:2, of brachium 2°7, of hand 3; length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 8°8. Loc. Cuenea, in Ecuador (95. 6. 23. 1). Differs from the female of forczpula in having the tail wider, its upper crests more strongly denticulated, those on the fifth segment in forcipula not being denticulate. The differences in the proportions of the tail-segments may be judged by a comparison between the measurements in milli- metres given of TJ. spinatus and those of the female of the type of forcipula. 2 of forcipula—tTotal length of tail 39; width of first segment 3°8, of fourth 4:2, of fifth 4:2; length of fourth 6:2, of fifth 7; width of vesicle 3°4, of brachium 2°5, of hand 2:5; length of carapace 6°5. These data show that the vesicle is larger as compared with the width of the tail in forctpula than in spinatus. Tityus ecuadorensis, Kraepelin. Tityus ecuadorensis, Kraepelin, JB, Hamb. Wissen. Anstalten, xiii. 1896, p. 127, figs. 6, 7. Subspecies zarume, nov. Specimens of a species of Tvtyus received trom Zaruma in Ecuador may be recognized from the typical form of ecuador- ensis as follows :— a. Humerus, brachium, and trochanter of chelze a uniform ochre-yellow, or at most very slightly variegated with black; sterna 3 to 5, sometimes also 2, clouded with black; posterior and lateral portions of carapace much more heavily infuscate ; keels and granulation of fifth caudal seg- ment and vesicle stronger ........2+-+++: ecuadorensis, Kraep. (Loja, in Eeuador.) 6. Humerus, brachium, and trochanter of chelez very largely infuscate above; only the last sternite mottled (the fourth some- times slightly so at the sides); posterior and lateral portions of carapace mostly yellow, lined with black; keels and granu- lation of fifth caudal segment and vesicle mitichs weaker’. J's 645 fia. sats Sein ecuadorensis zarum@, NOV. (Zaruma, in Ecuador.) Male and female examples of this form were obtained by Mr. T. Gunter. The male has the tail long and slender and the hands dilated. Co-types of the principal form have been sent to the British Museum by Prof. Kraepelin, of Hamburg. 418 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new The species of the genus Tvtyus here recorded from Heuador may be recognized by the following table :— a. Base of pecten bearing a smooth rounded prominence at the base of the series of teeth (¢). a’, Conspicuously variegated black and yellow. a, Humerus and brachium of chela not strongly mottled with black, almost entirely paler. cl: «= «i alata Vole as ecuadorensis, Kraep. (From Loja.) 6. Humerus and brachium heavily infus- CALE. Wea Ses gle eis goes caer tere xeon SeaINEIBy TION. 2 aiennnee specitic form from Zaruma.) 6}. Mostly a uniform blackish colour; not variegated, a*, Tail slender, its intercarinal spaces very weakly granular, its crests also weak ; sterna weakly granular ; hand narrow, but strongly keeled. ww. sv.ee ee. .. Rosenbergi, sp. n. (Cachayi.) 6°, Tail thick, fourth and fifth segments wider than first; the intercarinal spaces coarsely and thickly granular ; the upper keels of segments 2 to 5 denticulate ; hand broader, weakly GGleU Fae) ye askis oisohaatene oe ie mPa, 5 reer spinatus, sp.n. (Cuenga.) shaft (¢). a‘, Strongly variegated black and yellow .. ecwadorensis, Kraep. (The forms from Loja and Zaruma distin- guished as under a and 0.) b*, Not strongly variegated. a’, Uniformly black; sterna weakly gran- war; granules of caudal keels few and large, median lateral keel complete on second segment; hand narrower, its width much less than half the length of movable digit i. te. ona en eee timendus, sp. 0. (Cachavyi.) b’. Legs and chele paler than trunk and tail; sterna thickly and rather coarsely granular; granules of caudal keels weak and numerous; scarcely a trace of median lateral keel on second seg- ment; hand very broad, its width almost half the movable digit ...... pugilator, sp. n. (Cachavi.) Scorpions from Ecuador. 419 Family Vejovide, Thorell. Subfamily Czacrrwz, Poe. Genus Cuacras, Gervais. Chactas Rosenbergt, sp. n. Colour black or brownish black, legs yellowish brown. Carapace about as long as caudal. segments 1+2+4 of 3, granular throughout except on the ocular tubercle and the = Fig. 1—Hand and brachium of Tityws pugilator, X 2. Fig. 2.—Ditto of Tityus Rosenbergi, X 2. Fig. 3.—Ditto of Teuthraustes latimanus, X 2 Fig. 4.—Ditto of Teuthraustes nitescens, X 2. two posterior prominences; anterior border deeply excised with rounded frontal prominences, which project far in front of the anterior lateral eye. Tergites finely granular. Sternites smooth. 420 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Tail moderately robust; the superior and supero-lateral crests and area between them granular; upper surface of segments smooth in middle, granular at sides ; segments 1 to 3 finely granular or coriaceous laterally, smooth and_keelless below, the third slightly coriaceous below; fourth distinctly granular below and laterally, with the inferior lateral crest traceable by a series of larger granules, upperside of fourth finely granular mesially ; fifth granular above, laterally, and below, the three inferior crests more coarsely granular, with coarser granules between; vesicle large, wider than second seoment, granular laterally and below. Chele: humerus finely granular below, coarsely above, the crests strong and granular; two infero-anterior crests ; brachium with a row of five posterior pores below, finely granular in front, with a small inferior tubercle, rather coarsely granular above and behind; hand large, its width nearly equal to length of hand-back, finely granularly reticu- late above, more coarsely granular externally and internally and at the base of the digits; the network of granules extends on to the inner surface, and is intermixed with larger granules; keel of hand-back strong, granular, area below it smooth, marked in front with an oblique series of 3 pores, with 2 also close to the articulation of the movable digit; immovable digit with strong basal tooth fitting into an exca- vation of the movable digit, which is only a little longer than the hand-back. Legs: femora of third and fourth finely granular. Pectinal teeth 8-10. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 65; length of carapace 8°5, of tail 84; width of hand 6°8; length of hand- back 7°5, of movable digit 8. Loc. Chimbo, 1000 feet, near Guayaquil (Zosenberg). Perhaps most nearly allied to C. Whympert, Poc., from Milligalli, Ecuador (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 90, pl. v. figs. 7-7 6), which it resembles in having the anterior border of the carapace deeply excised in the middle with prominent lateral lobes, which project in advance of the anterior lateral eye, also in the granulation and crest-develop- ment of the tail, and in the presence of a large tooth on the immovable digit fitting into an excavation in the movable digit. But Rosenbergi has much less coarsely granular cara- pace and palpi, the hands of which are not nearly so noticeably costate ; moreover, the vesicle is granular, not punctured as in Whympert, and, lastly, the legs are yellowish brown. Scorpions from Ecuador. 421 Genus TEUTHRAUSTES, Sim. Teuthraustes latimanus, sp.n. (Fig. 3.) Colour a uniform black above, tarsi ochraceous, vesicle ferrugino-piceous. Carapace, tergites, and tail uniformly and rather coarsely granular ; tubercle continued in front into a long bifid ridge. Upper surface of tad/-segments finely granular mesially, the second and third smooth in the middle; the median inferior keels weaker than the laterals on segments 1 to 4, scarcely recognizable amongst the granules on the first; superior, supero-lateral, and infero-lateral crests strong and granular ; first caudal segment nearly twice as wide as long, its width about equal to the length of the fourth. Vesicle broad, furnished laterally and below with seven coarsely granular tracts. Anterior sterna smooth, punctured, posterior rather coarsely granular in the middle and laterally. Chele coarsely granular, the granules on the hand forming a network of fused ridges ; inner surface of the hand coarsely granular; upper surface externally strongly ribbed; crest of hand-back posteriorly dentate; hand very wide and thick, its width almost equal to the length of the fifth caudal segment and excelling the movable digit; digits short, immovable triangular, only slightly longer than broad, with basal tooth. Legs 1 and 2 smooth, 3 with granular femur, 4 with femur and patella granular. Pectinal teeth 7. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 48; length of carapace 6°5, of tail 26°5; width of first segment 4, of vesicle 3, of hand 5°5; length of movable digit 4°8. Loc. Corazon, in Ecuador, 12,000 feet (#. Whymper). Teuthraustes monticola, sp. n. 9 .— Colour as in latiémanus, from which it differs principally in the narrower hand and longer fingers. Hand ornamented above in the middle with low punctured ridges, which towards the inner margin and externally become granular; its width less than length of movable digit; the immovable about twice as long as broad; carapace less coarsely granular, the anterior prolongation of the tubercle shorter and less noticeably divided. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 50; length of carapace 7, of tail 26°5 ; width of first segment 4°2, of vesicle 3°3, of hand 6 ; length of movable digit 6-5. Lec. Machachi, in Ecuador, 9000-10,000 feet (LE. Whym- per). 422 On new Scorpions from Ecuador. Teuthraustes nitescens, sp.n. (Fig. 4.) Colour as in the above. Closely allied to J. monticola, from which it scarcely ae in any characters other than those enumerated in the table. Total length 63 millim.; length of carapace 8, of tail 32 ; width of first segment 4:3, of vesicle 3°5; width of hand 6; length of movable digit 7°5. Loc. Cachavi, in Ecuador (Rosenberg coll.). The species of this genus known to me may be recognized as follows :— a. Hand very wide, its width exceeding the length of the movable digit ; digits short, the immovable triangular, its basal width nearly equal to its length ............+- latimanus, sp. n., db. (Corazon, 12,000 feet.) b. Hand narrower, its width less than length of movable digit ; digits longer, basal width of the immovable only about half its length. a, More coarsely granular, the anteocular portion of carapace and the portion of the postocular area on each side of the median groove coarsely granular; last sternite mesially granular; first caudal segment with a pair of median granular keels ; vesicle considerably more globular. monticola, sp. n. (Machachi, 9000-10,000 ft.) b'. Less granular, anteocular portion of cara- pace and its posterior median area nearly smooth ; last sternite almost smooth in the middle; vesicle narrower, more elliptical 2. fo 7ih St TLL SORE a nitescens, Sp. 0. (Cachavyi, 500 ft.) Judging by the figures published by Becker of the two previously described species of this genus, namely 7’ atra- mentarius, Sim. (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1878, p. 400), from Quito, and of T. ecuadorensis, Becker (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiv. p. 142, 1880), from Pensagui, Imbabura, 8000 feet, these two species fall under the heading 6 of the above table. Again, according to Becker’s description, the tergal plates of the abdomen in atramentarius and ecuadorensis are ‘ finement pointillés,” and not “ granuleux.” If there is no error of observation involved in this statement, the two species are quite distinct from the forms described by me. Moreover, ecuadorensis appears further to differ from atramentarius in having the legs red instead of black, and the lower surface of the vesicle granular instead of punctured. a A ¢ ' ‘ “ee 7 . "~ i <~ - ah . ~ 4 } ~ s fl rhs v3 5X , ¥ v , Te . ‘ y> " iv i . ia Anin.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol. I. Pt. XVIII. Mintern Bros. lth. HYALELLA MIHIWAKA. A new Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand. 423 LXV.—A new Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand. By Cuarues Cuiuton, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S. [Plate XVIII. Tue Amphipod described in this paper was first found some years ago in a mountain stream on the slopes of Mount Mihi- waka, near Port Chalmers, New Zealand, at a height of about 1000 feet above sea-level. Afterwards I found it in numerous other streams in the neighbourhood, and also at Waitati, at various heights from about 200 feet above sea- level up to an altitude of 1500 feet. Since then Mr. G. M. Thomson tells me that his sons have collected it for him from a small dam at a hillside stream at Hopehill, Taieri, from spongy moss near the top of Mount Cargill, 2200 feet, and from similar ground on the top of Swampy Hill, 2400 feet. Further investigation will probably show that it is widely distributed in similar situations in the eastern parts of Otago and perhaps elsewhere. I have usually found it in the damp moss &c. on stones and boulders over which water trickles at the side of the stream, and often in association with the freshwater Isopod Idotea lacustris, var. B*. The occurrence of this Amphipod was briefly referred to in my paper on the “ Subterranean Crustacea of New Zealand” +; but no description has hitherto been published. I refer it with some slight hesitation to the genus Hyalella, numerous species of which are found in the fresh waters of both North and South America, Hyalella mthiwaka, sp. n. (Pl. XVIII. figs. 1-12.) Specific Description.—Male (fig. 1). Body stout and broad, especially in the pereion, smooth. Eyessmall, round. Side- plates of the first four segments of the pereion much deeper than their respective segments, the fourth much broader than any of the preceding. First three segments of pleon with the lower posterior angles nearly right-angled, very slightly produced backwards. Telson simple, fairly large, convex, subrectangular, posterior angles rounded, hind margin very slightly produced in the middle. * See ‘Transactions New Zealand Institute,’ xxiv. p. 263. + Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser., Zool. vol. vi. part 2, p. 264. 424 Dr. C. Chilton on a new Antenne subequal ; peduncle of upper antenna as long as the flagellum, reaching to the middle of the last joint of the peduncle of the lower, which is slightly longer than its flagellum. First gnathopoda with the carpus as long as the propodos, its posterior margin bearing a regular row of about fifteen long sete, which increase in length distally ; propodos subrectangular, widening distally, palm nearly transverse, well defined by a knob formed by a projection of the posterior margin. Second gnathopoda with the ischium, meros, and carpus all small, subequal, the carpus not produced into a lobe ; the propodos very large, about as long as the basos, rectangular, attachment to carpus narrow, both margins straight and free from sete; palm nearly transverse, defined as in the first gnathopod, slightly convex, bordered by one or two irregular rows of short sete of varying lengths ; dactylos stout, with a slight projection on the inner margin near the base. Last three pairs of pereiopoda with the basos very broad, its posterior margin very convex, minutely serrate. ‘Third uropoda very minute, peduncle indistinct, apparently fused with its segment, the single ramus pear- shaped and bearing a few minute sete. Female. Differs from the male in the second gnathopoda, which are like the first in shape and size, but have the carpus shorter, subtriangular, with the row of sete more oblique and containing only about five or six sete. Colour. Greyish or nearly white. Size. Largest specimens about + of an inch (5 millim.). Habitat. Mountain streams near Port Chalmers, up to about 1500 feet above sea-level (Chilton). In hillside stream at Rast Taieri; from spongy moss at top of Mount Cargill, 2200 feet, aud on Swampy Hill, 2400 feet (G. MZ. Thomson). Remarks. This species appears to be very distinct and easily distinguished trom the other species of the same genus of which I have descriptions at my command. The chief distinguishing points seem to be :— (1) The body is stout and broad and the side-plates deep. (2) The lower antenne are only slightly longer than the upper; usually they are much longer. (3) The gnathopoda are very characteristic, especially in the regular row of sete on the carpus of the first and in the very large rectangular propodos of the second. In neither is the carpus So iicad. into a lobe lying alongside the base of the propodos. (4) The third uropoda appear more rudimentary than in most of the species. In addition to the description given above, I add the Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand. 425 following particulars regarding some of the appendages, those appendages which are not mentioned being understood to present no features calling for special mention beyond the description already given. Upper lip firm and strong; distal margin regularly rounded and nearly semicircular, covered with a fur of fine sete converging towards the centre. First maxilla. Outer lobe strong, with the usual strong denticulate sete at the end; inner lobe small and very slender, with two long plumose sete at the extremity. On the outer margin of the outer lobe is a slight notch, indicating the position of the rudimentary “ palp,” but I can find no trace of the palp itself. Mazillipedes (fig. 4) fairly large and well developed. The inner lobe is long, reaching as far as the end of the outer lobe; it is oblong, and the extremity, which is slightly oblique, bears, in addition to some fine sete, three rather blunt teeth, of which the innermost one is the smallest and the outermost one the largest; the outer lobe has the inner margin nearly straight and fringed with fine sete, the outer margin curved and without sete except at the extremity ; the meros has one or two sete at the extremity on each margin ; the carpus is broad, being produced on the inside into a flat expansion densely fringed with fine sete; propodos much narrower than the carpus, slightly curved, margins parallel, the extremity bearing numerous fine sete; the dactylos small, partially imbedded in the propodos, the extremity bears several sete, one of which is much longer and stronger than the others. First gnathopod (fig 5). The general form will be suffi- ciently understood from the figure and the description already given. The well-marked row of long sete on the carpus is on the outer portion of the posterior margin, which is slightly produced into a flat expansion; a few sete are irregularly placed on the inner surface of the propodos. Second gnathopod. The difference in the form and size of this appendage in the two sexes is very marked. Fig. 7, which represents the inner side of the appendage in the female, shows that there is a small tuft of two sete present on the inner surface of the carpus in addition to the row of sete on the posterior margin. Uropoda (figs. 9,10, 11). The first and second pairs of uropoda are well developed and present no remarkable features; the third are rudimentary and very minute, the only part that can be easily made out being that shown in fig. 11, which appears to represent the single ramus; it is 426 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on pear-shaped, and bears on the outer margin a small tuft of fine sete at the centre and another at the extremity ; the inner margin is without sete ; the peduncle appears to have coalesced with the sixth segment of the pleon. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. Hyalella mthiwaka. Fig. 1. Side view of male, x 19. Fig. 2. Upper antenna, x 45. Fig. 3. Lower antenna, x 45. Fig. 4. Maxillipedes, x 45. 4a. Inner lobe, X 120. 46. Extremity, x 120. Fig. 5. First gnathopod, x 45. Fig. 6. Second gnathopod of male, x 45. Fig. 7. Second gnathopod of female, x 45. Fig. 8. Pleon, x 46. Fig. 9. First uropod, x 45. Fig. 10. Second uropod, x 45. Fig. 11. Third uropod, x 45. Fig. 12. Telson, x 85. LXVI.— New Coccide from Mewxico. By T. D. A. CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station. THE Coccide herein described were collected in Mexico in 1897 by Mr. A. Koebele and Prof. C. H. T. Townsend, and sent to the U.S. Department of Agriculture. I am much indebted to Dr. L. O, Howard, the Entomologist of the Department, for the opportunity of studying and describing these insects, which prove to be many of them of extreme interest. It is proper to state that Mr. Koebele’s expedition was made at the expense of the government of the Sandwich Islands, while Prof. Townsend’s collecting was done in the service of the United States. POROCOCCUS, gen. nov. Allied to Solenophora, Female with antenne and legs. Antenne 6-segmented, the last segment long. Caudal tubercles not much produced. Anal ring with 6 bristles. Insect contained in a black scale, which has an orifice at the hind end. Embryonic larva with rows of spines as in Lrio- coccus &e. Type P. tinctortus. new Coccide from Mexico. 427 Porococcus tinctorius, sp. n. 9? .—Scales crowded on twigs, Kermes-like, pitch-black, hard, slightly shiny, 23-34 millim. diam., very convex, globular, with the caudal end projecting like the neck of a flask, with quite a large opening directed upwards. Some- times there is a strong protuberance on each side of the scale. ?.—Placed in caustic potash, without boiling, gives at once a dark cherry-red colour, blackish in thin solutions ; on boiling it gives the most intense madder-colour, extremely dark, stronger than cochineal. On adding HCl to the alka- line solution it turns toa rather light claret-colour, and a precipitate appears. After boiling pyriform, with a pale purple tint, as though stained with logwood. Abdominal segmentation rather obscure ; except the last four segments, constituting a narrowed caudal portion, which are very distinct and (especially the last two) brownish, becoming chitinous. Dermis crowded with small round glands, some simple, but most with three orifices close together, appearing as one under a low power. Mouth-parts well developed. Antenne and legs pale yellowish; antenne 6-segmented, formula 63 2 (5 1)4; the sixth is quite long, like that of a Dactylopiid. ‘Tibia barely longer than tarsus; claw large, gently curved; all the digitules filiform. Caudal tubercles not much produced, each with a strong bristle; anal ring with six light brown, very long, and very stout bristles. The tissue of the scale is invaded by the mycelium of a fungus, and the female itself suffers from a dipterous parasite, Leucopis or an allied form. Hab, Ameca, Mexico, June 7, 1897, on mistletoe on oak (Koebele, 1748). Div. Ent. 7909. Porococcus Pergandet, sp. n. ? .—Scales on twigs, 2 millim. long, of the same pitch- black colour and hard texture as P. tinctorius, but shape quite different. They are elevated, with a high longitudinal crest, presenting three conspicuous nodular prominences, which are sometimes deflected to one side; in transverse section the scale is triangular. Posteriorly the scale is not produced, and the orifice is filled in with lamellze of brownish- white secretion, arranged so as to resemble an aster-flower. From the nodules of the crest there run blunt ridges down the sides of the scale. The scales do not crowd together as in P, tinctorius. 428 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on The insects placed in caustic potash without boiling give a lilac colour ; boiled, they give a dark purple. ? (containing embryos) similar to P. tinctorius, but smaller. Anal ring with 6 bristles. Caudal and dermal structure and form of body as in éénctortus; antenne 6-seg- mented, formula 6325 (14), but there is a very marked false joint, dividing 3 just beyond its middle, and another at the end of the basal third of 6, so that the antenne seem to be 8-segmented. Legs tinged with brown, resembling those of ténctorius; trochanter with a long hair. Embryonic larva more than twice as long as broad, with very minute spines or bristles arranged in rows after the manner of Erdococcus. Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, May 31, 1897, on mistletoe on lime (Koebele, 1738). Div. Ent. 7919. Named after Mr. T. Pergande, of the Department of Agri- culture, who looked at the specimens before they were trans- mitted to me, and recognized them as belonging to a new genus. PROTODIASPIS, gen. nov. A genus of Diaspine secreting no distinct scale, but the females enveloped in cottony secretion, the male pupz resem- bling those of Dzaspis, but extremely short. No grouped circumgenital glands. Type P. parvulus. Fiorinia syncarpie, Maskell, possibly belongs to the same genus. Protodiaspis parvulus, sp. n. 9 .—Very small, little over } millim. long, enclosed in irregular white cottony secretion ; exuvie light yellow. ? .— Bright yellow, colourless after boiling in KHO; broad oval or nearly circular; skin with numerous small round glands; mouth-parts large, rostral loop short ; on each side of the mouth-parts is, on a rounded patch, what I take to be a stigmatic orifice, and also a group of about eleven round glands resembling the circumgenital glands of Déaspis; anterior to the mouth-parts are two nearly circular structures which may be rudimentary antenne ; abdomen with six very distinct segments, exclusive of the terminal piece, which is not very large ; anus very distinct, a fair distance from the hind end, the skin round it strongly concentrically striate; hind margin broad and flattened, not at all produced, with four very low, broad, rounded, colourless lobes, well apart, their edges in- ree to be crenulate ; very small spines, but no spine-like plates. new Coccide from Mexico. 429 ¢-—Scale white, Diaspis-like, with pale yellow larval skin at one end. The scales are very minute, and the projecting white portion is not as long as the larval skin. Hab. Amecameca, Mexico, June 6, 1897, on bark of oak (Koebele, 1753). Div. Ent. 7965. A most interesting insect, connecting the Diaspine with the Coccine. Solenophora Koebelet, sp. n. Near to S. corokie, Mask., but much larger. The oldest females are in a rounded dull black scale, 5 millim. long, 41 broad, and 3 high, the hind part hardly produced. On breaking this open one finds the shrivelled body of the female lying loose within, with a mass of yellowish-white empty egg-pellicles. The dried female has a dark purplish tint. In the penultimate stage the test or scale is from 3 to 41 millim. long, broadly oval in outline, flat or even depressed in the middle when dry, with a blunt dorsal keel or row of protuberances, on each side of which is a subdorsal row of protuberances, often inconspicuous. Margin convex, raised, more or less nodular, with three white transverse lines of secretion about the middle. Caudal end with the usual orifice, but hardly at all produced. 2 .—Anal lobes and ring (with six hairs) as in Maskell’s figure of corokie; skin crowded with short rod-like pro- cesses; mouth-parts small but well-formed; no legs or antenne; on the abdomen on each side of the middle line are two large oblong brown patches, close together, the anterior of each pair the larger, their surface granular or minutely reticulated. g -—Scales small and elongate, reminding one of those of Tuchardia; dark in colour, with a red tint, or sometimes more or less yellow. ‘Their inner surface is pale yellow. Hab. Tulare, Mexico, Aug. 8, 1897, on Crategus and Prunus demissa (Koebele, 1659). Div. Ent. 7891. Also on Crategus from Mexico (locality and date not stated: Koebele, 1632). The discovery of Solenophora in Mexico is most remark- able, as the genus has hitherto been known by only two species (both of which are before me) from New Zealand. Icerya (Proticerya) littoralis, sp. n. 9.—About 3 millim. long, with sac 10 millim.; breadth of sac nearly 4 millim. Dorsum entirely covered by snow- white secretion ; some irregular lateral cottony tassels. Ovi- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, i. 32 430 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on sac white, distinctly tinged with yellow on its basal half; distinctly ribbed, but the ribs weak and flattened. ? .— Boiled in KHO gives a crimson colour. Antenne and legs dark brown; antenne 9-segmented, 9 longest and about as long as 6, 7, and 8 together; 2 and 3 subequal ; 4 to 8 subequal and shortest. Segments with whorls of bristles, two of those on 8 very long, extending beyond tip of 9; two hairs on 9 are much longer than itself. Coxa with a whorl of apical bristles; trochanter with about six short bristles and one long one; femur moderately bristly, several erect bristles on its inner side; tibia slender, rather longer than femur, with three or four long bristles on its outer side and about ten pairs of short stout ones on the inner; tarsus about half as long as tibia, curved; claw stout. Skin sparsely beset with hairs and presenting numerous small round glands. Larva with six very long caudal bristles, and six long curved bristles on each side anterior to them. Hab. El Faro, near Frontera, Mexico, on Croton on the sea-beach, on the sandy ridges just beyond the reach of ordinary surf; May 16, 1897 (Zownsend). Div. Ent. 7636. Icerya littoralis, var. mimose, var. nov. Characters of JL. Uittoralis in general. Boiled in KHO gives a deep raspberry colour. Antenne 9-segmented, but 9 only a little longer than 7+ 8. Ovisac about 8 millim. long, like that of littoralis, but all the secretion of both female and ovisac a delicate primrose-yellow. Hab. Las Minas, near Frontera, Mexico, June 4; 1897, on “ Sarsa,” Aimosa, sp. (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7816. Ortonia mexicanorum, sp. n. ? .—Under cover-glass about 6 millim. long. The dried insects are oval, dark grey, more or less mealy, often densely so, with two curled white cottony caudal filaments, nearly 4 millim. long. Boiled, the insects turn the liquid sherry- colour and themselves become dark mulberry-red, stained with blackish on the abdominal dorsum, but without black spots, Antenne and legs dark sepia-brown; antenne about as long as femur+trochanter, 10-segmented, 10 about as long as, or a little longer than, 8+9, all the segments except 10 broader than long, each with a conspicuous whorl of stron bristles. Formula approximately 10 (321) 6 (798) (45) ; 4 and 5 are conspicuously shorter than 3 or 6; 2s sometimes ——— new Coccide from Mexico. 431 distinctly longer than 3, 1 is nearly twice as broad as 2. Coxa large, trochanter with numerous strong bristles, one longer than the rest ; femur stout, with numerous short but strong bristles and spines ; tibia about as long as femur, but only about half as broad, the distal two-thirds on the inner side beset with 8 pairs of short but strong spines; tarsus about two thirds length of tibia, with five pairs of spines on the inner side; claw very long, thick, gently curved, no knobbed digitules; in place of the claw-digitules are two slender bristles; skin colourless after boiling, delicately striated, thickly beset with small round glands, between which are minute hairs, not enough to make a definite pubes- cence. In the abdominal region are a number of large round and oval hyaline spaces, definitely circumscribed and having _the appearance of a nucleus and nucleolus in the middle; these spaces are free from the small glands. Mouth-parts well-developed. Cast skins of immature forms thin, white, suboval, 5 millim. long, 4 broad, with antenne and legs attached. They occur on the twigs. Hab. Misebac (?), Mexico, Aug. 13, 1897, on Acacia Greggit (?), a thorny plant (Koebele). Div. Ent. 7877. With them occur certain large (93 millim. long) Coccinellid larve, which look just like old females of Ortonia. Kermes grandis, sp. n. ?.—Globular, 10 millim. diam., not visibly segmented, surface dull; peppered or marbled with black, grey, and white. With a lens the white areas are seen to be thickly sprinkled with minute brown spots. The black and brown marbling is quite irregular. Hab. Amecameca, Mexico, May 25, 1897, on Quercus Engelmanni ( Koebele, 1756). Div. Ent. 7920. Only one specimen is available for study, but the species is very distinct; nearest to K. galliformis, Riley. Tachardia fulvoradiata, sp. nu. 2 .—Scale hemispherical, diameter about 3} millim. ; two or more often united ; middle of dorsum somewhat depressed and corrugated ; sides with six irregular foot-like processes ; colour of scale dark orange-brown, varying in parts from light orange to black; three light reddish-orange bands or stripes start from the centre and pass down the sides between the lateral processes. 32* 432 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Boiled in KHO the female gives a fine crimson-lake. Anal cone ordinary, with about nine not very long terminal hairs ; spine rather short; excretory tubes with very numerous ores. ‘ Hab. Rancho Carbonel, near Frontera, Mexico, on a large tree called ‘Palo de gusano,” June 4, 1897 (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7804. Inglisia malvacearum, sp. n. 9.—Scale 7 millim. long, 34 broad, only moderately convex, general shape oblong, snow-white, very conspicuous ; presenting on the dorsal surface two large conical (patelli- form) plates and on each side about four similar but lower plates, not well separated from each other; posteriorly the plate-structure gives way to a fibrous substance resembling the tissue of the ovisac of a Lichtensia. The plate-structure cannot be described in great detail, because it is more or less irregular and quite variable within certain limits. The plates appear to be joined together by the fibrous matter. @.—Dermis after boiling colourless, with small round glands; margin with a row of brownish spines, short but stout, blunt-tipped, on the average about as far apart as the length of one. Antenne and legs well developed, yellowish ; antenne of the ordinary Lecanid type, long and slender, 8-segmented, 3 considerably the longest, formula 3 5 4 (2678) 1 or 35(42678)1; 5 has a pair of bristles, one very long, near its end; 8 has several bristles. Legs mode- rately slender ; coxa long, with two anterior and one posterior apical bristles ; trochanter with a large and a small bristle near its apex; femur with anterior and posterior subapical small bristles; tibia not much shorter than femur; tarsus about 2 length of tibia; claw short and much curved; claw- digitules rather stout, very short, not so long as claw ; tarsal digitules apparently absent. These details were from an anterior leg; a hind leg showed digitules of claw stout, well-knobbed, extending beyond claw, and tarsal digitules filiform but strong, quite long, with well-formed knobs. Anal plates yellowish brown, of the usual form, postero-lateral side a little longer than antero-lateral, surface armed with about five bristles. Anal ring with seven hairs. Mouth-parts rather small. The conical protuberances of the scale are glassy, concen- trically striate, with the usual air-cells of Zuglisia; the lateral portions of the scale have a fibrous structure. g-—Scale glassy, small, resembling the ordinary male scales of Lecantum. new Coccide from Mexico. 433 The insects are considerably parasitized by a Leucopis or allied fly. fab. Morelos, Mexico, on Malva, May 29, 1897 (Koebele, 1624). Div. Ent. 7884. Also collected by Koebele at Cuautla, Mexico, July 1 and 2, 1897, on Hibiscus and cotton. Lecanium Townsend, sp. n. ?.—Scale 54 millim. long, 44 broad, 32 high; hemi- spherical, shiny ; ground-colour chrome-yellow, very thickly bestrewn with minute black dots; larger black pits at in- tervals ; round the margin and in the anal region the surface is entirely black ; margin much pitted ; a fine, not quite con- tinuous, blackish, mid-dorsal longitudinal streak ; posterior cleft quite long. Boiled in KHO turns the liquid madder-brown. Dermis chitinous, clear yellow by transmitted light, with very nume- rous small oval glands. The females studied are full of egos. Mouth-parts extremely small. Legs and antenne mere colourless rudiments, not well observed. Stigmatal spines very small. Embryonic larva ordinary, yellow to reddish brown, with minute hairs; claw long, four long filiform digitules, The scales are badly attacked by a lepidopterous larva. Small mites occur on or in the scales. Hab. Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico, June 26, 1897, on orange- trees (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7806. Allied to L. punctatum, Ckll., but considerably larger. Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) albopictus, sp. n. ?.—Scale circular, flat, diam. 2-24 millim., very dark brown, nearly black, but appearing white unless rubbed, because covered with a chalky-white secretion, leaving the exuvie as a large round dark brown spot away from the centre. Younger scales are brown, with the exuvia: darker, even black, the first skin marked by a pale ring, the second narrowly margined with ochraceous. Still younger examples are orange-fulvous, with a semitransparent whitish margin. Male scales suboval to pyriform, coloured like the submature female scale, viz. dark brown, with the larval skin black or blackish, or else white like the mature female. 9 .—Of ordinary form, but the caudal end narrow and quite pointed ; colour pale yellowish after boiling. Four groups of circumgenital glands, caudo-laterals 6 to 7, cephalo-laterals 8to9. Tubular processes at bases of lobes as in the sub- genus, long; four pairs of the longer ones, the inner four with 434 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on their ends at the same level. Lobes ordinary, well apart, median ones small, with nearly the outline of a half-cirele ; second twice as broad as first; third fully three times as broad as first, with the edge minutely serrulate ; beyond the third lobe the margin is very minutely serrulate, and there are three distinct notches marking the limits of four broad rudimentary lobes. Anal orifice a long distance from hind end. Mouth-parts very large. The specimens are infested by a fungus. . Hab. Cuernavaca, Mexico, on leaves of orange, Dec. 8, 1897 (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7935. Ceroplasies minutus, sp. n. @.—Scale 14 millim. long, broad-oval, convex, pale yellowish, the dorsum thickly covered with bright lemon- yellow wax, forming a large protuberance; plates not defined. Scales solitary on the twigs. ?.—When denuded of wax yellowish brown, depressed, with a dorsal protuberance, and a large and thick but short terminal horn. Antenne very pale, segments obscure, but apparently seven; antenne very close to the mouth-parts, almost touching them; mouth-parts large, brown, rostral loop reaching to anal ring; legs very pale, ordinary ; tibia little longer than tarsus, claw long, digitules rather stout. Dermis after boiling transparent, non-chitinous, with many small round glands; stigmata on large yellowish-brown chitinous patches; anal area yellowish brown, chitinous, the large chitinous portion abruptly defined from the rest; anal plates large and well developed. Hab. Las Minas, Tabasco, Mexico, June 2, 1897, on “ Escobillo,” a wild shrub (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7185. Very distinct by its small size and other characters. Ceroplastes angulatus, sp. n. ? .—Scale 5 millim. long, 44 broad, 4 high; very convex, wax snow-white, shining, not divided into plates; dorsal nucleus dark, more or less covered by secretion ; no lateral nuclei visible, but anal plates exposed; on each side the margin is produced into two prominent angles, to the tips of which, beneath, run lines of chalky secretion ; these angles represent the rays of Vinsonia, to which the species makes an approach. A very young individual is elongate-oval, bright yellow, covered with transparent wax ; dorsal knob of wax trans- versely grooved-striate. new Coccide from Mexico. 435 Hab. Frontera, Mexico, on twig of native tree in woods (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7614. There is only one adult female available for study, but the species is very distinct, being intermediate between Cero- plastes and Vinsonia. Ceroplastes coloratus, sp. n. ? .—Sceale 44 millim. long, 33 broad, 3 high; wax irre- gular, nodulose, not divided into plates, pale yellow; dorsal nucleus dark, not conspicuous. When the scales are getting old the surface of the body is exposed in the subdorsal region. Scales solitary on twigs. @ .—Denuded of wax, 4 millim. long, 3 broad, 24 high ; dark chestnut-brown ; dorsum convex, smooth, sides irregu- larly wrinkled, with a pair of emarginate (stigmatal) promi- nences clese together. Caudal horn stout and distinct, not very long. Boiled in liquor potasse the insects give a fine crimson colour. Skin feebly chitinized, transparent, with round gland-spots on small brownish spots; stigmatal and anal areas and much of back very strongly chitinized, sienna- brown ; legs ordinary, tibia and tarsus of nearly equal length ; antenne brownish, 8-segmented. Hab. Las Minas, Tabasco, Mexico, June 2, 1897, on “Crucetilla,” a small wild spiny shrub (Zownsend). Div. Ent. 7814. Nearest to C. erregularis. Peculiar for the crimson colour it gives on boiling. Lichtensia crescentie, sp. n. Ovisac, covering female, about 6 millim. long and 34 broad, loose in texture, but not adhering to objects that touch it; on the surface greyish white, with a distinct yellowish tinge ; inclined to be longitudinally striated. 9 .—Antenne pale yellowish, 8-segmented, rather slender ; 3 much longest, about as long as 4+5. Formula 3 (425) 1 (678) ; 2 with two long hairs near its end. Another shows the antenna with segment 3 not nearly as long as 4+5, and formula 34 (521)687. Anal plates reddish brown, ob- liquely pyriform ; skin with numerous small tubular glands ; stigmatal spines in threes, all short, stout; marginal spines numerous, of moderate length, stout, closer together than the length of one, often closer than half that length. Coxa and trochanter each with a subapical bristle; legs rather short ; tarsus rather more than half length of tibia; claw short and curved ; claw-digitules stout, extending a little beyond claw, 436 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on gradually widening to a sort of trumpet-like extremity ; tarsal digitules only moderately long, not twice length of claw. Hab, Frontera, Tabasca, Mexico, June 26, 1897, on ‘‘Guanabano’”’ (doubtless Crescentia), a cultivated tree with gourd-like fruit (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7980. Lecanium (Saissetia) castilloe, sp. n. @.—Scale 8 millim. long, 7 wide, flat, with an irregular broad-oval outline, dull; black, with a minute peppering of whitish patches of secretion, most abundant towards the sides, where they give the scale a greyish tint. The sides of the scale are perpendicular, about 1 millim. high, the edge of the dorsal portion slightly overlapping at the top, like the roof of a house. Posterior cleft about 24 millim. long. Skin extremely thick, resisting prolonged boiling in caustic potash ; by transmitted light dark vandyke-brown, tessellated as in Saissetia, each small polygon with a central hyaline spot. Legs pale yellowish, small, slender; coxa and tro- chanter each with a subapical bristle; tibia very slender, not quite so long as femur ; tarsus about 3 length of tibia; claw moderate, curved; claw-digitules stout but long, extending considerably beyond claw, well knobbed. Hab. Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico, June 25, 1897, on bark of trunk of Castilloa elastica, also on “ Moral” (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7981. A remarkable species, quite distinct in outward form from all described. Lecanium (Pseudokermes) armatum, sp. n. 2? .—Scale 44 millim. long, 44 wide, 3 high, hemispherical, greenish yellow to yellowish brown, with a very thin and easily deciduous glassy coating, present only in fragments in the specimens seen. Anal area depressed and darkened. The scale is divided into convex plates or areas, two very large ones subdorsally and seven laterally, on each side; each of these convex areas presents in the middle a small conical prominence. Margin thickened. ? .—Boiled in liquor potasse gives a dark brown colour. Skin chitinous, with rather large and numerous round glands ; towards the margins the skin is obscurely reticulated, in fulecanium fashion. The dermis exhibits numerous large low-conical elevations. Legs and antenne apparently absent. g .—Scales small, overlapping, with a glassy covering as usual in Lecanium. new Coccide from Mexico. 437 Hab. 8. Francisco del Peal, Tabasco, Mexico, July 1, 1897, on “ Palo de gusano”’ (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7978. The species is badly attacked by a lepidopterous larva. This is the second Pseudokermes, the first being from Brazil. Diaspis phoradendr?, sp. n. ?.—Scale rather over 13 millim. diam., circular, snow- white, moderately convex; exuvi# somewhat to one side, exposed, orange-brown to dark brown, second skin covered with a layer of secretion in fresh specimens ; surface of first skin cancellate. ? After boiling circular, colourless, the caudal end and median lobes strongly tinged with yellowish brown; small sac-like structures at bases of lobes resembling those of Dias- pidiotus, a closely adjacent pair beneath median lobes, and three or four other pairs at intervals along the margin; median lobes close together, low, evenly rounded, entire; second and third lobes represented by extremely small, colourless, pointed prominences; spines large; spine-like plates large, two on each side especially large and broad, with fimbriated ends; anal orifice not very far from the hind end, far poste- rior to the level of the postero-lateral glands ; five groups of circumgenital glands, median of 11, antero-laterals 10, caudo- laterals or postero-laterals 3 to 4. 3-—Scale minute, of the usual form, with only a bare indication of a median keel. Hab.—Cuautla, Mexico, May 31, 1897, on mistletoe, doubtless Phoradendron (Koebele, 1749). Div. Ent. 7960. The female scale is more convex than that of D. vise?, and a more opaque white; the exuvie are browner. Aulacaspis miranda, sp. n. ? —Scale 14 millim. diam., flat, irregularly subcircular to subtriangular, black, with a sort of whitish bloom, extreme margin whitish ; exuvie lateral, very pale yellowish. ¢ .—After boiling in liquor potassz pale yellow. Median lobes wide apart, minutely serrated, striated, produced, but not conspicuously, beyond the margin ; two spine-like plates in the interval between them; second and third lobes each divided into three small lobules ; spine-like plates, extending considerably beyond the lobes, cephalad of the second and third lobes ; fourth lobe represented by two prominences, the second larger and serrate ; beyond this is a short, stout, spine- like plate, then a low prominence, and _ beyond, at intervals, four short, stout, spine-like plates. Five groups of cireum- 438 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on genital glands, median of 11, anterior laterals 18, posterior laterals about 8. g .—Scales obscurely tricarinate, but very fluffy, looking like little fluffy white spots of no particular shape. . Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, July 25, 1897, on Cherimoya ; also Cuautla, Sept. 27, 1897, on “‘ Zapote”’ (Koebele, 1658). Div. Ent. 7890. Also Orizaba, July 19, 1897, on “ Zapote”’ (?) (Koebele, 1736). Div. Ent. 7944. , The scales occur upon the leaves. Very distinct by the black female scale &c. Mytilaspis mexicana, sp. 0. ?.—Scale pale brown, dull, flat, so broad as to be almost circular, the pointed basal end sometimes curved to one side. Diam. 3 millim., length 34 millim. Exuvie brown, of a darker tint than the scale, second skin covered. 9? .—After boiling colourless, the caudal portion strongly striated longitudinally, and suffused with yellow. Median lobes large, a short distance apart, the inner margins parallel, the apex rounded, the outer declivity long and twice notched ; second lobes small, completely divided into two lobules, of which the outer is the smaller; third lobe similar, but only one distinct lobule; beyond the third lobe are three broad serrated eminences, representing rudimentary lobes; plates spine-like, stout, and rather long; many transversely linear dorsal glands; some structures like the interlobular thickenings of Diaspidiotus, but below instead of between the lobes. Five groups of circumgenital glands, median of 18 to 25, anterior laterals about 27 to 33, posterior laterals 25 to 35. g .—Scale elongate, of the form usual in the genus. Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, on “ Nettle-tree,” July 2, 1897 (Koebele, 1724). Div. Ent.1763. Also collected by Koebele at Cuautla on “ Dragon’s Blood” (?) and on roots of Ficus, sp. (?), many of the last-mentioned lot being parasitized. The form and appearance of the scale at once distinguish this from all other American forms. In the collection are also specimens of Mytilaspis (subg. Opuntiaspis, Ckll., MS.) philococcus, Ckll., marked “ On cactus, Mexico, Aug. 2, 1897”’ (Koebele, 1695). Div. Ent. 5860. Aspidiotus (Pseudodiaspis) dentilobis, sp. n. 9 .—Scale oval, about 24 millim. long, convex, with the exuviz lateral but within the marginal limits, at one end ; colour of scale black, with more or less greyish and whitish new Coccidee from Mexico. 439 concentric strigation, the margin often quite white; exuvix large, first skin at margin of second, second skin more or less covered by blackish secretion, or more often exposed ; the two skins of the same colour, a very deep orange. ? .—Colourless and transparent after boiling, except the whole caudal portion, which is striate and chitinized, and remains yellowish brown. No groups of circumgenital glands, but numbers of small dorsal glands; the four median lobes resembling human incisor teeth, 7. e. broad and squared at the end, but separated by distinct intervals, and the second lobes hardly over half the length of the first, though not much less broad; third lobe represented by a pair of angular prominences, separated by a wide interval from the second ; beyond this the margin shows large irregular crenations. Spines quite large; spine-like plates beyond second and third lobes quite large and broad, as in Deaspis. The females contain extremely large embryos, which remain sepia-brown after boiling, as in A. larree; they show intensely dark eyes and 6-segmented antenne, in which 3 and 6 are much longest, 3 longer than 4+5, 2 shortest of all. 3 .—Ncale in texture like the female, but elongate, with the larval skin at one end. Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, May 31, 1897, on a spiny wild shrub (Koebele, 1751). Div. Ent. 7947. Also found by Koebele at Cuautla on Mimosa, and on an Acacia (?) with yellow flowers and long spines (Koebele, 1696). This is the second known species of Pseudodiaspis. Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) longissimus, sp. n. ?.—Scale linear, 24 millim. long, 2 millim. broad, black, more or less marked with brown, or even becoming whitish or actually dull white from a coating of secretion. A thin white ventral scale. LExuvie at one end, nearly circular ; second skin black, with more or less of a reddish-orange edge ; first skin represented by a small low nipple-like structure, in fresh specimens showing a distinct pale dot and ring. @.—Characters practically as in A. Bowreyi. Three pairs of lobes, successively larger from the first to the third, the largest (third) with two little notches on its broad outer edge; three serrations on the margin beyond the third lobe ; anal orifice a considerable distance from the hind end; circum- genital glands present, median of 2, anterior laterals 5, poste- rior laterals 3, the lateral groups forming a nearly continuous row. Hab. Frontera, ‘Tabasco, Mexico, June 28, 1897, on leaves 440 On new Coccidee from Mexico. of mango, together with a few Aspidiotus personatus, Comst. (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7973. As Prof. Townsend remarks, this very curious little species resembles a lately-hatched lepidopterous larva. It is closely allied to Aspidiotus Bowreyt, Ckll. 1894, which must be added to the fauna of Mexico, as Prof. Townsend found it at Fron- tera on “ Pitahaya,” an edible cactus, June 5, 1897 (Div. Ent. 7831). Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) calurus, sp. n. ? .—Scale about 14 millim. diam., approximately circular, slightly convex, covered by the epidermis of the bark, except the shining black exuvie, which are exposed and very con- spicuous. ‘lhere is a thick ventral scale, which makes it very hard to extract the female. ? .—After boiling, brownish yellow or yellowish brown ; general form circular, but the caudal portion is narrowed on each side, produced and rounded, having a curious appear- ance. From the sides of this portion cephalad the margin is gently rounded until it reaches a deep notch, forming the further (anterior) wall of which is a large tooth-like projection ; the cephalad side of this latter gradually slopes to another notch, beyond which is a rounded eminence. ‘The last visible suture before the caudal portion is marked by a broken dark chitinous band. No groups of circumgenital glands; anal orifice some distance from hind end; two long and seven short pairs of tubular processes, the short ones considerably longer than the lobes ; the innermost long ones further apart than either from the outermost. Four very well-formed pairs of lobes, the first rather narrow, pointed, with a notch on the outer margin; the second, third, and fourth broader and similar to one another, except that the second and third have two notches on the margin, while the third is minutely serrate. The median lobes are near to each other, but not touching, at the base; the intervals between the other lobes are wide, that between the third and fourth rather wider than a lobe. Beyond the fourth lobe the margin is crenate, with about five little prominences. Plates short and inconspicuous, 3 .—Scale brownish, with concolorous exuvie, with a small well-sculptured dot and ring. Hab. Orizaba, Mexico, July 15, 1897, on Crategus, on the bark of the twigs (Koebele, 1727). Div. Ent. 7950. A very distinct species, easily known by the form of the hind end of the female. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A., April 3, 1898. On the Beech-Martens of the Palwarctic Region. 441 LXVII.—Notes on the Beech- Martens of the Palearctic Region. By G. E. H. Barrert-Haminton. THrouGH the kindness of Mr. Abel Chapman I have been permitted to examine the skin and cranium of a marten from Andalucia. This specimen, though it agrees in general size and in cranial characters with Martes foina, is very distinct both from that animal and from J. martes in coloration, but is indistinguishable from specimens in the British Museum collection from Xanthus, in Asia Minor, and from Kandahar. In the Afghanistan region, however, there is another form— M. leucolachnea—of which the British Museum collection possesses a specimen from Hazara, in Afghanistan, and a second from Vernoé, in Turkestan. Finally, a third form— M. toufea—is represented in the same collection by specimens from Gilgit, Hunya (Cashmere), and from Tibet. Probably all these forms intergrade with each other in the intermediate regions, and their treatment presents many difficulties, in illustration of which I need only quote the remark of Mr. W. 'T. Blanford*, that “ probably the martens, like the cats, comprise a large number of incipient species, imperfectly differentiated. ‘This is Severtzoff’s view also.” They may be treated as distinct species, or as varieties or subspecies of the typical J/. fotna, according to the individual preference of the investigator ; but it will be useful to give a concise review of the characters by which they may usually be distinguished from one ancther. General characters t (common to all the fodna group).— Third upper premolar convex externally ; external margin of the fourth upper premolar exceeding in length the transverse diameter of the single upper molar; external margin of hindmost tooth incurved and bilobed. The subspecies are Mustela foina, Erxleb. (Syst. R. An. 1777, p. 458), which has the throat-patch pure white, the fur close in tex- ture and of a dark brown colour, the underfur greyish white, and the tail not bushy. * ‘Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Expedition,’ Mammalia, . 29. + For further details see Blasins, Saugeth. Deutsch. pp. 213-219, and R. Hensel, in Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1853, pp. 17-22 (with plate). 442 On the Beech-Martens of the Palearctic Region. Mustela mediterranea, sp. n. which has the throat-patch * not pure white as in JZ. foina, but tinged with yellow and nearly as bright as that of a specimen of M/. martes from Co. Kerry, Ireland (B. M. coll. no. 94, 3. 27. 1), though not nearly so bright as is the case with ordinary continental or British examples of the same species, the richest in this respect being one’ from Sardinia (B. M. coll. no. 95. 4. 16. 1). The general colour of the fur is not dark brown as in M. foina, but reddish brown, redder than in I, leucolachnea, but resembling the colour of If. toufea, from which species MW. mediterranea may, however, be readily distinguished by the far lighter, nearly white, colour of the underfur. The colour of the tail is slightly darker than that of the body ; it is less bushy than that of MW. toufea and M. leucolachnea, but more so than in M. foina. ‘he texture of the fur is woolly. The type is in the British Museum collection (no. 98.3. 18. 1), and was purchased by Mr. Abel Chapman in Andalucia, where it was killed in the Sierra de Jerez. Mustela leucolachnea, Blanford (op. eit. 1879), which has the throat-patch white, the colour of the fur sepia- brown, very slightly redder than in MZ. foina; the texture of the fur woolly, and the underfur very light in colour. Mustela toufea, Hodgson (J. A. S. B. 1842, p. 281; Blyth, J. A. 8. B. 1847, p. 853), which has the throat-patch slightly yellowish; the texture of the fur closer than in MM. leucolachnea ; the underfur of the same colour, reddish sepia-brown, as the longer hairs. Key to the Species. a’. Underfur lighter than the longer hairs. : b’. Fur light reddish Sepia: -\..0c3s swe ta ais nie M. mediterranea. b'’’. Fur dark sepia. * The throat-patch in the specimens of M. mediterranea which | have been able to examine extends to the region between the fore legs, and in some cases reaches them. I do not, however, regard this character as of any importance, since the extent of the throat-patch in the martens, both of the present group and in the case of M. martes, seems to be very variable. It may or may not reach the legs, it may enclose islands of the darker fur, or may surround a peninsula of dark fur running ante- riorly up the breast from the belly. On the Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 443 eer GOOUGG cc te e ciar's =) «balan a ames, pa'e’s M. leucolachnea. Br Ob WOON einai wig = am. exs!> Stn. so 0 = M. foina. a", Fur of uniform colour throughout .............. M. toufea. There remains the supposed species JZ. intermedia, the name given by Severtzoff* to specimens which he described as being intermediate in character between JZ. martes and M. foina. As, however, the only intermediate character specified was the colour of the throat, and the whole descrip- tion of the supposed species is inadequate, I can only for the present treat this name as a synonym of M. martes. I imagine that the description was made through ignorance of the variability of the colour and size of the throat-patch in the martens. LXVIII.—Note on the Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Natural History in University College, Liverpool. For some years I have been engaged in studying a large collection of Australian Tunicata sent to me by the Trustees of the Australian Museum at Sydney, in order that I might prepare one of their museum catalogues. ‘That work is now finished: I have returned the collection of type specimens to the Curator of the Australian Museum, and have deposited the MS. and drawings of the catalogue T in the hands of the Agent-General for New South Wales. As I understand it may be some time before the Trustees of the Museum are able to publish this catalogue, I think it will be useful if I make known to fellow-workers what species are described in my MS. I also add to the list other species which have been described from Australia but are not repre- sented in the museum collection, so as to make this a complete record of the Tunicate fauna of Australian seas so far as is known to me. List OF AUSTRALIAN TUNICATA. In the following list the sixty-three species described and figured as new in the Catalogue of the Tunicata in the Austra- lian Museum are denoted by an asterisk. * Proc. Mosc. Soc. Nat. vol. viii. p. 2 (1875), translated by J. Carl Cremers in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, ser. 4, vol. xviii. pp. 45, 46. + Over 300 pages of description and 45 octavo plates. 444 Prof. W. A. Herdman on the ASCIDIACEA. ASCIDLA SIMPLICES. Family 1. Molgulide. * Ascopera nana, Herdm. Port Jackson. *Molgula mollis, Herdm. Port Jackson. Forbest, Herdm. Port Jackson. sydneyensis, Herdm. Sydney Harbour. recumbens, Herdm. Port Jackson. inconspicua, Stimp. Port Jackson. ? Molgula (Cestra) parasitica, Macd. King George’s Sound. ( ) ficus, Macd. Shark Bay. ? ) pellucida, Macd. Shark Bay. ? Ctenicella (Ascidia) tumulus, Quoy and Gaimard. Port Western. ? Molgula (Ascidia) sabulosa, Q. & G. Port Western. x * Family 2. Cynthiida. Subfamily Botreyrrw2z. Boltenia gibbosa, Heller (?= Ascidia spinifera, Q. & G.). Bass Strait and Port Jackson. australis (Q. & G.). Port Jackson, Port Western, &c. pachydermaiina, Herdm. Port Jackson Ke. tuberculata, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen. Subfamily Crwruriz. Microcosmus affinis, Heller. Australia. polymorphus, Heller. Bass Str., 40 fath. Hellert, Herdm. ‘Torres Straits and Amboina. oa DSS Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. —— Julinii, v. Dr. Sydney. —— distans, Heller. New South Wales. *—— Draschit, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen. *. australis, Herdm. Port Jackson. *. Ramsayi, Herdm. Port Jackson. Rhabdocynthia t complanata, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6 fath. tenuis (?), Herdm. Amboina. sp. (?), Sluit. Thursday Island. + I know of three other new species of RAabdocynthia from the north of Australia, but me are not yet described. They are in the collection brought home from Torres Straits by Professor A. C. Haddon. Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 445 Cynthia preputialis, Heller. Port Jackson. arenosa, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 1-8 fath. Jormosa, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 3-11 fath. cerebriformis, Herdm. Port Jackson, 30 fath. trregularts, Herdm. Port Jackson, 2-10 fath. Jissa, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. arcuata, Heller. New South Wales. grandis, Heller. Sydney. hispida, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. dumosa, Stimp. Port Jackson. sabulosa, Stimp. Port Jackson. —— levissima, Stimp. Port Jackson. * molguloides, Herdm. Port Jackson. = solanum, Herdm. Port Jackson. * multiradicata, Herdm. Port Stephen. * cataphracta, Herdm. Port Jackson. * spinifera, Herdm. Port Jackson. * crinitistellata, Herdm. Port Jackson. ? Cynthia (Ascidia) aurora, Q. & G. Port Western. ? ( ) reticulata, Q. & G. King George’s Sound. ¢ ( ) erythrostoma, Q. & G. New Zealand. ?2—— ( ) tanthinostoma, Q. & G. New Zealand. ?—— ( ) cerulea, Q. & G. New Zealand. 2?—— ( ) spinosa, Q. & G. King George’s Sound. ? Subfamily Srrzzrwz. Styela radicosa, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. humilis, Heller. New Zealand. captiosa, Sluit. Amboina. palinorsa, Sluit. Amboina. exigua, Herdm. Port Jackson. -—— plicata, Les. (= 8. gyrosa, Heller). Port Jackson &c. —— phaula, Sluit. Thursday Island. solvens, Sluit. Amboina. * pinguis, Herdm. Port Jackson. *—— Etheridgii, Herdm. Port Jackson. *—— Whiteleggii, Herdm. Port Jackson, Port Stephen. ‘3 personata, Herdm. Port Jackson. - stolonifera, Herdm. Moreton Bay. Polycarpa tinctor, Q. & G. Port Jackson, &. — aurata, Q. & G. (=P. sulcata, Herdm.,=P. pneumo- nodes, Sluit.). Port Jackson, &e. radicata, Herdm. Port Jackson and Twofold Bay, 120 fath. viridis, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 33 446 Prof. W. A. Herdman on the Polycarpa pedunculata, Heller. Bass Str. elata, Heller. (?) Australia or New Zealand. longisiphonica, Herdm. Port Jackson, &c. —— Stimpsoni, Heller. Sydney. obscura, Heller. Bass Str. —-~~ nebulosa, Heller. (?) Australia or New Zealand. —— pilella, Herdm. Port Stephen. —— rigida, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath., Port Jackson, &e. bassi?, Herdm. Bass Str. molguloides, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. * JSungiformis, Herdm. Moreton Bay. * stephenensis, Herdm. Port Stephen. 4 Sluitert?, Herdm. Port Jackson. * sacctjormis, Herdm. Port Jackson. es jacksoniana, Herdm. Port Jackson. * attollens, Herdm. Port Jackson. Family 3. Ascidiide. Subfamily Crow. Ciona (?) intestinalis, Linn. Off Cockatoo Island, Port Jackson. Tthodosoma (Pera) Huxleyi, Macd. Bellona Reefs. (?=Peroides, Macd. also.) Subfamily Asorpirw2. ? Ascidia diaphana, Q. & G. Hobart Town. Ascidia cylindracea, Herdm. Twofold Bay, 120 fath. pyriformis, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6 fath. succida, Stimp. Port Jackson, low tide. sydneiensis, Stimp. Port Jackson, low tide. — bifissa, Sluit. Amboina. empheres, Sluit. Amboina. gemmata, Sluit. Amboina. —— kreagra, Sluit. Amboina. incerta, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-8 fath. phallusioides, Herdm, Port Jackson, 6-8 fath. Lachychlena oblonga, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. —— obesa, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. aia’ Wyvillii, Herdm, South of Australia, 2600 ath, ro * Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 447 Family 4. Clavelinide. Perophora Hutchisoni, Macd. King George’s Sound. * Podoclavella meridionalis, Herdm. Port Jackson, Amboina, Thursday Is. * Stereoclavella australis, Herdm. Naucluse, Port Jackson, low tide. sp.? Broughton Islands. Ecteinascidia euphues, Sluit. psammodes, Sluit. Rhopalopsis crassa, Herdm. Ki Is., 129 fath. fusca, Herdm. Banda, 17 fath. [? Chondrostachys, sp., Macd. Bass Str., 10-12 fath.] %. ASCIDILA COMPOSITA. I. MEROSOMATAT. Family 1. Distomida. Colella pedunculata, Q. & G. Port Western &e. pulchra, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 6 fath. elongata, Herdm. Port Jackson, 30 fath. Murrayi, Herdm. §.H. Australia, 120 fath., and Port Jackson. , var. rubida. Bass Str., 38 fath. *—_ plicata, Herdm. (?= C. cerebriformis, Q. &.G.). Port Jackson, &e. * tenuicaulis, Herdm. Port Jackson, Port Stephen. *—— claviformis, Herdm. Port Jackson. % cyanea, Herdm. Port Jackson. Distoma deerrata, Sluit. Thursday Is., Torres Str. ? Chondrostachys, sp., Macd. Bass Str., 10-12 fath. ? Polyclinum cylindricum, Q. & G. Port Western. Family 2. Polyclinide. Sigillina australis, Sav. Port Jackson [Whitelegge]. Atopogaster aurantiaca, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. Polyclinum fungosum, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-15 fath. depressum, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 3-11 fath. — glabrum, Sluit. Amboina. + Modified from Sluiter’s classification, and including those families of Compound Ascidians which are related to the Clavelinide, and in which the body is divided into regions, such as the Distomids and the Polyclinide. 33* 448 Prof. W. A. Herdman on the Polyclinum hospttale, Sluit. Thursday Island. * clava, Herdm. Port Jackson. *—— giganteum, Herdm. Port Jackson. = globosum, Herdm. Port Jackson. *—— complanatum, Herdm. Port Jackson. si fuscum, Herdm. Port Jackson. “3 prunum, Herdm. Port Jackson. *? Polyclinum nigrum, Herdm. Naucluse, Port Jackson. Amaroucium albidum, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath. Rittert, Sluit. Thursday Is. * rotundatum, Herdm. Port Jackson. * protectans, Herdm. Port Jackson. * distomoides, Herdm. Port Jackson. * anomalum, Herdm. (?= Polyclinotdes, sp., Macd.). Sydney Harbour. Psammaplidium spongiforme, Herdm. Port Jackson, 7 fath. ovatum, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 3-11 fath. —— pyriforme, Herdm. N. Australia, 8 fath. solidum, Herdm. Port Jackson. lobatum, Herdm. Port Jackson. *—_. fragile, Herdm. Port Jackson. *—— incrustans, Herdm. Port Stephen. pedunculatum, Herdm. ? Port Jackson. * Family 3. Didemnide. Didemnum aurantiacum, Herdm. Bass Str., 38 fath. Leptoclinum jacksont, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-15 fath. psammathodes, Sluit. ‘Thursday Is. pantherinum, Sluit. Amboina. —-- pustulosum, Sluit. Amboina. —— torresii, Sluit. Thursday Is. —— siphoniatum, Sluit. Amboina. —— asteropum, Sluit. Amboina. incanum, Herdm. Port Jackson. * Jimbriatum, Herdm. Port Jackson. * patulum, Herdm, Port Jackson. % Family 4. Diplosomida. Diplosoma Rayneri, Macd. Sydney Harbour (?). Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 449 Il. HoLosomatTaf. Family 1. Polystyelide. Synstyela incrustans, Herdm. Thursday Is. * Goodsiria lapidosa, Herdm. Port Jackson. ~ * Chorizocormus sydneyensis, Herdm. Port Jackson. cs subfuscus, Herdm. Port Jackson. 35 leucopheus, Herdm. Port Jackson. Family 2. Botryllide. Botryllus (? Symplegma) racemosus,Q.&G. New Zealand. ? Botryllus (Distomus) violaceus, Q. & G. Port Western. * Botrylloides leptum, Herdm. Port Jackson. * , var., Herdm. Port Jackson. * Sarcobotrylloides jacksonianum, Herdm. Port Jackson. 5 anceps, Herdm. Port Jackson. * purpureum, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen. 2 pannosum, Herdm. Port Stephen. ASCIDIZ SALPIFORMES. Family Pyrosomide. Pyrosoma, sp. (?) [Whitelegge]. Bondi and Coogee. giganteum, Lesueur. 8. of Australia. THALIACEA. Family 1. Doliolide. Doliolum denticulatum, Q. & G. Off Port Jackson &e. Ehrenbergi, Krohn. Between Sydney and New Zealand. Family 2. Salpide. Salpa democratica-mucronata, Forsk. Off Port Jackson &c. cylindrica, Cuv. Amboina. scutigera-confederata, Cuv.-Forsk. Amboina. costata-tilesit, Q. & G.-Cuv. Between Sydney and New Zealand. cordiformis-zonaria, Q. & G.- Pallas. Between Sydney and New Zealand. + Modified from Sluiter’s classification, and including those families of Compound Ascidians which are related to the Cynthiide and in which the compact body is not divisible into regions, viz. the Polystyelide and the Botryllide. 450 On a new Cyprinotd Fish from Siam. LARVACEA. Family Appendiculariida. Appendicularia, sp. (?) [Whitelegge]. Port Jackson. The above list comprises 180species-—a greater number than that (about 176) known from the shores of North-western Europe, a nearly corresponding area of coast in the Northern hemisphere, and the one which, of all the world, has been most exhaustively worked up. But even this large number of species does not complete the Australian Tunicate fauna, as I have seen from a preliminary examination of the large collec- tions brought back from Australian seas by Professor A. C. Haddon and by Dr. A. Willey that they each contain some additional undescribed species. This great abundance of species in these southern seas agrees with the view I expressed in the ‘Challenger’ Report, that Ascidians “ attain their greatest numerical development in southern temperateregions,”’ and bears out especially the remark made long before by Quoy and Gaimard :—“ La Nouvelle-Hollande, dans sa partie sud, et la Nouvelle-Zélande, sont les lieux de prédilection des Ascidies en général.” I may add that the extra-tropical southern species do not show any special relationship to the species of the northern hemisphere. I do not think that the Tunicata can be said to give any support to a “ bipolar”’ hypothesis. LXIX.—LDescription of a new Genus of Cyprinoid Fishes Jrom Siam. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. CATLOCARPIO. Allied to Catla, C. & V., with which this genus agrees in the structure of the mouth, with large maxillary bone covering the slender protractile preemaxillary, the thin cephalic integu- ment, the absence of barbels, the subinterior position of the eyes, the very long and fine gill-rakers, the large scales, and the short anal fin; differing in the short dorsal tin, with nine branched rays, and the disposition of the (4) pharyngeal teeth in a single series. i — On new Mammals from Ecuador and Venezuela, 451 Catlocarpio siamensis. Head large, flat above; eyes visible from below and not from above; mouth wide, terminal, maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; lower lip much developed, but interrupted at the mandibular symphysis ; nostrils large ; eye 6} times in length of head, 3 times in interorbital width; a much developed thin dermal fold bordering the gill-cover. Gill-rakers a little longer than gill-fringes, 110 on anterior arch. Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 times in total length. Dorsal IV 9, originating above base of ventrals, at equal distance from the end of the snout and the base of the caudal; first branched ray longest, ? length of head. Pectoral a little shorter than ventral, a little more than 4 length of head, reaching beyond base of ventral ; latter fin reaching vent. Anal IV 5. Caudal deeply forked, middle rays not half as long as outer. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales 39 =e 5 series of scales between lateral line and ventral; lateral line complete. Bronzy brown above, silvery beneath; fins blackish towards the end. Total length 210 millim. The British Museum has received from the Royal Siamese Museum, through its Curator, Mr. S. S. Flower, a single specimen of this highly interesting new fish. It was procured in the Menam River. LXX.— On Seven new Small Mammals from Ecuador and Venezuela. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. Tur British Museum owes to the generosity of Mr. Ludovic Séderstrém, Her Majesty’s Consul at Quito, a small collection of mammals from Ecuador, and, besides several species obtained by Mr. L. Fraser and described by Mr. Tomes, there are examples of the two new species described below. Mr. Séderstrém was also the discoverer of the Ichthyomys Séderstrimi and Pudua mephistopheles, described by Mr. de Winton in 1896*. I have also taken the opportunity of describing some further new species recently received from Venezuela, Reithrodontomys Séderstrémi, sp. n. Size fairly large, nearly equalling that of 2. costaricensis, Allen. General colour duil greyish fawn, not nearly so rufous * P. Z, 8. 1896, p. 507. 452 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from as in R. costaricensis, Brighter lateral line little developed. Under surface not sharply defined, its colour much less bright than in costaricensis, the tips of the hairs more or less buffy or fawn-coloured. Ears thinly haired, brown, little darker than the general colour. Hands and feet white, without darker markings on the metapodials. Tail pale brown above and below, the tip white. Skull low, with a flat superior profile. Palatal foramina short, barely reaching backward to the level of the front of m.’. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 72 millim.; tail (extreme tip doubtfully perfect) 83; hind foot (wet) without claws 19; ear (wet) 14. Skull: back of parietal to nasal tip 21:1 ; greatest breadth 11:5; nasals 8°9x2°6; interorbital breadth 3°7; palate length from henselion 9°2; diastema 5:9; palatal foramina 4°1x 1:6; length of upper molar series 3°8. Hab. Quito. Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.1.9. Killed August 1897. “Feeds on flowers and seeds in the gardens. Comes out from among the climbing plants every evening at about 7 P.M.” (L. Séderstrém). This is by far the most southern record for the genus Reithrodontomys, which has not hitherto been found south of Costa Rica, ALPEOMYS *, gen. nov. Type Oryzomys (?) lugens, Thos.t Molars about asin Oryzomys. Skull in general shape, and especially in that of the anterior zygoma-root, as in the less specialized species of Oaxymycterus. Thumb with a nail; claws not specially lengthened. From what was said in the original description of “ O. lu- gens” it will be understood with what doubt that species was placed in Oryzomys, and the discovery by Mr. Séderstrém of a second species closely allied to it renders it advisable that a genus should be formed for its reception. peomys vuleant, sp. n. Fur excessively long, soft, and woolly, the underfur about 12 and the longer hairs 15 millim. in length. General colour uniform dark buffy grey, not far from the “ clove-brown” of Ridgway ; this colour is slightly darker along the top of the * alos, a height. + Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 306 (1896). Ecuador and Venezuela. 453 loins, bat there is little difference over the rest of the upper surface. Projecting tips of longer hairs whitish. Belly not sharply defined, the hairs slate-ccloured except at their ex- treme tips, which are buffy. Ears scarcely projecting from the long fur of the head, the anterior third of their outer surfaces black. Metapodials brown mesially, whitish laterally, as are also the digits. ‘Tail shorter than in 4. lugens, barely as long as the head without the body, finely scaled, short- haired, brown throughout. The skull of the type is unfortunately very imperfect, but it differs from that of 4. lugens by its shorter nasals and rather broader anterior zygoma-root. The slanting shape of the latter is quite as in the type species. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 111 millim. ; tail 84; hind foot without claws 25; ear (approximately) 13. Skull: length of nasals 10°1; interorbital breadth 6; diastema 7°5 ; palatal foramina 5°5x2°1. Lower jaw: con- dyle to incisor-tips 18°1; length of lower molar series 5:7. Hab. Mount Pichincha, Ecuador, at about 12,000 feet. Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.1.10. Killed May 1897. AG. vuleani may be distinguished from its ally 4. lugens by its longer softer fur and much shorter tail. Thomasomys paramorum, sp. 0. Considerably smaller than 7. cznereus. Fur long, soft, and woolly, the hairs on the back about 15 millim. in length. General colour, so far as can be made out in a spirit-specimen, dark rufous brown; belly dull whitish, not sharply defined. Ears large, evenly rounded, without anterior basal projection, well-haired, dark brown. Hands and feet white above, without darker metapodials. Tail long, well-haired, the hairs almost hiding the scales, but not specially pencilled at its tip; brown above, rather lighter below, but not markedly bicolor. Mamme 1—2=6. Skull slender and very delicately built, the bones of the brain-case exceedingly thin and papery. Muzzle narrow. Interorbital region pazallel-sided, narrow, its edges rounded, without ridges, though it is flattened mesially. Brain-case long, narrow, smoothly rounded. Front edge of zygoma-root nearly vertical, without projection. Palatal foramina long, reaching backward to the level of the front lamina of m.'. Bulle larger than in TZ. cinereus. Incisors narrow, dark orange in front. Molar structure much as in ZT’. cinereus, m.' distinctly 6-cusped, not 5-cusped as in Peromyscus. 454 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from Dimensions of the type (a female, measured in spirit) :— Head and body 96 millim.; tail 130; hind foot without claws 24°5; ear 18. Skull: basal length 23-5; basilar length from henselion 22 ; greatest breadth 13°8; nasals, length 10; interorbital breadth 4-5; brain-case, length * 14°7, hreadth 12-7; diastema 6°7 ; palatal foramina 5:6; length of upper molar series 4°2. Hab. Paramo, south of Chimborazo. Type: B. M. no. 97. 11. 7. 82. Collected by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg. The external proportions and the narrowness and extreme delicacy of the skull will readily separate T. paramorum from any of its allies. Oryzomys vestitus, sp. n. Very similar in proportions and general colour above to O. meridensis, but the fur very much longer, softer, and woollier. Hairs of the back 14 or 15 millim. in length. General colour grizzled fuscous grey, becoming more rufous posteriorly. Head clearer grey. Ears of medium size, very thinly haired, the few short hairs pale brown. Under surface of body uniformly dirty greyish, the hairs washed with dull buffy terminally ; no white on chest or throat ; line of demar- cation on sides quite indistinct. Hands and feet dull whitish above. ‘Tail comparatively well-haired, pale brown above and below. Skull broad and peculiarly depressed in the cranial region the height of the brain-case being no greater than in an ol specimen of O. meridensis, while its breadth is very markedly greater. Nasals short and narrow. Interorbital region flat- tened above, its edges rounded or faintly squared, but not ridged. Anterior edge of zygoma-root quite vertical, without forward projection. Palatine foramina of medium length, but narrow, and unusually far apart, the ots between them 1°5 millim. wide posteriorly; they end in front of m.’ a distance equal to the length of m.®. Incisors broad and strong, orange above, yellow below. Molars of normal Vryzomys structure. Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in skin) :-— Head and body 138 millim.; tail 166; hind foot 33:3; ear 17. * The length of the brain-case may be conveniently taken in all Murines from the hinder border of the interparietal to the centre of the line dividing the olfactory chamber from the rest of the brain-case. Internally there is a transverse ridge at this point, which readily shows through on the upper surface. Ecuador and Venezuela. 455 Skull: extreme length 36-2 ; basilar length 29°2; greatest breadth 19°3; nasals 12°7x4°1; interorbital breadth 4:9; brain-case, length 16°5, breadth just behind zygoma-root 16 ; interparietal 5x10°6; palate length from henselion 15:8; diastema 10°2; palatal foramina 663; length of upper molar series 6:2. Hab. Rio Milla, Merida, 1630 m. Coll. S. Briceno. Type: B. M. no. 98. 5. 15. 8. Killed March 7, 1897. This very peculiar species has a superficial resemblance to O. meridensis, but may be readily distinguished externally by its soft fur and dull-coloured belly. Its broad flat skull is different from that of any species known to me, and even recalls that of the South-African Graphiurus platyops. Marmosa marica, sp. n. Most nearly allied to MZ. puszlla, Desm., but decidedly larger. Fur rather long for this group, the hairs of the back about 10 millim. in length. General colour greyish fawn, not uniform, but decidedly wavy, the darker tips to the hairs so disposed as to give a mottled or wavy appearance to the back. Centre of face paler fawn. Area round eyes black. Cheeks, chin, and throat yellowish or creamy white, the hairs light to their roots ; belly similar, but less strongly yellowish, and the hairs slaty basally ; line of demarcation on sides not strongly marked. Upper surface of hands and feet dull whitish. ‘Tail very short-haired, paler brown above, rather whiter below. Skull much larger than in the typical WZ. pusilla. Muzzle broad. Zygomata evenly and boldly expanded. Interorbital space flat, parallel-sided, its edges just thickened into indis- tinct parallel ridges, not forming postorbital processes. Palate broad. Canines small. Juast upper premolar slightly smaller than the middle one. Dimensions of the type (an adult male, in skin) :-— Head and body 102 millim.; tail 181; hind foot (wet) 16°5; ear 16. Skull: basal length 25; greatest breadth 15°6; nasals 12x 3°6; interorbital breadth 4°8; palate, length 15, breadth between outer corners of m.? 8°5 ; combined length of ms,1° 4:7, Hab. Rio Abbarregas, Merida, Venezuela, alt. 1630 m. Coll. S. Briceno. Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.15.1. Killed Jan. 24, 1897. ‘This is the species which, with some doubt, 1 referred to M. pusilla in 1896, but the recent presentation to the Museum of a Paraguayan specimen of that species, practically a topo- 456 On new Mammals from Ecuador and Venezuela, type, by Mr. J. Graham Kerr, enables me to make a better comparison between the two than was formerly possible. The true pusilla is much smaller, has a narrower and more rounded skull, while its dorsal colour does not show the peculiar waviness which additional material proves to be quite constant in the Merida form. The same is true of Lagoa Santa specimens representing Burmeister’s Grymcaomys agilis. Marmosa dryas, sp. n. Size of M. marica. Fur long, as in that species. General colour dull rufous fawn, darker and more uniform than in that species. Centre of face but little lighter. Under surtace dull rufous throughout, except for a white patch on the chest; no line of demarcation on sides. Cheeks and chin rather paler rufous, not white. Hands and feet whitish above, Tail very short-haired as usual, brown above, rather paler below. Skull with a much narrower and more sharply pointed muzzle than in W/. marica. Zygomata not so boldly diver- gent as in that animal, especially anteriorly, where, in fact, their profile, as viewed from above, is almost concave. Inter- orbital region smooth, its edges diverging backwards, not ridged. Palate longer and narrower than in the allied species, the two rows of teeth more nearly parallel. Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, said to be that of a male) :— Head and body 97 millim. ; tail 147 ; hind foot (wet) 18:4; ear 16, Skull: basal length 24:8; greatest breadth 15; nasals 11:7 x3°3; interorbital breadth 5:2; palate, length 145, breadth between outer corners of m.° 81 ; combined length of ms.+* 4°9, Hab. Culata, Merida, 4000 m. Coll. §. Briceno. Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.15. 2. Killed Dec. 14, 1896. Some time ago Mr. Briceno sent home a single specimen of this form, but I could not then be sure that it was not a mere spasmodic colour-variation of JZ. marica, but now four additional examples identical with the first have been obtained, and show conclusively that it is really a different species to the common Merida torm. It may be readily distinguished by its darker general colour, its dull rutous instead of Aas tekateabat belly, and its narrower and more pointed skull. LP. &J.Green del.et hth Ann. & Mag.Net. Hist.S.7. Vol. gee a0. Se ia i “ a ay mas ae bi Ry => Mintern Bros.imp. On Scorpions de. from the Solomon Islands. 457 Blarina meridensis, sp. n. Size comparatively large, skull-length greater than in any member of the subgenus Cryptotis except B. magna, Merr. Colour darker, more sooty and less brown than in B. Thomasz, Merr., the only other South-American species. Tail much longer than in that species. Internal cusps to unicuspids indistinct, not definitely at the postero-internal angle of the tooth as in B. Thomasi. Back of large upper premolar not deeply excavated. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 79 millim.; tail 37; hind foot, without claws 14, with claws 15:3. Skull: greatest length, including incisors, 23°7; greatest breadth 11; tip of incisors to chief cusp of p.* 5:2. Hab. Merida, alt. 2165 m. Coll. S. Briceno. Type: B. M. no. 98. 5. 15. 5. Dr. Merriam has shown that the members of this genus, like as they are in colour and general appearance, can be readily divided into species by their size, proportions, and the shapes of their premolars. In these respects none of the species in Dr. Merriam’s monograph at all agree with B. merz- densis. Its only geographical ally, B. Thomas?, from Bogota, is readily distinguishable by its smaller size and shorter tail. LXXI.—Scorpions, Pedipalpi, and Spiders from the Solomon Islands. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural History. [Plate XIX. ] Part of the material contained in the British Museum upon which this small contribution to the arachnology of the Solomon Islands is based was purchased from Mr. C. M. Woodford in 1887. A second instalment was procured by the officers of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’ (Commander A. J. Balfour commanding), and was presented to the Trustees in 1894 and 1895 by the Lords of the Admiralty. In Thorell’s tables of distribution of spiders occurring in the Austro-Malayan area (published in 1881 in vol. xvii. of the Ann. Mus. Genova) only one species of the order is recorded from the Solomon Islands. This is Argdope bougainvilla of Walckenaer. Walckenaer, however, mentions two more species, namely Ctenus marginatus and Nephila vitiensis, as doubtfully coming from this locality, and in the 458 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions, Pedipalpt, last volume of ‘Die Arachniden Australiens’ Keyserling records three more. Consequently it will not, I think, be far wide of the truth to say that up to the present time only about half a dozen species of spiders have been recorded from this interesting archipelago. The material I have been able to examine has added considerably to the list, the number of known species now amounting to twenty-nine. Concerning the affinities of the fauna, it need only. be said that it closely resembles, so far as genera and also so far as species are concerned, that of Papua and the neighbouring islands of the Austro-Malayan seas. The species marked with an asterisk are unknown to me. Order SCORPIONES. Genus Hormurvs, Thorell. 1. Hormurus australasic (Fabr.). Hormurus australasia (Fabr.), Syst. Ent. p. 399 (1775) ; and all recent authors. Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’), and _ probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford). 2. Hormurus Karschii, Keyserling. Hormurus Karschii, Keyserling, Die Arachniden Australiens, 1885, p. dl. Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’). The British Museum has also received from Mr. Simpson specimens of this species from the Solomon Islands. It is common in New Guinea. Order PEDIPALPI. Genus CHARON, Karsch. 1, Charon Gray?, Gervais. Charon Grayt, Gervais, Ins. Apt. iii. p. 4 (1842). Loc. New Georgia (H.JL8. ‘ Penguin’). Previously recorded by Prof. Kraepelin from the Solomon Islands. A comparison between the specimens procured in New Georgia and the typical example from the Philippines leads me to think the synonymy of the species given by Prof. Kraepelin is probably correct (see Abh. naturwiss, Ver. Hamburg, xi. p. 42, 1895). and Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 459 Order ARANEA. Family Ctenizide. Genus CoNoTHELE, Thorell. 1. Conothele nigriceps, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1.) 3 .— Colour. Carapace and mandibles black ; anterior legs and palpi blackish brown, with the tarsi yellow; tibia of palp, distal end of protarsus of first leg and protarsus of second yellow; third leg rather paler than the second, fourth paler than the third; sternum and cox quite pale yellow; lower side of abdomen pale grey, dorsal side dark ashy grey. Carapace subcircular, rugose throughout, swollen and elevated between the fovea and ocular tubercle, area just behind the tubercle depressed; tubercle large, wider than long; anterior median eyes the largest, close togetlier, anterior laterals close to the edge of the clypeus, anterior line pro- curved, posterior line almost straight ; carapace longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, slightly longer than patella and tibia of fourth leg, equal to those of first, and just about equal to tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third leg. Mandible with fang-groove armed below with five inner teeth and ten outer ; /abiéwm with a row of four spinules and a few more behind; mazille sparsely spinulose basally and below. Palp slender, scarcely projecting beyond the tip of the patella of the first leg; tibia longer than patella, slightly narrowed distally, four times as long as wide, furnished with long hairs below ; tarsus short, oval, a little longer than wide, bulb elliptical, spine slender, slightly curved, thicker at the base, filiform at the tip. Legs slender, 4,1, 2,3; femur of first armed internally with an irregular series of short spines; patella also with an internal series and several spines below ; tibia thickly spined below, especially externally ; protarsus with a double external row and asingle internal row beneath; tarsus spiny externally : tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of second leg spiny externally, patella with one external spine, tibia and protarsus with one internal spine, tarsus with one or two internal spines : patella of third leg spiny anteriorly, tibia spiny along its distal margin above; protarsus with about three superior distal spines and many setiform spines below, tibia with a few inferior setiform spines, tarsus with some spinules in front and behind: tibia of fourth leg with a few spinules in front and below, protarsus and tarsus with many spinules 460 Mr. R. I. Pocock on below ; tarsi of first and second legs scopulate : claws armed with one longer and one shorter tooth. Measurements in millimetres.—Yotal length 10; length of carapace 5°8, width 5°5; length of palpus 8, of first leg 15, of second 18, of third 11, of fourth 16 ¢; patella and tibia of first leg 6, of fourth 5. Loc. Probably Shortland Island. A single example col- lected by Mr. C. M. Woodford. All the previously described species of this genus, which ranges westward from the Solomon Islands as far as Burma, are based upon female examples, with which males cannot be profitably compared. Family Argiopide. Genus NEPHILA, Leach. 2. Nephila maculata (Fabr.). Nephila maculata (Fabricius), Ent. Syst. ii. p. 425 (1793); and all recent authors. Specimens of the typical form from New Georgia (LMS. § Penguin’). 3. Nephila maculata, Walckenaerti (Dol.). Eperra Walckenaerii (Dol.), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, xiii. p. 412 (1857) ; id. Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. 1859, pl. i. fig. 4 (1859). Nephila fuscipes, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austral. i. p. 156, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1871) ; Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. p. 146 (1881). - single example of this subspecies procured by Mr. Wood- ford. 4. Nephila imperialis (Dol.). Nephila imperialis (Dol.), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, xiii. p. 4138 (1857) ; id. Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. p. 28, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1859). Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’). Specimen also procured by Mr. C. M. Woodford. 5. *Nephila vitiana (Walck.). Nephila vitiana (Walck.), Ins. Apt. iv. p. 471 (1847). Recorded from the Solomon and Fiji Islands. + In this and in all cases in this paper the legs are measured from the base of the femur, the coxa and trochanter being omitted. Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 461 Genus ArGIoPe, Aud. & Sav. 6. Argitope picta, L. Koch. Argiope picta, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austral.i. p. 33, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1871). Argiope principalis, id. ibid. p. 207, pl. xviii. fig. 5. A couple of examples collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford, probably in Shortland Island, belong to the form Dr. L. Koch described as A. principalis, a form which has been recorded from New Guinea, Fiji, Queensland, &c. 7. Argiope leopardina, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. figs. 2, 2 a.) Colour. Carapace deep brown, with a yellowish border ; palpi ferruginous, with black tarsi; legs uniformly blackish rown, not banded; coxe# blackish, sternum entirely clear yellow, maxilla black, with yellow border ; abdomen blackish brown above, spotted with yellow and marked in its anterior half with a large yellow patch, as broad as the abdomen in front, but narrowing posteriorly, and partially, or in some cases entirely, divided into two—a larger broad trapezoidal anterior patch and a smaller irregularly circular patch ; the yellow spots smaller and larger, the larger ones traceable with more or less distinctness by their arrangement in transverse rows ; sides of abdomen reddish above, black below ; lower surface with the epigastric region black, with a broad median black band, interrupted in front by four or six white spots, ex- tending along the middle line to the spinners ; at its posterior end the band is defined on each side and narrowly behind by a triangular patch of an orange-yellow hue, which in front is in contact with the posterior end of a broad white stripe, three times or only twice as long as wide, with its posterior end produced into an external anguliform process ; the stripe does not reach the epigastric fold in front, but ends inter- nally in a short point just in front of the anterior white spot, while externally it is continued as a narrow white line forwards into a point on a level with a continuation of the epigastric fold. Carapace a little shorter than tibia of fourth pair. Abdomen oval, without shoulder-spikes, Vulva as in A. picta. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 25; length of carapace 8°2, width 7°8; length of abdomen 17°d, width 11 ; length of first leg 46, of fourth 43°5. Loc. Probably Shortland Island. Collected by C. M. Woodford. This form apparently differs from A. picta and all its sub- species, i. e. gorgonea, principalis, and faorensis (see Thorell, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 34 462 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. pp. 64-65), at least in the pattern of the lower side of the abdomen. So far as the upperside is concerned, leopardina perhaps comes nearest to faorensis, a form which is unknown to me. 8. *Argtope bougainvilla (Walck.). Argiope bougainvilla (Walck.), Ins. Apt. iv. p. 478 (1847). Recorded by Walckenaer from Bougainville Island. Perhaps allied to A. pentagona, L. Koch. Genus CyrTOPHORA, Simon. 9. Cyrtophora cylindroides (Walck.). Epeira cylindroides, Walck. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 186 (1837) (teste Simon). Epeira viridipes, Doleschall, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. 1859, p. 29, pl. 1 fig. if Epewra nephilina, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. i. p. 90, pl. vii. fix. 6 (1871). Recorded from Cochin China, Amboina, Yule Island, Queensland, &c. A single specimen was obtained by Mr. C. M. Woodford in 1887, probably from Shortland Island; and specimens have also been received from New Georgia (H.I/.8. ‘ Penguin’). 10. Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.). Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, xiii. p. 419 (1857) ; id. Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. y. pl. ii. fig. 1 (1859). A single immature female referable to this or to a closely allied species was obtained by Mr. C. M. Woodford, probably in Shortland Island. Genus ARANEUS, Linn. 11. Araneus nauticus, L. Koch. Araneus nauticus, L. Koch, Augyptische und A byssinische Arachniden, p. 17, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1875). Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford). 12. Araneus relicinus, Keyserling. Nephila relicina, Keyserling, Die Arachniden Australiens, p. 217, pl. xix. fig. 6 (1887). Colour. Carapace, mandibles, sternum, coxe, and mouth- parts bright red; femora of legs the same red tint except the tips of the first and second, which are steel-blue-black ; patella, tibia, protarsi, and tarsi of first and second legs steel-blue- black ; third leg the same colour as the second, except that the tibia has the base paler; fourth leg red, with the patella, tarsus, apex of tibia, and both ends of protarsus steel-blue- Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 463 black; palpi red, with tarsus apically infuscate; abdomen with a broad silvery-white anteriorly and posteriorly narrowed dorsal median longitudinal band, bordered with black; sides of abdomen yellow, silvery in front, ochre-brown behind, and marked with a silvery-white stripe; lower surface bounded on each side with a silvery-white stripe; the middle field testaceous brown in front, smoky black in the middle; area all round the spinners yellow, spinners black. Carapace as long as tibia of fourth leg, longer than patella and tibia of third; impressed on each side behind the head, which is convex from side to side and from before backwards; ocular quadrangle a little wider in front than behind, situated on a low eminence; the eyes subequal in size; eyes of ante- rior line slightly procurved ; lateral eyes on a low eminence, without superciliary tubercle. Legs long and slender, first nearly five times as long as carapace. Abdomen nearly twice as long as broad, as high as wide, rounded in front, gradually narrowed behind; its posterior extremity convexly rounded, and produced beyond and above the spinners into a broad rounded prominence. Vulva. Scape piriform, short and small as compared with the subjacent sclerite, its apex not projecting beyond the posterior border of the latter. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 18; length of carapace 5°5, width 4°8; length of abdomen 12, width 6:5; length of first leg 27, of second 25, of third 15, of fourth 25. Loc. Probably Shortland Island, a single adult female collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford. 13. Araneus Woodfordi, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. figs. 3, 3a.) In shape and very largely in colour nearly allied to A. relicinus, but differing in that the upperside of the abdomen is occupied by a long, broad, black stripe, broad in front and behind, narrower in the middle, divided in front by a narrow, median, silvery-white stripe, and bordered on each side by a sharply defined silvery white stripe emphasized externally by a narrow black border line: the femora of the legs are in one specimen coloured as in relicinus, in another there is much more black; in both examples the fourth leg from patella to tarsus is of a uniform black. Scape of vulva large and long, projecting some distance beyond the posterior edge of the interior portion. Measurements in millimetres.—VTotal length 15; length of carapace 5, of abdomen 10, of first leg 22, of fourth 22. (In the second specimen the legs are relatively longer.) Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. JZ, Woodford). j4* 464 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Though presenting a strong superficial resemblance, so far as regards the shape of the thorax and abdomen, to the species of the genus Nephila, the structure of the vulva in these species excludes them from the Nephiline, and points to close relationship with the genus Araneus (Hpeira). Genus ARGYROEPEIRA, Emerton. 14. Argyroepeira grata, Guérin. This widely distributed Austro-Malayan species has been recorded from the Solomon Islands by Keyserling as Meta coccinea, Doleschall (see ‘Die Arachniden Australiens,’ p- 208, 1887). Genus PASILoBus, Simon. Pasilobus, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. 1894, p. 881. 15. Pasilobus mammatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 4.) Colour a nearly uniform blackish brown, abdominal tuber- cles paler; legs indistinctly annulate. Carapace smooth above, irregularly granular at the sides, compressed on each side behind the head; width of head just about equal to length of tibia of first leg. Abdomen twice as wide as its median length; its anterior border mesially emar- ginate, the emargination furnished with six large tubercles, the edge outside the emargination directed obliquely outwards and backwards, and ending in a long tubercle directed for- wards and outwards, near the base of which, but higher up and towards the middle line, are a pair of large tubercles; lateral margins short and parallel, tubercular ; posterior margin widely convex, with four large tubercles in a trans- verse line in the middle; a pair of large tubercles in the centre of the dorsum ; in addition to the tubercles mentioned, there are others of a smaller size scattered subsymmetrically on the dorsal surface. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 9; median length of abdomen 5:5, width of latter 11. Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford). Differs from P. bufoninus, Sim., from the Moluccas, and from the Javan species P. dunatus, Sim., and P. conohumeralis, van Hasselt, in the tuberculation of the margins of the abdomen. Genus ACTINACANTHA, Simon. 16. Actinacantha scintillans, Butler. Actinacantha scintillans, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1878, pt. ii. p. 156, pl. iv. fig. 9. Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 465 A single example obtained by Mr. Woodford. The locality of this species has been unknown up to the present time. 17. Actinacantha metallica, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 5.) Colour. Carapace, mandibles, maxille, labium, and sternum black ; legs of first, second, and third pairs, and palpi red or yellow, with black coxe and infuscate tarsi and protarsi ; legs of fourth pair black ; upperside of abdomen pale yellow, with black sigilla ; the basal prominences of the spines and the lower surface shining metallic blue or green; lower side not spotted ; spines of the same metallic hue. Form of abdomen and disposition of spines as in A. penta- gona, Walck., but the spines longer, the length of the median spine exceeding the width of the head, and the posterior spine is about equal to the width of the head. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (excluding mandibles and posterior spines) 10; length of abdomen along middle line 7:2, including posterior spine 10, width behind base of anterior spine 9°3, from tip to tip of median spines 16; width of head 3:2; approximate length of median spine 4, Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford). Resembling A. scintillans and A. regalis, Butler, the latter from the New Hebrides, in shape of body, disposition and approximately in length of spines, as also in the metallic tint and absence of spots from the lower side of the abdomen ; but in the former two species the anterior three pairs of legs and the palpi are entirely black, not red as in metallica. Genus GASTERACANTHA, Sund. 18. Gasteracantha signifer, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 6.) Colour. Carapace, sternum, maxille, legs, palpi, and mandibles entirely black, polished; abdomen a rich yellow above, the sigilla black, a large black central patch usually involving the ten central sigilla, but sometimes not extending forwards to the anterior six sigilla; the lower surface black in the middle below and behind nearly up to the posterior spines, sometimes without spots, sometimes with two behind the mamillz, and sometimes with a second pair at the sides of the tubercle; sides of the lower surface yellow, with a yellow stripe running inwards over the black towards the middle line. Abdomen variable in shape, its length along the middle 466 Mr. R. I. Pocock on line a little greater or less than or about equal to half the width between the spines, the difference depending upon the greater or less development of the lateral wings which support the lateral spines; the anterior border on level with the eight anterior sigilla widely convex, truncate mesially, posterior border immediately behind the posterior line of nine sigilla straight or slightly convex, with the convexity looking back- _wards ; lateral wings nearly parallel-sided, the spinés some- times nearly following the direction of their respective borders, but always diverging, sometimes a little, sometimes consider- ably, the anterior looking forwards and outwards, the posterior backwards and outwards, the border between them less than the length of the posterior spine, and almost always greater than that of the anterior, straight or directed inwards and backwards ; posterior lateral spine twice or more than twice the length of the anterior lateral; posterior spines longer or about as long as anterior lateral, separated at the base by a space equalling from two to three times their own length and equal to or a little less than the length of the posterior lateral spine. Measurements in millimetres (of two specimens, A and B).— Total length of abdomen along middle line in A 7, in B 5; between lateral spines in A 12°5, in B 12; from tip to tip of lateral spines in A 16:5, in B 18. Loc. New Georgia (1.1.8. ‘ Penguin’: type). Specimens also procured by Mr. Woodford, probably in Shortland Island. The structural variations in this species do not appear to be attributable to age nor to be correlated with geographical distribution, each one of the series of seven collected by Mr. Woodford being different from the rest; the same is true of the three collected in New Georgia. There is little doubt that this species is identical with G. mollusca of Keyserling (‘Die Arachniden Australiens,’ 1886, p. 88, pl. vil. fig. 1); but it isto my mind quite distinct from the G. mollusca described and figured on p. 7, pl. i. fig. 4, of the same work sixteen years earlier. Keyserling, I think, confounded two species together when he described what is here named G. signifer as the adult of G. mollusca, At all events, none of the specimens of stgnifer, whether young or old, that I have seen agree with the figure and description of the original G. mollusca; and in Keyserling’s collection of spiders, one of the specimens labelled by him G. mollusca is a representative of a form very like G@. signifer, while the others are referable to a species closely allied to G. Westringit, Keyserling. Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 467 19. *Gasteracantha mollusca, L. Koch. Gasteracantha mollusca, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Australiens, i. p. 7, pl. i. fig. 4 (1871). This species has been recorded by Keyserling from the Solomon Islands, but it does not appear from the reference whether the record applies to the genuine G. mollusca or to the form I have described as G. signifer ; probably to the latter. Family Pisauride. Genus DoLopaus, Thorell. 20. *Dolopeus (Thalassius) marginatus (Walck.). Ctenus marginatus, Walkenaer, Ins. Apt. iv. p. 402 (1847). Recorded from the Solomon or Fiji Islands. Genus DoLoMEDEs, Latr. 21. Dolomedes teadius, L. Koch. Dolomedes icadius, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. ii. p. 859, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 5. A single adult female from New Georgia (H.JL8. ‘ Penguin’) agrees very closely with the description and figures of D. icadius recorded by Koch from several localities in Queensland. 22. Dolomedes laticeps, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7.) 3 .—Colour. Carapace and legs mahogany-brown, carapace with wide lateral border of white hairs, the band extending from the edge over about one fourth of the upper surface, upper surface covered with whitish-brown hairs; a narrow white stripe in the middle line between the eyes; legs covered with a clothing of whitish hairs intermixed with longer bristles; abdomen whitish, darker above, with two blackish sinuous bands, defined by an external white line, in the anterior half of the upper surface and a sinuous darker stripe on each side behind. Carapace nearly circular, only a little longer than wide, in length exceeding that of patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, about equal to that of third tibia; eyes practically of rela- tively the same size and disposition as in D. icadius, the clypeus nearly twice the diameter of the anterior medians, Fang-groove of mandible armed with three teeth behind. Palp short, reaching about as far as apex of first femur, its 468 Mr. R. I. Pocock on tibia longer than its patella, about twice as long as broad, but shorter than the tarsus, armed at its distal end externall with a stout process; palpal organ as in figure (PI. XIX. fig. 7). Legs long and slender, 1 and 4, 2,3, strongly spined; tibia of first and second with spines above. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11:5; length of carapace 5, width 4:2; length of palp 6, of first leg 22, of second 21, of third 18, of fourth 22. Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’). Apparently resembling J). flaminius and D. facetus of L. Koch in many structural features, but certainly differing from both in the form of its palpus. The greater width of the carapace as compared with its length forbids the view that the species is the male of the one I have identified as D. icadius, unless such a sexual difference is found to obtain in other species of the genus. In the female referred to icadius the length of the carapace is 7 and the width 5:5. Family Heteropodida. Genus Patystes, L. Koch. 23. Palystes speciosus, sp. n. (Pl. XIX. figs. 8, 8 a.) ? .— Colour. Carapace clothed with yellowish-brown hairs, its integument reddish brown, blackish on the head-region ; mandibles black, scantily clothed with greyish hairs, not striped ; palpi and legs ochre-brown above; lower side of femora a rich brownish red; a fringe of fiery red or yellow hairs extending along the anterior and posterior sides of the protarsi above the greyish-black scopula, the fringe extending nearly halfway along the tibia of the first and second legs and also for a short distance on that of the third; coxe ochre-brown, sternum deep brown, labium blackish, maxille same colour as sternum; abdomen parti-coloured, yellowish red above, with a median blackish longitudinal stripe nar- rowed posteriorly, laterally digitate, and joined in front with a transverse black band, which extends backwards on each side of the abdomen and expands into a broad, black, mar- ginally badly-defined stripe reaching to the spinners ; lower side of abdomen with a broad black stripe extending from the epigastric fold to the spinners and divided mesially by a fine red line, the area between the stripe and the lateral black area covered with hairs of a fiery red; epigastric area testaceous, bordered posteriorly with a red fringe; the area Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 469 on the upperside of the abdomen immediately behind the pedicle covered with yellowish-white hairs. Carapace as long as tibia of second leg measured along its upperside, and as protarsus of fourth, slightly shorter than patella and tibia of third. Legs: femur of first armed above with 3—2—83 spines; patella with 1 posterior spine ; tibia with 3—3 spines below, 2 in front, 2 above, and 2 behind; protarsus with 2—2 below 2 in front, and 2 behind, all in the basal half: second leg armed like the first, but with one dorsal spine on tibia; third leg armed like the second, fourth leg like the second, but with only 1 distal spine on the posterior side of the femur. Vulva consisting of an anterior transversely oval depres- sion, followed behind by a somewhat quadrate plate consisting of two halves, which meet and form a sutural junction throughout the greater part of their length, and then diverge where the two sclerites dip into the epigastric fold. g.—The femora, coxe, and tibie of the legs duller in colour beneath than in the female; the lower side of the abdomen covered with bright fiery yellow hairs, with no median black stripe. Legs much longer (cf. measurements), carapace a little longer than the third tibia, a little shorter than the fourth tibia, about two thirds the length of the second ; spine-arma- ture of legs as in female. Palpal organ (see figure, Pl. XIX. fig. 8 a) ; tibial spine slender and straightish. Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 32; length of carapace 14°2, width 11; length of first leg 54, of second 53, of third 38, of fourth 44; patella and tibia of first 21, of fourth 15:5. 6 .—Total length 27; length of carapace 14, width 11; length of first leg 75, of second 73, of third 50, of fourth 57 ; patella and tibia of first 38, of fourth 20. Loc. Ugi and New Georgia (type), obtained by officers-of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’; specimens also collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford, probably in Shortland Island. This species certainly differs from P. tgnicomus of L. Koch (‘ Die Arachniden Australiens,’ 11, p. 701) both in colouring and in the structure of the vulva and of the palpus. The type of Palystes pinnotherus of Walckenaer (Ins. Apt. i. p. 565), from Port Jackson, I have not seen; but the specimen which L. Koch identified by that name differs from P. spectosus at least in the form of the vulva (see L. Koch, ‘Arachniden Australiens,’ ii. p. 703, pl. Ix. figs. 83-36). In Keyserling’s collection there is an immature female, labelled P. pinnotherus, from Brisbane. 470 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Genus HetTeropop<, Latr. 24, Heteropoda venatoria, Linn. ' Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. § Penguin’). 25. Heteropoda (? Parhedrus) mecistopus, sp. n. (Pl. XIX. figs. 9, 9a.) Colour. Carapace mahogany-brown, with greyish-brown hairy clothing (mostly rubbed), black on the posterior slope, with a crescentic yellow band which extends laterally to the middle of the carapace; clypeus with faintly defined paler stripe; mandibles mahogany - brown, with blackish-grey hairy clothing, with indistinct paler bands; palpi and legs reddish brown, redder beneath, coxe yellowish brown ; sternum, maxille, and labium reddish brown; tibiz and pro- tarsi clothed above with silvery-grey hairs, intermixed with small dark spots; abdomen infuscate, with an anterior median dorsal line extending throughout half its length ; lower side behind the epigastric fold with a broad, but not strongly defined, yellowish-brown band about one third longer than wide. Carapace rather low, flat above, considerably longer than broad (12°5:11), cephalic grooves strongly defined, a little more than half the length of patella and tibia of fourth leg, less than half those of first, and just about equal to patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp. yes of posterior line a little recurved, medians a little smaller than laterals and a little closer together than either is to its lateral; ocular quadrangle longer than wide, narrowed in front, the four eyes subequal ; anterior line of eyes procurved ; lower edge of medians, which are a little smaller, on a level with the centre of the laterals ; clypeus high, the lateral eyes nearly three times their diameter from the edge. Mandibles weak, feebly geniculate; fang-groove armed below with 5 posterior teeth, 4 large and 1 small one between them. Palp (as in Pl. XIX. figs. 9, 9a); terminal portion of palpus long and slender. Legs very long, 2,1, 4,3; tarsi and protarsi normally scopulate ; patella with anterior and posterior spines. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24; length of carapace 12°5, width 11; length of first leg 71, of second 75, of third 62, of fourth 69; patella and tibia of first 26, of fourth 24°8. Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 471 Loc. Probably Shortland Island; a single male procured by Mr. Woodford. In the height of the clypeus and shape of the carapace this species resembles the genus Parhedrus ; but in the curva- ture of the anterior line of eyes it more nearly approaches Heteropoda. Genus Prycuta, L. Koch. 26. Prychia gracilis, L. Koch. Prychia gracilis, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. ii. p. 654, pl. liii. fig. 1 (1875). T'wo specimens of the genus Prychia obtained in New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’) are, 1 think, referable to the species named gracilis described by L. Koch from the Fiji Islands. Family Attide. Genus Bava, Simon. 27. Bavia sex-punctata (Dol.). Salticus sex-punctatus (Doleschall), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indie, ae p. 24 (1857); id. Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. 1859, pl. iy. a, . Marptusa sex-punctata, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, xiii. p. 224, &e. (1878) ; id. op. cit, xvii. p. 444 (1881). Acompse dulcinervis, LL. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. p. 1149, pl. ec. fig. 1 (1879). In this synonymy I follow Dr. Thorell, since a specimen of Bavia obtained by Mr. Woodford in the Solomon Islands, which appears to be identical with the species described by Koch as Acompse dulcinervis, also agrees seemingly with Thorell’s description of Marptusa sea-punctata. Koch’s specimens were from the Pelew Islands; those that Thorell examined from Amboina, Aru, Goram, New Guinea, &c. Genus Batuiprus, Thorell. 28. Bathippus (?) macroprotopus, sp. n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 10.) Colour. Carapace deep mahogany-brown, with metallic lustre at the sides, paler on the head and in the middle line of the thoracic portion, a few red hairs around the eyes ; mandible mahogany-brown, with blue metallic lustre in front ; legs and palpi a uniform ochre-yellow ; abdomen duller yellow, 472 Mr. R. I. Pocock on infuscate on each side of the middle line above, and clothed above and at the sides with yellowish or reddish metallic hairs. Carapace high; height from inferior edge up to lower border of posterior eye equal to length of ocular area; width about three quarters its length, length from clypeus to poste- rior border greater than length of tibia of second and third leg and than patella and tibia of fourth ; ocular quadrangle a little wider in front than behind, its anterior width a little greater than its length. yes of middle line a little farther from anterior laterals than from posterior eyes, their lower edge in a straight line with that of the posterior eyes and with the upper border of the anterior laterals; the latter almost touching anterior medians; the lower rims a little higher than the centre of the medians, and the upper rims above the upper rims of the medians; clypeus less than length of radius of anterior medians. Mandibles long, strong, and diverging; basal segment almost as long as carapace; posterior edge of fang-groove armed with about 12 longer and shorter teeth (differing in number and position on the right and left sides), and a large subquadrate tooth near the distal end; anterior border armed with a few small teeth near the base and a long strong spike about one fourth of the distance from the distal end; close to the joint of the fang there is also a blunt prominence and a small marginal spinule; fang long, strongly curved, with a triangular tooth on its lower edge just beyond the middle. Mawille with convexly rounded external angle. Palpi long and slender, considerably longer than carapace ; femur bowed ; tibia one third longer than patella and nearly twice as long as tarsus, with the normal external distal spine; basal half of tarsus swollen, distal half cylindrical. Legs 1,3, 2,4, long and slender, second reaching to middle of tibia of first; fourth just past end of tibia of third, first about twice as long as second; patella and tibia of third about equal to those of second, much greater than the fourth; coxa of first about twice as long as that of second; patella with anterior and posterior spine; protarsus and tarsus of fourth a little greater than patella and tibia of fourth. Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length of carapace 6, width 4°5 ; length of basal sezment of mandible 5 fang 4; length of first leg 34, second leg 17, third leg 19, fourth leg 14, palp 8. , A single adult male obtained by Mr. C. M. Woodford probably in Shortland Island. This species appears to differ from all those from New Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 473 Guinea &c. ascribed by Thorell to the genus Bathippus in the exceptional length of the legs of the anterior pair. EUSTIROGNATHUS, gen. nov. Carapace almost as wide as long, head-region strongly elevated, its lightly convex upper surface meeting the poste- rior thoracic slope at an obtuse angle of about 135°; sides of the thoracic portion about halfway above the lower edge distinctly depressed ; ocular quadrangle longer than wide, longer than half the carapace, a little wider in front than behind. yes of second line about midway between those of the first and third; centres of anterior laterals on a level with upper rims of anterior medians ; clypeus very narrow. Mandibles (3) of moderate length, diverging from the base, with strongly geniculate outer anterior edge, then converging and meeting, the inner or posterior extremity of the fang-groove being produced into a broad lobate process which meets that of the opposite side ; the mandibles thus circum- scribe a central piriform space, through which the rostrum and maxille may be seen; they are furnished in front and ex- ternally with a long smooth keel, running upwards from the base of fang, and below internally with a crest beset with stridulating-ridges ; fang short. Mazille much expanded distally, the antero-internal edge strongly convex, the external border of the distal portion strongly produced. Labium twice as long as wide. Sternum subcircular. Legs long and slender, 1, 3, 4, 2, third and fourth subequal, second only a trifle shorter; patella and tibia of third a little greater than those of fourth ; protarsus and tarsus of fourth a little greater than tibia and patella of fourth ; all segments of legs except tarsi spined. Abdomen more than twice as long as broad. According to Keyserling’s tables of Australian Attide (‘Die Arachniden,’ il. p.1471 &c., 1883), this genus, neglecting the peculiarity of the mandibles, which may be sexual, falls alongside of Jona, Peckh. (Erasmia, Keys.), and Prostheclina;' but, judging from the structure of the carapace, it has no near affinity with either. Tested by Mr. Peckham’s tables (Tr. Wisconsin Acad. vi. p. 265, 1885), it also falls under the same heading as Jona. 29. Eustirognathus oscitans, sp. n. (Pl. XLX. figs. 11-11 0.) Colour. Carapace black, pale on the head, thoracic portion furnished on each side with a broad silvery band, the two 474 On Spiders from the Solomon Islands. just meeting in the middle line behind; a silvery-white patch in the middle between the posterior eyes and one on each side below the eyes of the second line; red hairs in the space between the eyes of the anterior line. Abdomen pale in the middle, a broad black band stretching on each side to the spinners ; sides pale, with silvery hairs ; ventral surface pale, with atuft of black hairs in front of the spinning-mamille. Second, third, and fourth legs pale yellow, with black spines, the tibiz stained with deep brown, especially along: their anterior and posterior sides ; first leg deep ochre-yellow, with a heavy brown stripe running along the anterior and posterior margins. Mandibles, palpi, and mouth-parts deep ochre- yellow; tarsus of palp infuscate. y Carapace with its cephalic area nearly flat above and almost horizontal, its height considerably less than the length of the ocular area. yes of second row minute, nearer those of the third than of the first; antero-laterals standing by about half their diameter above the upper edges of the medians, their diameter equal to about the radius of the latter ; clypeus low, about half the radius of the medians. Fang-groove of mandible armed with 5 strong teeth in front and 5 or 6 equally strong teeth behind. Palpus short, reaching about halfway along the femur of first leg, its femur arched ; patella and tibia subequal; tarsus piriform elongate, as long as tibia and about half the patella ; tarsal bulb with a median blunt-pointed process running backwards alongside the tibial spur. Legs long and slender; those of first pair thicker than the rest, with a fringe of hairs along the underside of the femur, tibia, and protarsus, and a slighter fringe on the upperside of the femur ; tibia armed below with 5-7 pairs of longish spines ; protarsus with 3-4 pairs. Patelle of first and second un- spined, of third and fourth with or without a posterior spine. Measurements in millimetres —Total length 8; length of carapace 3°5, width 2°5; length of first leg 14°5, of second 10, of third 10°5, of fourth 11; patella and tibia of first leg 5°5, of second 4°8, of third 3°5, of fourth 3; protarsus and tarsus of fourth leg 4. Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’). A single male example. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Conothele nigriceps, sp. n. Distal segments of palp from ex- ternal aspect. Fig. 2. Argiope leopardina, sp.n. Dorsal surface of cephalothorax and abdomen. Fig. 2a. Ditto. Lower surface of abdomen. Bibliographical Notice. 475 Fig. 3. Araneus Woodfordi, sp. u. Dorsal surface of cephalothorax and abdomen. Fig.3a. Ditto. Vulva. Fig. 4. Pasilobus mammatus, sp.n. Dorsal view. Fig. 5. Actinacantha metallica, sp.n. Dorsal view. Fig. 6. Gasteracantha signifer, sp.n. Dorsal view. Fig. 7. Dolomedes laticeps, sp.n. Right palpal organ from below. Fig. 8. Palystes speciosus,sp.n. Vulva. Fiy.8a. Ditto. Right palpal organ from below. Figs. 9,9 a, Heteropoda (Parhedrus) mecistopus, sp. n. Right palpal organ from below. Fig. 10. Bathippus macroprotopus, sp.n. Dorsal] view. Fig. 11. Eustirognathus oscitans, gen. et sp.n. Anterior view of head and mandibles. Fig. 11a. Ditto. Side view of carapace. Fig.116. Ditto. Labium and maxille. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Fossil Plants: for Students of Botany and Geology. By A. C. Sewarp, M.A., F.G.S., &e. Vol. I. With Frontispiece and 111 other Illustrations. Pages xviii and 452. 8vo. University Press, Cambridge. 1898. Tuts yolume is one of the Biological series of the Cambridge Natural Science Manuals. The mutual bearings of Geology and Botany are well considered by the author in his preface, and clearly elucidated throughout his work. He intimates, with good reason, that both of these branches of science are rarely sufficiently well understood by one and the same naturalist ; for a botanist will probably with ease get enough knowledge of geology, without working its deeper and more complicated problems, to be assured of its value in paleobotany ; whilst, on the other hand, a geologist, taking up the subject intently, would require an intimate knowledge of the ad- vanced and manifold researches of recent botany. In the third place, students having a general knowledge of natural science can find interest and instruction in such an earnest, clear, and compre- hensive exposition of the principles and facts concerning petrified plants as this manual now before us. The difficulty of clearing away the physical obscurities from fossil plant-remains, due to their imbedment, mineralization, and im- perfections, doubtlessly delayed botanists from attempting to co-relate them with living forms to any great extent; and when they knew of the relative age and successional occurrence of these fossils, they could not feel sufficient interest to study their geological history in detail. Fossil-collectors, applying a limited knowledge of recent plants to the desired explanation of fossil leaves, fruits, and wood, made very slow advance ; but they obtained some good results with careful use of the hand-lens. With the compound microscope, however, and the acquired art of making more or less transparent 476 Bibliographical Notice. slices of both fossil and recent specimens, sound knowledge accumulated from many sources. Under these circumstances both botanist and geologist were interested in the research; and one result arrived at was that the fossil plants, in many instances, could not be closely classified with those now known to be living, and were therefore assorted into other typical species and groups, with distinctive names. This was especially the case with several kinds of trees found fossil in the Coal-measures. Among British and foreign palsobotanists the late W. C. Williamson stands pre- eminent in his bold and successful exposition of the structural cha- racters and biological affinities of these Carboniferous plant-remains. As a life-long geologist and experienced professor of botany Dr. Williamson combined all the requirements of a paleobotanist. There are others working on the same lines, and one of the most promising, and, indeed, successful, among them is the author of the book under notice. In Part I. there are six chapters treating generally of the historical and geological aspects of the subject. Chapter I. sketches the ideas of the older observers, and the successful results of modern research, In Chapter II. the author considers the mutual bearings of botany and geology in a philosophic spirit, carefully and compre- hensively, with the earnestness of personal knowledge. Chapter III. takes up the geological history, or broad features of the successive stages in the building of the earth’s crust, and gives a condensed but clear account of the natural origin of conglomerates, sandstones, shales, and limestones, also of the superposition of strata with or without successional organic remains; there are also allusions to rock-foldings and dislocations, to metamorphism and igneous rocks, After a careful and suggestive “Table of Strata,” the different formations are successively taken in hand, and their main charac- teristics briefly described (pp. 32-53). The continuous evolution of the earth’s constitution is insisted on as proved by the details of its history. Chapter IV. (pp. 54-92) gives an excellent account of the preservation of plants as fossils under very different circum- stances and in manifold conditions. First on surface-soils, both now-a-days and in far-past ages ; for the frontispiece illustrates the stumps of a forest of Carboniferous age, now exposed near Glasgow, and the analogous fig. 5 (occupying page 59) shows the relics of a submerged forest of recent date on the coast of Cheshire. The local accumulation of plant-remains of all sorts and sizes in the great rivers of India, America, and Western Africa illustrates the origin of vast quantities of vegetable remains, often of different characters, in some strata. The peculiar local association of plants and animals, of various families and orders, both aquatic and terrestrial, in the Bowera Creek (p. 66) is, of course, noticed as an important example to be studied by palsobotanists. The con- ditions in which fossil plants occur, whether more or less altered and imperfect, and their stony or mineral constituents, their relative positions, and modes of imbedment, are next studied in considerable detail, Chapter V. treats of the difficulties and the sources of error ——e >. evr Bibliographical Notice. 477 in the determination of fossil plants. External resemblances may easily deceive the inexperienced student, as shown by examples in figs. 20, 21, and 22. The venation characters are often doubtful as tests in family or generic affinity, and even for larger groups, as classes. Decorticated or otherwise imperfect casts of stems present difficulties, some of which receive interesting explanations at pages 102-105, Thus, the bark of one species of Lepidodendron is stated to have been described with twenty-eight specific names, under several genera. Lyginodendron, Artisia, Sternbergia, and Tylodendron have been referred to mere peculiarities of structure represented by casts. Contemporary insects, boring holes in plants before they were fossilized, have left their minute coprolites in abundance, easily mistaken for spores of cryptogams. Some cautious, sound, well-timed, and therefore useful remarks on nomenclature and terminology, for the advantage of neophytes and others, close this chapter and Part I. of the book. Part IT. of this volume is occupied by descriptions of the plants constituting the lower divisions of the Vegetable Kingdom and the geological conditions under which they are met with. They are taken in their natural sequence, beginning with the lowest. The Thallophyta (pp. 116-228) supply :—I. The Peridiniales, represented by Peridinium pyrophorum, Ehrenberg; II. The Cocco- spheres and Rhabdospheres, so common in the Chalk as well as in the ocean, are described as organisms of doubtful affinity, but probably algal (p. 121); III. The Schizophyta comprise (1) the Schizophyceze (Cyanophycew) and (2) the Schizomycetes. The former are “ fission-plants ” or “ blue-green algze,” and the latter are “ fission-fungi.” 1. The formation of many calcareous oolitic con- cretions is intimately connected with the presence of Chroococcacese and Nostocacesw, members of the Schizophycez ; and probably the Girvanella, a simple tubular organism to which oolites in several rocks are attributed, as also the Zonatrichites, may belong to this group. ‘The building-up of both calcareous and siliceous sinters is regarded by some as due to the presence of some such low-class, filamentous, and gelatinous alge. There are also minute boring alee belonging to this group, which perforate and burrow in corals, molluscan shells, and fish-scales; and their analogues are found fossil. Besides helping to reduce these hard substances to debris, and, on the contrary, building up calcareous rocks, Cyanophycez have been probably efficient agents in preparing the mass of hot volcanic ashes in the island Krakatoa for the growth of highly organized plants, by occapying and modifying the surface under conditions which would be fatal to more complex types. 2. The Bacteria belong to Schizomycetes; and a most careful and cautious account of the researches that have led to the specifi- cation of Micrococcus and Bacillus, as well in the fossil remnants of plants that have suffered decomposition, as in coprolites of fish and reptiles (pp. 132-138), deserves attentive consideration. The possible error of mistaking spherical particles and rod-like bodies due to incipient crystals in calcareous and siliceous mineralization Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 35 478 Bibliographical Notice. is properly indicated, without throwing total discredit on the researches of earnest and conscient.ous observers. LV. Algie succeed, and the impossibility of accepting very many of the so-called fucoids, or fossils referred to seaweeds, is reasonably insisted on. Other members, however, of the algal group are abun- dant both in recent and fossil states. The Diatomacez (Bacil- lariacewe) are succinctly described as belonging to the ‘* Brown Algw,” and their wide distribution in existing waters, both fresh and salt, is analogous to their frequent occurrence, sometimes in enormously thick deposits, in the later geological formations. The oldest known fossil form has been found in the Lias; other forms are common in the Chalk ; and others are vastly numerous in some Tertiary formations. For reasons given, the reported occurrence of diatoms in the Coal and in the Trias is not accepted. The Chlorophyceee, or “* Green Algee,” comprise the Siphones and Conferyoidee. Of the former, Caulerpa is a recent representative, and two fossils have been referred to it; but the Silurian Cauler- pites cactoides, Gopp., is rejected, and the Jurassic Caulerpa | ites | Carruthersi, Murray, not accepted by the author. Codzwm and Penicillus come in the same category ; the former has a doubtful fossil analogue (Spherecodium), a limestone-maker of Triassic age. The author thinks that Girvanella, Bornemann’s Siphonema, and Spherocodium are closely allied and probably algal, but too imper- fectly known to be referred to any particular family. Penicillus has ten recent, mostly tropical, species; but in the fossil state there are many allied forms. These have mostly been described as foraminiferal, but have now been brought home to the Siphones by Prof. Munier-Chalmas. Of these reclaimed organisms the chief are Acicularia, Polytrypa, Vermiporella and others (Silurian), Sycidiwm (Devonian), Diplopora and Gyroporella (Triassic), Dactylopora (Eocene), and others, belonging to Munier- Chalmas’s Siphoneee Verticillate, of which Acetabularia and Cymo- polia are good recent types. For the Confervoidez several so-called Confervites have been recorded by geologists, but scarcely any of them are of value. At pages 178-183 “ Torbanite” or ‘“ Boghead Coal” is discussed. It consists of minute light brown granules of hydrocarbon, with some earthy matter, and portions of the tissues of coal-plants. In the morsels of hydrocarbon in Torbanite and Kerosene-shale (known also as Tasmanite) MM. Renault and Bertrand see evidence of some Chlorophyceous? Algee, which they name Pila and Reinschia. The author seems to go with this opinion to some extent. It is notice- able, however, that the Reinschia represented by fig. 3 at page 180, although its hydrocarbon is somewhat modified, has much resem- blance to a compressed macrospore, such as abound in Tasmanite. The important paper by Mr. E. T. Newton in the Geol. Mag. 1875, has escaped the author’s notice, Of the “Red Alge” group, the Nullipores (Melobesieew and Corallinew) comprise very important rock-builders in both recent Bibliographical Notice. 479 and past time. The “ Brown Algze ” include the common Fucus or Chondrus, the gigantic Lessonia, and the floating Sargassum. A colossal fossil form (Nematophycus) is regarded (pages 192-202) as a doubtful member of this group; it is from Silurian and Devonian strata; and so is Pachytheca, possibly the sporangium of the same or an allied alga. Of the very low-class Myxomycetes some possible representatives. in the fossil state are referred to (p. 205). Fungi (pp. 207-222), chiefly parasitic on leaves and in the tissue of plants, from the Carboniferous period upwards, are not unfrequent. The Charo- phyta are well represented by Mitella and Chara, the latter in both recent and fossil state. In Chapter VIII. the Liverworts occur fossil as Marchantites ; and the Mosses as Muscites, one in the Coal-measures. In Chapters 1X.-XI. the “ Vascular Cryptogams” are described, with their fossil predecessors, so important in geological history. These Pteridophyta comprise :—(i.) Equisetales; (11.) Sphenophyllales ; (iii.) Lycopo- diales ; (iv.) Filicales. The external character and internal structure of the recent Hquisetum are carefully described (pp. 244-254), and then the fossil forms—(1) Aquisetites; (2) Phyllotheca ; (3) Schizoneura; (4) Calamites; and (5) Archewocalamites—are described in detail, with remarks on their relationships, geological position, and distribution. The Calamites (pp. 295-388) are more fully described than the others, with their bibliographic history, the description of the anatomy of their stems (Arthropitys, Arthro- dendron, Calamodendron), their leaves (Calamocladus or Ue ROEEW EVEREST OE}. JUL C ivVUyU QH The Annals & magazine of 1 natural history 6 ser.7/ Vel Biologica} & Medica H Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STRAP A cet ‘ 4 ™* g 2 ee so ere ~ — ~ 0 ate 2 - A = > ~? : . at pS et - . an. 4s s S ~e be Wee, = » ~ * 4 ¥ A i. ; ha - a ‘ : > a ie y ‘ = . ~_S - + ; . ° x > Pn» - - r e : ; . ~ a - - - < < hi . . 7 ° ; < ‘ . a = ke . . . . ¥ . P = . . e - . ‘ - , ; * : . ; ; =n, . “' te : : . Py . : : - « - . cs ‘ . P ‘ wt as . . - . bl "8 . bs . . Ban ny : - . + . . -% . . . . ; Lone —— : . . we ; FA - ’ - *eenp ve - . or rete aed wir For oes ea saree. ety ties gre oF Voowene POPP Ot 00g RUNS Pee po : re FPR e pam s oye “ev eel candies aoe a te denecedt % al hat etd ed oe far ahs tte y 2 we ei Py Terns . Oh ny me Os Ea © a ase - were * OT ge ee ET ene Shek * pel de oe eran vad wot a ge A ey,